Volume II
Editor
Zeev B. Alfassi, Ph.D. Professor Department of Nuclear Engineering Ben Gurion University of the Negev Beer Sheva Israel
45742 NIC
LIBRARY
CRC Press, Inc. Boca Raton, Florida
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Activation analyis I editor Zeev B. Alfassi. p. cm. Includes bibliographical references. ISBN 0-8493-4583-9 (v. 1). -- ISBN 0-8493-4584-7 (v. 2) 1. Nuclear activation analysis. I. Alfassi, Zeev B. QD606.A252 1990 543l.0882--dc20
89-24021 CIP
This book represents information obtained from authentic and highly regarded sources. Reprinted material is quoted with permission, and sources are indicated. A wide variety of references are listed. Every reasonable effort has been made to give reliable data and information, but the author and the publisher cannot assume responsibility for the validity of all materials or for the consequences of their use. All rights reserved. This book, or any parts thereof, may not be reproduced in any form without written consent from the publisher. Direct all inquiries to CRC Press, Inc., 2000 Corporate Blvd., N.W., Boca Raton, Florida 33431. 1990 by CRC Press, Inc. International Standard Book Number 0-8493-4583-9 (Volume 1) International Standard Book Number 0-8493-4584-7 (Volume 11) Library of Congress Card Number 89-24021 Printed in the United States
PREFACE Elemental analysis is done best by nuclear methods since these are determined only by the nuclei and are not affected (in most cases) by the surrounding electrons, i.e., the chemical environment. Activation analysis is a method of quantitative chemical analysis of the elemental composition of the samples based on the nuclear activation of the atoms of the chemical elements present in the analyzed sample. Activation analysis usually has the following advantages: (1) simultaneous multielement analysis, (2) very high sensitivities (detection of limit in the range of ppm and ppb or less), (3) nondestructive analysis, and (4) easy and fast analysis which in many cases can be automated. The book describes both prompt measurements (60th y and particles) and delayed activities (mainly y-ray spectrum). The book treats the various methods of activation, i.e., activation by neutrons, accelerated charged particles, and high-energy photons. Special chapters are devoted to the application of these methods in the fields of life sciences, biological materials, coal and its effluents, environmental samples, archeology, material science, and forensic studies.
THE EDITOR Z. B. Alfassi, Ph.D., is a professor and the chairman of the Nuclear Engineering Department in the Ben Gurion University, Beer Sheva, Israel. Professor Zeev B. Alfassi received his B.Sc. and M.Sc. degrees from the Hebrew University in Jerusalem in 1964 and 1965, respectively, in the fields of chemistry and biochemistry. He received his Ph.D. from the Weizmann Institute of Science and the Soreq Nuclear Research Center in 1970. Professor Alfassi is a member of the council of the Israel Nuclear Society. He has published more than 100 scientific papers and edited the CRC book Chemical Kinetics of Small Organic Radicals. His current research interests include chemical analysis by nuclear methods, radioisotope production and uses, radiation chemistry and chemical kinetics of radicals in solution, and solubility of electrolytes in water-miscible organic-solvents mixture.
CONTRIBUTORS Volume I1 Zeev B. Alfassi, Ph.D. Professor Department of Nuclear Engineering Ben Gurion University of the Negev Beer Sheva, Israel Atif Alian, Ph.D. Professor Department of Chemistry Faculty of Sciences University of Garyounis Benghazi, Libya Chien Chung, Ph.D. Professor and Director Nuclear Science and Technology Development Center National Tsing Hua University Hsinchu, Taiwan Rumiana Djingova, Ph.D. Chief Research Scientist Department of Analytical Chemistry Faculty of Chemistry University of Sofia Sofia, Bulgaria Alain G . Elayi, Dr. es Sci. Maitre de Confkrences Division of Experimental Research Institute of Nuclear Physics Orsay, France Kenneth J. Ellis, Ph.D. Associate Professor Department of Pediatrics Children's Nutrition Research Center Baylor College of Medicine Houston, Texas Vincent P. Guinn, Ph.D. Professor Department of Chemistry University of California Irvine, California
William Dennis James, Ph.D. Research Chemist Center for Chemical Characterization and Analysis Texas A & M University College Station, Texas Ivelin Kuleff, Ph.D. Associate Professor Department of Analytical Chemistry Faculty of Chemistry University of Sofia Sofia, Bulgaria
Abraham P. Kushelevsky, Ph.D. Associate Professor Department of Nuclear Engineering Ben Gurion University of the Negev Beer Sheva, Israel
Max Peisach, Ph.D., D.Sc. Chief Specialist Researcher Nuclear Analytical Chemistry Division National Accelerator Centre, Faure, C .P. South Africa
B. Sansoni, Ph.D. Director Zentralabteilung of Chemie Analysis Kernforschungsanlage Julich Julich, West Germany
Takeo Sato, Ph.D. Chief Isotope Section Division of Technical Services Tokyo Metropolitan Institute for Neurosciences Fuchu, Japan
Gad Shani, Ph.D.
Yoshiyuki Tanizaki, Ph.D.
Associate Professor Department of Nuclear Engineering Ben Gurion University of the Negev Beer Sheva, Israel
Chief Researcher Tokyo Metropolitan Isotope Research Center Tokyo, Japan
Eiliv Steinnes, Ph.D.
M. H. Yang, Ph.D. Professor Institute of Nuclear Science National Tsing Hua University Hsinchu, Taiwan, Republic of China
Professor Department of Chemistry University of Trondhein, AVH Dragvoll, Norway
To my parents Arieh and Lea the lion and the lioness
VOLUME OUTLINE Volume I GENERAL Introduction - Principles of Activation Analysis Computerized Analysis of y-Ray Spectra Optimization of Instrumental Activation Analysis Limits of Detection in Instrumental Neutron Activation Analysis Radiochemical Separations in Activation Analysis Use of Delayed Neutrons in Activation Analysis Use of X-Ray Emitters in Activation Analysis Stable Isotope Dilution Activation Analysis Substoichiometric Radioactivation Analysis Utilization of Chemical Derivatives in Activation Analysis INDEX
TABLE OF CONTENTS Volume I1 11. ACTIVATION METHODS Chapter 1 Activation with Nuclear Reactors.. ....................................................... 3 Z. B. Alfassi Chapter 2 14 MeV Neutron Activation Analysis ................................................... 7 3 A. G. Elayi Chapter 3 Prompt Activation Analysis with Charged Particles ....................................143
M. Peisach Chapter 4 Photon Activation Analysis. ............................................................219 A. P. Kushelevsky Chapter 5 Activation Analysis with Isotopic Sources. ............................................ .239 G. Shani Chapter 6 Activation Analysis with Small Mobile Reactors ......................................,299 C. Chung 11. APPLICATION OF ACTIVATION ANALYSIS Chapter 7 Activation Analysis of Biological Materials ............................................323 T. Sato Chapter 8 Activation Analysis of Coal and Coal Effluents ........................................359 W. D. James Chapter 9 Activat' I Analysis of Water Samples .................................................377 Y. Tahiizaki Chapter 10 In Vivo Neutron Activation Analysis ...................................................407
K. J. Ellis Chapter 11 Activation Analysis in Archaeology ....................................................427 I. Kuleff and R. Djingova
Chapter 12 Activation Analysis in Forensic Studies ................................................491 V. P. Guinn Chapter 13 Activation Analysis of Air Particulate Matter ..........................................503 A. Alian and B. Sansoni Chapter 14 Activation Analysis in Agriculture and Botany.. .......................................567 E. Steinnes Chapter 15 Activation Analysis of Semicor~ductorMaterials .......................................579 Z. B. Alfassi and M. H. Yang Chapter 16 Depth Profiling of Silicon by Nruclear Activation Methods ............................ .597 2. B. Alfassi and M. H. Yang Index ..................................................................................609
.
Activation Methods
Volume II
3
Chapter I
ACTIVATION ANALYSIS BY NUCLEAR REACTORS
.
Zeev B Alfassi
TABLE OF CONTENTS I.
Introduction .......................................................................4
I1.
Reactor's Epithermal and Fast-Neutron Activation Analysis ......................4 , A. Introduction ...............................................................4 B. Advantage Factors for (n. y) Reactions .................................... 7 1. Brune and Jirlow's Advantage Factor .............................. 7 2. Parry's ' 'Improvement Factor" ....................................8 3. Bern and Ryan's Advantage Factor ................................ 9 4. Tian and Ehmann's Generalized Advantage Factor ................ 9 C. Thermal Neutron Absorbers ..............................................13 D. Applications of Epithermal Neutron Activation ........................... 16 E. (n,n') Activation .........................................................17 . F (n. p) and (n. a) Reactions ................................................ 18 1. Rapid Determination of Iron ......................................18 . 2 Determination of Phosphorus and Silicon .........................20 . 3 Other Elements ...................................................23
111.
Reactor Cyclic Activation Analysis .............................................. 23 A. Introduction ..............................................................23 B. Theory ...................................................................24 1. Effect of Transfer Times t, and t, ................................. 25 2. The Effect of Background ........................................ 27 C. Measurement of the Half-Life ............................................ 27 D. Cyclic Activation Involving Daughter Activity ...........................28 E. Replicates vs . Cyclic Activation .......................................... 29 F. Dead Time and Pile-Up Corrections ......................................29 G. Examples of Uses ........................................................ 32
IV .
Activation Analysis with Pulsing Reactors .......................................32
Table for Identification of Nuclides Formed in Nuclear Reactors .......................35 References ...............................................................................67
4
Activation Analysis
I. INTRODUCTION The most important source for bombarding particles for determination of trace elements by activation analysis is the nuclear reactor, due to its relatively high flux of bombarding particles and the relatively high cross-sections for the radiative capture reaction of thermal neutrons (n,y). Many of the recently published books on activation analysis concentrate on the usual techniques of thermal neutrons activation analysis and since these techniques are already routine, there is no point in repeating them here. Since the identification of the analyzed element is done by its y lines and half-lives, and since we have some reservations about most of the tables appearing in the literature (some of them include all existing radionuclides even if they are not formed by neutron activation, and hence they are too big and, therefore, cumbersome; other tables are lacking important data, e.g., absolute intensities of the y lines, abundances of the stable isotopes or cross-section for activation which give a measure for the probable formation of the radionuclides), we give at the end of this chapter a table which seems to us to be the most appropriate for activation analysis with nuclear reactors. As a measure of probable formation of radionuclide, it is preferable to give the product of the natural abundance and the cross-section for (n,y) reaction of its parent nuclide since it is this product that appears in the activation equation, and there is no advantage of giving the values separately, enlarging the table without any advantage. The chapter itself deals with three subjects of activation analysis which receive less attention in usual textbooks: activation with epithermal and fast neutrons from nuclear reactors, cyclic activation analysis, and the use of pulsed reactors.
11. REACTOR'S EPITHERMAL AND FAST-NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS A. INTRODUCTION In usual instrumental neutron activation analysis (INAA), the whole reactor neutron energy spectrum is used. However, in some cases, the use of part of the neutron spectrum is preferable; these systems are characterized by large differences in the activation crosssections for the desired and the interfering nuclides in the various parts of the energy spectrum. The required trace elements are activated with part of the neutron spectrum while the interfering major elements are activated more strongly with the other parts of the spectrum, and thus we prefer to avoid this second part. The neutron energy spectrum in a nuclear reactor is usually divided, for convenience, into three portions, and their relative abundances are dependent on the reactor structure. The most abundant fraction is the one of thermal neutrons, i.e., those neutrons which are in thermal equilibrium with the moderator atoms. Their most expected energy is equal to kT (where k is the Boltzmann's constant, T is the neutron temperature), which at room temperature is equal to about 0.025 eV. The neutrons with energy above those of the thermals are divided into fast neutrons, those which are directly from fission and have not been moderated at all with energy mainly above 1 MeV, and epithermal neutrons, i.e., partly moderated and having energy between tenths of eV and 1 MeV. When the whole reactor neutron energy spectrum is used for activation, the main contribution is from the thermal neutrons due to their usually higher cross-section ([n,y] reactions). In some cases where the epithermal and fast fluxes present a problem, special care is taken to use locations of irradiation where the neutrons are highly thermalized and the fast and epithermal fluxes are low. A case like this is the determination of sodium in the presence of large concentration of magnesium and aluminum.' Sodium gives with thermal neutrons "Na via the 23Na (n,y) 24Nareaction; however, "Na can be formed also from
Energy, keV
FIGURE 1 . Gamma-ray spectra of blood serum activated by reactor neutrons (a) and epithermal neutrons (b).
magnesium or aluminum with fast neutrons by the reactions 24Mg (n,p) 24Naand *'A1 (n,a) 24Na. Sun et al. ,' in order to reduce the contribution of magnesium and Al toZ4Na,used the thermal column for irradiation, since the disadvantage of having lower total flux in that position is more than overcome by the very low flux of epithermal and fast neutrons. An opposite case is the more usual one, i.e., the case where the required trace elements are activated more strongly relative to the major elements by the epithermal or fast neutrons. Most stable isotopes of the major elements in geology and biology follow the l/v crosssection rule (their activation cross-section is inversely proportional to the square root of the neutron energy) throughout the whole energy spectrum. On the other hand, many of the less abundant elements have, in addition to their thermal activation, large activation cross-section resonances in the epithermal energy region and consequently can be activated preferentially in this region. Similarly, several of the less common elements can be activated by other neutron reactions besides the common (n,y)reaction. These (n,p), (n,a), and (n,nf)reactions require higher energy than thermal (and in most cases, they did not occur also in the epithermal region and are induced only by fast neutrons). A simple example for the advantage of using neutron filters (thermal neutron absorbers) in activation analysis is seen in Figure 1, which shows the y-ray spectra of a sample of blood serum activated with reactor neutrons once within a cadmium wrapping and once without any absorber (bare irradiation). In the case of activation without Cd absorber, the Comptons of the major elements Na and C1 cover the peaks of bromine and iodine (bromine can be determined only after a delay of several days while the shorter-lived iodine cannot be determined instrumentally and can be determined only after chemical separation). The activation with epithermal neutrons (Cd cover) shows clearly the peaks of Br and I. Since the reactor's neutrons spread over a large span of energy and since the flux and the cross-section varied with the energy, the usual activation equation
6
Activation Analysis
where R is the rate of activation, N is the total number of atoms of the element to be activated, u is the cross-section for the activation reaction, and is the flux of the activating particles (neutrons), is replaced by the equation
+
The integral in Equation 2 is replaced usually by the sum of two integrals separating the thermal and the epithermal regions. The lower limit of the epithermal component of the reactor's neutron spectrum is taken as either pkT (where p = 5 for H,O and D20 reactors and 3 for some graphite reactors) or the energy cut-off of a filter used to absorb the thermal neutrons. For the more common absorber, Cd, this cut-off energy is equal to 0.55 eV for a cylindrical cadmium box with a wall thickness of 1 mm. Equation 2 is usually replaced by an equation which involves averages of the cross-sections and the flux
R where
+,
=
R*
+ Rep, = (+* . at, +
. I,) . N
is the average thermal flux and a, is an effective thermal cross-section
or for I/v nuclides at 293 K
where u, is the cross-section for 2200 rnls neutrons and g is parameter representing the deviation in the thermal region from the llv law. is the epithermal flux per unit InE and I, is the resonance integral. The common convention is to use for the second term the I,, term - the cut-off energy of 1-mm thick Cd filter, 0.55 eV, as the low boundary integral. When reactor systems &e composed of constant slowing down density, i.e., when the effects of neutron leakage and absorption can be neglected, the slowing down spectrum follows an almost dE/E distribution [+(E)dE = +epidWE].2Thus the epithermal neutron activation is given by the equation
Attention should be paid that in the ideal case by
+,
is not the total epithermal neutron flux which is given
It is very important when comparing various studies to check how the epithermal flux (fluence rate) is defined. In most works, Equation 4 is used to calculate the epithermal flux (most commonly with dilute gold foils, 0.1 to 0.3% in aluminum, covered with a cadmium sheet and using the gold resonance integral, 1550 b), however, these methods usually determine and not the total epithermal neutron flux. L,the epithermal cross-section, is only an approximate resonance integral as the precise
Volume II
7
value of the resonance integral should consider the real lower energy limit (pkT)and the overlap of the two neutron spectra. The theoretical resonance integral I, is given by
where a, is the cross-section for kT neutrons (2200 m/s neutrons), g is a parameter which represents the departure of the cross-section from the l/v low in the thermal region (if the l/v law is obeyed g = l), and E, is the thermal energy = 0.0253 eV. However, for activation analysis, the approximate experimental integral I,, is the important one and many resonance integrals are t a b ~ l a t e d according ~-~ to Hogdahl convention7 which set 1 MeV
u(E) is taken as the total activation cross-section including the l/v contribution. If the resonance integral is defined with cross-section excluding the I/v contribution, I, the activation rate is given by7
The epithennal activation properties of a nuclide can be conveniently expressed by means of the absorber ratio, which gives the ratio of the activity of this nuclide irradiated
once with the whole reactor's neutron spectrum and once covered by an absorber of thermal neutrons. Thus the cadmium ratio is given by
The most important fact is not only how the insertion of an absorber of thermal neutrons influences the activity of the specific measured nuclide but also how it influences the interfering nuclides. Thus it would be advantageous to analyze an element by epithermal neutron irradiation rather than by using the whole spectrum of reactor neutrons for the activation (ENAA vs. RNAA as it is most usually written, epithermal and reactor neutron activation analysis) if its ratio of resonance integral to thermal neutron cross-section I&, is larger than this ratio for the interfering elements. Several criteria were suggested to measure the advantage of ENAA over RNAA. B. ADVANTAGES FACTORS FOR (n,y) REACTIONS
1. Brune and Jirlow's Advantage Factor Brune and Jirlow9 suggested in 1964 to use as an advantage factor for ENAA activation the ratio between the cadmium ratio of the measured nuclide and the interfering nuclide. &d
F,, = REd where RCdis the cadmium ratio as defined previously; the superscripts 0 and i stand for the
8
Activation Analysis
measured element and the interfering nuclides, respectively. This is the most used advantage factor and several tables of this factor for many nuclides appeared in the literature for cadmium absorber as well as for boron ab~orber.~.'O-'~ In some irradiation facilities where the thermal neutrons absorber is installed permanently, the absorber ratios cannot be determined since the activity without an absorber cannot be measured. In this case, the advantage factors (called enhancement factors by Gladney et al." since they are approximate advantage factors) are measured by comparison of irradiations of the nuclides in the absorber-lined position and in a bare irradiation port. Although the spectral distribution in the various places in the reactor might be different, which means that the advantage factor measured in that way will not be the same as measured using only a bare irradiation port with and without an absorbing capsule, the true meaning of those advantage factors are the same. They give the advantage of using the epithermal activation either by using an absorbing capsule or lining the irradiation port with an absorbing material (thermal neutrons absorber). Substituting Equation 7 to Equation 8 gives
F,,
=
FR + Sk FR s;
---
+
where FR is the ratio of the fluxes (F, = 4@$,) and S, is the ratio of the cross-sections (S, = a&). The superscripts 0 and i stand as before for the measured and interfering elements, respectively. Equation 9 shows that if F, > Sk, S;;, then the advantage factor F,, equals unity; since the flux is mainly epithermal, the absorber of the thermal neutrons does not change considerably the activity either of the analyzed element or of the interfering element. In the opposite case where Sk, S; > FR, FBj = Sk/S; which can be looked at as the upper limiting value. For many experimental set-ups, F,, is lower than this limiting value and consequently it is not expected to obtain the same advantage factors in different studies since Sk and SO, are constant but F, is different for the various reactors. F, will be higher for less well-moderated nuclear reactors (reactors with "hard spectrum" of neutrons).
2. Parry's "Improvement Factor" In 1980, Parry1' pointed out that while the advantage factor describes well the increase in the signal-to-noise ratio, it does not consider the decrease of the activity of the analyzed element due to the elimination of the activation by the thermal neutrons and hence does not treat the larger error resulting from the lower counting statistics. Parry suggested that the true criteria should be the improvement in the detection sensitivity. The lower detection limit L, for a radioactivity measurement, i.e., the minimal signal which can be detected above the background at 95% confidence level is given by Equation 10.18
where B is the background activity. The minimal detected mass in activation analysis (sensitivity) is given by
where A is the specific activity of the analyzed element under the experimental condition for the activation and detection. Since A is proportional to the activity of the analyzed element and since B is due mainly to the interfering nuclide, Parry suggested that the improvement factor f, is given by
Volume II
9
3. Bern and Ryan's Advantage Factor Bem and Ryan'' in 1981 followed the same trend of thinking as Parry a year earlier; however, they suggested that the advantage factor should describe the improvement of the relative standard deviation of the counts. The relative standard deviation where the net counts (base line corrected counts) is N and the base line count is B is given by the expression
and the advantage factor is given by
where the subscripts i and 0 stand as the superscripts before. When the background is mainly due to the interfering radionuclide, Bem and Ryan's advantage factor is equal to that of Parry. The correlation of Parry's advantage factor to that of Brune and Jirlow can be seen from the comparison of Equations 8 and 12.
Therefore, Parry's advantage factor is always smaller than that of B ~ n and e Jirlow.
4. Tian and Ehmann's Generalized Advantage Factor Tian and Ehmann20 criticized Bem and Ryan's criterion (and consequently also Parry's) on the grounds that in practice, in RNAA, the limit on the number of counts is not due to the activity of the analyzed sample but rather due to problems associated with high dead time which lead to inferior resolution and also causing problems of pile up and inaccurate measurement of the counting live time. In order to overcome these problems, the samples are measured quite far from the detector or are irradiated for short times. When the sample is activated with only epithermal neutrons, the total activity of the sample is reduced considerably, and hence the counting efficiency can be increased by using smaller sampledetector distances or the total counts can be increased by using larger samples or larger irradiation times. If the increase in counts (due to either count efficiency or size of the sample or length or irradiation) is given by GZ, than the generalized Tian and Ehmann's advantage factor is given by
, f,, = f,,. if G = 1, f,, = f,, and if G = 1 / ~ &then The last case is the practical one since, both in the thermal activation and in the epithemal activation, the counting efficiency is usually chosen to obtain the maximum total counting rate allowable by the dead time correction device. This generalized approach of Tian and Ehmann20 gives a more firm basis for the widely used definition of Brune and Jirlow. Table I summarizes the advantage factors found in the literature together with the limiting value of the advantage factor calculated from the resonance integrals and thermal cross-sections.
TABLE 1 Relative Advantage of Epithermal Neutron Activation (24Na = 1.0)
Cd filter Element Radionuclide Mg Al C1 K Ca Ti
"Mg 29~1 ' ~ 1 4ZK "Ca 51Ti
Mn
%Mn
Co Ni Cu
6SNi T u
v
=v -0
66Cu
Zn Ga Ge As Br Rb Sr Y
-Zn 70Ga 72Ga 75Ge 77"Ge "As
B @ r' 82Br -Rb 88Rb 87mSr 9"Y
zt Nb Mo Ru Rh
-Nb 1°'Mo lo5Ru 104mRh
Half-life 9.5 min 2.3 min 37.3 min 12.4 h 8.8 min 5.8 min 3.8 min 2.8 h 10.5 min 2.56 h 12.8 h 5.1 min 13.8 h 21 min 14 h 83 min 54 s 26.5 h 17.6 min 35.3 h 1.02 min 17.8 min 2.83 h 3.1 h 17.0 h 17.0 h 6.3 min 14.6 min 4.4 h 4.4 min
A
B
C
D
B filter
E
F 1.O5 1.14 0.95
1.73 0.80 0.70 1.51 2.11
Cd
+B
14 h 4.7 min 22 rnin 2.4 min 24.4 s 6.5 h 50 min 54 rnin 40.1 min 9.7 min 4.2 min 1.55 min 69 min 25 rnin 25 rnin 2.9 h 2.55 rnin 82.9 rnin 40.2 h 33 h 1.73 h 12.4 min 47 h 23 min 9.3 h 18.6 h 3.6 min 1.26 min 26.9 h 7.5 h 1.9 h 6.45 s 17 h 18.6 min 31 h 1.45 min 18 h 18 h
TABLE 1 (Continued) Relative Advantage of Epithermal Neutron Activation (24Na = 1.0)
Element Radionuclide 19Tt
Th
233%
U
239U
Half-life
A
30.8 min 22.2 min 23.5 min
11.7 9.65 22.5
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
9.3 10.3 9.66 9.39 25.4 20.7
Note: A, Calculated from thermal neutron cross-sections and resonance integrals; taken from References 3 to 6; B, taken from Reference 29; C, taken from References 16 and 30; D, taken from ~efgrence12; E, taken from Reference 14; F, taken from Reference 10; G, taken from Reference 29; H, taken from Reference 11; I, taken from Reference 12; J , taken from Reference 13; and K, taken from Reference 30.
Volume 11
13
The interfering element was chosen as sodium which is the main interfering element in biological systems when nuclides with t,,, > 1 h are analyzed. For shorter decay times,38 C1 is also a strong interfering element and in geological samples,28A1 is a strong interference. However, their S, differ by less than a factor of 1.5 and consequently it does not considerably change the picture.
C. THERMAL NEUTRON ABSORBERS The main absorbers for thermal neutrons are cadmium and boron due to their high crosssection for reaction with thermal neutrons; however, other elements can also be used, although requiring thicker absorbers than with Cd or B. The variation of the cross-section with the energy is different for Cd and for B, hence an intelligent choice of an absorber (also sometimes called a filter) will lead to optimized detection of some nuclides." In some cases, one absorber is used and in others a combination of two absorbers, e.g., Cd + B.'2,'7.21,22 In NaCl MnBr, Mn02).'2339 one case, even a mixture of four absorbers was used (Cd In some experiments, filters which absorb the epithermal neutrons in some regions are used allowing more selectivity for some elements.23 Since the main absorbers are boron and cadmium, it is very important to study the differences between them. Even before comparing their advantage factors, it is important to compare them from the technical point of view. The absorber can be used in connection with the sample as a covering sheet wrapping the material in it, mainly in the case of cadmium from which metallic sheets are commercially available, as a capsule built from these materials, and as a mixture with the sample, used with B20,,24 or as a permanent installation inside one of the irradiation ports of the reactor. The use of absorber-lined ports has the disadvantages that (1) scattered thermal neutrons can come from angles which are not covered by the lining of the absorber leading to lower absorber ratios,2s while when the absorber is used as a capsule or wrapping, it is covered from all angles, and (2) the capsule in which the sample is held during the pneumatic transfer and which usually is from polyethylene leads to partial thermalization of the epithermal neutrons.23On the other hand, the use of an absorber-built capsule or wrapping suffers from the disadvantages of the absorption reactions. Cadmium is activated and forms short- and long-lived nuclides and the unloading and unpacking of the sample for medium- and long-lived radionuclides measurement faces radiation safety problems due to the high radiation dose. Short-lived (t,,, < 20 to 30 s) radionuclides cannot be measured at all in cadmium capsule since the short half-life prohibits the safe unpacking of the vessel and the activity of the absorber is too high to allow measurement together with the filter. While the absorption of neutrons by 1°B does not lead to radioactive products, the reaction loB (n,cx) 7Li is very exoergic (Q = 2.792 MeV) and the samples are heated considerably. Stroube et found that in the 20-MW reactor at the National Bureau of Standards (U.S.), thermal heating of the boron nitride vessel limited the length of irradiation for freeze-dried foods to 4 s and prevented completely safe irradiation of wet food. When biological samples are irradiated, this heating accelerates the thermal decomposition of organic compounds producing high pressure in sample container, when they are airtight sealed, which may explode and contaminate or even ruin the irradiation port. In other cases, elements may be volatilized and lost. In order to avoid these effects, the time of irradiation should be limited. Glascock et al.27found that irradiation in a boron nitride (BN) vessel in the peak flux position (-1014 n cm-2 s-I) should not exceed 10 s to prevent the melting and destruction of the polyethylene materials. Stroube et a1.,26 in order to lengthen the allowed time in the BN vessel, irradiated the samples inside the BN capsule in a cadmium-lined irradiation position and for 2-MW reactor found that the maximum allowed time for safety reasons is 3 min. The cadmium lining greatly reduced the heating of the BN vessel and allowed a much longer irradiation time. Gladney et al." used boron-lined irradiation position by hot pressing a mixture of 50% elemental boron and 50%
+
.
+
+
14
Activation Analysis
aluminum into aluminum sleeves which are welded to a cooling water jacket to ensure proper cooling of the sample. Williamson et a122measured the temperature inside a polyethylene rabbit inserted into a Cd-lined irradiation port and found that the temperature reached an equilibrium value of 90°C in about 7 min. When a BN capsule was irradiated in the same position, the measured temperature was 120°C in about 3 min and continued rising. Ehmann et al.28 irradiated rock samples in a boron carbide filter for 20 h, keeping the sample in heat-sealed quartz ampules. Quartz, being a poor thermal conductor, keeps the sample from being highly heated, however, this solution is good for geological samples but will probably not suffice for biological samples. Chisela et studied the temperature in a sintered BC capsule in an air-cooled irradiation facility and found the capsule to reach steady-state temperatures of 163°C and 194°C for 4.0-MW and 5.0-MW reactors, respectively. When a permanent installation from powdered B4C was done with water cooling, the temperature reached not more than 50°C. The use of permanent lining of absorber has also the disadvantage of reducing the total flux of the neutrons in the reactor and of excessive use of the nuclear fuel. Another possible advantage of boron over cadmium is the reuse of the same filter in subsequent irradiation. Cadmium filters cannot usually be reused, at least immediately, due to the long-lived radioactivity produced in cadmium during irradiation. The activity produced in boron filters is small and is only due to contamination in the boron. However, the use of boron filters is limited in many cases to not too high total doses of neutrons due to structural failure of the capsule probably due to excessive formation of helium gas from the 1oB(n,a)7Lireaction. Cadmium filters are easily done from metallic cadmium sheets of about 1-mm thickness. Boron is a difficult material to machine and Stuart and Ryanz9prepared boron shields by forming a mixture of boron carbide powder and paraffin wax. The mixture was heated to 70°C (paraffin melting point = 56°C) and cast into cylindrical forms. A central hole was made in the form as it solidified by using a heated metal rod of appropriate diameter. The hole was not done through the whole length of the cylinder, in order to obtain a cylindrical capsule with a central cavity closed at one end. The other end was closed with a top made from the same material. Parry16 used the same method, however, instead of using boron carbide, she used B powder. It should be mentioned that the paraffin is causing a small thermalization of the epithermal neutrons. The best machinable refractory boron compound is BN,30and consequently many of the studies with boron filters were done using BN capsules. Ehmann et a1.28suggest not to use BN due to the relatively high cross-section of 1.81 b for the 14N (n,p) 14C reaction which will lead to formation of an appreciable amount of the long-lived radioactive 14C,but rather to use boron carbide, another refractow
One of the disadvantages of boron filters is the impurities found in boron powder as discussed in detail by Bem and Ryan.I9 However, if a boron capsule is used together with a permanently installed Cd lining, the interferences due to the activities of *'A1, 56Mn,and 38Clfrom the boron contaminants are significantly reduced.16 Both cadmium and boron have high absorption cross-sections for low-energy neutrons; however, the energy dependence of the cross-sections differs considerably. Figure 2 shows that cadmium approaches a perfect sharp filter for the thermal region and has some resonances in the epithermal range whereas boron behaves as almost a perfect l/v absorber with no sharp energy cut-off. Although the cross-sections for neutron capture by boron is lower than the cross-sections for absorption by cadmium in the lower energy range of 0.01 to 1 eV, it can be compensated for by using thicker boron absorbers. A 0.25 cm thick boron shield is sufficient to stop practically all the thermal neutrons. The effective cut-off energy is almost independent of the thickness of the Cd absorber while it increases considerably with the thickness of the boron absorber, as can be seen in Figure 3.
Volume 11
15
FIGURE 2. Cross-sectionsfor neutron absorption by boron and cadmium as a function of the kinetic energy of the neutrons
-
10-
2
L 500
-1000
1
Filter Thickness ( m g / c m )
FIGURE 3. Dependence of the cut-off energy of the thermal neutron filter as a function of the filter thickness.
Rossitto et a1.21discusses the boron vs. cadmium absorber from the point of view of larger advantage factors. Assuming the nuclide of interest has only a single resonance located at energy E, and the interfering nuclide following the l/v cross-section dependence, he concluded that: (1) if ER 6 2eV, the best absorber is Cd, (2) for 2eV S ER 15eV, B + Cd will be the optimal choice, and (3) for E, 3 15eV, B or B + Cd will be equally effective.
16
Activation Analysis
However, it should be remembered that Cd also absorbs some of the resonance neutrons due to their reaction with cadmium in one of the energies at which cadmium has resonance (e.g., 18.40 eV113Cdresonance, although it is a small resonance). This effect which is called the cadmium correction factor, Fcd,32is usually ignored in most of the activation analyses, and it can be justified on the grounds that Fcd is usually very close to unity.32 Chisela et al.31calculated the advantage factor for three nuclides for both Cd and B4C absorbers as a function of the filter thickness. Up to 2-mm thickness, B4C is always inferior to Cd, however, for thicker filters, B4C start to be better than Cd. This preference can be a factor of 2 for the 9%40 (n,y) "Mo reaction (E, = 429 eV) or a factor of 1.3 for the E, = 62 eV Iz4Sn(n,y) '25mSnreaction or hardly 1.1 for the ER = 49eV "As (n,y) 76As.At high filter thickness, the advantage factors remains constant for Cd, but that of boron reaches maximum at thicknesses of 3 to 6 mm and a thicker boron filter leads to a decrease of the advantage factor as a result of increased absorption of higher energy neutrons by the thick &, boron filters. This absorption explains why, for some cases, elements with reasonable I ratio could be detected with Cd filter but not with Cd B filter (0.7-mm Cd 3-mm boron). Table 1 summarizes many of the advantage factors reported in the literature. It can be seen that variation among the different laboratories is quite large, mainly for boron absorbers since it depends also on the absorber thickness and density and not only on the flux ratio as was explained earlier. If the results of Stuart and Ryanzyare used, since they measure more Rcd and R, values than other groups, it seems that for most of the elements the difference between Cd and B is not too large; however, for some elements, boron in preferable while for other (although a smaller number) elements, the advantage factor is higher in the case of cadmium. Thus for indium, l16"In has AF (CD) = 11.0 while AF (B) = 2.0, probably due to the absorption by boron of the relative low epithermal energy neutrons which react with indium at its resonance of the Il5In (n,y) l16"In reaction at 1.457 eV; similarly for rhodium, AF (Cd) = 6.9 and AF (B) = 1.1. On the other hand, for the determination of cadmium itself, AF (Cd) = 12 and AF (B) = 34; similarly for lead, Af (Cd) = 27 and AF (B) = 64 or even AF ('OB) = 130. To summarize, as the samples measured usually include several elements, it does not make a big difference which filter is used. As a good practice, if very accurate results are required, it is worthy to irradiate once in a capsule of boron compound and once inside a Cd capsule. The data of Parry16 show that the advantage factor for Cd + B is always higher than of Cd alone (it was Cd lining + B capsule 1 and 2.7 mm thick, respectively).
+
+
D. APPLICATIONS OF EPITHERMAL NEUTRON ACTIVATION Epithermal neutrons are used more and more frequently in INAA of biological and geological samples due to the large concentration of interfering nuclides, Na and C1 in the case of biological samples, "A1, 56Mn, and 24Nain the case of geological samples. Many of these studies apply epithermal NAA to the determination of halogen^'^.^^.^^-^' especially in biological samples. Al-Sharistani and A b a ~ measured s~~ the concentration of iodine in blood samples using a shield for thermal neutrons which consists of Cd, NaC1, MnBr,, and MnO, in order to further reduce the activation of Na, C1, Br, and Mn. Cesana et a1.15 used B + Cd, 1 mm and 680 mg/cm2, respectively and obtained similar results. Wyttenbach et al.37 used a BN capsule and Alfassi and Lavi3' used Cd covers with all obtaining similar results for the detection limit. However, the determination by ENAA in biological samples is not limited only to the determination of halogens. More complex spectra were obtained by longer irradiation of several samples, e.g., oyster tissue for which the lower limit of detection (LLD) was found to be lower in the case of epithermal neutron activation for the ~~.~~ elements Mo, Ni, and Rb. For some other elements, it facilitates faster a n a l y s i ~ .Many
Volume 11
17
TABLE 2 Advantage Factors for (n,n') Activation with a Cadmium Absorber (Normalized to "CI (n,y) 38CI = 1.0)
Element
Produced radionuclide
Advantage factor Half-life
A
B
C
4.9 s 2.81 h
16.1 s 48.6 min 4.49 h 2.55 min 5.5 h 9.9 rnin 8.8 s 42.6 min 66.9 rnin Note: A , Parry;I6 B, G ~ i n nC, ; ~our results.61
papers deal with the use of ENAA in geological samples of various s o ~ r c e s , ~ ~and -~O it is this area in which many of the first works of the ENAA were done. Similar studies were done on coal and fly ash51-56 and other sy~tems.~'-'~ Rowe and Steinnes 51s2 found that for coal, epithermal irradiation is preferable for the determination of Ni, Zn, As, Se, Br, Rb, Sr, Mo, Sb, Cs, Ba, Sm, Tb, Hf, Ta, W, Th, and U, whereas thermal irradiation was best for Sc, Cr, Fe, Co, La, Ce, Nd, Eu, Yb, and Lu. Similar results were found also by ~ ~ also suggest the use of both thermal and epithermal NAA Kostadinov and D j i n g ~ v awho when two elements have very close gamma lines (second order interference) but their advantage factors are different, e.g., U (106-keV gamma line of 239Np)and 153Sm(103keV). This method is similar to that which deals with the first-order interference originated from the same nuclide produced from different elements, as is discussed later.
E. (n,nl) ACTIVATION The main advantages of using activation analysis by (n,nf) activation products is that the (n,nl) reactions produce nuclides with shorter half-lives and usually lower y energies and hence higher detection efficiencies. This is besides the advantage of less interference from the radionuclides produced by the absorption of thermal n e ~ t r o n s . ~ O However, -~~ only a few elements can be determined by this method. Table 2 gives the results of the advantage factors measured for these elements. The advantage factors are usually larger than those obtained for resonance (n,y) activation. The main disadvantage compared to thermal activation is the lower sensitivity due to a smaller flux of neutrons and smaller cross-sections. Sometimes this drawback is compensated for by the lower background due to less interference and sometimes also by the shorter half-life which allows an immediate measurement. For example, the thermal neutron activation of mercury yields lg7"Hg (23.8 h, 134 keV [34%]), 203Hg(46.6 d, 279 keV [77%]), and 205Hg(5.5 m, a weak y line of 204 keV).205Hg,due to its weak y line and the strong interferences in the short time immediately after the activation, cannot be used for the determination of mercury. 197mHg cannot be used in most cases due to its low y-ray energy which is completely covered by the Comptons of the interfering elements. Thus mercury is usually determined via 203Hgafter several weeks of delay. In many cases, the use of '99mHggives an immediate answer with a reasonable (7.8 s) instead of '98Au (2.69 d). accuracy. Another example is the measurement of 197mAu Another use is the determination of lead which can be measured only through the 204Pb
18
Activation Analysis
(n,nf) 204mPb(67.2 m, 899 keV) since (n,y) reaction on Pb does not lead to any gamma emitter. In some cases, the metastable isomer is formed both by (n,nf) and (n,y) which leads to lower advantage factors. An example is 77mSe(17.5s) produced both by 76Se(n,y) 77mSeand 77Se (n,nf) 77m Se. The normalization in Table 2 was done to 38Clor to 28A1in geological samples and not to 24Naas was done in Table 1, due to the fact that most of the (n,nf) products are short lived and in these short times C1 is a stronger interference; however, the &, is very close for 24Naand 38Cl (less than 10% difference) so the choice of the normalizing (interfering) element is not so important.
F. (n,p) AND (n,a) REACTIONS These reactions occurring with the fast neutrons with energy usually in the MeV range should be looked upon in two ways: (1) the use of these reactions for the determination of some elements and (2) the possible interference of these reactions in the determination of some elements by (n,y) reaction, due to the formation of the same nuclide." In the beginning of this chapter, we started with the use of the well-thermalized neutron flux in the thermal column of the reactor for the determination of sodium,' however, most of the activations are not done in the thermal columns due to the lower flux. In most cases, these interferences are low due to the lower cross-sections of these reactions relative to the (n,y) reaction and the lower flux of the fast neutrons. However, in some cases, this interference can be a serious one. For example, the determination of magnesium with thermal neutrons is done by 27Mg which is formed by the 26Mg (n,y) 27Mgreaction. Unfortunately, 26Mg has low abundance and low cross-section for the (n,y) reaction and thus this determination is seriously interfered by the reactions 27Al(n,p) Z7Mgand 24Na(n,a) 27Mg.Other cases can occur when the interference has much higher concentration than the measured element. These interferences can be solved only by the use of double irradiation, one with a bare core and one inside a Cd or B filter and calculating the contribution of each element. The same treatment is usually done for the use of (n,p) and (n,a) reactions in determination of some elements. The main advantage of these reactions is that they produce nuclides different from those produced by (n,y) reactions. Consequently, it may lead to a faster determination in the case of producing a short-lived nuclide rather than the long-lived one produced in (n,y) reaction. In other cases, it may enable the determination of elements which cannot be measured via (n,y) reactions since the produced radionuclide is only a P emitter. One disadvantage of these reactions is that the radionuclide obtained can be produced also by (n,y) reaction with other nuclides. For example, 52Vis produced both by the "V (n,y) "V and 52Cr(n,p) 52V reaction. As explained before, this disadvantage can be overcome by the use of double irradiation with and without thermal neutron absorber using the fact that the thermal neutron filter has a different effect on (n,y) reactions than on (n,p) or on (n,a) reactions. The cadmium ratio of the (n,p) and (n,a) reactions is much smaller than that of (n,y) reaction, even when the (n,y) reaction has a large resonance. However, the effects of B/Cd filter on the (n,p) and the (n,a) reactions are very close, so it is quite difficult to separate between these reactions if they produce the same nuclide. In some cases the competing two fast ~ 58Co or 54Fe (n,p) reactions are (n,p) and (11,2n),~e.g., 53Ni (n,p) 58Co and 5 9 C (n,2n) 54Mnand 55Mn(n,2n) 54Mn.In these cases, the interference can be calculated by measuring the Co or Mn through their (n,y) reactions leading to T o or Y o and 56Mn,respectively. To exemplify the use of (n,p) and (n,y) reactions, two examples are given. 1. Rapid Determination of Iron Figure 4 shows the y-ray spectrum of an iron sample irradiated for a short time. As can be seen, the peak of 847-keV y-rays of 56Mndue to 56Fe(n,p) 56Mnis considerably higher than the 58Fe(n,y) 59Fe 1099 keV. Hence the use of (n,p) reaction for determination of iron
Volume I1
OL-
-- 1
--
500
1000
Energy ( k e ~ )
FIGURE 4. Gamma-ray spectrum of iron irradiated with reactor neutrons (irradiation 10 min, delay 5 min, and count 6 min). (From Alfassi, Z. B . and Lavi, N . , J. Radionucl. Nucl. Chem. Art., 84, 363, 1984.)
has a higher sensitivity in the case of short irradiation and counting. However, s6Mn is formed also from manganese by the 55Mn(n,y) 56Mnreaction. The concentrations of both iron and manganese can be found by double irradiation, one sample with reactor neutrons (without any filter) and one sample with epithermal neutrons (with cadmium absorber). If the specific activity (measured counts under the experimental set-up per 1 g of the element) for irradiation with reactor neutrons will be F, and M, for iron and manganese, respectively, and similarly for epithermal neutrons F, and ME, then the activity of 1 g sample containing P,% of iron and P,% of manganese will be C, = (F, CE = (F,
. P, + M, . PM)/lOO P,
+ ME . P,)/
100
where C, and C, are the activities induced by reactor neutrons and epithermal neutrons, respectively. The solution of these two equations gives
where A = 100(FRM, - F,M,). The errors in the values of the specific activities are usually smaller than those associated with the measurements of the counts of the samples since the specific activities are determined by irradiation and counting of several samples. Consequently, the errors in P, and P, can be estimated assuming that only the Cs have errors associated with them. For determination of the quantity Q from two independent measurements X and Y, the standard deviation of Q is given by"
where S, and S, are the standard deviations of the measurements of X and Y, respectively. Taking only the standard deviations of CE and C, from counting statistics yields
20
Activation Analysis
TABLE 3 Comparison between the Amounts of Manganese and Iron in Known Mixtures with that Determined by Instrumental Epithermal Neutron Activation A n a l y s i ~ ~ ~ Known mass
Mn
Fe (mg)
Calculated mass
Mn ( M )
Fe (mg)
The best criterion for the minimum amount of iron which can be detected in this method is that its contribution to the counts will be larger than the statistical error in the contribution of manganese, i.e.,
or the minimum percentage of Fe which can be determined is
56Mncan also be formed from (n,a) reaction with 59Co.However, the cross-section for this reaction is about six times smaller than that for 56Fe(n,p) 56Mnand the contribution of 59Co (n,a) 56Mncan be calculated from the activity of 60"Co produced by 59Co(n,y) 60"Co since the ratio of these reactions is constant for a given experimental condition. Table 3 gives the comparison between the known composition of various mixtures of iron and manganese and those obtained by epithennal instrumental activation analysis with both reactor neutrons and epithermal neutrons.65
2. Determination of Phosphorus and Silicon Thermal neutron activation cannot be used for the determination of phosphorus and silicon. Radiative capture (n,y) reaction with the only stable isotope of P leads to formation of 32Pwhich is a pure P emitter. In the case of silicon [stable isotopes "Si(92.2%), 29Si(4.7%), and 30Si(3.I%)], the only radionuclide produced by the (n,y) reaction is 31Siwhich is almost only a P emitter. Its very low intensity of y-rays (1266 keV - 0.07%) together with the low abundance of 30Siand the low cross-section for radiative capture (0.11 b) enable only the determination of relatively large amounts of silicon. However, activation with epithermal neutrons leads also to the formation of "A1 via both 31P(n,a) "A1 and "Si (n,p) 28A1,and of 29Alby the 29Si(n,p) 29Alreaction. "A1 is produced also by the "A1 (n,y) 28A1reaction. This leads to a procedure for determination of Si from the activity of 29Al,which is produced only from silicon, using the activities of "A1 from activation with a Cd filter and without a filter to determine the concentration of both aluminum and phosphorus. However, the activity of 29Alproduced for Si is almost two orders of magnitude less than the activity of 28A1prduced from it. Thus, the use of 29Alwill both limit the minimal amount of silicon that can be determined and will reduce the accuracy of the measurement. Another problem
Volume 11
21
associated with the measurement of 29Alis that its main gamma line is the 1273 keV which suffers from the interference of the single escape peak of the more abundant ,'A1 at 1268 keV. However, when the concentration of Si is high, silicon can be determined by the 29Si (n,p) 29Al reaction as was done by H a n ~ o c k ~ for~ "the measurement of silicon in pottery using a Cd shield to decrease the formation of 28A1.The samples were allowed to decay for 17 to 20 min before counting for further decreasing of the 28A1activity. Ordogh et a1.66b measured in that way the concentration of silicon in very small inhomogeneous lymph node samples. The concentration of P was determined spectrophotometrically by the molybdenum blue method and hence the concentration of Si and Al can be found from the 28A1activity induced by both epithermal activation (Cd cover) and reactor neutron irradiation. Another way was suggested by Alfassi and LavP7 who used the simultaneous determination of 27Mg and 28A1, each of them for both reactor activation and irradiation with only epithermal neutrons, to measure simultaneously Mg, Al, Si, and P. Each of these radionuclides can be formed by three reactions
and solution of the four equations for the four measured activities (the 844 keV due to 27Mg and 1778 keV due to 28A1each without a filter and with a cadmium absorber). The specific activity (measured counts per 1 g of the element under the experimental set-up) will be assigned by three letters, the first one giving the target element, the second one the element formed, and the third one (R or E) will show if the activation has been done by reactor neutrons (without an absorber) or by epithermal neutrons (with a cadmium absorber). Thus, for example, SAR means the specific activity of ,*A1 produced from silicon by reactor neutrons. The activities measured per 1 g of sample are also represented by three letters, the first one is always C, and the second and the third have the same meanings for specific activities. If the concentration of Mg, Al, Si, and P are given by f,,, f,,, f,,, and fp in weight fractions, then the four appropriate equations are
+ AMR . fA, + SMR . fsi CME = MME . f,, + AME . f,, + SME - f,, CAR = AAR . f,, + SAR . fsi + PAR . f, CAE = AAE - fA, + SAE - fsi + PAE . fp
CMR = MMR . f,,
solving these equations gives f,, = (a,
. a,
-
fsi = ( a , a,
. - a, - a@ -
a, a6)/6
22
Activation Analysis
TABLE 4 Comparison of the Known Elemental Composition of Synthetic Mixtures with Those Measured by Epithermal Neutron Activation Analysis6'" Known mass (pg)
Measured mass (mg)
where a, = AAR PAE - AAE PAR
. . a, = AMR . MME - AME . MMR a, = SMR . MME - SME . MMR a, = SAR PAE - SAE PAR
a,
=
CAR. PAE - CAE. PAR
.
.
a, = CMR MME - CME MMR
8
f,,
=
a,-a, - a2.a3
= (CMR - m,,
f,
=
(CAR - m,,
- AMR - mS. SMR)/MMR . AAR - mSi.SAR)/PAR
Table 4 gives the known compositions of several synthetic mixtures prepared from Mg(NO,),, AI(NO,),, SiO,, and (NH,),PO,, together with the calculated masses from the above equations with the four measurements from two activations. As can be seen, this method gives quite reliable results for the determination of sulfur and phosphorus as long as their concentration is at least one order of magnitude larger than that of aluminum. This situation is found in many natural materials, such as phosphate ores, sand, some silicates, and so on. Table 5 lists the cadmium ratios obtained for the various reactions. Cesana and T e r ~ - a n i ~ ~ ~ measured P in bones using reactor irradiation with a B,C capsule, assuming that 28A1is formed only from phosphorus since the concentration of Al and Si in bones is very low. In pottery, they determined A1 from 27Mg, due to the low concentration of Mg, and after subtracting the contribution to '*A1 from Al, they calculated from 28A1the concentration of Si, since the concentration of P in pottery is very low.
Volume 11
23
TABLE 5 Scheme of Reactions Induced by Neutrons to Form Z7Mgand 28AI Reactions
Resulting nuclide
Cadmium ratio
Jones et al."' studied the concentration of silicon in plants by the 2ySi(n,p) 2yA1reaction. Although its peak at 1273 was resolved from 28A1single escape peak at 1268 keV, the resolution is bad enough and the error in the counts due to 29Alis quite high, so they preferred to take the counts due to the doublet (1268 1273) and to substract the counts of the single escape peak as calculated from the 1779-keV photopeak of 2XA1and the ratio single escapelphotopeak measured in irradiated pure aluminum sample. This method was found to be reliable for samples containing as little as 0.5 wt% silicon. For smaller concentration of However, silicon, they used 28A1for the determination of silicon, similarly to 0rdogh et instead of measuring the concentration of phosphorus by a colorimetric method, they prefer the derivative activation method. Phosphorus is converted to tungstomolybdicphosphoric acid which is extracted and then the tungsten is determined by neutron activation analysis as lX7W.Penev et al.69measured simultaneously Al, Mg, and Si in rocks by the method of Alfassi and L a ~ i , however, ~~" assuming the concentration of P to be very low and neglecting its contribution to 28Aland assuming the contribution of Si to 27Mgto be negligible, thus simplifying the equations. Soreq and Griffin3" measured the concentration of silicon in aluminum alloys with a detection limit of 0.4% silicon in 0.5g alloy sample, using the 29Si ( n , ~ ) * ~ reaction Al induced by epithermal neutron irradiation (BN capsule) resolving the 1268- and 1273-keV peaks by a computer program to analyze multiplets.
+
3. Other Elements Several other element^^".^^ were studied for their possible determination by (n,p) and (n,a) reaction as is summarized in Table 6. The most studied element is Ni,71due to its low sensitivity in the (n,y) reaction since the abundance of the @Ni, which leads to the 2.58 h 65Ni,is low. Several studies were done with the 58Ni(n,p) '*Co since the isotopic abundance of 58Ni is high 68.3 and the 58Ni (n,p) 58Coreaction has relatively high cross-section for epithermal neutrons (I 13 mb).
111. REACTOR CYCLIC ACTIVATION ANALYSIS A. INTRODUCTION Several elements can be measured by INAA only through the measurement of very ' F with 11.0-s half-life) and for short-lived isotopes (e.g., F which is activated only to O several others while the measurement through medium-lived radioisotopes is possible, the sensitivity can be considerably increased by the measurement of the short-lived radionuclides, for example measurement of 77mSe(17.4 s) instead of 75Se(120.4 d). At least 38 elements produce short-lived nuclides (half-life G 60 s) by thermal neutron bombardment. The use of short irradiation increased also the number of samples which can be measured per day and made activation analysis a more sound method economically. Due to the short half-life, the number of radioactive nuclei formed in saturation is small (Ndioactiv,= N.,..~-+t~,~/ln 2
24
Activation Analysis
TABLE 6 Reactions for Activation Analysis by Reactor Fast Neutrons via (n,p) and (n,cy) Reactions (%PI Element to be determined Oxygen Fluorine Sodium Magnesium Aluminum Silicon Phosphorus Sulfur Potassium Calcium Titanium
Vanadium Chromium Iron Cobalt Nickel Zinc Germanium Arsenic Niobium
Isotopic abundance X Activation cross-section product (mb)
ha)
Half-life 7.2 s 27 s 38 s 15 h 9.5 min 2.3 min 6.6 min 12.4 s 1.83 h 22 h 12.5 h 3.43 d 84 d 20 s 43.7 h 5.79 min 3.76 min 312 d 2.58 h
Isotopic abundance x Activation cross-section product hb)
Half-life
7.2 s
16N
24Na >'Mg
15 h 9.5 min
28A1
2.3 min
4'Ar
37.8 min 1.83 h
"Sc
44 h
2.58 h
S6Mn 71.3 d 12.8 h 21.1 min 49 s 3.19 h
+
where N, is the number of target nuclei, a the activation cross-section, the neutron flux, and t,,, the half-life of the formed radioactive nuclei) and consequently the counting has a large statistical error. In order to increase the number of counts, cyclic activation analysis should be used. In cyclic INAA (CINAA), a sample is irradiated for a short time, rapidly transferred to a detector for counting, and the entire process is repeated for a number of cy~les;'~,'~ the gamma-ray spectrum of each cycle is recorded to yield a cumulative spectrum.
B. THEORY Four periods of time are important in cyclic activation: the time of irradiation, t,; the time between the end of irradiation and the start of counting, i.e., the decay time due usually to the time required for transfer of the sample from the irradiation position to the counting station, t,; the counting time, t,; and the transfer time back to the irradiation position, a time in which there is decay mainly of the longer-lived radionuclides which contribute to the noise, t,. The cycle period T is given by
The number of counts for the first cycle is given by the equation
Volume 11
25
where a is the saturation activity and the F, are the time factors.
where E is the efficiency of the detector, I is the intensity of the radiation of interest, and A is the decay constant of the isotope of interest (A = ln2/tI,,). In the second counting period, there is the same number of counts due to the second irradiation plus what was left from the first irradiation
where F, = e-",. Similarly for the nth cycle, we obtain an expression which is the sum of a geometric series.
and the total number of counts accumulated in all the n cycles is given by
C, can be optimized by choosing proper times t,, t,, t,, and t, which lead to the optimal time-factors F,, F,, F,, and F,. The optimization can be done by plotting Equation 20 and finding the maximum. When dealing with optimization, the first question that arises is what quantity is to be optimized and what are the limitations. The answer to the limitation factors is simple, the transfer times and the total time of the analysis. We want the total time of the analysis, t, = nT, to be short enough in order to enable the measurement of a large number of samples. The important quantity to optimize is a combination between the signal and the signal-to-noise ratio. It is not only the signal-to-noise ratio which is important and should be optimized,77 since having a small signal with a very large signal-to-noise ratio still means a large statistical error in the activation analysis determination. Spyrou and suggested the quantity to be optimized is S / ~ where B s is the total counts, C,, due to the measured nuclide, and B is the total counts due to the interfering nuclides -the background. Spyrou et al.7Xsuggested that a more realistic quantity to optimize in order to obtain the timing parameter required is the increase in the relative error or the precision, i.e., the quantity to be optimized is S V M .
1. Effect of Transfer Times t, and t, The transfer time can be relatively long in the order of 10 s to 1 min when the transfer is done m a n ~ a l l y ,a~method ~ , ~ ~ which sometimes is referred to as Pseudo-Cyclic activation
26
Activation Analysis
analysis. The transfer time will be in the order of 0.4 to 2.081,82s where it is done pneumatically and computer controlled, and in some fast transfer systems, the transfer time is of the order of 0.1 s and less.', The transfer time can be made very small when there is no physical transfer of the sample but a pulsed irradiation source is used, which was suggested as the real cyclic activation a n a l y ~ i s . ' ~Assuming .~~ the transfer times to be constant and for a fixed period (T is constant), differentiation of Equation 20 with respect to t, gives that the maximum number of counts will be obtained when t, = t,, i.e., the same time is spent on activation as on counting of the activated sample. Givens et al.84 studied the effect of the number of cycles if the transfer time is taken as zero (t, = t, = 0) by plotting Equation 20 for various cases. They found that if the total analysis time is chosen as six times the half-life of the desired radionuclide, and if the irradiation and counting times are taken equal (t, = t, = T/2), then the maximum response occurs at a cycle time T = 2.4t,,,, independent of t,,,; however, this means 2.5 cycles which seems meaningless. An important conclusion from their calculation is that counting rapidly decreases for T > 2.4 T,,, whereas the decrease for T < 2.4 T,,, is very small, indicating that we want n 2 3 and there is no loss in larger number of cycles. However, this is true only when the transfer time is zero or at least negligible. When the transfer time is comparable to the irradiationlcounting times, it brings about too many cycles, for a constant irradiation time will lead to reduction of the total counts. Janczyszyn and GorskiSSstudied the effect of the sample transport time. Two distinct features can be seen in their plot of the detector response (total counts) vs. the cycle period, T, for total measurement time of six half-lives as a function of the transport time, or as they called it the idle time = t, + t4 : (1) the maximum is moved to longer periods (lower n) since the idle time is longer; (2) whereas for idle time = 0, increase in n did not change considerably C,, C, decreases with increasing n for practical idle times. Janczyszyn and Gorski gave a nomographic plot for the selection of the optimum number of cycles to maximize the counts in a given experimental time. By differentiating Equation 20 with respect to the cycle period, T, assuming constant transport time t, = t4 = constant and t, = t,, and equating the derivative to zero they obtained
where k = exp (At,) and x = exp (AT12) q
=
1 - exp( - At) At
and t - the total measurement time is equal to nT where n is the number of cycles. In order to resolve T from Equation 21, they used a nomographic plot of At, as a function of n q. From the knowledge of the transport time, At, is known and consequently from the plot nq is obtained. Since the total time of experiment is known, q can be calculated and hence n is obtained by a simple division. The procedure is simpler for the case At, 2 1 as there is only one nomographic plot. For At, S 1, for each n there is another nomograhic plot and approximation by iterative method is suggested for the optimal number of cycles. Tominaga and Tachikawag6gave a plot of normalized count vs. the normalized cycle period for various delay time. The delay time and the cycle periods are normalized in units of the half-life of the activated nuclide and the counts are normalized to large number of cycles without delay time. (They also assume t, = t,; t, = t,.) Tominaga and Tachikawa, however, stated that it is preferable to use in the case of mechanical sample transfer system a smaller number of cycles than is required to obtain maximum number of counts as long as the decrease in the number of counts is not Iafge (up to 10%). Their motivation is to reduce
Volume 11
27
the abrasion of the sample capsule and the transport tube and also the consumption of pressurized gas. Thus they give an extra plot, not only for the optimal cycle period as a function of the delay time but also what are the cycle periods, larger than the optimal one, which will still lead to 95 and 90% of the maximum number of counts. These plots of Tominaga and Tachikawas6 and those of Janczyszyn and Gorskis5 are very helpful in determining the required period of the cyclic activation; however, they are all on a log-log scale and the results obtained are not too accurate. Since microcomputers or programmable calculators are found everywhere in laboratories, it is simpler to use small and easy programs which will give interactively the optimal set of conditions for cyclic activation. These programs consider the presence of more than one activable nuclide and can choose a proper compromise between the requirements for the different radio nuclide^.^^^^^.^^ Al-Mugrabi and Spyroun9describe a program which simulates the photopeak, Compton continuum, escape peaks, and bremmsstrahlung. The simulation output forms the input to an optimization program, optimizing the signal-to-noise ratio.
2. The Effect of Background Spyrou and Kerr7' plotted the variation of the total counts for cyclic activation and conventional activation as a function of total experimental time for various transport times (all normalized in units of the half-life of the desired nuclide). As the waiting time becomes larger, the minimal time of experiment required for cyclic activation to be advantageous over the conventional one is larger. Their second plot of the signal to dbackground instead of the signal itself shows much more clearly the advantage of cyclic activation over the conventional one. They chose the half-life of the nuclides contributing to the background as lOOt,,,. The cross-over points from conventional to cyclic activation are now at times shorter by a factor of 2 compared to when only the signal was considered. Moreover, while S (the signal due to the measured nuclide) increases for cyclic activation and remains constant for conventional activation, S / ~ isBincreasing with experimental time for cyclic activation and decreasing for conventional activation as the signal reaches saturation at shorter times than the background. These plots show clearly that the cyclic activation is more advantageous as the ratio of the half-lives of the background and the signal is larger. Spyrou and Kerr7' studied also the length of the cycle period for a fixed experimental time required to maximize S or S / ~ (total B experimental time 10 t,,,, background half life = 100 t,,,) for several idle times. For all idle times, the optimal number of cycles in order to maximize S is always smaller than that required for maximizing s / ~ B They . found also that while in the hypothetical case of signal without background, S increases quite considerably and monotonously B not vary so much with the total with the experimental time, in the realistic case S / ~ do time of the experiment, and after some number of cycles S / ~ tends B to flatten out. The longer the half-life of the background, the flatter becomes the response, but it is to be remembered that S itself increases with time. The optimum cycle period decreases as the background half-life increases for the same value of the total experiment time, however, it becomes less pronounced for background half-life 3 100 t,,,. C. MEASUREMENT OF THE HALF-LIFE S p y r o ~ ~ "suggested ,~' that cyclic activation can be used also for determination or rather confirmation of the half-life of the nuclide measured. Equation 20 can be written as
For large n, 1
-
is close to unity and hence C, is a linear function of n.
28
Activation Analysis
F4 Plotting C, as a function of n yields -as the ratio R of the intercept to the slope
F, - 1
T In 2 However, care should be taken that ln (1 - 1lR)' the assumption 1 > Ff; is fulfilled for all the C, plotted as a function of n. It seems to us that a simpler way will be the use of the spectrum of each cycle itself, instead of using the < 1, accumulated spectra as suggested by Spyrou and his co-workers. Assuming Equation 19 becomes and hence F4 = R/(R - 1) and t,,, =
+
and hence F4 = 1 -
C Tln, ' and t,,, = The half-life t,,, can be calculated cn ln (1 - C,IC,,)'
from each cycle and finding the limit of t,,, as n is increasing. Al-Mugrabi and Spyrougl used Equation 23 to resolve the 85-keV peak measured, to the separate contributions of 132Snand "Wd. It is, therefore, important to store each individual cycle spectrum and not to store only the accumulated spectra. The storage of each cycle's spectrum can be used for (1) to correct the dead time of each cycle separately, as is outlined later, three p~rposes:'~ since the dead time increases with each cycle and also its time dependence, (2) to allow estimation of the effective half-life of the underlying background, in order to calculate optimal parameters for repeated activation, (3) to enable the estimation of the half-life of the measured nuclide in order to confirm its identity.
D. CYCLIC ACTIVATION INVOLVING DAUGHTER ACTIVITY Ortaovali et al.92 discusses the possibility of cyclic activation when the radionuclide decays to another unstable nuclide which also decays, i.e., a stable isotope A forms a radionuclide B which decays to a radionuclide C which decays further to either a stable or an unstable nuclide activation
h~
AC
A B C -If B and C emit different y-rays, they can be measured separately not interfering with each other. The counts due to B are according to the usual Equation 20 while the accumulated activity of C, C$, is given by the equation
i.e., if the counts due to C are equal to those of B, multiply by -- Ac
kc - A,
plus the same
equation; if C are formed directly from A with the same cross-section, multiply by A,/@, - A,). The meaning of each term in Equation 25 is the same as in Equation 20 where the subscripts or superscripts B and C indicate to which nuclide it refers, i.e., which A to be used. An interesting case when C is formed both directly from A by activation and through
Volume 11
29
B by decay is given by Ortaovali et al.91This considers all the cases where the radioactive capture of neutron by a stable nuclide produces both a ground state of a radioactive nuclide and a metastable isomer which decays to the ground state. They used the example of irradiation of 1°%h, where Io4Rh are formed by both reactions. IO4rnRh 4.41 min I.T. (100%)
If only one cycle with a short time is used, the route via lo4"Rh can be neglected, but not for cyclic activation.
E. REPLICATES VS. CYCLIC ACTIVATION Guinn suggestedg3another method similar to the cyclic activation which will use the same analysis time but will lead to a better precision of the determination than the cyclic activation analysis for short-lived isotopes; this method can be called the method of replicates. Guinng3pointed to the fact that in each cycle the main counts of the measured nuclide is due to the last irradiation, since this is the way timing parameters are determined. However, this is not true for the background radiation which has a considerably longer half-life. The simple conclusion is to irradiate and measure the sample only one time using n separate samples of the substance being analyzed instead of making n cyclic measurements on one sample of this material. The method of replicates also has fewer problems of dead time and pile up which in cyclic activation increases with each cycle. Also the same correction is applied for each replicate while a different one is applied for each cycle. The main disadvantages of the method of replicates is the large time required for the preparation of n samples for each material to be analyzed and the large number of rabbits and containers required. Guinn suggested that this method can be used for n < 5 to 10 due to the tedious preparation of n samples for larger n. Guinn pointed out that this method will be specially suited for sample materials that are not very homogeneous where the method of replicates is averaging the inhomogeneities. Parry94 used this method for the measurement of short-lived nuclides in activation analysis of geological material due to their inhomogeneous character. By this method Parry measured rhodium and silver in some geological samples and reference materials and found that the detection limit was improved by 20 replicates by a factor of 4.4 to 4.7 in accordance with the theoretical factor of nil2 ( d 2 0 or 4.5). She found that the total analysis time for 1 sample (20 replicates) was about 1 h (about 30 min weighing and 25 min analysis time). The other solution using larger samples (i.e., combining n samples together) cannot be used because of problems of dead time. F. DEAD TIME AND PILE-UP CORRECTIONS In assaying very short-lived radionuclides, a high count rate is necessary to obtain good statistics during the very short counting time available. This situation poses a problem since a high counting rate causes a high dead time and many cases of pile up. During each counting period, the activity of the sample changes considerably due to the decay of the short-lived products. Besides, the background due to the longer-lived activation products is building up cycle by cycle and hence the background differs from one cycle to another. As a consequence of the short transfer time required for the measurement of very short-lived nuclides, the measurements must be made close to the irradiation position, usually in the
30
Activation Analysis
reactor hall where even with considerable shielding there is high background gamma activity. The correlation between the actual measured net counts in the photopeak of interest, C, and the true initial photopeak count rate, %, is given by the equation.
where t, is the clock count time and D(t) is the dead time (in fractions) of the analyzer at time t. This equation is based on the following treatment, derived from the definition of dead time. If R(t) is the true count rate at time t, then the number of net counts measured in interval dt at any given moment t, n(t) is given by the following equation (which it is the definition of the dead time)
.
Substituting into Equation 27, the exponential decay of radionuclides R(t) = R, e-X' and
C
=
16'
n(t) leads to Equation 26. S c h ~ n f e l drecorded ~~ the analyzer dead-time circuit reading
vs. time during the counting period on a fast strip-chart recorder and then performed numerical/graphical integration calculation and calculate the true photopeak activity from the actual measurement by Equation 26. Wiernik and AmieP measured the rapidly changing analyzer dead time in a similar fashion, but they preferred not to use the Schonfeld method of calculation (Equation 26) as it calls for a time-consuming geometrical calculation of the area under the dead-time variation curve. They developed a method assuming that there is only one fast decaying nuclide and hence the dead time decreases at a rate determined by the disintegration constant of the measured nuclide. The total dead time is due to a fixed background and this fast decaying one, thus
where DBis the fixed background and Do is the initial total background. Wiernik and A n ~ i e l ~ ~ combined Equations 26 and 28 and obtained for one cycle of irradiation and measurement
where F is given by
Thus for n cycles, the total net count is given by
Volume I1
31
However, the assumption of Wiernik and Amie196of only one fast decaying nuclide is not true in many cases. Guinn and Miller9' used an oscillator/multiscalar circuit to measure and store the dead time of the analyzing system repeatedly during the very short counting period. Then the dead-time data are least squares fitted by a computer to the function
and then the integral in Equation 26 can be calculated analytically using these values of a, P, r, and 8. Egan et al.98found an exponential function to fit best the experimental data of the system dead time
Equation 33 is the same as Wiemik and Amiel's Equation 28 although k in Equation 33 is a fitting parameter where A in Equation 28 is the decay constant of the only fast-decay nuclide. WyttenbachWdiscussed the problem of pulse pile up (called also summing effects or coincidence losses) in the case of high count rates. He discussed the correction of the pileup effects by the use of a pulser with a known repetition rate which is fed into the preamplifier. The factor in which the pulser rate is decreased from the known value is the factor in which the photopeak area should be multiplied in order to compensate for the coincidence losses as was done by Anderslooand refined later by Bolotin et al.'O1 W y t t e n b a ~ hshowed ~~ that pile-up corrections can be done without a pulser by measuring the summing up constant of the system using the dead-time correction device of the multichannel analyzer. The losses due to coincidence are given by the equation,
where I, is the true photopeak count rate without coincidence losses as measured in low count rate conditions, I is the actual photopeak count rate, including pile up, as measured in high count rate experiments, N is the mean rate of pulses emitted by the detector, and the time constant T can be called the resolution time of the system.lo2 I, can be measured using a source of low strength. Adding to this another source, a strong one, with another gamma ray will reduce the measured activity, I of the first source due to pile up losses. Thus T can be found by plotting In (I&) vs. N or as W y t t e n b a ~ hsuggested ~~ by first approximation plotting U I , vs. N. HeWshowed another way to correct the coincidence losses by using the real time (clock time), T, and the live time of the measurement, t,
where 6 is another constant of the detection system. 7/acan be measured from plotting UI, vs. T/t and subsequently be used to correct other spectra. It should be remembered that actually T depends on the energy of the gamma measured.'02 This correction and similar others103are the easiest one to be used in cyclic activation where the count rate varies considerably with time. Egan et al.98 used constant frequency pulser for pile-up correction.
32
Activation Analysis
G . EXAMPLES OF USES OF CYCLIC ACTIVATION ANALYSIS WITH NUCLEARREACTORS There are numerous papers dealing with the use of cyclic activation analysis with nuclear reactors and we will give only a few of them to exemplify the uses. Wiernik and AmielIo4 used a nuclear reactor with a fast transfer pneumatic system using cyclic activation to determine ,07"Pb with 0.8-s half-life. Egan and Spyrou105did the same using two 7.5-cm x 7.5-cm NaI (TI) crystals operated in a modified sum-coincidence system. The sensitivity in an interference free matrix was found to be 5 pg. It should be pointed out that 207mPb is the only y emitter formed from lead by (n,y) reaction. Kerr and SpyrouIo6measured the fluorine content of bone and other biological materials by cyclic activation using the (n,y) ' F; tl,2 = 11 S. They corrected for reaction of the only stable isotope of fluorine I9F (n,y) O the interferences due to 23Na (n,a) O ' F by simultaneous measurement of 24Na and 23Ne photopeaks from which the Na content is obtained. They found sensitivity of 0.6 pg F in an interference-free matrix. In biological materials, they detected by activation analysis about ten other elements besides Na and F, such as Sc, Se, 0 , Br, Hf, C1, Rb, Mg, Cu, V, K, Mn, and Ca. Fluorine was actually the first element to be determined in cyclic activation analysis.75 De Silva and Chattso used cyclic activation analysis with manual transfer to determine 15 elements in National Bureau of Standards (NBS) reference standards of bovine liver and orchard leaves and other biological samples. They use t, = 30 s, t, = 10 s, t, = 30 s, t, = 140 s, and n = 4 for some samples while for others t, was changed to 10 s and determined Ag, Al, Br, Ca, CI, Cu, I, K, Mg, Mn, Na, Rb, S, Se, and V. The same group107used also a rapid transfer pneumatic cyclic system which allows detection of halflives as short as 0.8 s. They applied the system successfully for the determination of Ag, F, Hf, Rb, Pb, Sc, and Se in various biological and metallurgical matrices. The timing parameters were changed for the determination of the various elements due to their different half-lives (which vary over two orders of magnitude). For example, Ag, F, Rb, Sc, and Se determinations were done with the timing parameters 10, 2, 10, and 2 s for t,, t,, t,, and t,, respectively, with n = 12, while for Pb they used timing parameters of 3, 1, 3, and 1 s and n = 10. Ag, Rb, Sc, and Se could also be determined using long-lived isotopes of these elements. However, the use of the short-lived nuclides not only reduces the total experimental time but also improves the precision of the determination. Valente et al.'08 measured the detection limits for the platinum metals in vegetation for different neutron activation conditions. They found after dry ashing that rhodium and palladium are best determined by cyclic epithermal irradiation while long thermal activation are required for Os, Pt, Ir, and Ru.
IV. ACTIVATION ANALYSIS WITH PULSING REACTORS In the last chapter, we dealt with the improvement in activation analysis via short-lived radioisotopes by the use of cyclic activation analysis and in this chapter we discuss the use of pulsing reactors for the measurement of short-lived activation products. The activation with reactor pulses share some of the advantages of cyclic activation although it has some disadvantages. Both methods share the advantages of the reduction of the minimum detectable quantity for some elements in using short-lived nuclides and in some cases the use of shortlived activities provide the only capability to determine the element by the nuclear technique of neutron activation. Both methods share the advantage of obtaining fast results when an immediate determination is required while steady-state neuron activation with long-lived radionuclides required long decay time. However, the cyclic activation analysis also means a short use of the reactor so on a commercial basis, cyclic activation of short time is advantageous while pulsing activation analysis requires sole use of a reactor facility and pulses can be provided at the rate of only 4 to 8Ih depending on the facility. Besides cyclic activation can be done with every reactor while only few research reactors have the pulsing
Volume 11
33
choice. The uses of pulses have also the risk of fuel damage due to excessive thermal spikes during the pulses. The Triga reactors employ a zirconium hydride (ZrH, ,) alloyed, enriched uranium (-20%) in a stainless-steel cladding. This fuel has a strong prompt negative temperature reactivity coefficient which enables the insertion of large positive reactivity by the ejection of a control rod from the core with compressed air. The large increase in the reactivity results in a highly supercritical condition of the core and the power level of the reactor increases to about 300 to 1000 MW (the powers and the fluxes vary for the various types of the Triga reactors) in 25 ms. The increase in the power leads to an increase in the temperature which, due to the high negative reactivity coefficient, results in lowering of the reactivity until the reactor becomes subcritical and the neutron flux decreases to its level of steady-state operation. For the Triga Mark I reactor, the operation in steady state yields power level of 250 kW with neutron flux of about lOI3 n cmP2s-I. The Gaussian pulse has a full width at half maximum (FWHM) of 15 ms and the neutron flux reaches a maximum of about 4.5 1016 n cm-2 s- I . The neutron flux integrated over the pulse is about 7.2 1014 n cm-'. For Triga Mark 11, the steady-state 100-kW supply neutron flux of 1.3 loi2 n cm-2 s- I. The 300-MW pulse gives 1.6 lOI5 n . cm-2 s-I. The pulse can be started only from very low power, 500 to 100 W and between two pulses, the reactor should be cooled and brought to the low level again, a process which takes 8 to 15 min. Guinn and colleaguesio9were the first to recognize and demonstrate the activation analysis with reactor pulsing. The maximum obtainable activity of a radioisotope prepared by steady-state operation is given by N, a where is the steady-state flux while the activity obtained by the pulse is given approximately (neglecting the decay during the pulse) by N, cr 0.693/t1,, where is the neutron flux integrated over the pulse and t ,,,is the half-life of the produce radionuclide. Thus the advantage of the pulse irradiation is given by 0.693 . t1,2 +INT/+,, is about 70 and hence the advantage of the pulsing activation is approximately 50/t,,, which means that activation with pulsing reactor is advantageous for radionuclides with half-lives shorter than 50 s. The samples activated with the reactor's pulse have very high rate of photon emission due to the high activity of the very short-lived radionuclides, e.g., 0.70 s 38mCl.WestphalliOdeveloped considerably the loss-free counting of highly active samples although there is a small increase in the noise and he used it for very short-lived isotopes of 20 ms (24mNa,12B)to 800 ms (38C1, 'O7'"Pb). has evaluated pulse neutron activation analysis for various systems, e.g., Na and B in glasses, Al, C1, In, and Na in dust, or also F, V, Cu, Mn, Sc, and Br in other dust samples. He also studied the use of pulse activation for ore studies, either geological or ore standards, for B determination in water and coals. The elements detected by him were U (by delayed neutrons), Au, Se, Sc, Br, Hf, Na, Pb, C1, Al, Dy, Mn, V, F, Mg, Ag, Ti, Cu, and Ca. Miller and Guinn1I4developed a system to follow the rapidly changing spectrometer dead time. They measured 207mPb (0.8 S) and 20F(11.0s). Guinn and Miller9' studied 12 elements which produced very short-lived elements (half-lives in the range of 0.3 to 18.7 s). Three elements F, C1, and S produce the short-lived activity by (n,y) reaction and naturally were found to have higher sensitivity for activation with a bare reactor. Four elements (S, Br, Y, Zr) produce the short-lived activity by the emission of a particle, (n,p) and (n,nl) reactions, and are detected best in the Cd-lined core position. In the case of five elements (Ge, Se, Ba, W, and Pb), the activity is produced both by (n,y) reaction and either (n,nf) or (n, 2n) reaction. For the first two due to the dominance of the (n,y) reaction, the bare irradiations were found to give better sensitivity while for the last three elements, bare and Cd-lined positions give the same results. Guinn and Miller9' analyzed two NBS standards with a pulsing reactor. In orchard leaves standard, they detected Pb, C1, Se, and Br and in the bovine liver standard, they detected C1 and Se. Millerii5studied the timing characteristics of reactor pulses as a function of the energy pulse. He used Triga Mark I reactor which can
.
-
-
.
.
.
- +,,
+,,
-
. -
+,,
. - +,
34
Activation Analysis
be pulsed up to a peak power of 1000 MW. By regulating the amount of inserted reactivity, he produced pulses ranging in peak power level from about 250 to 1000 MW. He found that the time between firing of the transient control rods and reaching the peak power level and also the FWHM of the power pulse is very reproducible ( ? 1 ms) for a given size pulse, but they vary with the pulse size, being longer for smaller pulse size. For example, the FWHM was found to be 12 ms for 1000 MW and 23 ms for 250 MW. This meansthat for a 1000-MW pulse, the fluence of neutrons is not four times that of a 250-MW pulse, but only double that of the 250-MW pulse. The time from the firing of the control rods to the power pulse peak is 245 ms for a 1000-MW pulse and 280 ms for a 485-MW pulse, so Miller suggested that the sample will remain in the irradiation position 400 ms following the initiation of the pulse. Although the pulses are nearly Gaussian, they also have tails with power level below 2 MW. With 400-ms irradiation time, there are 80 to 135 ms of tail irradiation and this contributes about 2% of the sample activity. Miller97studied the reproducibility of the activity induced in Ag ('08Ag, 2.42 min) and in Ce ('39"Ce, 56.5 min) and found them to be -+ 2% for pulses of a given size. For pulses of varying size, the normalized sample activity was constant to only 7 to 10%. James and Oyedele1I6 studied also the dependence of the FWHM and the time to peak power on the peak power from 100 to 1000 MW and found similar results to those of Miller (the FWHM changes from 12.8 to 43 ms when the pulse peak energy varies between 990 and 100 MW). They found that the shape of the pulse is markedly altered by changing its size; the tail becomes much more significant for small peak power. Consequently it can be expected that small random timing uncertainties will be acceptable for large reactor pulses but may introduce significant error using small pulses. They found that the best reproducibility was found for activation using large pulses. James117emphasized that the use of the pulsing mode of the reactor is more expensive and time consuming than using the steady-state alternative and expressed the opinion that the use of pulsing reactor is justified only for special cases where no other method is available with the required sensitivities. He pointed out that one of the advantages of activation analysis with short-lived isotopes is the short turnaround times and consequently the large throughput of analyses. However, using pulsing activation analysis requires sole use of a reactor facility and pulses can be provided at the rate of only about four per hour. Therefore, the actual cost of analysis is much greater than steady-state NAA. James"' studied the peaks observed on reactor pulsing activation of standard reference materials and other samples of interest important to the fields of environmental science, nutrition and medicine, ecology, and energy. The spectra accumulated for 5 s after a 0 . 5 s delay is usually dominated by the 670-ke y line from 38mClwith few other small peaks visible. In the spectra accumulated for 50 s after 5.5 s of delay, several elements are detectable depending on the type of sample under study. An element which was found in all samples studied is 77mSe.This is specially important in the case of nutrition. This method of analysis detects Se in swine feeds where earlier attempts to analyze it by steady-state activation were unsuccessful. They found lower limit of detection of 0.05 p,g in 1-g botanical sample (50 ppb). Determination of very short-lived nuclides (<1 s) was difficult or impossible except for 38"Cl, due to a spectral background contributed by this nuclide (t,,, = 700 ms). 2WmPb(tl,,= 800 ms) was found to be determined at no less than 20-pg quantities. James suggested that the determination of selenium in complex matrices offer a particularly significant advantage.
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR REACTORS Energy (keV)(%)
Nuclide
Half-life
9.3(8) 24(16) 26(2.l) 26(1)
Kr 83m Sn 119m Sm 155 Sn 125
1.83 h 293 d 22.4 min 9.64 d
27(16.4) 27(4) 29(1) 35(6.8) 35(6.8) 35(5.8) 37(40) 4O(7.5) 4l(l.3) a(5.6) 45(2.3) 46(1.5)
Te 129 Eu 155 Th 233 Te 125m 1 125 Sb 125 Br 8Om Xe 129m Mo 99 U 239 Eu 155 Hf 179m
69.6 min 4.96 year 22.3 min 57.4 d 60.14 d 2.77 year 4.42 h 8.89 d 66.0 h 23.5 min 4.96 year 18.7 s
51(57) 53(1) 53(2) 55(5.9) 57(l 1.1) 57(3.7)
Rh 104m Pt 197m Ba 133 Xe 125 Ce 143 Gd 161
4.4 min 94.4 h 10.5 year 16.8 h 33.0 h 3.6 min
57(2.5) 58(4) 58(2) 58(48) sg(l.2) 58.q99.8)
Tb 161 Dy 159 Gd 159 Hf 180m Xe 127 Co 60m
6.90 d 144.4 d 18.56 h 5.5 h 36.4 d 10.5 min
Prob. of formation
Other peaks(keV)(%)
36
Activation Analysis
W W W W W W W W W
888%%288%
2 0? 009 C0 " 0l ?0" ?0* 0 0
128.6 d 27.0 d 22.3 min 72.1 d 4.96 year 13.43 h 3.68 h 2.42 h 96 min 70.0 d 10.98 d 18.6 min 6.5 h 5.5 h 32.0 d 2.35 h 3.9 min 120 d 2.8 d 241.6 d 4.02 d 4.4 min 114.4 d 28 h 3.6 min 30 h
105(22.4) Eu 155
57.3 min 46.75 h 241.6 d 22.4 min 4.96 year
0.125E+ 1
27(4)
45(2.3)
61(1.8)
87(32)
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR REACTORS (Continued) Energy (keV)(%)
Nuclide
Half-life 28 h 18.6 min 2.335 d 14.5 min 1.3 min 27.1 s 32.0 d 7.5 h 171 d 6.71 d 160.1 d 1.73 h 4.2 d 12.4 min 7.5 h 18.7 s 32.0 d 120 d 9.3 h 1.9 h 2.4 min 3.9 h 90.64 h 11.5 d
Prob. of formation
Other peaks(keV)(%)
7.5 h 70 s 14.6 min 50 s 2.9 h 14.2 min 2.8 d 160.1 d 4.02 d 4.4 h 45 s 1.68 n i n 32.0 d 42.4 d 23.8 h 23.8 h 11.5 d 120 d 42.4 d 90.64 h 42.4 d 54 min 30.0 h 12.4 rnin 1.9 h 47 s 22.4 min 6.0 h 18.7 s 3.9 h
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR REACTORS (Continued) Energy (keV)(%)
Nuclide
Half-life 32.50 d 36.4 d 16 min 25 min 1.9 h 30 h
15l(76) Kr 85m 151(11.6) Sr 85m 151(30) Cd l l l m 152(7.1) Ta 182
4.48 h 67.7 min 49 min 114.4 d
1.3 min 16.98 h 18.6 min 1.73 h 43.1 min 13.6 d 42.6 min 3.139 d 119.7 d 3.35 d 1.94 h 40.1 min 53 s 18.7 s
Prob. of formation
Other peaks(keV)(%)
Xe 131m Gd 161
11.9 d 3.6 min
Ba 139 Ce 139 Pm 151 Nd 151
83.06 min 137.6 d 28 h 12.4 min
Pd l l l m
5.5 h
Ta 182m Xe 127 Pt 191
16 min 36.4 d 2.8 d
Xe 127m W 185m Nd 151
70 s 1.68 min 12.4 min
Sb 125 Yb 169 Pm 151 Ta 182
2.77 year 32.0 d 28 h 114.4 d 2.8 d 66.0 h 3.6 min 8.1 h 14.2 min 16 min 30.8 min 9.9 min 16.8 h 4.69 min 13.3 s 49.5 d
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR REACTORS (Continued) Energy (keV)(%)
Nuclide
Half-life
191(5.7) 192(25)
Pt 197 Mo101
18.3 h 14.6 min
192(2.8) 192(2.6)
Fe 59 Ft' 199
45.1 d 30.8 min
193(3.9)
Hf 179m
18.7 s
197(3.3) 197(97) 197(6.5)
Xe 1291x1 8.89 d 019 27.1 s Tb160 72.1 d
198(40) 198(1.4)
Yb 169 Se 75
201(7.1)
Te 1311x1 30 h
202(2.6)
Hf 179m
18.7 s
203(96.5) 203(58.2) 204(1.9) 204(14.6)
Y 90m Xe 127 Hg 205 Lu 177m
3.19 h 36.4 d 5.2 min 160.1 d
206(3.3)
Ir 192
74.0 d
208(62)
Lu 1771x1 160.1 d
2O8(ll) 208(2.6)
Nd 149
Lu 177
32.0 d 120 d
6.71 d 1.73 h
Prob. of formation
Other peaks(keV)(%)
Au199 Pd 107m Np 239 Nd149
3.139d 21.3 s 2.335 d 1.73h
Ge77
11.3h
Er 171 Te 121m Ru97 Hf180m Ge 77m Hf 179m
7.5 h 154d 2.9d 5.5h 53 s 18.7 s
Ba 131
11.5d
Ge77
11.3h
Tb160
72.ld
Kr 79
34.9 h
Br 82
35.34 h
Ta 182
114.4 d
Se 8 3
22.4 min
Lu 177m
160.1 d
Np 239 Ta 182
2.335 d 114.4 d
Sr 85m Ce 143 Xe 133111 As 77 Ba 131
67.7 min 33.0 h 2.19 d 38.8 h 11.5 d
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR REACTORS (Continued) Energy (keV)(%)
Nuclide
Half-life
NO(3.8)
Nd 149
1.73 h
240(3.4) 241(8.4)
Pm 151 Te 131m
28 h 30 h
243(29) 245(94) 246(4.3) W(3.2)
Xe 125 Cd l l l m Sm 155 Ba 131
16.8 h 49 min 22.4 min 11.5 d
250(92) 254(1.3)
Xe 135 Zr 97
9.10 h 16.8 h
255(ll) 255(2.l) 256(11.6)
Ce 137m Sn 113 Nd 151
34.4 h 115.1 d 12.4 min
259(2)
Gd 161
3.6 min
26l(ll)
Kr 79
34.9 h
261(1.8) 261(2.6)
Cd 115 Hf 179m
53.38 h 18.7 s
263(61) 263(6.6)
Mo 93m Ru 105
6.9 h 4.4 h
264(50)
Ge 77
11.3 h
264(3.8)
Ta 182
114.4 d
Prob. of formation
Other peaks(keV)(%)
83 min 120 d 30.8 min 28.7 h 1.73 h 2.8 d 1.73 h 3.6 min 18.7 s 2.42 h 10.98 d 28 h 38.9 h 10.5 year 2.335 d 46.59 d 23.8 h 94.4 h 120 d 18.7 s 30.0 h 160.1 d 4.2 d 3.6 min 8.02 d 53.1 h
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR REACTORS (Continued) Energy (keV)(%)
Nuclide
Half-life
bob.of formation
Ir 192
33.0h 19.15h 7.5h 74.0d
O.lO5E+ 0 0.690E+2 0.849E+O 0.344E+ 3
299(35)
Tb 160
72.1d
O.255E+ 2
3OO(l.3)
Kr 79
34.9h
0.164E-1
27.0d 10.5year 120 d
0.704E+ 1 0.856E- 2 O.466E+ 0
293(46.5) 294(2.9) 2%(28) 296(29.2)
Ce 143 Ir 194 Er 171
300(6.6) Pa 233 303(19.6) Ba 133 304(l.3) Se 75
Kr 85m 4.48h 305(14) 306(5.4) Rh 105 35.5h 307(24.3) Hf 179111 18.7s
0.513E-1 0.878E- 1 O.143E+ 2
Kr 79
34.9h
0.164E- 1
Tc 101 307(91) 308(63) Er 171 308(30.6) Ir 192
14.2min 7.5h 74.0d
0.191E-1 O.849E+ 0 0.344E+3
308(10) 312(38) 3l5(25)
32.0d 27.0d 3.6min
0.451E+1 O.740E+ 1 O.168E+ 0
307(2)
Yb 169 Pa 233
Gd 161
In 117111 1.94h 315(15) 316(85.8) Ir 192 74.0d
0.321E-2 0.344E+3
Np 239
O.268E+ 1
316(1.4)
2.335d
Other waks(keV)(%)
Pt 199
30.8 min
Ru 105
4.4 h
Ta 182m Nd 147 Hf 175 Rh 105 Ti 51 Ir192
16 min 10.98 d 70.0 d 35.5 h 5.8 min 74.0d
0 s 193 Ru97 Irl94min
30.0 h 2.9d 171d
Dy 157 Nd 149
8.1 h 1.73 h
Lu 177min 160.1 d
Ir 194 Ir l94min
19.15 h 171 d
La 140
40.27 h
Sn 125min 9.5 rnin Hf 180min 5.5 h Sn 125 9.64d
Mo 101
14.6 min
2.335 d Np 239 Te 13lmin 30 h In ll5min 4.49 h Irl94min 171d Pm151
28h
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR REACTORS (Continued) Energy (keV)(%)
Nuclide
341(4.4) 342(4.6) 344(85) 344(17)
Pa 233 Ag 111 Hf 175 Cd 117
d d d h
O.74OE + 1 0.234E - 2 O.624E + 0 0.381E-2
344(2.5) LM(8.6)
Eu 1521112 9.3 h Cd 117111 3.31 h
O.157E + 4 0.600E - 3
346(ll) 346(12) 351(3.2) 351(3.3)
Pt 1971x1 Hf 181 Ce 143 Pt 191
94.4 h 42.4 d 33.0 h 2.8 d
0.126E- 1 O.443E + 1 0.105E+O 0.150E- 1
356(75)
Se 83
22.4 min
0.425E - 2
356(67) 357(20)
Ba 133 Se 83x11
10.5 year 69 s
O.856E- 2 O.366E - 2
360(66)
Gd 161
3.6 min
0.168E+O
360(5.9)
Pt 191
2.8 d
0.150E-1
361(94) 362(3.6) 362(l. 1) XA(ll.2) 364(82.4) 366(1.3) 367(4.8) 367(14)
0 s 1Wm Dy 165m Dy 165 Gd 159 1131 Mo 99 Ni 65 Ge 77
9.9 min 1.3 min 2.35 h 18.56 h 8.02 d 66.0 h 2.52 h 11.3 h
O.42OE -4 O.479E + 3 0.761E+3 0.621E+O O.98OE - 1 0.313E- 1 0.135E- 1 O.lO9E - 1
Half-life 27.0 7.45 70.0 2.42
Prob. of formation
Other peaks(keV)(%)
11.5 d 42.6 min 74.0 d 36.4 d 160.1 d 10.5 year 3.9 h 30.0 h 2.81 h 34.9 h 2.4 min 3.9 h 5.5 h 171 d 115.1 d 13.6 s 4.4 h 4.2 d 34.9 h
27.0 d 120 d 76.3 min 11.5 d 2.8 d 2.69 d
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR REACTORS (Continued) Energy (keV)(%)
Nuclide
413(1.8)
Pd l l l m
5.5 h
414(17)
Lu 177111
160.1 d
415(1.3)
Pd l l l m
5.5 h
4 16(24)
Ge 77
11.3 h
416(1.7) 417(30) 419(21)
Pa 233 In 116m Lu 177111
27.0 d 54 min 160.1 d
424(7)
Nd 149
1.73 h
426(5.6)
Nd 151
12.4 rnin
428(29.6) 433(1.4) 433(3.1)
Sh 125 Hf 175 La 140
2.77 year 70.0 d 40.27 h
434(10)
Cd 117
2.42 h
439(33) MO(1.2) 443(17.5) 443(80) 446(3.7) 446(2.3) 452(18) 454(4.3) 455(33)
Ne 23 Nd 147 1 128 Hf 180111 Pm 151 Ce 137 Te 131 Xe 125 Xe 137
37.2 s 10.98 d 25 min 5.5 h 28 h 9.0 h 25 min 16.8 h 3.83 min
Half-life
b o b . of formation
Other peaks(keV)(%)
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR REACTORS (Continued) Energy (keV)(%)
Nuclide
493(5.1) Wt(6.2)
Te 131 F't 199
25 min 30.8 min
0.980E - 1 0.2688 0
496(41 .3)
Ba 131
11.5 d
O.l43E - 1
497(90) 498(19.7) 499(2.3)
Ru 103 Sb 124m Ru 105
39.35 d 1.6 min 4.4 h
0.411E+O 0.196E- 1 0.878E- 1
501(17) 503(98) 506(15)
Hf 180m 0 s 1% Mo 101
5.5 h 9.9 min 14.6 min
0.467E- 1 O.42OE -4 0.191E- 1
508(19.4) 508(5)
Te 121 Zr 97
16.8 d 16.8 h
O.225E - 2 O.47OE - 3
511(15)
Kr 79
34.9 h
O.164E- 1
511(5) 511(28.4)
Br 80 Zn 71m
17.6 min 3.9 h
0.563E+ I 0.5208- 4
512(14) 5 l2(45)
Zn 71 Se 83
2.4 min 22.4 min
O.55OE - 3 O.425E- 2
514(99.3) 516(11.7) 527(80) 527(1.7) 528(27.5) 53O(l.4) 530(2)
Sr 85 Dy 165m Xe 135m I 128 Cd 115 Br 83 Gd 161
64.9 d 1.3 min 15.3 min 25 min 53.38 h 2.4 h 3.6 min
O.454E - 2 O.479E+ 3 0.312E-3 O.62OE 1 0.965E- 1 0.425E - 2 0.168E+O
Half-life
Prob. of formation
+
+
Other peaks(keV)(%) 602(4.8) 192(2.6) 968(1.2) 216(21) 1048(1.5)
654(1.5) 265(2.6)
949(2.2) 317(5.6)
240(2.4)
249(3.2)
14.2 min 10.98 d 2.8 d 1.73 h 30.8 min 14.2 min 2.35 h 23.8 h 43.1 min 35.34 h 26.4 h 1.02 min 42 s 30.0 h 49.5 d 11.3 h 26.4 h 171 d 2.06 year 26.4 h 2.70 d 3.31 h 2.06 year 573(79) 575(3.4)
Te 121 Pd l l l m
16.8 d 5.5 h 23.4 min 74.0 d
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR REACTORS (Continued) Nuclide
Half-life
Mo 101
14.6 min
0 s 185 Zn 71m
94 d 3.9 h
Sb 125 Ir 194m
2.77 year 171 d
Ga 72
14.1 h
zr 97
16.8 h
Te 131 Sb 124
25 min 60.3 d
Sb 124m 1r 192
1.6 min 74.0 d
Cs 134
2.06 year
Kr 79
34.9 h
Sb 125 Ti 51 Xe 135 Ru 103 Ir 192
2.77 year 5.8 min 9.10 h 39.35 d 74.0 d
0 s 190m Br 80 W 187
9.9 min 17.6 min 23.8 h
Prob. of formation
Other peaks(keV)(%)
35.34 h 3.9 h 11.5 d 2.8 d 23.8 h 14.1 h 11.3 h 633(1.7) 633(1.9) 633(3.4)
Ag 108 Re 188 Pd l l l m
2.41 min 16.98 h 5.5 h 2.77 year 8.02 d 19.15 h 1.6 min 94 d 60.3 d 25 min 1.73 h 26.4 h 249.9 d 24.6 s 2.55 min 33.0 h 17.6 min 2.77 year 76.3 min 2.69 d 4.4 h
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR REACTORS (Continued) Energy (keV)(%)
Nuclide
Half-life
Se 83m
69 s
Ag llOm
249.9 d
Mo 93m W 187 Ag llOm
6.9 h 23.8 h 249.9 d
Ir 194m
171 d
Sb 122 Pd l l l m
2.70 d 5.5 h
Te 129m Mo 101
33.6 d 14.6 min
Br 82
35.34 h
Ag llOm
249.9 d
Sb 124
60.3 d
Sb 124
60.3 d
F't 199
30.8 min
Ge 77
11.3 h
0 s 185 Se 83
94 d 22.4 min
Prob. of formation
Other peaks(keV)(%)
33.0 h 8.02 d 60.3 d 64.0 d 4.4 h 49.5 d 12.4 min 66.0 h 53 s 16.8 h 249.9 d 40.27 h 3.9 h 56.5 s 64.0 d 249.9 d 34.97 d 23.8 h 30 h 35.34 h 66.0 h 30.8 rnin 30 h 2.06 year 12.4 min
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR REACTORS (Continued) Energy (keV)(%)
Nuclide
Half-life 22.4 min
2.06 year
54 min 30 h
22.4 min 9.3 h 9.46 min 76.3 min 2.58 h 16.8 h 30 h
Prob. of formation
3.31 h
22.4 min 94 d 4.4 h 72.1 d 94 d 2.42 h 249.9 d 22.4 min 83.82 d 14.1 h 17.8 min 2.4 min 9.64 d 40.27 h 40.27 h 5.8 min 16.98 h 44.8 d 249.9 d 25 min 9.3 h 3.9 h 72.1 d
60
Activation Analysis
1051(4.6)
Cd117
2.42 h
1051(7.2)
Ga 72
14.1 h
1051(7.3)
Cd l l 7 m
3.31 h
1063(5)
Se 83m
69 s
1065(14)
Cd 1l7m
3.31 h
1067(9)
Sn 125
9.64 d
1079(8.8) 1080(4.7) 1085(6.4)
Rb 86 Yb 177 Ge 77
18.7 d 1.9 h 11.3 h
1087(1)
Sn 125
9.64 d
1089(4.2)
Sn 125
9.64 d
1097(53) 1099(56) 1102(2.7) 1115(15.2) 1115(2.2)
In l l 6 m Fe'59 Te 121m Ni 65 Tb 160
54 rnin 45.1 d 154 d 2.52 h 72.1 d
1116(1)
Pd 1l l m
5.5 h
1116(1)
Se 83m
69 s
1121(37)
Ta182
114.4 d
1121(100) Sc 46 1123(2) Nd151
83.82 d 12.4 rnin
1126(14.8) Te 131m
30 h
1147(5.7)
25 rnin
Te 131
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR REACTORS (Continued) Energy (keV)(%)
Nuclide
Half-life 16.8 h 2.06 year 5.272 year 76.3 min 72.1 d 12.4 rnin 114.4 d 11.3 h 72.1 d 30 h
26.4 h 26.4 h 114.4 d 26.4 h 114.4 d 3.31 h 1.9 h
72.1 d 16.8 h
h o b . of formation
Other peaks(keV)(%)
45.1 d 54 min 14 s 1.83 h 4.54 d 22.4 min 2.42 h 72.1 d 9.3 h 35.34 h 60.3 d 5.272 year 3.31 h 16.8 h 2.06 year 14.96 h 60.3 d 27.1 s 26.80 h 249.9 d 9.3 h 3.31 h 3.75 min 27.1 s 35.34 h 249.9 d
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR - REACTORS (Continued) --
Energy (keV)(%)
Nuclide
Half-life
1477(99.4) Mo 93m
6.9 h
1482(25.4) Ni 65 1505(14) Ag llOm
2.52 h 249.9 d
1508(7) In ll6m 1525(17.9) K 42 1533(11) Mo 101
54 min 12.36 h 14.6 min
1562(2.7)
Cd 117
2.42 h
1563(1.2)
Se 83m
69 s
1576(3.7) F'I 142 1576(14.3) Cd 117
19.13 h 2.42 h
La 140
40.27 h
1596(96)
1597(4.4) Ga 72
14.1 h
1633(100) F 20 1642(32.8) C1 38 1664(2.8) Se 83m
11.0 s 37.18 min 69 s
1674(3)
Mo101
14.6 min
1691(50)
Sb 124
60.3 d
1691(1)
Pd l l l m
5.5 h
1722(2.7)
Cd 117
2.42 h
Prob. of formation
-
Other peaks(keV)(%)
76.3 min 16.8 h 54 min 2.246 min 2.58 h 17.8 min 14.1 h 3.31 h 9.64 d 76.3 min 69 s 60.3 d
3.31 h 54 min 2.58 h 37.18 min 14.1 h 22.4 min 3.31 h 14.1 h 14.1 h 40.27 h
2558(4.3)
Kr 87
2.58 h 76.3 min 76.3 min
0.103E - 1
403(48)
674(1.8)
846(7.2)
1 176(1)
1740(2)
2012(2.9)
2555(8.7)
TABLE FOR IDENTIFICATION OF NUCLIDES FORMED IN NUCLEAR REACTORS (Continued) Energy (keV)(%) 2676(2.1) 2754 (99.85) 3084(91.7) 3102(90) 4072(7)
Nuclide
Half-life
Prob. of formation
Other peaks(keV)(%)
Rb 88 Na 24
17.8 min 14.96 h
0.339E- 1 0.130E+O
898(14.5) 1368(100)
Ca 49 S 37 Ca 49
8.72 min 5.0 min 8.72 min
O.206E- 2 0.300E-4 O.2O6E- 2
4072(7) 3084(91.7)
1836(21.4)
Volume 11
67
REFERENCES 1. Sun, L. Y., Conrady, M. R., and Schmitt, R. A., Instrumental neutron activation analysis of Na in biological materials, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 81, 323, 1984. 2. Foster, A. R. and Wright, R. L., Basic Nuclear Engineering. Allyn and Bacon, Boston, 1982, 247. 3. van der Linde, R., De Corte, F., Van den Winkel, P., and Hoste, J., A compilation of infinite dilution resonance integrals I, J . Radioanal. Chem., 11, 133, 1972. 4. Van der Linden, R., De Corte, F., and Hoste, J., A compilation of infinite dilution resonance integrals 11, J . Radioanal. Chem., 20, 695, 1974. 5. Gryntakis, E. M. and Kim, J. I., A compilation of resonance integrals, J . Radioanal. Chem., 29, 175, 1976; Gryntakis, E. M. and Kim, J. I., A compilation of resonance integrals from hydrogen to fermium, J. Radioanal. Chem., 76, 341, 1983. 6. Sher, R. and Albinson, H., in Handbook of Nuclear Activation Cross Sections, IAEA, Technical Reports Series No. 156, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1974. 7. Hogdahl, 0. T., Neutron absorption in pile neutron activation analysis. Determination of copper and gold in silver, Proc. IAEA Symp. Radiochemical Methods of Analysis, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna 1962, 23. 8. Steinnes, E., Epithermal neutron activation analysis of geological material, in Activation Analysis in Geochemistry and Cosmochemistry. Brunfelt, A. D . and Steinnes, E., Eds., Universitetsforlagt. Oslo, 1971, 113. 9. Brune, D. and Jirlow, K., Optimization in activation analysis by means of epithermal neutrons. Determination of molybdenum in steel, Nukleonik, 6 , 242, 1964. 10. Alfassi, Z. B., Epithermal neutron activation analysis, J. Radionnal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 90, 151, 1985. 11. Gladney, E. S., Perrin, D. R., Balagna, J. P., and Warner, C. L., Evaluation of a boron-filtered epithermal neutron irradiation facility, Anal. Chem., 52, 2128, 1980. 12. Hanna, A. G. and Al-Shahristani, H., Resonance activation analysis of biological materials, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 581, 1977. 13. Randa, Z., Analytical possibilities of epithermal neutron activation on routine INAA of mineral materials, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 24, 157, 1976. 14. Kucera, J., Epithermal neutron activation analysis of trace elements in biological materials, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 38, 229, 1979. 15. Cesana, A., Rossitto, F., and Terrani, M., On the resonance activation analysis of biological materials, J . Radioanal. Chem., 45, 199, 1978. 16. Parry, S. J., Epithermal neutron activation analysis of short-lived nuclides in geological material, J . Radioanal. Chem., 72, 195, 1982; Parry, S. J., Evaluation of boron for the epithermal neutron activation analysis of short-lived radionuclides in geological and biological matrices, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 81. 143, 1984. 17. Parry, S. J., Detection limits in epithermal neutron activation analysis of geological materials, J . Radioanal. Chem., 59, 423, 1980. 18. Currie, L. A., Limits for qualitative detection and quantitative determination. Application to Radiochemistry, Anal. Chem., 40, 587, 1968. 19. Bem, H. and Ryan, D. E., Choice of boron shield in epithermal neutron determinations, Anal. Chim. Acta. 124, 373, 1981. 20. Tian, W.-2. and Ehmann, W. D., Observations relative to epithermal and fast neutrons in INAA, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 84, 89, 1984; Tian, W.-Z., Epithermal neutron activation analysis. Some comments, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Lett., 103, 225, 1986. 21. Rossitto, F., Terrani, M., and Terrani, S., Choice of neutron filters in activation analysis, Nucl. Insrr. Methods. 103, 77, 1972. 22. Williamson, T. G., Benneche, P. E., Hostica, B., Brenizer, J. S., and Nguyen, T. L., Characterization of an epithermal irradiation facility, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 114, 387, 1987. 23. Tokay, R. K., Skalberg, M., and Skarnemak, G., A technique for reducing interferences in epithermal neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Lett., 96, 265, 1985. 24. Rosenberg, R. J., A simple method for the determination of uranium and thorium by delayed neutron counting, J . Radioanal. Chem., 62, 145, 1981. 25. Holzbecher, J., Chatt, A., and Ryan, D. E., Slowpoke Epicadmium neutron flux in activation analysis of trace elements, Can. J . Spectrosc., 30, 67, 1985. 26. Stroube, W. B., Jr., Cunningham, W. C., and Lutz, G. J., Analysis of foods for iodine by epithermal neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 112, 341, 1987. 27. Glascock, M. D., Tian, W.-Z., and Ehmann, W. D., Utilization of a boron irradiation vessel for NAA of short-lived radionuclides in biological and geological materials, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 92, 379, 1985.
68
Activation Analysis 28. Ehmann, W. D., Briickner, J., and McKown, D. M., Epithermal neutron activation analysis using a boron carbide irradiation filter, J. Radioanal. Chem., 57, 491, 1980. 29. Stuart, D. C. and Ryan, D. E., Epithermal neutron activation analysis with a SLOWPOKE nuclear reactor, Can. J . Chem., 59, 1470, 1981. 30. Soreq, H. and Griffin, H. C., Fast neutron activation analysis of silicon in aluminium alloys, J. Radioanal. Chem., 79, 135, 1983. 31. Chisela, F., Gawlik, D., and Bratter, P., Advantages of boron filters in instrumental epithermal neutron activation analysis of biological materials, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 112, 293, 1987. 32. Elnimr, T. and Ela-Assaly, F. M., Determination of the attenuation of epicadmium neutrons using the method of varying Cd-thickness, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 109, 3, 1987; Powell, J. E. and Walker, J. V., A determination of the cadmium absorption of resonance neutrons in cadmium-covered indium foils, Nucl. Sci. Eng., 20, 476, 1964. 33. Chisela, F., Gawlik, D., and Bratter, P., Some problems associated with the use of boron carbide filters for reactor epithermal neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 98, 133, 1986. 34. Gladney, E. S. and Perrin, D. R., Determination of bromine in biological, soil and geological standard reference materials by instrumental epithermal neutron activation, Anal. Chem., 51, 2015, 1979. 35. Sato, T. and Kato, T., Estimates of iodine in biological materials by epithermal neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 68, 175, 1982. 36. Gladney, E. S., Sedlacek, W. A., and Berg, W. W., Comparative determination of bromine and iodine in three air sampling media via instrumental thermal and epithermal neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 78, 213, 1983. 37. Wyttenbach, A., Tobler, L., and Furrer, V., Simultaneous determination of the halogens C1, Bi, I in biological materials with epithermal neutron activation; results and comparison with conventional methods, in Instrumentelle Multielementanalyse, Sansoni, B . , Ed., VCH Publishers, Weinheim, West Germany, 1985. 38. Alfassi, Z. B. and Lavi, N., The determination of iodine in biological samples by epithermal neutron activation analysis, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett.. 53, 173, 1982; Alfassi, Z. B. and Lavi, N., Determination of bromine in blood serum by epithermal neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 55, 796, 1983; Lavi, N. and Alfassi, Z. B., Rapid determination of halogens in blood serum by instrumental neutron activation analysis, Analyst, 109, 361, 1984; Alfassi, 2. B. and Lavi, N., Rapid determination of halogens in milk by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J . Radiochem. Nucl. Chem. Art., 90, 395, 1985; Etzion, Z., Alfassi, Z., Lavi, N., and Yagil, R., Halide concentrations in camel plasma in various states of hydration, reference materials by instrumental neutron activation. Application to the IAEA horse kidney, Fresenius Z. Anal. Chem., 326, 730, 1987. 39. Al-Shahristani, H. and Abbas, K., Resonance activation analysis of iodine, J. Radioanal. Chem., 27, 105, 1975. 40. Chultem, D., Ganzorig, Dz., and Gun-Aajav, T., Determination of iodine in biological samples by resonance neutron activation, J . Radioanal. Chem., 50, 195, 1979; Fardy, J. J. and McOrist, G. D., Determination of iodine in milk products and biological standard reference materials by epithermal neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Lett., 87, 239, 1984; Brune, D. and Wester, P. D., The determination of iodine in thyroid gland with epithermal neutrons, Anal. Chim. Acta, 52, 372, 1970. 41. Unni, C. K. and Schilling, J. G., Determination of bromine in silicate rocks by epithermal neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 49, 1998, 1977; Ebihara, M., Saito, N., and Akaiwa, H., Determination of trace iodine in rock samples by epithermal neutron activation analysis involving rapid radiochemical separation, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Lett., 108, 241, 1986. 42. Chisela, F., Gawlik, D., and Bratter, P., Instrumental determination of some trace elements in biological materials by epithermal and thermal neutron activation analysis, Analyst. 111, 405, 1986. 43. Chisela, F. and Bratter, P., Determination of trace elements in biological materials by instrumental epithermal neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chim. Acta, 188, 85, 1986. 44. Baedecker, P. A., Rowe, J. J., and Steinnes, E., Application of epithermal neutron activation in multielement analysis of silicate rocks employing both coaxial Ge(Li) and low energy photon detector systems, J. Radioanal. Chem., 40, 115, 1977. 45. Zaghloul, R., Gantner, E., Mostafa, M., and Ache, H. J., Epithermal neutron activation analysis using the monostandard method, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 109, 295, 1987; Zaghloul, R., Multielement epithermal neutron activation analysis using an internal single comparator, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 100, 215, 1986. 46. Lavi, N. and Ne'eman, E., Epithermal neutron activation analysis and detection limit calculation for trace amounts of thorium at nanogram level, in Israeli geological samples, J . Radioanal. Chem., 78, 327, 1983; Kuleff, I. and Kostadinov, K., Epithermal neutron activation analysis of uranium by Neptunium-239 using high resolution gamma spectrometry, J . Radioanal. Chem., 63, 397, 1981. 47. Steinnes, E., Simultaneous determination of uranium, thorium, molybdenum, tungsten, arsenic and antimony in granitic rocks by epithermal neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 48, 1440, 1976.
Volume 11
69
48. Rosenberg, R. J., Kaistila, M., and Zilliacus, R., Instrumental epithermal neutron activation analysis of solid geochemical samples, J. Radioanal. Chem., 7 1 , 419, 1982. 49. Gladney, E. S., Owens, J. W., and Starner, J. W., Simultaneous determination of uranium and thorium in ores by instrumental epithermal neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chim. Acta, 104, 121, 1979. 50. Geisler, M. and Schelhorn, H., Determination of silver in soil-7 standard reference material by NAA, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Lett., 96, 567, 1985. 51. Steinnes, E. and Rowe, J. J., Instrumental activation analysis of coal and fly ash with thermal and epithermal neutrons and short-lived nuclides, Anal. Chim. Acta, 87, 462, 1976. 52. Rowe, J. J. and Steinnes, E., Determination of 30 elements in coal and fly ash by the thermal and epithermal neutron activation analysis, Talanta, 24, 433, 1977. 53. Kostadinov, K. N. and Djingova, R. G., Trace elements investigation of coal samples by thermal and epithermal neutron activation analysis, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 45, 297, 1980. 54. Bellido, L. F. and de C. Arezzo, B., Uranium and thorium determination in Brazilian coals by epithermal neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 92, 151, 1985. 55. Bellido, L. F. and de C. Arezzo, B., Non-destructive analysis of inorganic impurities in Brazilian coals by epithermal neutron activation, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 100, 21, 1986. 56. Kuleff, L. and Zotschev, S., Neutron activation determination of the uranium content of the primary coolant of water-water nuclear reactors, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 83, 39, 1984. 57. Chen, S. G., Tsai, H. T., and Wu, S. C., An internal standard method for the determination of uranium, thorium, lanthanum and europium in carbonaceous shale and monazite by epithermal neutron activation analysis, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 49, 149, 1981. 58. Kuleff, I., Djingova, R., and Penev, I., Analysis of ancient and medieval glasses by INAA, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 83, 333, 1984. 59. Kuleff, I. and Kostadinov, K., Epithermal neutron activation analysis of uranium by neptunium-239 using high resolution gamma-spectrometry, J . Radioanal. Chem., 63, 397, 1981. 60. Guinn, V. P. and Miller, D. A., Recent instrumental neutron activation analysis studies utilizing very short-lived activities, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 313, 1977. 61. Alfassi, 2. B. and Lavi, N., Epithermal neutron activation analysis using (n,n1) reaction, J . Radioanal. Chem., 76, 257, 1983. 62. Tzak-Biran, T. and Guinn, V. P., Analysis of metal fragments for lead via the 2MPb(n,nl) *"'"Pb reaction, Trans. Am. Nucl. Soc., 28, 94, 1978. 63. St. Pierre, J. and Zikovsky, L., Determination of the effective cross-section for (n,nl) reactions on Ag, Br, Ir and Y with reactor fast neutrons, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 54, 61, 1982. 64. Gladney, E. S. and Perrin, D. R., Quantitative analysis of silicates by instrumental epithermal neutron activation using (n,p) reactions, Anal. Chem., 51, 2297, 1979. 65. Alfassi, Z. B. and Lavi, N., Fast determination of iron by neutron activation analysis (NAA) using reactor and epithermal neutrons, J. Radionucl. Nucl. Chem. Art., 84, 363, 1984. 66a. Hancock, R. G. V., On the determination of silicon in pottery, J . Radioanal. Chem., 69, 313, 1982. , Orban, E., Miskovitz, G., Appel, J., and Szabo, E., Lymph node test for silicosis by 66b. ~ r d o g h M., activation analysis combined with spectrophotometry, Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 25, 61, 1974. 67a. Alfassi, 2. B. and Lavi, N., Simultaneous determination of sodium, magnesium, aluminium, silicon and phosphorus by instrumental neutron activation analysis using reactor and epithermal neutrons, Analyst, 109, 959, 1984. 67b. Cesana, A. and Terrani, M., Determination of P in bones and of A1 and Si in pottery by activation with reactor neutrons, Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 3 5 , 405, 1984. 68. Jones, J. D., Kaufman, P. B., and Rigot, W. L., Method for determination of silicon in plant materials by neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 50, 261, 1979. 69. Penev, I., Kuleff, I., and Djingova, R., Simultaneous activation determination of aluminium, magnesium, and silicon in rocks, glasses and pottery, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 96, 219, 1985. 70. Yule, H. P., Lukens, H. R., Jr., and Guinn, V. P., Utilization of reactor fast neutrons for activation analysis, Nucl. Instr. Methods, 33, 277, 1965. 71. Steinnes, E., Determination of nickel in rocks after epithermal neutron activation, Anal. Chim. Acta, 68, 25, 1974. 72. Lavi, N., Application of epithermal neutron activation analysis for determining trace amounts of molybdenum and nickel in standard rocks, using high resolution gamma-ray spectrometry, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 27, 163, 1976. 73. Rowe, J. J. and Steinnes, E., Instrumental activation analysis of coal and fly ash with thermal and epithermal neutrons, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 849, 1977. 74. Tout, R. E. and Chatt, A., A critical evaluation of short-lived and long-lived neutron activation products for trace element determination, Anal. Chim. Acta, 118, 341, 1980. 75. Anders, 0 . U., Determination of fluorine by neutron activation, Anal. Chem., 32, 1368, 1960; Anders, 0 . U., Use of very-short-lived isotopes in activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 33, 1706, 1961.
70
Activation Analysis
76. Caldwell, R. L., Mills, W. R., Jr., Allen, L. S., Bell, P. R., and Heath, R. L., Combination neutron experiment for remote analysis, Science, 152, 457, 1966. 77. Spyrou, N. M. and Kerr, S. A., Cyclic activation: the measurement of short-lived isotopes in the analysis of biological and environmental samples, J. Radioanal. Chem., 48, 169, 1979. 78. Spyrou, N. M., Adesamni, Ch., Kidd, M., Stephens-Newsham, L. G., Ortaoval, A. Z., and Ozek, F., Usefulness of thermal and epithermal cyclic activation analysis with a reactor system, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 72, 155, 1982. 79. Chattopadhyay, A. and De Silva, K. N., Pseudo-cyclic neutron activation of Ag, F, Rb, Sc and Se in biological samples, Trans. Am. Nucl. Soc., 32, 185, 1979. 80. De Silva, K. N. and Chatt, A., A method to improve precision and detection limits for measuring trace elements through short-lived nuclides, J. Trace Microprobe Techniques, 1, 307, 1982. 81. Burholt, G. D., Caesar, E. A. Y., and Jones, T. C., The fast cyclic activation system for neutron activation analysis in the University of London Reactor, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 204, 231, 1982. 82. Chatt, A., De Silva, K. N., Holzbecher, J., Stuart, D. C., Tout, R. E., and Ryan, D. E., Cyclic neutron activation analysis of biological and metallurgical samples, Can. J. Chem., 59, 1660, 1981. 83. Fanger, H. U., Pepelnik, R., and Michaelis, W., Fast-neutron activation analysis with short-lived nuclides, J . Radioanal. Chem., 61, 147, 1981. 84. Givens, W. W., Mills, W. R., Jr., and Caldwell, R. I., Cyclic activation analysis, Modern Trends in Activation Analysis, National Bureau of Standards, Special publication 312, Vol 11, 1969, 929. 85. Janczyszyn, J. and Gorski, L., Optimization of the number of cycles in cyclic activation analysis, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 8, 297, 1971. 86. Tominaga, H. and Tachikawa, N., Modified optimization of the cycle period in cyclic activation analysis, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 37, 55, 1979. 87. Colin, M., Friedli, C., and Lerch, P., Heavy ions activation analysis: Theoretical approach for optimizing cyclic analyses, Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res., B10, 1062, 1985. 88. Tout, R. E. and Chatt, A., The effect of sample matrix on selection of optimum timing parameters in cyclic neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chim. Acta, 133, 409, 1981; Tout, R. E. and Chatt, A., Optimization of timing parameters in cyclic activation analysis, Trans. Am. Nucl. Soc.. 33, 233, 1979. 89. Al-Mugrabi, M. A. and Spyrou, N. M., The use of simulation for the optimisation of the signal to noise ratio in cyclic activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 110, 67, 1987. 90. Spyrou, N. M., Cyclic activation analysis - a review, J. Radioanal. Chem., 61, 21 1, 1981. 91. Al-Mugrabi, M. and Spyrou, N. M., The determination of uranium using short-lived fission products by cyclic and other modes of activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 112, 277, 1987. 92. Ortaovali, A. Z., Ozek, F., Celenek, I., and Spyrou, N. M., Studies of some problems and applications of cyclic activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 61, 175, 1981. 93. Guinn, V. P., Cyclic nuclear activation analysis, Radiochem. Radioanal. Len., 44, 133, 1980. 94. Parry, S. J., Cumulative neutron activation analysis for the improved detection of short-lived nuclides, J. Radioanal. Chem., 75, 253, 1982. 95. Sehonfeld, E., Alpha - a computer program for the determination of radioisotopes by least-squares resolution of the gamma-ray spectra, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 42, 213, 1966. 96. Wiernik, M. and Amiel, S., Use of very short-lived nuclides in non destructive activation analysis with a fast shuttle rabbit. I. Correction for rapid variations in the dead time, J. Radioanal. Chem., 3, 245, 1969. 97. Guinn, V. P. and Miller, D. A., Recent instrumental neutron activation analysis studies utilizing very short-lived activities, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 313, 1977. 98. Egan, A., Kerr, S. A., and Minski, M. J., Determination of selenium in biological materials using ""Se (T = f7.5 sec) and cyclic activation analysis, Radiochem. Radioanal. Len., 28, 369, 1977. 99. Wyttenbach, A., Coincidence losses in activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 8, 335, 1971. 100. Anders, 0. U., Experiences with the Ge(Li) detector for high resolution gamma-ray spectrometry and a practical approach to the pulse pileup problem, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 68, 205, 1969. 101. Bolotin, H. H., Strauss, M. G., and McClure, D. A., Simple technique for precise determinations of counting losses in nuclear pulse processing systems, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 83, 1, 1970. 102. Alfassi, Z. B., Tsechansky, A., and Kushelevsky, A. P., On the correction of the self coincidence in gamma ray spectra dependence of resolution time on energy, J. Radioanal. Chem., 55, 135, 1980. 103. Cohen, E. J., Live time and pile-up correction for multichannel analyzer spectra, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 121, 25, 1974. 104. Wiernick, M. and Amiel, S., Use of very short-lived nuclides in nondestructive activation analysis with a fast shuttle rabbit. 11. Determination of lead by means of Z07mPb, J. Radioanal. Chem., 3, 393, 1969. 105. Egan, A. and Spyrou, N. M., Detection of lead via lead-207m using cyclic activation and a modified sum coincidence system, Anal. Chem.. 48, 1959, 1976. 106. Kerr, S. A. and Spyrou, N. M., Fluorine analysis of bone and other biological materials: A cyclic activation method, J. Radioanal. Chem., 44, 159, 1978. 107. Chatt, A., De Silva, K. N., Hozbecher, J., Stuart, D. C., Tout, R. E., and Ryan, D. E., Cyclic neutron activation analysis of biological and metallurgical samples, Can. J. Chem., 59, 1660, 1981.
Volume 11
71
108. Valente, I. M., Minske, M. J., and Petterson, P. J., Neutron activation analysis of noble metals in vegetation. J . Radioanal. Chem., 7 1, 115, 1982. 109. Lukens, H. R., Jr., Yule, H. P., and Guinn, V. P., Reactor pulsing in activation analysis, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 33, 272, 1965; Guinn, V. P., in "Production and Use of Short-Lived Radioisotopes from Reactors", Vol. 2, IAEA, Vienna, 1963, 3; Yule, H. P. and Guinn, V. P., in "Radiochemical method.^ of Analysis", Vol. 2, IAEA. Vienna, 1965, 11; Miller, D. A. and Guinn, V. P., Precision high speed neutron activation analysis via very short-lived activities, J. Radioanal. Chem., 32, 179, 1976. 110. Westphal, G. P., A high rate gamma spectroscopy system for activation analysis of short-lived isomeric transitions, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 136, 271, 1976. 1 11. Grass, F., Aktivierungsanalysen mit kurzlebigen nukliden und kernzustanden, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 14. 49. 19?4. 112. Grass, F. and Niesner, R., Rapid characterization of dust samples by neutron activation techniques using a high rate "loss free" counting gamma spectroscopy system, Nucl. Instrum. Merhods, 151, 589, 1978. 113. Grass, F., Short time activation analysis with steady state and pulse irradiation, J . Radioanul. Nucl. Chem. Art., 112, 347. 1987. 114. Miller, D. A. and Guinn, V. P., Precision high-speed neutron activation analysis via very short-lived activities, J. Radioanul. Chem., 32, 179, 1976. 115. Miller, D. A., Instrumental neutron activation analysis utilizing pulsed irradiations, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 159, 109, 1979. 116. James, W. D. and Oyedele, J. A., Application of reactor pulsing to neutron activation analysis, .I. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art.. I 10, 33. 1987. 117. James, W. D., Evaluation of reactor pulsing activation analysis enhancement in reference materials, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Art., 112, 361, 1987.
Volume 11
73
Chapter 2
14-MeV NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS
. .
A G Elayi
TABLE OF CONTENTS I.
Introduction ......................................................................
74
I1.
Neutron Sources .................................................................
76
111.
Neutron Reactions and Cross-Sections ........................................... 77
IV .
Irradiation Facilities and Procedures ............................................. 80 A. The Texas Convention for Flux Monitoring .............................. 84
v.
Growth of the Activity and Detector Response in the Case of a Single Irradiation ................................................................85
VI .
Cyclic 14-MeV Neutron Activation Analysis .................................... 88 A. Time Function in Cyclic Activation Analysis ............................. 88
VII .
Method Using a Reference Different from the Sample ...........................91 A. The Self-shielding Problems ............................................. 92 . B Formalism ................................................................ 92 1. Formalism Relative to the Activation ............................. 92 2. Formalism Relative to the Detection ..............................94 C. Simple Handling of the Formalism ....................................... 99 Neutron andtor Gamma-Ray Self-Shieldings as Related to the D. Detection Count Rates ................................................... 100
VIII . Choice of the Irradiation. Delay. and Counting Times ..........................101 A. Choice of the Irradiation Time .......................................... 102 1. General Case ..................................................... 102 Choice of the Irradiation Time in the Case of Interfering 2. Elements ......................................................... 103 B. Choice of the Delay Time ............................................... 105 C. Choice of the Counting Time ............................................107 IX .
Precision of 14-MeV Neutron Activation Analysis ..............................107 A. Procedure and Parameters Studied ....................................... 107 B. Anomalous Isotopic Abundances ........................................108 C. Influence of the Neutron and Gamma-Ray Self-shielding ...............108 Influence of the Positioning of the Sample and the Reference D. with Respect to the Detector ............................................109 Influence of the Positioning of the Sample and of the Reference E. with Respect to the Neutron Source .....................................110 F. Influence of the Irradiation Time ........................................111 G. Influence of the Counting Time .........................................111
74
Activation Analysis
H. I.
J.
X.
Interfering Gamma-Ray and Nuclear Reactions .........................I11 1. Interfering Gamma Rays .........................................I11 2. Interfering Nuclear Reactions ....................................I12 Beam Degradation Inside the Samples.. .................................112 1. Choice of the Reaction.. .........................................I12 2. Experimental Technique ........................................ .I12 Other Factors Influencing the Precision ................................. 114
114 Conclusion.. ....................................................................
Appendix: Cross-Sections for 14-MeV Neutron Activation Analysis ...................I15 References. ............................................................................ .I37
I. INTRODUCTION There are in general several techniques to solve an analytical problem; however, when suitable, 14-MeV neutron activation analysis (NAA) presents many advantages; it is relatively easy to settle and requires little maintenance when sealed tubes are used; it is nondestructive, non-polluting (samples do not need to be isolated for a long time after the irradiation); it performs an analysis of the whole sample and not only of its surface or a thin layer, as is the case for X-ray or charged particles activation analysis; it may be instrumental and can be accurate when applied for routine analyses. Its main drawback is its low sensitivity as compared with reactor NAA. Since the first papers were published in 1956, 14-MeV NAA, through extensive literature, has developed its methods, procedures, and fields of applications, using whenever possible the technological progress of other fields. During the first 20 years, research was mainly concerned with the following topics: The development of the irradiation and counting facilities, such as neutron sources, transfer systems, rotators for irradiation. The sealed-tube neutron generators opened the possibilities for field and well logging applications and brought the method within the possibilities of relatively small laboratories. A better understanding of the basics of the method; hundreds of papers dealt with neutron output spectra and neutron flux distribution, measurement and monitoring studies, cross-sections measurements and calculations, standardization, attenuation effects, geometry errors, blank problems, sensitivity, precision, catalogues of garnmaray spectra. The application of the method to the different fields: 60 elements have been measured in matrices as varied as reactor fuels, biological samples, ancient coins, or air dust (oxygen being the most appropriate and convenient element, it has been analyzed in more than 130 different types of matrices besides its different routine industrial applications). 14-MeV NAA seems to have reached through the last 10 years its asymptotical technological development; to the knowledge of the author, no spectacular improvement is to
Volume 11
75
be expected in the near or mid-term future: there are no projects to construct accelerators producing much more than 5 x 1013n/s, transfer times will be hardly reduced much below the 18 ms already achieved; the large volume GeLi detectors, the fast electronic systems, the methods for dead-time corrections, the automatic control of the experiments, and acquisition of the data will probably not undergo any serious development. During this last 10-year period, cross-sections have been measured or remeasured, short half-life isotopes suitable for cyclic NAA have been and are being selected, radiative capture and fast neutron scattering continue to be studied beside different applications, such as therapy, radiation treatment, biophysical aspects, in vivo total body nitrogen analysis, thickness measurements, elemental determination (especially oxygen) in different samples, and applications in metallurgy, archaeology, environmental study, etc. As far as the techniques associated with 14-MeV NAA are concerned, three possibilities with high potentialities developed or grew over the last 10 years: the use of intense 14-MeV neutron sources, the use of very short half-life isotopes, and the use of a reference different from the sample for the analysis. The construction of neutron sources with fluxes of 10" n/cm2/s partially overcomes the main drawback of 14-MeV NAA which is its relatively low sensitivity. Such high fluxes supplement sometimes reactor NAA, since several elements are detectable when irradiated in these fluxes, but not with thermal fluxes. However, they are particularly interesting in places where reactors are not available and where there are enough needs to justify their relatively high cost. The new possibilities offered by KORONA, the intense neutron source, have been explored in a series of articles; other accelerators producing 5 x loL2nls are commercially available. Transfer systems with shorter and shorter transfer times made isotopes with shorter and shorter half-lives accessible to 14-MeV NAA and widened the field of cyclic activation analysis with reasonable times for the analysis. This increases the sensitivity of the method in a way different from high fluxes; a workshop on activation analysis with short-lived nuclei was held in 1980 in Vienna. Although mature, 14-MeV NAA seems to have some difficulties in competing, except in some special cases, with the routinely used methods of analysis. A method can only become applicable on a large scale when an automatic procedure of analysis can be applied in most cases. It is relatively easy to automatically drive the whole irradiation detection procedure, but not the production of good references. The method, using a reference different from the sample, offers the possibility of having the whole analysis performed automatically; this is one of the advantages of this method, which is discussed in detail in Section VII. The use of a reference different from the sample avoids the fundamental problem of activation analysis: in order to make a good reference, the composition of the sample must be known. NAA seems straightforward enough to apply. We irradiate and count a sample and a reference under the same conditions. The ratio of the masses in the sample and the reference is the same as the ratio of their count-rates; in fact, many reasons can interfere thus reducing the precision of the method. That is why this precision problem has been extensively treated in Section IX: the knowledge of the sources of errors is an a priori to the performance of a precise analysis. Beam degradation, self-shieldings, or interferences may introduce 50% errors or more in some cases if they are neglected. Since an exhaustive bibliography is not within the scope of this chapter, reference here is made to some of the general articles, books, or bibliographies on 14-MeV NAA;'-26 unfortunately we can not include the many other excellent references. Special emphasis is put on the methods developed over the last 10 years while subjects developed in the other chapters of this book are not treated in this chapter, even though related to 14-MeV NAA; this is the case of the computerized analysis of the y-ray spectra for example.
76
Activation Analysis D~aphragms
Constant f ~ e l dt u b e
,
-
--
D e f l e c t ~ n gm a g n e t
\
I
Trap
Target
FIGURE 1. Ion source and the associated optical focusing and separating systems (from IRELEC - France).
11. NEUTRON SOURCES Neutron fluxes can be obtained from reactors, accelerators, or isotopic sources; fluxes are of the order of 1012to 10" n/cm2/sfor reactors; lo6 to 5 X 10" n/cm2/sfor accelerators producing 14-MeV neutrons and lo4 to lo6 nlcm21s for isotopic sources. Accelerators can produce neutron fluxes by (d,n), (p,n), or (a,@ reactions; electron accelerating machines produce neutron fluxes through (y,n) reaction and the gamma flux is obtained by Bremsstrahlung effect. 14-MeV neutron fluxes are produced by:
reaction through different types of high-voltage generators: Cockcroft-Walton, insulating core transformers (ICT), electrostatic rotor machines, and Van de Graaff accelerators. Compact, sealed-tube neutron generators are also used for in situ or laboratory activation analysis. Many papers, for e ~ a r n p l eextensively ~.~~ describe these systems. A deuteron beam is proa penning (P.I.G.) ion s ~ u r c e , ' ~an. ~occluded ~ gas ion source," duced by an R.F. ~ource,~' or a plasma tube30.31and the associated optical focusing and separating systems (see Figure 1). This beam is accelerated through one to some hundreds kV accelerating electrodes. The beam may also be a mixture of 50% tritium and 50% deuterium. Typical beam intensities are of a few mA, but intensities as high as 150 mA can be found. 14-MeV neutrons are produced by interaction of such a beam with a relatively large surface tritiated target. This consists in general of a few hundred microns of titanium or zirconium evaporated on some 30-mrn diameter backing disk and saturated with tritium gas. This disk is water cooled and made out of heat-conducting material: silver or copper for deuteron beams, graphite-coated copper or titanium-coated silver for mixed tritium-deuteron beams; rotating targets are sometimes used to ensure heat dissipation. The target can also be saturated with a mixture of 50% deuterium and 50% tritium instead of tritium alone. The tritium target properties have been discussed in detail in two meeting^.^'.^^ Some accelerators provide a neutron source of variable surface (1.5 to 4 cm in diameter). Target half-lives (defined as the time by which the neutron output is reduced to one half of its original value because of target deterioration)
Volume I1
77
Annular High-Voltage High-Voltage Insulator Conductor Electrode Target Electrode Water coolant/ Oil Insulation b)
Scandium Target
Pressure Pulse Guide
\
/
/
Rabbit Guide \
Magnet Coil FIGURE 2.
\
Concentric Ion Beam
Vacuum
Annular target of the neutron source KORONA (from GKSS - Federal Republic of Germany).
may be of more than 1000 h. In sealed tubes, the pumping problem is suppressed since the vacuum is made by the constructor before sealing the tube. Fluxes of about lo9 to 10" n/s are routinely used in many laboratories. However, since one of the drawbacks of 14-MeV NAA is its low sensitivity which is due to the low fluxes available, the constructors made a great effort over the last years to increase these fluxes. A 14-MeV neutron generator with an annular ion source, an ion beam current of 150 mA and an accelerating voltage of 200 kV was constructed in 1980 (Figure 2);34its total continuous neutron flux is of 5 x 1012 111s. In order to study the material for fusion reactors, several intense neutron sources of about 1012 to 1013 n/s have been built or are under construction; the most intense D-T neutron source being RTNS-I1 which can supply 5 x 1013 n/s (see for example Reference 5). Such an accelerator producing a flux of 5 x loL2n/s for a deuteron beam intensity of 20 mA and an accelerating voltage of 430 kV is commercially available from IRELEC and a compact, sealed-tube neutron generator with a total output of 1012n/s is under construction by another constructor (SODERN) for field applications. Pulsed neutron generators are commercially available either in a compact form for field applications (Figure 3) or in laboratories for the study of short- or very short-lived isotopes. The impulse duration can be as low as a few microseconds and the pulse peak level can reach 5 x loL3n/s in recent generators.
111. NEUTRON REACTIONS AND CROSS-SECTIONS When irradiated in a 14-MeV neutron flux, the total activity induced in a sample (A) is the sum of the activities induced by the different reactions (r) with the different isotopes (i) of the different elements (e) of the sample
e
i
r
The number of activated isotopes is significant in compound samples because of (n,2n), (n,p), (n,a), (n,y), (n,nf), (n,na) . . . reactions. However, few of these isotopes only will produce measurable gamma rays (with commonly available irradiation facilities) because of the relatively low fluxes and cross-sections. We only consider here the cross-sections of the reactions useful for activating analysis.
78
Activation Analysis
FIGURE 3. Compact pulsed neutron generator for field applications (from SODERN - France)
Cross-sections of (n,2n) reactions are, by far, the most important ones in the case of 14-MeV NAA and can reach some barns. Cross-sections of (n,p) reactions vary from a fraction of a millibarn to about 350 mb, those of @,a) reactions from a fraction of a millibarn to about 150 mb and only a few millibarns for heavy elements. (n,y) reactions produce sometimes measurable activity with 14-MeV neutrons; however, the values of the crosssections are in general a few millibarns. Since the energy spectrum of the neutron flux is in general significantly widened inside the sample, we consider the average 5 ?p value which is equal to:
The neutron spectrum varies from one neutron source to another. It also varies with the material located between the neutron source and the sample or in their immediate vicinity (such as the rotator's) and with the material of the sample: the contribution of elastically and inelastically scattered neutrons to the total flux is more or less important. Very precise cross-section values are only useful when they are measured and used with a defined setup; they are necessary to study the feasibility of an analysis and in this case, a too high precision is useless. The analyses are in general performed using comparative techniques rather then cross-section values. The available cross-section data are either the results of measurements or calculations with one of the many semiempirical formulas or evaluations using heavy calculation codes. Such semiempirical formulas for the calculation of approximative values of (n,2n), (n,p), and (n,a) c r o s s - s e ~ t i o n sare ~ ~ given - ~ ~ below. Compilations of 14-MeV neutron cross-sections and excitation functions in the 14-MeV region have been regularly updated as mentioned in the Appendix. The main progress in the latest compilations is due to the development of statistical and pre-equilibrium decay models and to a better understanding of the nuclear density level problems. For the calculation of the cross-sections of (n,2n) reactions, the following formulas have been used as mentioned previously
Volume 11
for (N - Z)IA
79
> 0.07 and:
for (N - Z)/A < 0.07. These relationships hold for odd-even and for even-even nuclei. The maximum value of the a (n,p) cross-section is given by the next empirical formula in the 14-MeV regions
where i and j represent either odd (0) or even (e) nuclei with k(o,e)=0.28
and
k(e,e)=0.47
and u, ,(I4 MeV) = ~ ( 0l2A'I3 .
+ 0.21)2b
The cross-section for the (n,p) reaction is given by
where k(o,e) = 0.50 and k(e,e) = 0.83. Similar relationships have been developed for ( n p ) reactions. The maximum value of is given by the next empirical formula the cross-section &a),,
where k(o,e) = 0.55 and k(e,e)
=
0.92 and the cross-section by the next formula
where k(o,e) = 0.5 and k(e,e) = 0.83. It is also important to examine the energy dependence of the reaction cross-section to ensure that the threshold is not in the 14-MeV region, especially if samples of large volume are used or if the neutron beam is degraded between the source and the sample. Such a case will be studied in Section IX. In general, the excitation functions for (n,2n), (n,p), and (n,a) reactions vary smoothly around 14 MeV (see for example Figure 4 for 6 3 C (n,2n) ~ 62C~ rea~tion'~);however, the threshold can be at about 14 MeV as it is shown on Figure 5 for the Fe54(n,2n) 53Fereaction.39These threshold values are often used to measure the energy distribution of the flux but they can induce some errors if no special attention is paid during the analyses. In Table A of the Appendix, are reported the published cross-sections for (n,2n), (n,p), (n,a), and (n,y) reactions at a neutron energy of about 14.50 MeV. Note that
80
Activation Analysis
FIGURE 4. Cross-section dependence on energy of the reaction 6 3 C(n,2n) ~ 6 Z C ~(From . Cullen, D. E., Kocherov, N., and McLaughlin, P. K., IAEA-NDS 48, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1982. With permission.)
14.00
14.25
14.50
E (MeV) FIGURE 5 . Cross-section dependence on energy of the reaction "Fe (n,2n) 53Fe.(From Alley, W. E. and Lessler, R. M., Neutron Activation Cross-Section, Academic Press, Orlando, FL, 1973. With permission.)
Also reported in Table 1 are reactions with half-lives shorter than 1 min, suitable for cyclic activation analysis.
IV. IRRADIATION FACILITIES AND PROCEDURES The samples are, in general, located as close as possible to the neutron sources in order to be irradiated in the maximum neutron flux. However, since short-lived isotopes and sometimes very short-lived ones (half-lives of the order of one second or less) are generally considered for 14-MeV NAA, a pneumatic rabbit transfer system (with a transfer time that can be as low as 20 ms or even less) is often used; this increases the distance between the sample and the neutron source.
Volume 11
81
TABLE 1 Most Favorable Activation Reactions for the Elements of Column 1 Element
Reaction
Isotopic abundance
Cross-section (mb)
Half-life (s) 13.81 7.13
26.76 11 1I
16.06 56.44 10.5 7.86 Note: The half-lives of the produced isotopes are shorter than one minute
------
Reference
Cams e l
!
Reference
_ _ - -- - _ _ '\
Sample
\
FIGURE 6. Irradiation configurations. (a) The reference is located behind the sample; (b) the sample and the reference are rotated around the axis of symmetry of the neutron source. (From Elayi, A. G., J . Radioanal. Chem., 76, 203, 1983. With permission.)
Precise absolute activation analysis method is very difficult to achieve because of the errors relative to flux Q measurement, to the cross-sections a, to the absolute efficiencies of the detector E, to the self-shieldings X , . . . A reference is usually irradiated with the sample in order to perform a relative analysis avoiding the determination of a, E, . . . which cancel between the sample and the reference. The position of the sample, the reference, and/or the flux monitor with respect to the neutron source depends upon the procedure of analysis which has been chosen. It is possible to successively irradiate the sample and the standard in the same position in the neutron flux and to monitor the flux with a neutron detector, such as a BF3 counter; however, this method does not seem to be much used in 14-MeV NAA, probably because a part of the neutrons reaching the BF3 counter are reflected towards it by all the surroundings of the neutron source. Moreover, the neutron counter does not take into account the flux variations during the irradiation: a burst of neutrons does not have the same effect whether it occurs at the beginning or at the end of the irradiation. The different other systems proposed in References 40 to 45 are no more in use to the knowledge of the author. Another way of monitoring the neutron flux consists of measuring the activity induced in a monitor run in general behind the sample (Figure 6a). The 6 3 C(n,2n) ~ 6 2 Creaction ~ is ~ generally used for this purpose and the 51 1-keV annihilation gamma rays from 6 2 C are measured for the monitoring. Here again a burst of neutrons at the beginning of the irradiation
82
Activation Analysis
may have a different effect upon the decay of the sample and the monitor during the irradiation . if the half-life of the isotope to be analyzed is quite different from the half-life of 6 2 C ~The use of a monitor placed behind the sample also supposes that the neutron shielding exerted by the sample and the standard on the monitor are the same. Moreover, much care must be taken to ensure that the degradation of the flux in the monitor due to the presence of the sample and the standard is the same, especially if the cross-section of the monitor-isotope has a sharp variation around 14 MeV. When the analysis is performed with a monitor (So) placed behind or near the sample (S), the procedure is the following. The monitor (So) is irradiated first with the sample (S) and, in a second run, with a reference (S,) having a geometry and a composition as identical as possible to the sample and placed at the same position as the sample with respect to the neutron source. Let m,, mso, m,,, A,, A,,, and A,, be the weights and the activities at the end of the irradiations, of the sample, the monitor and the reference; A,, can take two values A,,, when the monitor is irradiated with the sample and A,,, when it is irradiated with the reference. If the time of irradiation is the same, we have (see Formula 23):
m, = m,,
X
As As,
&so
-X Also
A,,, Also sample and the reference. A series of monitors So can be used if the decay time of the monitor is long; in this case, the weights of the monitors are also slightly different from each other and the previous formula becomes:
-is the monitoring ratio; it is theoretically equal to 1 if the same monitor is run with the
m,
=
As A,,, mlso m,, --As1 Also ~ , S O
where m,,, and m,,, are the weights of the monitors respectively run with the sample and the reference. Writing the previous equations supposes, however, that the standard S, is very similar to the sample. Except one type of neutron generators ( K ~ r o n a which ) ~ ~ presents a homogeneous flux in a volume large enough for the sample and the standard, 14-MeV neutron sources induce a flux gradient through the sample. Figures 7 and 8 represent the axial and transversal flux variation of a neutron generator with the distance and Figure 9 the neutron yield and neutron energy variations with 0 the angle with the deuteron beam which were first calculated by J. T. Pr~d'hornrne.~ An extensive literature has been devoted to the problem of the neutron flux study. In "Annotated Bibliography on 14 MeV NAA" published in 1971,24 86 references are given relative to the neutron flux distribution study, neutron output spectra, and absolute neutron flux measurements. The flux gradient presents many drawbacks if the sample, the standard, or the monitor, if any, are not homogeneous. If for example an abnormal concentration C, exists in a small volume inside the sample (Figure lOa), the activity induced inside this small volume depends upon the initial positioning of the sample with respect to
Volume 11
83
FIGURE 7. Experimental flux distribution from a 14-MeV neutron generator as a function of the distance to the external face of the generator. The neutron source is located at about 1.5 crn from this face. The two lower curves are taken on two lines parallel to the axis of the generator at 2.5 cm and 5 cm from it.
the neutron source: a rotation of an angle .rr around a longitudinal axis may change significantly the activity of C , (Figure lob). In order to minimize this effect, the sample may be rotated around its longitudinal axis making C, take all the positions of the elementary ring R of Figure 10c and the initial position of the sample with respect to the neutron source has no effect on the activity induced in C, during the irradiation. In some cases, the neutron flux may not be symmetrical with respect to the axis of the neutron source. This may have many reasons, such as a bad focusing and displacement of the deuteron beam or the unhomogeneity of the target. The effect of the flux anisotropy is lowered when the sample and the reference are rotated around the axis of symmetry of the neutron source (Figure 7b). A dual sample biaxial rotator combines the two previous types of rotation (Figure 11). On the other hand, the monitoring is not necessary since the sample and the reference are irradiated together in the average in the same neutron flux, their activities can be compared directly:
The suppression of the monitor has a positive effect, as far as the precison is concerned, since the analysis is made after a single irradiation for both the sample and the reference instead of two irradiations, one for the sample and the monitor and the other for the reference and the monitor. Errors associated with the monitor countings, with the presence of an accidental burst of neutrons during one of the irradiations, etc. are suppressed. We must, however, note that this biaxial rotator increases even more the distance between the irradiation positions and the neutron source. The method which uses a reference different from the sample (Section VII) suppresses also the use of a monitor.
84
Activation Analysis
I
Q> ncrn-2s-1
FIGURE 8. Experimental transversal flux distribution from a neutron generator at distances equal to 0, 1.5, 3, 4.5, 6, 7.5, and 9 cm from the outer face of the neutron generator.
FIGURE 9. Variation of the neutron yield and neutron energy with 8, the angle with the deuteron beam.
A. THE TEXAS CONVENTION FOR FLUX MONITORING Normalized conditions for flux monitoring of neutron generators have been proposed at the 1965 International Conference on Modem Trends in Activation Analysi~.~' These conditions consist of the following: a copper disk of 99.9% purity, either 1- or 2.5-cm diameter and 0.25-rnm thickness, is irradiated for 1 min and measured after a 1-min decay by a 7.5 cm x 7.5 cm NaI (Tl) detector at 3 cm from the top surface of the crystal. The 6 3 C ~ (n,2n) 6 2 Creaction ~ is produced by the irradiation of the copper disk. In order to ensure
Volume 11
85
Neutron source
b
c
a
FIGURE 10. Effect of sample rotation on a small nonhomogeneous ele-
ment (Co) of the sample. that all the p' emitted by the "Cu of the copper disk are annihilated in its near vicinity, the disk is mounted between two disks of polystyrene or lucite (0.95-cm thick by 3- or 4.5cm diameter, depending on which size of the copper disk is to be used). The resulting envelope provides about 1 g/cm2 of the plastic on all sides of the copper disk. The detector is connected to a multichannel analyzer incorporating an automatic lifetime correction circuit. The midpoint of the real counting interval is used to correct for the decay. The method of Heath48is used for the determination of the absolute disintegration rate. He calculated the detector response D with the next formula:
where Ap is the 0.5 11-MeV total absorption peak area in counts per minute and K is equal to 8.591 for the I-cm diameter copper disk and 8.703 for the 2.5-cm diameter disk; K takes into account the efficiency of the detector for the disk geometry, the branching ratio and the absorption in the plastic absorber. D' being the activity per square centimeter after correction for the 1-min delay, the absolute flux @ is related to D' by the next formula: a) =
D' 60uNI[1 - exp( - At,)]
where: u = activation cross-section for the reaction 6 3 C(n,2n) ~ 6 2 C ~N, = number of atoms = isotopic abundance of 6 3 C ~ T,,, , = half-life of 6 2 C ~ti ,= irradiation per cubic centimeter, I time. If the comparative methods previously described are used, this absolute flux measurement is not necessary for the analysis.
V. GROWTH OF THE ACTIVITY AND DETECTOR RESPONSE IN THE CASE OF A SINGLE IRRADIATION The radioactive isotopes produced in a 14-MeV neutron flux a) have in general short half-lives (T,,,). Let N, be the number of nuclei producing in the sample, through a nuclear reaction, a radioactive isotope X and N, the number of nuclei of isotope X. During the irradiation, the rate of variation of isotope X is
When writing this differential equation, No is considered constant during the irradiation and the rate of variation of the number of nuclei of isotope X is equal to their constant rate of production N o d minus their rate of decay AN,.
86
Activation Analysis
biaxial rotator
neutron source
FIGURE 1 1 . system.
1
(a) A biaxial rotator; (b) a sample and a reference configuration within a biaxial rotator
Assuming that ti is the irradiation time and that N,,o, the number of nuclei of radioactive isotope X present in the sample before the irradiation, is equal to zero: Nod N,(ti) = -[1 - exp( - At,)] A
(19)
The saturation factor [ I - exp(- At,)] varies from 0 to 1 and reaches practically this last value when ti is equal to some half-lives. At the beginning of the irradiation, N, is negiigible,
Volume 11
87
dN, and AN, also. In this case, N,(t) = N,u@t. At the saturation, - = 0 and the rate of dt production of isotope X, uN@, is equal to its rate of disintegration (AN,). After a delay time t, following the irradiation, the number of activated nuclei becomes
and the activity of the sample after the delay time t, is A
=
N,u@[l - exp(- At,)]exp(- At,)
(21
Let t, be the counting time. The detector response relative to this radiation is
Besides this basic case of one reaction producing one isotope, some other situations may occur in 14-MeV NAA. One of these is cyclic activation analysis which is treated extensively in the next chapter. The other frequent cases are the following ones. Two or more reactions produce the same radioisotope as is the case of interfering elements. For example, silicon gives aluminum through the '%i (n,p) 28A1reaction. If phosphorus and aluminum are present in the sample, three other reactions will produce "A1: ''Al(n,y), 31P( n p ) and 29Si(n,d). These reactions are independent. The subscript referring to the different isotopes produced and N to the total number of nuclei of these isotopes (28A1in this case), the following equations can be written.
and
Two or more reactions produce different radioisotopes having the same gamma ray. The reaction and the isotopes produced are independent from each other.
A computer program separates in general, the contribution of each isotope to the total absorption peak from the study of the decay curve. Two reactions produce the same radioisotope at its ground state and a metastable state, the metastable state (m) decays with a certain probability (F%) to the ground state (g). The differential equations:
88
Activation Analysis
and
Special case: if the half-life of the isomeric state is much shorter than that of the ground state, i.e., A, 9 A,, and the irradiation time ti much larger than T,, the expression of N, reduces to:
In this case, N, has the same expression as in Equation 19 where a, is replaced by (F am + a,). If in contrast the half-life of the metastable state is much larger than that of the ground state, i.e., A, < A,, and Ti S T, 9 T,, the expression of N, reduces to:
VI. CYCLIC 14-MeV NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS The advantage of cyclic activation analysis over conventional single irradiation shortlived NAA is its better detection limits. When applied in laboratory, the sample is in general mechanically cycled between the neutron source and the counting station. For field applications, such as subsurface logging technique, it is used in conjunction with a pulsed 14-MeV neutron source; in this case, the cycling is electronic and not mechanical; however, electronic cycling may also be used in laboratory. The first experiments with successive irradiations and countings were carried out by Anders in 196V9 and 1961,50in order to increase the signal-to-noise ratio in the detector. The technique using a pulsed source of 14-MeV neutrons and cyclic counting of induced activities was first suggested by Caldwell et al.51in 1966 as part of a combination neutron experiment for remote elemental analyses of lunar and planetary surfaces. Cyclic activation analysis developed further with the use of very fast transfer systems (20 to 30 ms)52-54widening to shorter half-life isotopes the field of application of 14-MeV NAA with mechanical cycling. SpyroP gave a review on cyclic activation analysis in 1980 at the First International Workshop on Activation Analysis with Short-Lived Nuclei.56 In the same workshop, Fanger et aL5' and Dams5' gave two tables containing reactions suitable for cyclic activation analysis. We give also in Table 1 the reactions which are the most favorable for the determination of the elements listed in column one of this table; in these reactions, the half-lives of the isotopes produced are shorter than 1 min. The cross-section values are taken from References 59 and 60.
A. TIME FUNCTION IN CYCLIC ACTIVATION ANALYSIS The mathematical formalism of cyclic activation analysis was developed by Givens et
Volume 11
89
a1.61Let t,, t,, t,, ,t be the times of the irradiations, delays between the irradiations and the countings, countings, and waitings (between the countings and the new irradiations) and let T be the irradiation-delay-counting-waiting cycle time. T
=
t,
+ t, + t, + t,
The detector response for the first counting period being Dl given by Equation 23: D,
=
Dl
+ Dle-AT= Dl(l + ecAT)
and the detector response during the counting period number n is D,
=
~ , (+ 1 e-"
+
+-2"
+ + . . e - ( n - 1~ ) ~ ~
The sum of the terms of Equation 32 is 1 +
e-AT
+
e-2AT
+ ..,e-(n-l)AT =
1 - e-"AT 1 - e-XT
and
The cumulative detector response for n successive cycles is
The summation:
Finally, the cumulative detector response for n successive irradiations-delay-counting-waiting cycles is
Considering that the expression between brackets is equal to g, Equation 37 can be written in the following manner:
The following remarks must be associated with this basic relationship. Dl is the detector response after the first irradiation and g the multiplication factor due to the other (n - 1) cycles of irradiation, g can be written in the next form:
90
Activation Analysis
The first expression nDl corresponds to the summation of the detector responses from n independent irradiations and the second expression:
to the existence of an additional detector response when the cycle length is not long enough, with respect to the half-life T,,,, to assume that the activity becomes zero at the beginning of the following counting. If the number of cycles is significant, e-"'= becomes negligible and Equation 39 reduces to:
The expression between brackets in Equation 40 is of course identical to that in Equation 41. The delay and waiting times must have in general the minimum possible values since is maximum for a given the detector response decreases with these two parameters, D,,, total experiment time nT when t, = t, = 0 and t, = t, = since the optimum number of counts is obtained when ti = t,. The cycle period T that gives the maximum response is dependent on the total experiment time nT. Givens et aL61 considered as an example a case where two short-lived radioactive species with 0.1-s and 1-s half-lives are produced. They plotted the normalized detector response for the activity of these two species as a function of the repetition period T, with and for an arbitrary total experiment time nT = 100 s. They t, = t, = 0 and ti = t, = drew to the following conclusions: 1. 2.
3.
The period T that gives the maximum response for a given radioactivity is highly dependent on the total experiment time nT. The detector response decreases fairly rapidly for a repetition period greater than a few half-lives. The response curve has a maximum which depends on T, T,,,, and nT.
Beyond these general useful remarks concerning the detector response, it must be noted that every problem must be treated specifically. The choice of the value of T, the total time of one cycle, depends on the matrix composition: the other isotopes of the matrix may produce interference or significantly enhance the background. Since the precision of the result depends on the signal-to-noise ratio, the precision is often the parameter that must be maximized and not the detector response. Cyclic activation analysis may also be used for half-lives measurement. For large values of n, (1 - e-nAT)tends to unity and
Volume 11
This is a linear equation relating D,,,,,,, to n. If D,,,,,, line is given by
91
is plotted against n, the slope of the
and the intercept by:
where the ratio:
and, therefore, the half-life of the isotope studied can be deduced from:
Cyclic activation analysis, and high intensity 14-MeV neutron sources widen substantially the analysis possibilities of 14-MeV NAA.
VII. METHOD USING A REFERENCE DIFFERENT FROM THE SAMPLE As discussed in Section IV, the suppression of the monitor and the irradiation of the reference with the sample increases the precision of the analysis. This is possible either by using a double-axis rotator for the sample and the reference or by applying the method using a reference different from the sample which is developed in this section. This is one of the advantages of this method. If a double-axis rotator is used, the sample and the reference must have the same geometry in order to be in the average in the same neutron flux and be located at the same position with respect to the detector. Moreover they must have the same composition so as to have both the same energy flux distribution during the irradiation and the same neutron and gamma-ray self-shieldings. Making such a reference may be simple, difficult, or impossible. It is simple in routine analyses where samples with the same geometry and almost the same composition are regularly analyzed (industrial tests for example). It is difficult when a sample of unknown composition is to be analyzed with good precision. It is easy to reproduce in this case the geometry of the sample but not its composition. This means that a first irradiation with a first rough reference is necessary to have a first evaluation for the composition of the sample. A new reference better fitting the composition of the sample, and a new analysis may be made and repeated until the precision of the result is thought satisfactory. This procedure may require much experimental effort. Making a reference that would be very close in composition, structure, and geometry to the sample is sometimes impossible. For example, when ancient coins are to be analyzed, the density of these coins is different from the density of modem alloys because of the structure modification of ancient alloys due to their long presence in the earth.
92
Activation Analysis
Particularly in the two last cases, when making a reference is either difficult or impossible, the use of the following method will result in a substantial simplification in the experimental work. Moreover, simplification will not be gained against error increase since the main advantages of both comparative and absolute neutron activation analysis methods will be preserved. However, we define the domain of application of this method which does not cover the full range of 14-MeV NAA.
A. THE SELF-SHIELDING PROBLEMS When the sample and the reference are not identical, we have to correct for the differences (in neutron and in gamma-ray self-shieldings) between the sample and the reference. More than 70 papers have used different experimental or calculated methods to take into account the self-shieldings for e ~ a m p l e . ~However, '-~~ in order to be accurate, the total self-shielding cannot be a simple product of the neutron self-shielding times the gamma-ray self-shielding for different reasons: 1.
2.
The neutron self-shielding is not a property of the sample alone, it is a property of the sample irradiated in an experimental set-up. The gamma-ray self-shielding has a special meaning in 14-MeV NAA since we are not interested in the intrinsic or absolute gamma-ray self-shielding but in the change that it produces in the detector count rate.
It is not only a function of the sample itself but also of the detector and counting set-up. Moreover, the activity of the sample is not uniform because of the neutron flux gradient inside the sample. The gamma-ray self-shielding is not, in this case, a property of the sample alone, but of the sample which is irradiated in a defined set-up in a neutron flux and counted in a specific position with respect to a given detector. The use of a reference different from the sample requires the development of a formalism that can take into account not only the differences in geometry and composition between the sample and the reference but also the irradiation and counting set ups.
B. FORMALISM 1. Formalism Relative to the Activation Let us consider Figure 12, a disk neutron source, a cylindrical sample, an elementary surface dZSaround a point S of the neutron source and an elementary volume d3V around a point E of the sample. ES crosses in N the surface of the sample (since a straight line crosses a cylinder in two points, we consider the one located between the point E and the neutron source). The neutrons emitted by dS to reach d3V will be attenuated inside the sample along NE. In order to determine the attenuation inside the sample, two approaches are possible: (1) by considering a certain number of neutrons and by studying their behavior, by Monte Carlo method along NE, or (2) by using the theory of the total macroscopic cross-section for effective removal of 14-MeV neutrons which considers that the attenuation inside the sample has an exponential form. In this case, if I,, is the number of neutrons reaching N along SN, those who reach E are I,, exp( - I: X EN) where I: is the total macroscopic crosssection for effective removal of 14-MeV neutrons. A method has been proposed for 2 determinati~n~~.'~ and has been tested experimentally: the neutron self-shielding X, is defined as the ratio of the activity induced in the sample by a neutron flux and the activity which would have been induced in the same sample by the same neutron flux if there was no selfshielding in the sample. The logarithm of X, varies linearly with respect to E: lnx, = ax, a is a parameter that characterizes the irradiation facilities and configuration and the sample geometry and 2 takes into account the material of the sample. In the case of approach 2,
Volume 11
93
tz
FIGURE 12. A sample and a neutron source. (From Elayi, A. G . , J. Radioanal. Chem., 35, 377, 1977. With permission.)
the Monte Carlo method will be used to solve the multiple integral relating the detector response to the activation parameters. Method 2 will be used in this paragraph since the manner with which 2 is determined gives a direct link between calculation and experiments. Since the sample and the reference have neither the same geometry nor the same composition, the average flux inside the sample and the reference do not cancel. We shall use instead the average value of the intensity of emission of the neutron source by unit time Q which is independent of the sample, reference, geometry, position, and composition; it is a property of the neutron source itself. The average neutron yield is equal to SQ, S being the surface of the neutron source. The flux emitted by the elementary surface dZSof the neutron source and reaching the point E of the sample is72 d2
Qd2S ~IT(ES)'e x ~ ( -2 x EN)
----
Let 0, X , Y, Z, and O,, X I , Y, Z, be two rectangular coordinate systems (Figure 12) located, respectively, at the front face of the sample with respect to the neutron source and on the surface of the neutron source. p, Y, 8 and 5, D, a being the cylindrical coordinates of E and S with respect to 0, X, Y, Z, EN, and ES are, respectively, equal to
where X , Y, and Z are the coordinates values of N which is located either on the plane face or on the cylindrical face of the sample. The total flux, emitted by the sample and reaching the point E is
Let d3m be the mass of the element to be activated in the volume d3V, m its mass in the sample, and d3N, its number of atoms in d3V.
and
94
Activation Analysis
where N,, is Avogadro's number, f is the isotopic abundance, and A,,,, is the atomic weight. The number of activated atoms by unit time in d3V at a time t is
where
The total number of atoms activated by unit time in the whole sample is
[?I
= QmK
ll(,d3V11
;zs;
d2S - AN,
N, being the number of atoms activated in the sample at a time t. Let ti be the irradiation time. The activity of the sample is
Formula 50 gives a convenient way for flux distribution calculation, either in the air, by considering that 2 = 0 or inside a sample as it is shown in Figures 13 and 14. As mentioned in Section IV, many papers deal with this problem either using experimental techniques or calculations. When a monitor or a reference is located behind the sample, either against it (Figure 15) or at a small distance from it, Formula 56 can be adapted to calculate the activity inside the monitor or the reference and if necessary the neutron self-shielding exerted by the sample on the monitor or the reference. Such a curve is shown in Figure 16.73We must note, however, that these are intrinsic self-shieldings; the self-shieldings related to the decrease of the count rates in the total absorption peaks will be defined in Formulas 70 to 72.
2. Formalism Relative to the Detection The activity induced in d3V during the irradiation time ti is77
Let us consider the ray ENiSiSriof Figure 17 which is the central direction of an elementary gamma flux emitted by d3V in the elementary solid angle d2R. This flux is attenuated inside the sample along EiNi. The gamma flux d5N emitted by the elementary volume d3V in d2R is
where d2S' is the elementary surface of the detector that d2R intercepts and a the angle between the direction E,Si and a line perpendicular to the detector surface.
Volume 11
95
Activation Analysis
0.2
O.L Rcm
L
FIGURE 14. Transversal flux variation inside the sample of Figure 13. (From Elayi, A. G., Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 135, 157, 1976. With permission.)
4'
Sample standard
Ncut ron source FIGURE 15. Configuration for a sample and a reference (or a monitor) located behind it. (From Elayi, A. G . , Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 135, 157, 1976. With permission.)
Volume 11
FIGURE 16. Variation of the screening effect with the composition of the sample for the sample and reference configuration of Figure 15. (From Elayi, A. G . , J. Radioanal. Chem., 35, 377, 1977. With permission.)
FIGURE 17. A sample in the detection position in the case of a cylindrical crystal. (From Elayi, A . G . , DOE Symposium Series 49, Department of Energy, Springfield, VA, 1979. With permission.)
97
98
Activation Analysis
The flux transmitted by the sample is (d5N),,,.
=
d3Ad2S'coscu exp( - plr') 4vR:
where pl is the linear gamma-ray attenuation coefficient without coherent scattering of the sample for the energy of the gamma ray under consideration, R, is the distance between the elementary volume d3V and the elementary surface d2Srof the detector, and rr is the distance inside the sample along the direction R,. The ratio between the emitted and transmitted beams cannot give the gamma ray selfshielding as recorded in the total absorption peak. This can be seen from rays E,NIS,S'l and E3N3S3S1,of Figure 17. The latter is highly attenuated inside the sample but has a small path in the detector, whereas the former is almost unattenuated in the sample but has a longer path in the detector. In order to take this phenomenon into consideration, we will consider the gamma-ray attenuation coefficient as the ratio of the number of counts recorded in the photopeak and the number of counts that would be recorded if there was no gamma-ray attenuation inside the sample. The fraction of the flux emitted by d3V in d2Cl which is incident on the detector surface S' and which interacts at least once in the detector is
where p is the linear gamma-ray attenuation coefficient without coherent scattering inside the detector for the energy under consideration and I" the path inside the detector along the direction R,. The number of counts in the total absorption peak produced by the elementary volume d3V is (d3N) = (d3A)
Iexp - Atd(l - exp - At,) 4vA
x G /L,d2Srcos~exp - plr, (1 - exp - pi') R: where I = intensity of the gamma ray under consideration, td = time of the beginning of counting or delay time, t, = the counting time, G = the photofraction, probability for a photon interacting with the crystal to be recorded in the total absorption peak. The total number of atoms recorded in the photopeak is
and the final expression of (N), becomes
X
1 - exp - pi'
R?
Zr ILd2S
Volume 11 K, =
Iexp - At,(l - exp - At,) 4nX
99 (64)
The photofraction can be considered as constant for any point inside small samples used in activation analysis as it has been shown in References 77 and 78. Formula 63 becomes
where 1R (p, p,, 2) is the previous multiple integral. We shall call it the activation integral. A series of test experiments have been carried using the method of the reference different from the sample as well as an application in the field of nurnismati~s.~~ C. SIMPLE HANDLING OF THE FORMALISM
m, K, and K, are common to the comparative and to this method, while the average flux @, the detector efficiency E, and the similarity in geometry and composition between the sample and the reference are replaced by 0, G, and fl(k, p,, 2).The average flux @ is a function of the neutron yield, of the geometry of irradiation and of the composition of the sample. All these factors must be the same in order to have the same average flux in the sample and the reference. In contrast, is a function of the neutron yield only and is independent from the sample and the reference. The differences in geometry and in composition between the sample and the reference, as far as the irradiation is concerned, are accounted for through the multiple integral R(P, p I , 2).We have separated in this way the parameters relevant to the neutron source from those relevant to the geometry of the sample, composition, and to the geometry of irradiation. The situation is the same as far as the detection is concerned. The detector efficiency for the sample under consideration is a function of the detector, the sample (through the energy of the gamma ray on one hand and the composition of the sample on the other), and the geometry of detection. The photofraction G is (within the dimensions of the samples used in activation analysis) a function of the detector and of the energy of the gamma ray; the geometry of detection and the gamma-ray self-shielding are accounted for through the multiple integral p,, 2 ) . In this method, the factors characterizing the neutron source and the detector are separated from those characterizing the sample geometry and composition and the experimental setup for the irradiation and the counting. Let us define the characteristics of the reference which make the previous method easy to apply and yet avoid the necessity of having a sample identical to the reference. 0 is the same for the sample and the reference, G is also the same if the energy of the gamma ray is the same. The cross-section is often known with a poor precision. G and a will be the same if we have the same activated isotope in the sample and the reference: in order to make this method easy to apply, we use a reference containing all the elements (of the sample) that we want to analyze. However, this reference may contain other elements or not contain the elements of the sample that are not to be determined by the analysis, may
G
100
Activation Analysis
have another composition and geometry, may be irradiated in a different position in the neutron flux, and counted at a distance to the detector different from that of the sample. All these differences will be accounted for when computing the integrals as(p, p,, 2 ) and RR(p, p l , 2 ) where the subscripts S and R identify the parameters relative respectively to the sample and the reference. Formula 66 gives if the same element is present in the sample and the reference
, between the sample and the reference. The a,,N,,,, f, (1 - exp - At,), A, I I ~ I Tvanish application of this method is straightforward when
and V R
vs
been computed. As stated before, the multiple integral L ! (p, p,, 2 ) must be computed by the Monte Carlo method. In Reference 77, an internal test stops the program when the precision reaches a chosen limit (a few percent in general); the calculation takes about 30 s with Univac 1100l40 computer. Much care must be taken, however, for the evaluation of the different parameters of the integral. These are related, among others, to the use of precise positioning systems for the irradiation and the counting. It is more important to make an accurate evaluation of the differences between the values of the parameters of the sample and the reference than of the absolute values of the parameters which, however, must be accurate enough. Figure 18 shows the variation of a ( p , p l , E) as a function of the linear attenuation coefficient of the sample p,. The limitations of the method are mainly due to the degradation of the flux inside the sample and the reference. In some cases, this has little effect on the activity induced in the sample and the reference in others, mainly when the cross-section has a threshold value around 14 MeV, this can be important as shown in Section IX.
D. NEUTRON AND/OR GAMMA-RAY SELF-SHIELDINGS AS RELATED TO THE DETECTION COUNT RATES Intrinsic neutron and/or gamma-ray self-shieldings are mainly interesting for shielding calculations whereas in activation analyses, these self-shieldings must be related to the detection count rates as discussed previously. The intrinsic neutron self-shielding has been defined in the first part of this section. The neutron self-shielding as related to the count rate x , , is equal to the ratio of the real count rate and the one which would be obtained if there was no neutron self-shielding in the sample:
In a ( p , p,,O), Z has been given the value 0. The gamma-ray self-shielding as related to the count rate is the ratio of the real count rate and the one which would be obtained if there was no gamma-ray self-shielding in the sample:
Volume 11
101
Do = 2.3 cm 0, = 1.7 cm Diameter, 4 mm Height, 5 cm No shielding
-
FIGURE 18. Variation of the activation integral 0 (p, p , , 2 ) as a function of the gamma-ray linear attenuation coefficient without coherent scattering. (From Elayi, A. G., DOE Symposium Series 49, Department of Energy, Springfield, VA, 1979. With permission.)
p, has been given the value 0 in a(p, 0,
2).
The neutron and gamma-ray self-shieldings as related to the detection count rate in the detector are equal to:
where the zeros have the same meaning as previously. Figure 19 represents the variations of the neutron and gamma-ray self-shielding as a function of p,.
VIII. CHOICE OF THE IRRADIATION, DELAY, AND COUNTING TIMES The choice of the irradiation, delay, and counting times depends on the facilities available in the laboratory, the composition of the sample, and the parameters to optimize. The choice related to the facilities available in the laboratory concerns the procedure of the analysis: single irradiation, a few successive irradiations and countings, cyclic irradiations, etc. The choice related to the composition of the sample concerns the detected radiation. Are there interfering radiations from other elements and do we want to privilege one of the elements? Do we want to minimize the signal-to-noise ratio? Etc.
102
Activation Analysis
C
=
0.2cm-'
p = 0.234 cm-'
Do = 2.3 cm
-
Dl = 1 . 7 c m Diameter, 4 mm Height, 5 cm No shielding
-
FIGURE 19. The neutron and gamma-ray self-shieldings as related to the reduction of the count rate in the total absorption peak. (From Elayi, A. G . , DOE Symposium Series 49, Department of Energy, Springfield, VA, 1979. With permission.)
The third choice concerns the parameters to optimize. Is it the detector response or the signal-to-noiseratio? Do we want to have the optimum response for a specific total experiment time or do we want to have the largest response for a specific time of irradiation? Do we want to get the best possible sensitivity?
A. CHOICE OF THE IRRADIATION TIME 1. General Case Let A,, A,, and A, be the activities induced in a sample if the irradiations times were successively t,, ti + Ati, and At,; A, e-"b, A, ecAb,and A, e-"h the activities after a delay time t,; and Dl, D,, and D, the corresponding detector responses for a counting time t,. To compare the effect of At, in the two cases, we study the ratio:
(D, - D,) being the increase in the detector response when the irradiation time increases from ti to ti + At, and D, the detector response for an irradiation At, performed alone. Since a detector response D, is of the next general form (Equation 23)
the ratio is equal to: R = e-"; meaning that two successive irradiations give a larger detector response than a single irradiation with the same total irradiation time. For example, let us compare after an irradiation time 112 T,,, the next two cases: Continue the first irradiation up to TI,,. Perform a next irradiation with a time of irradiation 112 T,,,.
Volume 11
103
The ratio R between the detector responses due to the previous cases a and b is exp - hT112= 0.71. We must, however, note that in the second case, the total experiment time
2 is longer than the first one by (f,,,,, t, t,). We have assumed that the activity is negligible at the beginning of the irradiation. We can also compare the total detector responses after:
+ +
a single irradiation with an irradiation time 2t two irradiations with an irradiation time t In this case, the ratio of the detectors responses for the last cases is
if t = 112 T,,, as in the previous case, R' = 0.85. The choice of the irradiation time in the case of cyclic activation analysis is treated in the specific chapter.
2. Choice of the Irradiation Time in the Case of Interfering Elements In some cases, the radioisotopes produced by two reactions emit, by disintegration, the same radiation (the same gamma ray for example). This is the case: When the two reactions produce the same isotope. In such a case, we cannot determine the contribution of each reaction to the total absorption peak. An indirect evaluation of the contribution of one of the isotopes is necessary. When the two reactions produce two isotopes a and P with different half-lives (that we call T, and TB). In this case, the contribution of the radiations from a and p to the total absorption peak can be separated and the activities of a and @ determined by studying the decay curve of the radiation of interference issued from the source. The choice of the irradiation, delay, and counting times, plays an important role as far as the relative contribution of the two isotopes to the total absorption peak is concerned. Our aim is to optimize these parameters. Let No,, No,, a,, a,, I, and IP be the number of atoms, the cross-sections, and the intensity of the radiation from a and p. If for example we want to study isotope a and if the product N, X a, X h is much smaller than NOpX u p X Ip we choose the irradiation, delay, and counting times in order to have a maximum contribution from isotope a. We assume that at time t = 0, A, and Ap are both equal to zero (the samples are not yet activated) and we want to choose the irradiation time, t,, in order to privilege isotope a for example. The rates of variation of isotopes a and P are both functions of the time of irradiation and we can have two possible cases:
Case 1: at a moment during the irradiation that we call isotope a becomes equal to that of isotope
6 , the rate
of variation of
P.
Case 11: such a moment does not exist during the irradiation. Case I - the rates of variations of isotopes a and
p, i.e., dNO and dt
dN are equal to dt
104
Activation Analysis
If these two rates are equal at a time $, the value of t, is such that
t, exists if the second member of Equation 78 is positive. This is the case if Ia lnNOaa, - lnoPa, > 0
A, - Ap > 0
and
or if Ib InN,u,
- InNoBuP< 0
A, - hP < 0
and
this reduces to either I'a N,u,
> Nopa,
and
A, > A,
N,a,
< Nopap
and
h,
or to I'b
< Ap
dN, dN If we plot - and as a function of time, the curves representing these two functions dt dt will have their crossing point at P dividing the space into two areas: area I with t S t, and area I1 with t 2 t,. Case Ia - If N,a, > Nopupand A, > A, or T, < T,, this means that in area I, the rate of variation of isotope a is higher than that of isotope P and it is interesting to choose the time of irradiation in region I: ti should be such that ti S $, in order to privilege isotope a. If ti becomes greater than t,, the rate of variation of isotope p becomes higher than that of isotope a. Case Ib - If a, No, > a, No, and A, > A, or TB < TA, this means that the rate of variation of isotope p is higher than that of isotope a up to a time of irradiation equal to t, and then the rate of variation of isotope a becomes higher. It is interesting in this case to choose a time of irradiation larger than t, in order to advantage isotope a. Let us consider as an example the irradiation of a sample containing copper and silver and let us consider the 51 1-keV gamma ray, produced by the 6 2 Cfrom ~ the reaction 6 3 C ~ (n,2n) 6 2 Cand ~ by lMAg from the reaction lo7Ag(n,2n) lMAg. Let a be the silver (lMAg) TAeand TCuare equal to 23.96 and 9.73 min. Let us assume that and p the copper (62C~). No, = the ratio In . our sample, a , , = 800 mb and u,, = 500 mb. NKU 2
In this case, t, exists and its value is equal to 7.25 min.
Volume 11
105
Remark 1 - It is evident that these equations are not of straightforward use; they can lead sometimes to utopian situations from the physical point of view. One has to compare, for example, t, with the half-lives T, and T,. If for the previous case Ib, the time of irradiation ti must be larger than t, and if t, is equal to some half-lives of the isotope a, this condition is meaningless from the physical point of view. One must also take into account the fact that the activity must be in all cases large enough to produce reasonable statistical errors. Remark 2 - We must also be aware of the fact that the aim of the analysis is to determine No, and NOD.However, even if they are not known at the beginning of the analysis, the formulas developed will be helpful when we can estimate N, and No,. We conclude that a serious increase of the precision can result from a good choice of the irradiation time. Case I1 - The rates of production of isotopes CY and P are never equal. This happens in two cases, IIa
and IIb
In these cases, t, is negative in Formula 78 and of course such a time cannot exist. In the first case, IIa, whatever the irradiation time chosen, the rate of production of isotope u is higher than that of isotope P. In contrast, the rate of production of isotope P is higher than that of isotope u whatever is the irradiation time used in case IIb. If we consider again the case of 6 2 C and ~ lo6Ag and if No,, = 2 N,, t, does not exist. The ratio of the rates of variation of isotopes a and P is
If X, > A,, y is always increasing and if A, < A,, y is always decreasing. We choose a long or a short time of irradiation according to whether we want to maximize or minimize Y.
B. CHOICE OF THE DELAY TIME The choice of the delay time depends on many parameters; however, we study it here as a function of the interfering elements. In some cases, this choice is simple, in others it is difficult and a systematic study is of great help in all cases. The detector responses, as given by Equations 23 for isotopes a and P, are e - A,")
and
We note that we do not take into account the self-shielding. If necessary this may be included by using the appropriate formula. The rates of emission of isotopes u and P being functions of time, we have, here again, two cases. In case I, at a time that we call ti the rate of
106
Activation Analysis
emission of isotope a becomes equal to that of isotope P. In case 11, such a moment does not exist. Case I - The rates of emission of isotopes a and P become equal at the time (,, in which case ti is such that
6 exists if the second member of Equation 78 is positive. This is the case if Ia
and
In case la, the activity of isotope a is larger than the activity of isotope P between the end of the irradiation and time (, and then the activity of isotope p becomes larger. In this case, it is interesting to take a short delay time and to perform the different countings before time t;, in order to advantage isotope a. In case Ib, the activity of isotope a is smaller than that of isotope P between the end of irradiation and tb. In this case, and provided we want to privilege isotope a,it is interesting to have a delay time equal to t, = (,. However, one has to take into account, as we said in the previous remark, the physical point of view and consider the statistical errors that may take place when t, is relatively long. Case I1 - The rates of emission of the interfering elements are never equal. Here again two situations are possible. IIa
and IIb
In case IIa, the count rate for isotope a is always larger than for isotope P and is in contrast always smaller in case IIb. The choice of the delay time can be made, on the basis of the other requirements. We can consider the ratio y of the detector response for the two isotopes.
Volume 11
107 (95)
where
and
If A, 1 A,, the delay time should be as short as possible to privilege isotope a. dy/dt is always positive and the ratio (y) is always increasing. If A, < A,, dy/dt is always negative and the ratio y is always decreasing. The delay time must be long if we want to privilege isotope a.
C. CHOICE OF THE COUNTING TIME The counting time must be chosen in each case so as to be consistent with the delay time t,. In the absence of interferences, the limit of detection may be set by comparing the count rate with the noise from the matrix. In the case of interfering elements, the previous study concerning t, holds for the counting time since we can choose it according to whether we want to provide isotope a and Q as mentioned. However, these formulas may be meaningless if they are not subordinated to the physical reality of NAA (comparison of delay and counting times with TI,,, statistical errors, etc.).
IX. PRECISION OF 14-MeV NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS Error evaluation is a matter of concern for all analysts and is treated more or less explicitly in most papers. Some of these are exclusively devoted to the evaluation of prec i s i ~ n . ~ ~ - ~is" tpossible to separate the errors into two categories, errors relative to the method itself and errors due to the specific problem under investigation. These may be due to the undefined shape of a coin, to a high background, or any other reason; they cannot be studied specifically but in general terms only. In contrast, we can focus better upon the different parameters related to the method itself, study their influence upon the precision of the result of the analysis, and give an estimate for these errors for specific examples. This will place some emphasis on the critical parameters influencing the precision of the method. The following formulas hold for both classical methods and the one using a reference different from the sample.
A. PROCEDURE AND PARAMETERS STUDIED A standard or a reference being commonly irradiated with the sample in 14-MeV NAA, some differences do exist between the sample and the reference, and the errors due to these differences must be assessed. If the method using a reference different from the sample is applied, we have to measure the parameters of the activation integral a(p, p,, C) and the errors due to these measurements must also be evaluated. The error calculation is difficult to perform; for example, if we position the sample with respect to the detector for counting its activity and then repeat the same operation for the reference and even if they have almost the same geometry, there will be some difference in their distance to the detector, ranging
108
Activation Analysis
from a fraction of a millimeter to a few millimeters. The relative error produced by this shift in positioning the sample and the reference is a function of the distance, among other factors; its evaluation is not straightforward. Nevertheless, whatever the procedure used in 14-MeV NAA, it will give a relation between the number of counts in the total absorption peak N, and the weight of the element studied in the sample m, on one hand and a similar relation between N, and rq, (the parameters of the reference) on the other. Some parameters will cancel between the sample and the reference; however, they must not be excluded from error study unless they are rigorously equal for the sample and the reference. For the other parameters Xi, mathematical formulas will be derived whenever possible from Equation 66 to estimate the error Am, relative to m, due to the error AX, relative to parameter Xi. For the cases where such a formula cannot be derived, the values of m, for two close values of the padmeter Xi will be calculated: the difference AX, between the two values of the parameter X, will be considered as the error relative to this parameter (experimentally, this can be the difference between the values of this parameter for the sample and the reference), while the difference Am, between the two calculated values of m, will be considered as the error relative to m,. When we have performed such calculations, we have considered cylindrical samples, 2 mm in diameter and 5 cm in height, a disk-shaped neutron source 1.6 cm in diameter. The linear attenuation coefficient of the gamma ray in the 7.5-cm x 7.5-cm crystal of the detector is 0.234 cm-' and in the sample 0.17 c m l . The total effective removal cross-section for 14-MeV neutrons is 0.12 cm-'. The distance between the sample and the detector is 2.5 cm. The axis of the sample is parallel to the surface of the neutron source. The sample is located at a distance of 2 cm from the axis of the neutron source and 2.3 cm from the surface of the neutron source. This configuration is typical when the sample and the standard are rotated with respect to the neutron source (double rotation) as described in Section IV. In the following section, m and Am will be used instead of m, and Am,.
B. ANOMALOUS ISOTOPIC ABUNDANCES Variations in isotopic abundances of a few percent have been reported by different authors. Since this is a multiplying factor in Formula 66, we can evaluate it easily.
Variations in isotopic abundances have been evaluated for the next elements: boron (3 to 4%) by Thode et a1. ,89sulfur (4% in the 32S/33S ratio and 8% in 32SI"S ratio) also by Thode et al.90and natural relative isotopic abundance of 4 8 C ~ 9(several 1 percent variations). Duckworth9' showed that the following elements have anomalous isotopic ratios: Ar, Sr, Sn, Ba, Ce, Nd, Yb, Hf, Os, TI, Pb, and the heavier elements. De Soete et aL6 reported
Besides the expensive enriched mixtures, the depleted ones are also sold and often without adequate warning that the product concerned is of a different isotopic composition." Such a difference is reported by De Goeij et a1.93who measured Li isotope ratio in a number of commercial preparations. Four samples out of nine had a very abnormal isotopic composition. Fractionation on an ion-exchange column probably induced some changes in isotopic abundance as mentioned by S a ~ t i for n ~ IS2Gd. ~
C. INFLUENCE OF THE NEUTRON AND GAMMA-RAY SELF-SHIELDING In this section, the influence of a difference of composition between the sample and the reference on the precision of the analysis is studied, assuming that all the other parameters are equal.
Volume 11
109
The difference in composition between a sample and a reference results in differences Ap and AC in the values of their gamma-ray linear attenuation coefficient p and of their total macroscopic cross-section for effective removal of 14-MeV neutrons 2,respectively responsible for their gamma ray X, and neutron xn self-shieldings. We consider that they are of the form
where X,, is a function of the geometry of the sample, the geometry of irradiation, and the surface of the neutron-source. X:, is a function of the geometry of the sample, the geometry of counting and the detector used. xn and X, are the ratios of the real count rate recorded from a sample and the count rate which would have been recorded from the same sample if there was no neutron or no gamma ray self-shielding. Equation 100 is valid in general for the samples used in activation analysis while Equation 101 is at least valid for a small interval around p . Let us call Am, and Am,, respectively, the errors in the determination of m due to the differences AC and Ap; A& and Am, are given by
AS1(p,pI,~)Z and AS1(p,pI,~),are the variations in the values of the activation integral fl(p,pI,e) due to variations A2 and Ap. From Equation 1 of Appendix I we get
We conclude from Equations 102 and 104 that the percent error Am,lm is equal to the percent error A z/C multiplied by lnx,. For cylindrical samples of 1 or 2 cm in diameter, Inx, is of the order of 0.2 (or less). The corresponding relative error in the determination of the mass m is about five times smaller than the relative error on C (i.e., the relative variation of the value of 2 due to the difference in composition between the sample and the reference). For the case of the gamma-ray self-shielding we have
lnx, may take much larger values than Inx,, especially for heavy elements and low energy gamma rays. Serious corrections for gamma-ray self-shielding may be necessary and may induce very important errors in some cases.
D. INFLUENCE OF THE POSITIONING OF THE SAMPLE AND THE REFERENCE WITH RESPECT TO THE DETECTOR If a reference and a sample which are identical are to be placed at the same distance, d, to the detector when measuring their count rate, and if in fact there is a difference of
110
Activation Analysis
TABLE 2 Activation Integral as a Function of the Sample to Detector Distance Sample to detector distance (cm)
Activation integral ( X lWcm3)
Note: Variation of the activation integral as a function of the distance d between the sample and the detector. The effect of a 1-mm change in the distance is shown for each value of d.
1 mm between their distances to the detector, we make an error A m,, in the evaluation of m. This error depends upon the value of d. We have calculated A m, for the sample described in part B of this section and for different values of the distance d, using the activation integral f l ( p , p , , ~ )(the count rate is proportional to f l [ p , p , , ~ ] ) The . results are shown in Table 2. An error of 1 mm in position may produce a 5% error in the result when the sample is located near the detector. It is also worthwhile to note that this problem can be encountered in many situations: when we study the reproducibility of an analysis for example, we introduce an error in repositioning the sample with respect to the detector.
E. INFLUENCE OF THE POSITIONING OF THE SAMPLE AND OF THE REFERENCE WITH RESPECT TO THE NEUTRON SOURCE The distance r between the sample and the neutron source is also a critical parameter as far as precision is concerned when its value is relatively small (from a few millimeters to a few centimeters). If an error Ar of 1 mm is introduced when positioning the sample or the reference, the corresponding relative error of measurement is of about 4% for r = 2.3 cm and for a sample and a neutron source having the features described formerly. This error can be larger for r = 2.3 cm when a smaller sample and neutron source disk are used. If these are small enough to be considered as punctual, we can use the formula; Am, 2Ar - - m
r
When a system for rotating the sample and the reference with respect to the neutron source is used, the sample and the reference may be located side by side with respect to the neutron source. Their axes, when they are cylindrical, will be parallel to the surface of the neutron source. In this case, these axes will be located at a distance r perpendicular to the surface of the neutron source and ro perpendicular to the axis of the neutron source. An error of 1 mm in the value of ro introduces a few percent error in the measurement of m for the sample as described above. In short, the positioning of the sample and the reference must be reproducible to a small fraction of a millimeter when the sample or the reference is located near the detector or the neutron source. This is an essential condition for performing precise 14-MeV neutron activation analysis. Absolute precise distance measurement is required when calculations are to be made.
Volume 11
111
F. INFLUENCE OF THE IRRADIATION TIME Since the activity A induced in the sample is proportional to the irradiation time.
an error A ti in the duration of the irradiation will produce an error A A in the activity of the sample:
This relative error is the same for the sample and the reference if they contain both the same element to be studied (of period T) and it cancels between them. In contrast, the error relative to the counting time is different for the sample and the reference.
G. INFLUENCE OF THE COUNTING TIME The detector response D is proportional to (eCAtl- ePAt2), where t, and t, are the times of the beginning and end of the counting
An error dt, relative to t, and dt, relative to t, produce an error dD
(a) general case: if dt, = A t,; dt, = A t,
(b) Particular cases: (i) if )A t,l = JA t2( = At
(ii) i f h t, 6 1 and At, 4 1 andA t, = At, = A t -AD =-
D
2At It, - t2l
(iii) If dt, = dt, = At, meaning that the time of counting is defined without error but the starting and stopping times of counting are both shifted by the same period of time At, the error formula becomes:
H. INTERFERING GAMMA-RAY AND NUCLEAR REACTIONS 1. Interfering Gamma Rays Two isotopes and sometimes more, may produce the same gamma-ray energy (especially
112
Activation Analysis
the 51 1-keV gamma ray) or energies too close to be separated. In such a case, a decay study of the ray of interest is necessary to separate the contribution of the two interfering isotopes to the total gamma ray. A computer program, such as the one which has been used in Reference 80, may control the whole starting-counting-waiting-spectrumtransfer into the computer - starting a next counting, etc. sequence, minimizing handling errors. Precise mathematical treatment to separate the contributions of the two isotopes to the total absorption peak is only possible if enough care is taken when applying the mathematical formulas (an error of few percent or less can be obtained). 2. Interfering Nuclear Reactions (n,y) reactions on an element Z and (n, 2n), (n,p), or (n,a) reactions on elements Z, (Z + I), and (Z 2) may produce the same isotope. In this case, decay study is useless. It is possible to determine the contribution of an interfering element by evaluating it from another ray or another reaction on this element. Though treated in many papers, this problem is discussed extensively in the next ones: nitrogen interference^,^^-^' oxygen one^,^^-'"^ total body countings,"''' multielement treatment. ln5-lo9 Secondary reactions (induced by gamma rays or charged particles available from [n,?], [n,p], [n,a]) and second order reactions (due to the enhancement or the decrease of the amount of the studied isotope because of nuclear reactions) have been considered as negligible in 14-MeV NAA; however, with the use of intense fluxes, it may become necessary to take these reactions into account in some cases.
+
I. BEAM DEGRADATION INSIDE THE SAMPLES Throughout this chapter we have stressed the fact that the beam degradation must be the same in the sample and the reference. The purpose of this paragraph is to show that in some cases, especially when the threshold of a reaction is around 14 MeV, the beam degradation may induce important errors.
1. Choice of the Reaction The reaction 54Fe (n,2n) 53Feis dependent upon the experimental conditions through beam degradation in the sample since its cross-section decreases very sharply around 14.5 MeV and becomes zero at about 13.8 MeV (see Figure 5). Since errors due to measurements performed in different conditions may be larger than the phenomenon to be studied, we have chosen a reference reaction taking place also in iron, that is 56Fe (n,p) 56Mn;the crosssection of this reaction increases very slightly around 14.5 MeV and thresholds at about 7 MeV. The main gamma rays produced by 53Feand 56Mnare 51 1 and 847 keV. The ratio of the activities produced by the two reactions will depend upon the experimental conditions under which they are performed because if a neutron of energy E (14.5 MeV for example) undergoes an elastic scattering inducing a loss of energy equal to AE and reaches a point M, its cross-section at this point depends upon the new value of its energy (i.e., E - AE). ~ If for example AE = 0.8 MeV, its activation cross-section for the 54Fe(n,2n) 5 3 Preaction will be equal to zero while it will be almost unchanged for the 56Fe(n,p) 56Mreaction. The ratio R of the activities induced by the (n,2n) and the (n,p) reactions will depend upon the neutron spectrum inside the sample. In the following experiments, we will measure this ratio R and show that its dependence upon beam degradation can be important.
2. Experimental Technique The aim of the experiment is to measure the ratio of the 5 111847-KeV gamma rays in the two following cases: 1. 2.
When the neutrons reach the sample without interactions When the neutrons reach the sample after having interacted within a specific shield
Volume 11
FIGURE 20.
113
Sample and shield configuration
In practice, a part of the neutron beam reaching the sample undergoes, in all cases, a certain number of interactions; however, we add a certain shield and we study its effect on the 51 11847-keV gamma-ray ratio. We proceeded experimentally as follows: in a first experiment, we compare the activities of 53Fe and 56Mn through the 51 1- and 847-keV gamma-ray peaks in thin samples. In a second experiment, we compare the same activities in thick samples. A variation in their relative value means that the activation cross-section has varied, provided that the problem of the gamma-ray self-shielding in the samples has not interfered. In order to avoid such an interference, we proceed as follows: we irradiate a thin, rigid iron wire in a 14-MeV neutron flux and we determine the ratio R of the activities from the 51 1- and 847-keV gamma ray peaks. We surround the same wire with a cylindrical shield and we irradiate it again in the same neutron flux. We remove the shield during the counting. The ratio R, of the activities measured from the 51 1- and 847-keV gamma-ray peaks is also computed, thus avoiding the problem of the gamma-ray self-shielding. The importance of the difference between R and R, measures the importance of the phenomenon of beam degradation. The samples, in the form of rigid iron wires, were 1 m n in diameter and 50 rnm high. They were irradiated in a double-axis rotational system described in Section IV using a sealed tube Kaman A 71 1 neutron generator. In order to fix the sample on the axis of the container, we use two perspex disks having the same diameter as the container (23 mm). Their thickness was 2 mm and they were partially hollowed at their center. This system fixed the samples as shown in Figure 20. The samples were irradiated for 500 s and the ratio R of the 51 11847 keV gamma-ray peaks was computed using a 3 in. x 3 in. NaI detector with the associated electronic circuitry. After sufficient delay to allow the 847-keV gamma ray to decay, we surrounded the samples with different shields consisting of cylinders of specific materials having a hollow in their center where the sample can fit exactly. These shields could have different external diameters; however, they were fixed around the samples which were fixed on the axis of the container by the two perspex disks shown in Figure A of Appendix; this cylinder was removed for counting. The ratio R, of the 51 11847-keV gamma ray was again computed. Due to the high accuracy required for these measurments, very precise geometrical positioning of the sample relative to the detector was made. The samples alone have been irradiated and the ratios R, of the 5111847-keV gammaray peaks have been computed from the average value of several irradiations. We then irradiated the samples after having surrounded them with different shields of different materials. Several experiments were performed for each material by changing the diameter of the shields. Shields 7, 10, 16, and 23 mrn in diameter were used; 2, 3, or more irradiations with the 23-mm diameter shields were performed.
114
Activation Analysis
TABLE 3 Activation Ratio from Two Reactions in the Same Shielded Sample as a Function of the Composition of the Shield Material of the shield
Carbon
Aluminum
Iron
Copper
Lead 0.99
TABLE 4 Elastic Cross-Section, Relaxation Length, and Logarithmic Decrement for the ~tudied~lements Element Carbon
Atomic weight 12.01 1
Elemental density
(b)
f
A cm
2.25
0.72
0.158
11.2
0.67
1.2
0.072 0.035
24 10.2
1.45 2.8
0.031 0.01
8.44 10.1
cr,
(graph)
Aluminum Iron Copper Lead
26.982 55.847 63.546 207.19
2.702 7.865 8.92 11.3
The shields used were perspex, carbon, aluminum, iron, copper, and lead. The average values of the ratios R, of the activities from the 51 11847-keV gamma-ray peaks alone and with different shields are shown in Table 3; the number of irradiations was carbon, 6 irradiations; aluminum, 15 irradiations; iron, 8 irradiations; copper, 5 irradiations; and lead, 7 irradiations. As expected, the difference between the ratios of the 51 11847-keV gamma-ray peak is larger for heavy elements. However, we can conclude from these experiments that this difference is small in the case of iron, copper, and lead and is significant in the case of aluminum and carbon. The results concerning perspex are not reproducible and are not reported. For the five elements studied the elastic cross-section, the relaxation length and the logarithmic decrement are shown in Table 4. It is clear that the example which we have chosen in this study is a critical one since the variations of the cross-section are very sharp around 14.5 MeV. However, it points out very clearly that care must be taken when the activation cross-section varies sharply around 14.5 MeV and when the matrix consists of light elements. In such special cases, the neutron self-shielding does not depend only upon the composition and geometry of the sample, but also upon beam degradation inside the sample.
J. OTHER FACTORS INFLUENCING THE PRECISION Some other factors, not specific to 14-MeV NAA, may also influence the precision of the results, such as statistical errors, dead-time corrections, or errors related to chemical separation or surface decontamination. However, these subjects are out of the scope of this chapter.
X. CONCLUSION What development can be expected in the future for 14-MeV NAA? The constructors develop neutron sources with high fluxes either through classical type Van der Graaff accelerators or through sealed-tube generators. These generators aim to make the analyses on the site when the object to be analyzed cannot be brought into the laboratory.
Volume I1
115
The construction of systems producing much more than 1013n/s for the analysis is costly and will probably not be achieved unless there are reasons to justify the high technological effort to construct them. Neutron generators are used in industrial plants: analysis of oxygen in aluminum for example. This type of utilization may develop in the future because accurate and quick results may be obtained when enough calibration effort is made; this effort is to be made once only. Studies of fusion reactor neutronics (radiation damage, tritium breeding ratio, neutron multiplication, etc.) have recently i n d ~ c e d " ~ ~and " ' will probably still induce much work. However, in order to make activation analysis applicable on a large scale, this method must become full: automated. This is possible if the method using a reference different from the sample is applied after it has been adapted for such utilization.
APPENDIX CROSS-SECTIONS FOR 14-MeV NEUTRON ACTIVATION
ANALYSIS 14-MeV neutrons can induce the following reactions: (n,y), (n,nr,y), (n,2n), (n,p), ( n p ) , (n,d), (n,t), (n,'He), (n,2p), (n,nlp), (n,nla) and, in the heaviest nuclei, (n,3n), and fission processes. Figure A shows a plot of 14-MeV neutron-induced nuclear reactions on medium and heavy mass nuclei from Reference A. However, only (n,2n), (n,p), and (n,a) reactions have been extensively studied so far. Compilation concerning their cross-sections has been regularly updated. In 1987, Manokhin et al.B published a compilation of fast neutron-induced activation reactions cross-sections, covering energies from threshold to 20 MeV. Body et al.c published in the same reference the results of the compilation of QaimD and of Bychkov et al." These compilations take into account the previous ones, such as those of References F, G , and H, and the different publications and neutron cross-sections files of individual, national, and international libraries. Table A contains 14.5-MeV crosssection values from Reference D; however, (n,2n), (n,p), and (n,a) cross-sections have been taken from Reference E when they are issued from an excitation function. These values have been published in Reference C.
116
Activation Analysis
I
'
50
. . . .
-
l
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
200 Moss number of the target nucl~de 100
150
FIGURE A. Relative contribution of nuclear reactions induced by 14-MeV neutrons. (From Qaim, S. M . , Proc. Conf. Nuclear Cross-Section Technology, NBS Special Publication 425, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C., 1975, 664. With permission.)
TABLE A Activation Cross-Sections for the Formation of 14.5 MeV Neutron-Induced Major Nuclear Reaction Radioactive Products nuclide
Product
Cross-section
Cross-section
Product
Product
Cross-section
Product
Cross-section
(Tm)
Product (Td
'H (12 35 year) 'H (12.35 year)
6He(0.8 s)
'H (12.35 year) 6He(0.8 s) 8Li(0.84 s)
(5736 year) 'jC(2.5 s)
77
?
14
38
_t
3
I4C (5736 year)
40 i 3" 5.5 i 2
l6N(7.1 s)
2.3 i 0.5
17N(4.2 s)
(5736 year) ~ ( 5 S) 2 (5736 year)
I8F(110 rmn)
12Na(2.6year)
26A1(6.3s)
I6N(7.1 s)
33
+ 7=
Cross-section
TABLE A (continued) Activation Cross-Sections for the Formation of 14.5 MeV Neutron-Induced Major Nuclear Reaction Radioactive Products nuclide
Cross-section
Product
256 + 20" 1 2 9 + 15 95 + 20
28A1(2.2min) 29A1(6.6 min)
Cross-section
Product
Cross-section
Product
(% abundance)
28A1(2.2 min) "Al(6.6 min) 30A1(3.3 s)
27Mg (9.5 min) 28~1(2.2 min)
q ( 2 . 5 min)
134
+ 67a 32Si(280 year)
'%(87.5 d) 34C1(1.5 s) %TI (32.0 min) 37S(5.1 min) 37Ar(35.1 d) j9Ar (269 year) 38K(7.7 min) 38K(0.93 s)
)'%Z1(37.2 min) q l ( 1 . 3 min) 3.5 + 0.3 0.8 r 0.2
39Ar(269 year)
75 -c 1.5 16 + 2 354
+ 54
39C1 (56.0 min)
4oK(0.012) TI,': 1.28 x lo9 year 4'K(6.7)
18501 920 + I80
44K(22.2 min) *K(1.9 min) 48K(9 s)
153
?
20P
101
+
13
39 52
+ 4a +
18)
ISa
1.6
+ 0.2
35S(87.5 d) "S(5.l min)
38c1 (37.2 min) 37Ar(35.1 d) 39Ar (269 year)
33.5
t
2'
115 + 3Sa 1901 )~AI (269 year)
42K(12.4 h) 43K(22.2 h) 45K(16.3 min) 47K(17.5 s)
41Ar(1.8h) 4 3 ~ r ( 5 . min) 4
36+Sa 21 t 6'
42Ar(33 year) @Ar (1 1.9 min)
Cross-section
""Sc(3.9 h) MmSc(2.4d) 45Ti(3.1 h)
182 ? 15 116 -t 23a 39.4 +
45Ca(163 d) *Sc(84.0 d) *"'Sc(18.7 S) 47S~(3.4 d) %c(43.7 h) 49Sc(57.2 min) %c(l.7 min)
49V(330.0 d)
16.5 r 38
13501
49S~ (57.2 min)
51Ti(5.8 min) "CI (42.0 min) 5'Cr(27.7 d)
"Mn(312.2 d) 53Fe(8.5 min) 5SFe(2.7year)
58Co(70.8 d) 58mCo(8.9h) 57Ni(36.0 h)
20 357
809 8 440
+ 4= +
301
+ 35a + 1.6 + 40
52V(3.7 min) 53V(1.6 min) "V(43 s) 55Cr(3.6 min) "Mn(312.2d) "Mn(2.6 h) 57Mn(1.7 min) 58Mn(65 s)
788 ? 230. %e(44.6 d) 473 + 1401 58Co(70.8 d) 30 r 3a 58mCo(8.9h) q o ( 5 . 3 year) 60mCo(10.5 min)
102 + 48 2 18 r 44 1 365 -t 106 ? 56 2 7+
%1(12.7h)
52V(3.7 min) 53V(1.6 min)
12 3
?
3
5bMn(2.6h) 57Mn (1.7 min)
11
+ 2.4
+ 0.8
"Ti(5.8 min) 52V(3.7 min) "Cr(27.7 d)
Wr(3.6 min)
60 r 10. 526 r 45
85
b3Ni (lOO.0 year) 'Qu(9.8 min)
20a 7 3 13' 30a 30s l6= 1.5
-C
25=
22 r 7. [25]
55Fe(2.7 year)
-0
(10.5 min) b1co(1.6 h) b 3 ~ o ( 2 7 . s) 5
7 2 1.4 15 ? 1
59Fe(44.6 d) b1Fe(6.0 min)
[I0501
b2Co(14.0 min) MCo(0.4 s)
+
63Ni(100.0year)
q o ( 5 . 3 year)
40 r 1
21 r 6'
b5Ni(2.5h)
60mCo (10.5 min) b2Co (14.0 min) 6?0(l.5 min)
550
lla
%8+30a
7.2 2
+
2.1a "Co(1.6 h)
+ 0.5
TABLE A (continued) Activation Cross-Sections for the Formation of 14.5 MeV Neutron-Induced Major Nuclear Reaction Radioactive Products Target nuclide (% abundance)
Product (Tuz)
Cross-section (mb)
Product (Tud
642n(48.9) %n(27. 8)
(38.4 min) 65Zn(244.0d)
Cross-section (mb)
Product (TIIZ)
178
?
27= 64Cu(12.7h)
690
+
70a
Cross-section
Product
MCu(5.l min)
67Zn(4.1)
67Cu(61.9 h)
66Cu(5.1 min)
68Zn(18.6)
"Cu(30 s) "Tu(3.8 min) 7"Cu(42 s)
67Cu(61.9 h)
7@Zn(0.62)
69zn (56.0 min) %n(13.9 h) %a (68.3 min) 7"Ga (21.1 min)
Cross-section
Product
Cross-section
63Ni (100.0 year)
[271
Product
63Ni (100.0 year) 65Ni(2.5h)
11.6+2.3a
754 + 96 7"C~(5s) 945 + 501 %n(56.0 min)
1146
?
69m~n(13.9 h) 70" 71mZn(3.9h) 7'Zn(2.4 min)
605 1022
? ?
40a 7"Ga(21.l min) 3001 72Ga(14.1h) 8
5
1.5 69zn (56.0 min) *Zn(13.9 h)
74Ga(8.3min)
73Ga(4.8h) 75Ga(2.1 min)
7'Zn(3.9 h) 71Zn(2.4min) 73Zn(23.5s) 72Ga(14.1 h)
73As(80.3d)
71Ge(11.2d)
Cross-section
76As(26.4 h) 77As(38.8 h)
79As(8.2min)
lrngr(4.9 S)
450
?
80
19.51 7 2 1 6.652
81As(34.0s)
8'Se (18.0 min) 81mSe (57.3 min) 7RBr(65 min) (17.6 min) -Br(4.4 h)
75Ge (83.0 min) 75mGe(48.0s) %e(11.3h)
665
+
50a
81mSe(57.3min) 77Br(56.0 h) lPmBr(49 s)
82Br(35.3h) 82mBr (6.1 nun) 83Br(2.4 h)
85Br(2.9min)
s5Kr
(10.8 year) 85mKI(4.5h) 84Rb(34.5 d)
87Rb(27.83) T~,,: 4.7 x 101° year
350 t 35 1123 2 100a 85Kr(10.76 year) s2mBr (6.1 mid 84Br (3 1.8 min) @ ~ r ( 6 . 0min)
1.8 2 0 . 2 2.0
2
0.4
83~r(2.4h)
TABLE A (continued) Activation Cross-Sections for the Formation of 14.5 MeV Neutron-Induced Major Nuclear Reaction Radioactive Products Target nuclide (96 abundance)
Product
Cross-section
Product
Cross-seetion
Muct
Cross-section
Roducl
Cross-section
Product
Cross-section
Roduct
(Td (1.0 min) 83Sr(33.0h) 83mSr(5.0 S)
227
* 70
"Rb(34.5 d) "mRb(21. 0 min)
85Sr(64.9d) s5mSr (67.7 min)
85Kr (10.8 year) 85mKr(4.5h) "Rb(18.7 d) &Rb
87mSr(2.8h)
s8Y(108.0d)
89Zr(78.4h) 8AnZI (4.2 min)
%Y(19.0min) 93m~b
95Zr(64.0) 92Nb(10.2d)
(13.6 year) 91Mo(15.5 min)
93Sr(7.5min) q ( 6 4 . 1 h)
4.0
?
0.3
2.3 9
? '_
0.3 1
%r (28.5 year) 92Sr(2.7h) 8%(16.0 s)
Cross-section
6k1.5
""'Nb
31 + 4
%"'Nb
(13.6 year) (6.3 min)
V c (rahoactive) Tli2: 2.1 x I d year
V c ( 6 . 0 h)
1230
+
102m~c(4.3 min) 146 'wTc(18.0 min)
IoZRh (206 0 d)
522
?
45
102fi
435
+ 35
(2.9 year) 1°'Pd(8.5 h)
637
+ 45
Io3Ru(39.4d) 216
2
26
'03Ru(39.4 d)
IOlR,,
'02Rh(206.0 d) 102Rh(2.9year)
103Pd(17.0d)
19501
Io4Rh(42.0 S)
2.7
1
1°4m~h(4.4 min)
31
+6
(3.0 year) lO'Rh(4.4 d) '03Rh (56.1 min)
TABLE A (continued) Activation Cross-Sections for the Formation of 14.5 MeV Neutron-Induced Major Nuclear Reaction Radioactive Products Target nuclide (5% abundance)
Product
Cross-section
Product
Crm-section
Cross-section
Produet
Produet
Cross-section
Product
Cross-section
Produet
l"Rh(5.9 min) "ORh(27.7 s)
lWm~g (44.3 s)
304 r 116
losmPd (4.7 min) l"~g (24.0 min) '06Ag(8.3 d)
l @ " " ~ ~
420 r 80
108~g
(39.6 s)
(2.4 min) losm~g (127.0 year) '05Cd(5S min)
R Q hl' (42.0 s) lM"Rh (4.4 min) l"Rh(30.0 s) I-Pd(4.7
min)
l"Ag(24.0 min)
losmAg (127.0 year) "OAg(24.6 s)
11.3 2 3.4= lo3"'Rh (56.1 min)
Cross-section
Volume 11
125
126
Activation Analysis
123Te(0. 87)
I2'"Te (154.0 d)
890
+ 100 122mSb(4.2 min)
Iz3Te (1 19.7 d)
980
?
IZ3"Te (1 19.7 d)
T ~ , 1.24 ~ : x lo1' year 100
124Sb(60.3d)
121Sn(27.0h)
lNmSM1.6 min) I24m~b
I2'Sn(50 year)
(20.0 min) 125Sb(2.8year)
(58.0 d)
I2'Te(9.4 h) 127"Te(109d) I2qe (69.6 min) I2+e
1291(radioactive) 1.57 I"Xe(O.lO)
X
lo7 year
1281(25.0min)
126m~b 780 t 60 940 -c 100 570 885
5 5
30 45
0.8 2 0.1
12'Sn(27.0h)
0.6
?
2.7
+ 0.2
0.2
1NmSb (1.6 min) IxmSb (20.0 min) I2%b (2.8 year)
IZ1Sn(50year)
(19.0 min) 128Sb(9.0h) 128~b(10.4 min) IMSb(40min) IMSb(6.5 min)
1490 2 190 Iz9Te(69.6min)
Iz5Sb (2.8 year)
TABLE A (continued) Activation Cross-Sections for the Formation of 14.5 MeV Neutron-Induced Major Nuclear Reaction Radioactive Products nuclide (% abundance)
Roduct (Td
Cross-section (mb)
Product (TIIZ)
Cross-seetion
Product
Cross-seetion
lzsXe(16.8 h) 125mxe
(57.0 s) 127Xe(36.4d) I27mxe
1446 c 140 1281(25.0min) 317 ? 25
(70.0 s) '281(25.0 min) I2%Xe(8.9 d) lMI(12.4 h) min) l*1(9.0 131mxe
"'I(8.0 d)
(12.0 d)
'33Xe(5.3 d) 133mXe(2.2d)
805 c 90 665 c 80
'"I(52.0 min) min) l""'I(3.5
[I5501 783 ? 56
l"Cs(2.1 year) lMmCs(2.9h)
135Xe(9.2h) 135mxe
(15.3 min) 13?s(6.5 d) 129(2.2h) lZ9(2.1 h) I3l(ll .5 d) 13lmBa (14.5 min) "'Ba (10.5 year)
12Pre (69.6 min) I2qe (33.6 d) I3'Te (25.0 min) I3lTe (30.0 h) I3'Te (12.5 min) 133Te (55.4 min)
135mga
136C~(13.0d)
8 r 3
(2.1 year) l"mCs(2.9 h) L3SmCs
"'Cs(30.1 year)
[4.5]
(53 min) L36Cs(13.0d)
138Cs(32.2min)
2.6 2 0.4
(28 7 h)
137mga
1020 + 70
(2.6 min)
138"Cs(2.9 min)
"'CS (30.1 year) 137mga
L38La(o.oY) T ~ ~ ~x : l oI l .l year ~
(2.6 nun) %a(83
min)
4.4
2
1.6
0.8 I3'Ba (10 5 year) IS3Ba(38.9 h)
?
0.2
15.21
13Smga
(28.7 h) (34.4 h) 139Ce (137.5 d) 139mCe (56.5 s) 14'Ce(32.5 d) 140pr(3.4min) I4lNd(2.5 h) 141mNd(62 s)
1750 f 70a ImLa(40.2 h) %3 + 120a
1760 r 1660 r '1701 f 59 1 -t
70a l20a 120a 45
142La(92.5min) I4lCe(32.5 d) 142pr(lY.2h) 142pr(14.6min)
4.8 5 0.8 9.0 r 1.5 13 * 2
1122
l 4 I ~ a ( 3 . h) 9
142Pr(19.2h) (14.6 min)
1"4~r(17.3min) 1"mpr(7.2 min) '45pr(6.0 h)
9.8 + 1.5 7 f 1.3
2
0.2
139Ba(83min) 139Ce (137.5 d) 139mCe (56.4 s)
142mh
lMNd(23.9) TIl2:2.1 x 10ISyear 148d(8.3)
1.3
L43pr(13.6d) '"h (17.3 min)
2.3
?
0.6
6 + 1 2 2 1
'"Cs (2.06 year) 1MmCs(2.9h) L3smC~ (53 min)
Activation Analysis
-g
0
o f &s
3
:a
yay g
TIl2:1.1 x 1014 year 1995
Is4Gd(2.2)
?
152E~(9.3 h) 152mE~(l .6 h) 280 154E~(8.5 year)
151Sm (93 year) 161
155Eu(5.0year)
155Gd(14.9)
[5]
lS4Gd(20.6) 5.4
lS7Gd(15.7)
1.1
2
'"Eu (8.5 year) IS5Eu (5.0 year) lS6Eu(I5.2 d)
Is8Gd(24.7) ImGd(21 .7)
IS9Gd(18.6 h)
15%( 100)
1 5 8 ~ ~
(150 year) I 5 8 q
(10.5 s) 155Dy(10.2h) 156%(5.4 h) 156"'rq24.4 h) 1990 2 167 '58Tb(150 year) 158%(10.5 s) 2020 -+ 218 l W ( 7 2 . l d)
[8] 7
2
IS7Tb (150 year)
1.2
l6I'Ib(6.9 d) 162Tb(7.6min) 163Tb(19.5min)
'MHo (29.0 min) lMmHo (37.0 min) I6lEr(3.1 h)
831 2 123 l"Dy(2.4 h) 1050 2 3001 % y ( 1 . 3 min)
1927
2
130 '62Ho(15.0 min) 1 6 2 m ~ ~
163k
(75.0 min)
1824
? 270
(68.0 min) IMHo(29.0 min) IMmHo
163H0 (-33 year) 163mHo(l. l S)
131 151Sm (93 year) 0.5
153Sm(46.7h)
2. l
ls5Sm (22.4 m n ) IS7Sm (8.0 min) 156Eu(15.2d)
1.2 -+ 0.3 2
?
l
2.2 -c 0.5
lSSm(9.4 h) ISSEu (5.0 year)
TABLE A (continued) Activation Cross-Sections for the Formation of 14.5 MeV Neutron-Induced Major Nuclear Reaction Radioactive Products Target nuclide (8abundance)
(0,
n' Y)
Product
Cross-section
(n, 2n) Product
(n, P)
Cross-section
Product
(n, n' P)
Cros-section
4.5 3.4 2.8
?
+
(n, d)
(n, a )
Cross-section
Product
(n, n' a )
Cross-section
Product
0.7
+ 0.3 ?
Product
0.4
IaHo(26.7 h) 167Ho(3.1h)
l"Dy(2.4 h) 1 6 5 m ~ ~
2.0 1.0
2 2
0.3 0.2
(1.3 min) 135 I7%o(42 s) 17%o(2.9 min) ImTm(93. l d) 2070 -t 600a ImEr(9.3 d) 167n 1913 ? 217 168Tm(93.1d) (17.7 min) IWYb(32d) 1 9 8 5 5 151 170Tm(128.6d) I 6 % ' b ( 4 6s) I7lTm(l .9 year) lWEr(9.3 d)
1900
?
1.13 + 0.12 1.8 t 0.5 [51 [7.5]
[51 [4.5]
1 7 6 m ~ ( 1S)2
17%(4.2 d)
2166? 230
174Lu (3.3 year) 174mLu(142d)
1276 -t 146 17%(4.2 d) 558 + 17W
176mLu(3.7h) T1/2:33 x 1010year '74Hf(0.18)
(3.81 [3.51 131 4.0
+ 0.7
l"Tm(9.3 d)
1886
+
145 '74~u(3.3year)
0.18
?
0.02
167~y
+ 0.05
0.65
(4.5 min) IaHo(26.7 h) 16SEr(10.3h)
1.6
'72Tm(63.6 h)
1
166Dy(81.5h)
+
0.15 [3]
I7OTm (128.6 d) I7lTm (1.9 year) 172Tm(63.6h) 173~m(8.2 h) '75Tm (15.2 min)
I7%'b(12 S)
173Hf(23.6h)
(5 1 min)
173Tm(8.2h) I7%n(5 .4 min) 176Tm(1.9min)
IWHo (4.6 min)
173Lu (1.4 year)
2
0.13
I7lTm (1.9 year)
Cross-section
178mHf(4.3s)
177Hf(l.I s)
178m~f
177m~f
178Lu(28.4min) 178L~(22. 7 min)
(31 year) I7%Hf(18.7 s) 179mHf(25d)
(51 min) 178mHf(4.3s)
179L~(4.6 h)
[3.5]
178m~f
(31 year) I-Hf(5.5
h)
I q a ( 8 . l h)
12.4 c 1.0
179mHf(18.7s) 179mHf(25d) I7'?a(600 d)
I79w(38 min) 179mW(6.7 mid 181W(121d)
131
I8OLu(5.7 min) [I7001
I7sLu (28.4 nun) I78Lu (22.7 min) 179L~(4.6 h)
1 7 7 ~ b ( 1 .h) 9 22 ?0.2 177mYb(6.5S) '17Lu(6.7 d) 177mL~(161 d) I78Lu 0.14 c 0.04 (28.4 min) 0.3 c 0.1 178Lu (22.7 min) l S) 177mHf(l.
I h ~ f ( 5 . 5 h)
2100 e 6001 1 q a ( 8 . 1 h) 490 145 2020
?
ISZmTa( 16 min) 4.1
183mW(5.3S) ls5W(75.1 d) 185mw (1.7 min) IWRe(38d) IWmRe(165d)
Tliz:2.0 x 1015 year 1870s(l.6) 1880s(13.3)
790 190 I V a ( 8 . 7 h) 1840 ? 5 5 8 I8?a(10.5 min) 642 + 60 1500 300
+ 4501 1W
Is5W(75.1 d) Is5W(1.7 min)
176mL~(3.7 h) Il7Lu(6.7 d) 177mL~(161 d)
177m~f
bOOa 1 8 2 ~ a ( l 1 5 .d) 0
'S3"'W(5.3 s)
17bmYb(12S)
+ 0.5
2.9 ? 0 . 3 1.4 c 0.2
Ig2Ta (115.0 d) lSzTa (16 min) Is3Ta(5.O d) Ig5Ta(49min)
1.3+0.5
(51 min) 179m~f(18.7 s) 0.12 c 0.02 178mHf(4.3S) 178m~f 179mHf(25d) (31 year) ImHf(5.5h) 0.22 1 0 . 0 3 179m~f(18.7s) I7%Hf(25 d)
TABLE A (continued) Activation Cross-Sections for the Formation of 14.5 MeV Neutron-Induced Major Nuclear Reaction Radioactive Products
5.0 -c 1.8
188Re(17.0h) l 8 8 m ~ ~
'%(26.4) I9%s(41 .O)
I%s (9.9 min) 192mOs(5.9s)
I9lIr(37.4)
I9lIr(4.9 s)
1931r(62.6)
193mIr(11.9d)
11 k 1 . 5
(18.6 min) I8Qe(24.3 h)
la-(6h)
' q e ( 3 . 1 min) IhRe(3.0 h) 1910s(15.4 d) 1993 + 200 Ig2Re(16s) 1910s(13.0h) 1067 + 318 ' W 1 2 d) 1716 + 125 1910s(15.4d) 190"Ir(1.2h) 191mOs(13h) ' y 3 . 2 h) 220 r 26 2048 % 150P 1930s(30.0h) '%(74.0 d)
188Re(17.0h) 188mRe
(1.4 min) 192mh
(241 year) 18&(1 1 h)
IwmAu(7.8s)
280
lr
64
5
1 W 1 2 . 1 d) 1-Ir(1.2 h) '90"Ir(3.1 h) 168 1921r(74.0d) 1 9 2 m 1.4 ~ min) 193mIr(241year) I9"Ir(19.4 h) '%f171 d)
1.0 1 0.15 L2.11
197m~
I%Ir(52 s) I%Ir(1.4 h) 970 -c 164 L981r(8s) 910 60
(86 min) IwAu(6.2 d)
1990 2 150 197Pt(20.0h)
2.5
197Pt(20.0h)
I8Qe(24.3 h)
[I9001
2026
195mPt(4.0d)
+ 0.3
(18.6 min) I%e (3.1 min) '-Re (3.0 h)
192mh
'%(0.013) T1,2:6.1 X 1011year
24
460 5 55
+
1951r(2.5h) '951r(3.8 h) ' % ( 7 min)
19'os
(6.5 min) k
0.5
10.821
I%
(6.0 year)
rn
k:
'%mAu(8.2 s) l%"'~u(9.7 h) 195Hg(9.5h) lPSmHg(40h) Iy7~g(64. 1 h) 197mHg
197Pt(81 min) 133 2 40a 363 2 54 lSAu(6.2 d) 1617 t 160 1 % m ~ ~ ( S) 8.2 Au(9.7 h) 1010 r 140 1 y 8 ~ ~ ( d) 2.7 910 2 85 '98mAu(2.3 d)
(23.8 h) I-Hg (42.6 min)
<80
I9Au(3. 1 d) 19Hg (42.6 min)
789
2
120
200Au(48.4min) 2ahnAu(18.7 h)
(81 min) 1.8
?
0.3
[2.4]
lOdn 51
~r10
(3.8 year) 2 0 3 ~ q 5 2 . h) 1 2O3"'Pb(6.2 s)
1480 207mPb(~.8 s)
1990
~r280
m A ~ (48.4 min) -Au (18.7 h) 201Au (26.4 min)
205Hg(5.2min)
197Pt(20.0h)
<1
I97m~
(81 min) 1.0 r 0.1 (30.8 min) 199mPt(14s) m'Pt(2.5 min) 2mAu (48.4 min) 2mmAu (18.7 h) m 2 ~ ~ (S) 28
[0.75] 2.2 2 0.4
0.75
%(I 1.5 h) 199Au(3.1 d)
-C
0.35 201Au(26.4 min)
2
0.2
I737 2 140 20dTI(3.8 year) 860 2 180 206T1(4.2 min) 207Tl(4.8min) Z07m11(1.3s) 1340 f 174 2°8Tl(3.0 min)
205~g(5.2 min) %(4.2 min) 2 2 3 ~ n ( 4min) 3
2%i(lW) 2xRa(radioactive) T1,2:1600year 2%(radioactive) T1,27.7 x lo4 year 231Ac (7.5 min)
1.6
0.6 Ir 0.1 10.661
2 2 2 ~ n ( 3 .d) 8
228~. (5.7 year)
TABLE A (continued) Activation Cross-Sections for the Formation of 14.5 MeV Neutron-Induced Major Nuclear Reaction Radioactive Products Target nuclide
(n, a ' Product
TI^: 1.4 X 10lo year 23'Pa(radioactive) T;~z:3.25x 104 year 234U(0.0055) T112:244x lo5 year 235U(0.720) 235mU(26min) Tl/z:7 x lo8 year
r)
Cms-section
(n, n' P) + (n, d)
(n, P)
(a, 2n) Product
Cross-seetion
Product
Cross-section
Product
Cross-section
(n, a ) Product (T112)
(n, n' a )
Cross-seetion (mb)
228A~(6. 1 h)
2mPa(17.4d)
Product (Tud
Cross-section (mb)
2 2 7 ~ ~
(21.8 year)
745
+
30a
2"Pa(6.7 h) 234mPa(1 .2 min) 235Pa(24.2min)
1.9
+ 0.4
238Pa(2.3min)
1.5
+ 0.4
Tl/2:4.47 x lo9 year 237Np(radioactive) x 106 year T&!.14
23'111(25.6 h) '%Pa(6.7 h) 2"m~a (1.2 min) 237Pa (8.7 min)
231Th(25.6h)
235111
Z34Pa(6.7h) 234mPa ( 1.2 min)
238pll (87.75 year) T1l2:2.4 x lo4 year 24'Am(radioactive) T1,2:433 year This is a value of the respective excitation function at 14.5 MeV.
245
+
10
"'pll(l4.9 year)
0.6
+ 0.15
2%(24.1
d)
(6.9 min)
238Np(50.8h)
233Pa(27.0d)
Volume 11
137
REFERENCES TO THE APPENDIX A. Qaim, S. M., A survey of fast neutron induced cross-section data, in Proc. Conf. Nuclear Cross-Section Technology, NBS Special Publication 425, National Bureau of Standards, Washington. D.C., 1975, 664. B. Manokhin, V. N., Paschenko, A. B., Plyaskin, V. I., Bychkov, V. M., and Pronyaev, V. G., Activation cross-sections induced by fast neutrons in, IAEA, Handbook on Nuclear Activation Data, IAEA-TER-273, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1987, 305. C. Biidy, Z. and Csikai, J., Data for 14 MeV neutron activation analysis, in IAEA Handbook on Nuclear Activation Data, IAEA-TER-273, InternationaI Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1987, 261. D. Qaim, S. M., 14 MeV neutron activation cross-sections, in Handbook of Spectroscopy, Vol. 3, CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1981, 141. E. Bychkov, V. M., Manokhin, V. N., Paschenko, A. B., and Plyaskin, V. I., Cross-section for neutron induced threshold reactions, Energoizdat, Moscow, 1982. F. Evain, B. P., Smith, D. L., and Lucchese, P., Compilation and evaluation of 14 MeV neutron activation cross-sections for nuclear technology applications, S et I, ANLINDM-89, April 1985. G. Brookhaven National Laboratory, Neutron cross-sections, Rep. BNL-325, 2nd ed., 1966. H. Borman, M., Neuert, H., and Schobel, W., Tables and graphs of cross-sections for (n,p), (n,a) and (n,2n) reactions in the neutron energy region 1-37 MeV, in, Handbook on NuclearActivation Cross-Sections, Tech. Rep. Ser. No. 156, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1974.
REFERENCES 1. Adams, F. and Hoste, J., Non-destructive activation analysis, At. Energy Rev., 4, 113, 1966. 2. Adams, F., Op de Beeck, J. P., Van den Winkel, P., Gijbels, R., De Swte, D., and Hoste, J., Activation analysis with neutron generators, CRC Crit. Rev. Anal. Chem., 1, 499, 1971. 3. Barschall, H. H., 14 MeV D-T sources, in Neutron Sources for Basic Physics and Applications, Cierjacks, S., Ed., Pergamon Press, 1983, 57. 4. Berzin, A. K., Bespalov, D. F., Zaporozhets, W. M., and Kanton, S. A., Leipunskaya, D. E., Sulin, V. V., Feldman, I. I., and Shimelevich, Yu. S., Present state and use of basic nuclear geophysical methods for investing rocks and ores, At. Energy Rev., 2 , 59, 1966. 5. Czikai, J., Handbook of Fast Neutron Generators, Vol. I and 11, CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1987. 6. De Soete, D., Gijbels, R., and Hoste, J., Neutron Activation Analysis, Chemical Analysis, Vol. 34, Wiley-Interscience, London, 1972. 7. Dietrich, F. S., What can be learned with fast neutrons, Rep. KID-19828, Lawrence Livermore National Laboratories, Livermore, CA, 1983, 24. 8. Ehmann, W. D., Non destructive techniques in activation analysis, Fortschr. Chem. Forsch., 14, 49, 1970. 9. Gibbons, D., Fast neutron activation analysis, in Activation Analysis Principles and Applications, Lenihan, J. M. and Thomson, S. J., Eds., Academic Press, London, 1965, 113. 10. Girardi, F., Some recent developments in radioactivation analysis. A review of improvement in the analytical technique, Talanta, 12, 1017, 1965. 11. Guenther, K., Biophysical aspects of the efficacy of fast neutrons, sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss DDR, Math, Natur WISS., Tech. (SAWTDU), Akad Verlag, Berlin, 1982, 98. 12. Guinn, V. P., Neutron activation analysis with small accelerators, in Proc. Conf. Use of Accelerators for Teaching and Research, Oak Ridge, TN, April 8 to 10, 1968, 1. 13. Hislop, J. S. and Wainerdi, R. E., Extraterrestrial in situ 14 MeV neutron activation analysis, Int. Ser. Monogr. Anal. Chem., 35, 1970, 195. 14. IAEA, Properties of neutron sources, IAEA-TECDOC-410, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1987. 15. Iddings, F. A., Application of activation analysis in the petroleum and chemical industries, in Analysis Instrumentation. Plenum Press, New York, 1964, 139. 16. Japan Atomic Industrial Fomm Inc., Report of the committee on utilisation of compact 14 MeV neutron generators, Japan Atomic Industrial Forum Inc., Tokyo, Jan. 1970. 17. Laverlochere, J., Activation analysis with fast neutrons, in, Techniques of Metals Research, Vol. 111, Bunshah, R. F., Ed., Interscience, 1970, 755. 18. Pepelnik, R., Fanger, H. V., Michaelis, W., and Anders, B., Advances in 14 MeV neutron activation analysis by means of a new intense neutron source, J. Radioanal. Chem., 72, 393, 1982. 19. Qaim, S. M., A survey of fast neutrons induced reactions cross-sections data, in, Proc. Conf. Nucl. CrossSections Technology, NBS Spec. Pub. 425, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C., 1975, 664. 20. Reynolds, P. M., The potentialities of non-destructive neutron activation analysis with special reference to generally available neutron sources, Research Report A1461, The British Non-Ferrous Metals Research Association, London, October 1963.
138
Activation Analysis
21. Savosin, S. I., Portable neutron generators in nuclear geophysics, A collection of articles edited by Savosin, S. I., Gosatomizdat, Moskva, 1962. 22. Schulze, W., Fast neutrons in activation analysis, in I'Analyse par Activation et ses Applications a m Sciences Biologiques, 38me Colloque International de Biologie de Saclay (1963), Presse Universitaire Paris, 1964, 118. 23. Strain, J. E., The use of neutron generators in activation analysis, in Progress in Nuclear Energy, Ser. IX, Analytical chemistry, Vol. 4 Part 3, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1965, 137. 24. Van Grieken, R. and Hoste, J., AnnotatedBibliography on 14 MeV Neutron Activation Analysis, Eurisotop, Information booklet, Series Bihliographics - 8, Bureau Euristope, Information and Documentation Section, Brussels. 25. Vogt, J. R., Accelerator systems for activation analysis. A comparative survey, in Developments in Applied Spectroscopy, Vol. 6, Plenum Press, New York, 1968, 161. 26. Wood, D. E., Some principles of activation analysis, Kamn Nuclear Report KN-68-71-R, Kaman Science Corporation, Colorado Springs, CO, February 1968. 27. Moak, C. D., Reese, H., Jr., and Good, W. M., Design and operation of a Radio-Frequency ion source for particle accelerators, Nucleonics, 9(3), 18, 1951. 28. Penning, F. M. and Moubius, J. H. A., Eine neutronemohre ohne pumpvomchtung, Physica, 4, 1190, 1937. 29. Keller, R., Etude d'une source d'ions du type Penning, Helv. Phys. Acta, 22, 78, 1949. 30. Garr, B. J., Kaman tube: three different ion sources, Nucleonics, 18(12), 75, 1960. 31. Gow, J. D. and Ruby, L., Simple pulsed neutron source based on crossed field tapping, Rev. Sci. Instrum., 30, 315, 1959. 32. Accelerator targets designed for the production of neutrons, Euratom Report EUR 1815, d,f,e, Brussels, 1964. 33. Accelerator targets designed for the production of neutrons, Euratom Report EUR 2641 d,f,e, B ~ s s e l s , 1966. 34. Anders, B., Pepelnik, R., and Fanger, H A . , Application of a novel 14 MeV neutron activation analysis system for cross-section measurements with short lived nuclides, GKSS, Geesthacht, 83, E, 29. 35. Flerov, N. M. and Talyzin, V. M., Inelastic collision cross-sections of various elements for 14.5 MeV neutrons, J . Nucl. Energy, 4, 529, 1957. 36. Schulze, W., Fast neutron activation analysis, 3bme Congr8s International de Biologie de Saclay, September 1963. 37. Bayhust, B. P. and Prestww, R. J., (n,P), and (n,a) excitation functions of several nuclei from 7 to 19.8 MeV, J . Inorg. Nucl. Chem., 23, 173, 1961. 38. Cullen, D. E., Kocherov, N., and McLaughli, P. K., The international reactor dosimetry file (IRDF82) in energy dependent form, Internal Report, IAEA-NDS 48, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1982. 39. Alley, W. E. and Lessler, R. M., Neutron Activation Cross-Section, Nuclear Data Tables A, 11. 8-9, Academic Press, Orlando, FL, 1973. 40. Iddings, F. A., A study of flux monitoring for instrumental neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem. Acm, 31, 206, 1964. 41. Lowe, K., Faure, P. K., and Steele, T. W., Compensating for flux variation in neutron activation analysis, NIM Report N 177, Project C 65/65, National Institute for Metallurgy, Johannesburg, July 3rd, 1967. 42. Mathew, P. J. and Pohl, K. P., A simple cheap continuous flux monitor for 14 MeV neutrons, Anal. Chem. Acta. 51, 336, 1970. 43. Nikolenko, 0. K., Kommissarov, V. A., and Shtan, A. S., Neutron monitor with the application of R. C. integration circuits, in Radiation Technology, 5th ed., Atomizdat, 261, 1970. 44. Tokyo ShibauraElectric Co., Japan, Principle, design and operation of an automatic control system including a three channel pneumatic transfer system and a RC flux monitoring circuit, British patent No. 1,055,657 and Brevets d'inventions No. 1,396,135. 45. Gilmore, J. T. and Hull, D. E., Neutron flux monitoring for activation analysis of oxygen, Anal. Chem., 35, 1623, 1963. 46. Prud'homme, J. T., Neutron Generators, Texas Nuclear Corporation, 5820, Austin, TX, 1962, 6. 47. Proc. Modern Trends in Activation Analysis, Texas A and M College, College Station, TX, April 19 to 23, 1965. 48. Heath, R. L., Scintillation Spectrometry Gamma-Ray Spectnun Catalogue, Atomic Energy Division, Phillips Petroleum, Idaho Falls, August 1964, Research and Development Report IDO-16.880, I and 11. 49. Anders, 0. U., Determination of fluorine by neutron activation, Anal. Chem., 32, 1368, 1960. 50. Anders, 0. U., Use of very-short-lived isotopes in activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 33, 1706, 1961. 51. Caldwell, R. L., Mills, W. R., Allen, L. S., BeU, P. R., and Heath, R. L., Combination neutron experiment for remote analysis, Sciences, 152, No. 3721, 1966. 52. Heydron, K. and Westermann, J., Fast transportation system evaluation at the Danish Mach I irradiation facility, J. Radioanal. Chem., 61, 69, 1981.
Volume 11
139
53. Salahi, A. and Grass, F., A rapid transportation facility for irradiation with thermal and fast neutrons, J. Radioanal. Chem., 61, 63, 1981. 54. Megitt, G. C., 214 MeV neutron activation analysis using short lived products, J . Radioanal. Chem., 4 8 , 105, 1979. 55. Spyrou, N. M., Cyclic activation analysis - a review, J. Radioanal. Chem., 61, 211, 1981. 56. Workshop on activation analysis with short lived nuclides, Vienna, February 4 to 8, 1980, published in J. Radioanal. Chem., 61, 1981. 57. Fanger, H. U., Pepelnik, R., and Michaelis, W., Fast-neutron activation analysis with short-lived nuclides, J . Radioanal. Chem., 61, 142, 1981. 58. Dams, R., Selection of short lived isotopes for activation analysis with respect to sensitivity, J. Radioanal. Chem., 61, 13, 1981. 59. Qaim, S. M., 14 MeV neutron activation cross-sections, Handbook of Spectroscopy, Vol. 3, CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1981, 141. 60. Bychkov, V. M., Manokhin, V. N., Paschenko, A. B., and Plyaskin, V. I., Cross-sections for neutron induced threshold reactions, Energoizdat, Moscow, 1982. 61. Givens, W. W., Mills, W. R., and Caldwell, R., Cyclic activation analysis, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 80, 95, 1970. 62. Hogdahl, 0. T., Radiochemical methods of Analysis I, in Proc. of Symp. Salzburg, Oct. 19 to 23, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1964, 23. 63. Anders, 0. U. and Briden, D. W., Rapid nondestructive method of precision oxygen analysis by neutron activation, Anal. Chem., 36, 287, 1964. 64. Anderson, G. H. and Algots, J. H., The effect of sample bulk density on the determination of nitrogen by fast neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem.. 3, 261, 1969. 65. Brune, D. and Jirlow, K., Determination of oxygen in aluminum by means of 14 MeV neutrons with an account of flux attenuation in the sample, J. Radioanal. Chem., 2, 49, 1969. 66. Crambes, M. R., Nargolwalla, S. S., and Suddueth, J. E., Self-absorption corrections in photopeak analysis of gamma photons from nuclear emission and positron annihilation in 14 MeV neutron activation analysis, Trans. Am. Nucl. Soc., 11, 97, 1968. 67. Twitty, B. L. and Fritz, K. M., The determination of oxygen in magnesium, steel and titanium: internal standard techniques in 14 MeV activation analysis, in the Society for Applied Spectroscopy National Meeting, Chicago, Illinois, June 17, 1966, CONF-660611-3. 68. Nargowalla, S. S., Crambes, M. R., and Suddueth, J. E., Photon self absorption corrections for the minimization of systematic errors in 14 MeV neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem. Acta. 49, 425, 1970. 69. Nikolaenko, 0. K. and Shtan, A. S., The calculation of attenuation and self-absorption effects upon the determination of oxygen in metals by fast neutron activation analysis, Radiation Technology, 4th ed. Atomizdat, Moskva, 1969, 175. 70. Van Grieken, R., Nondestructive Analysis of Iron and Steel by 14 MeV Neutron Activation Analysis, Ph.D. Thesis, Ghent University, May 1971. 71. Tamura, M. M. and Taira, S., Self-shielding and self-absorption effects in oxygen analysis by 14 MeV neutron activation, Radioisotopes, 19, 1970. 72. Elayi, A. G., Mtermination par le calcul des coefficients d'attknuation des neutrons de 14 MeV, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 135, 157, 1976. 73. Elayi, A. G., Calculated screening effect in 14 MeV neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 35, 377, 1977. 74. Elayi, A. G., Calculated gamma-ray andlor neutron attenuation coefficients in 14 MeV neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 76, 203, 1983. 75. Elayi, A. G., A method to compare calculated and experimental 14 MeV neutron attenuation coefficient and to determine the total removal cross-section, J. Radioanal. Chem.. 45, 181, 1978. 76. Elayi, A. 6. and Goreil, R., Experimental 14 MeV neutron attenuation coefficient measurement, in Conference on Spectroscopy and Analytical Chemistry, Birmingham, July 1977, unpublished. 77. Elayi, A. G., A theoretical treatment of nonidentical samples and standards in 14 MeV neutron activation analysis, in, Proc. of the conference computers in activation analysis and gamma ray spectroscopy, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico, April 30 to May 4 1978, W E Symposium Series 49, Conf-780421, Department of Energy, Springfield, VA, 1979. 78. Elayi, A. G., Study of the variations of the photofraction with the distance, J. Radioanal. Chem., 97, 131, 1986. 79. Elayi, A. G., Experimental verification for the use of nonidentical samples and standards in 14 MeV neutron activation analysis, J. Radional. Chem., 5 2 , 427, 1979. 80. Elayi, A. G., Damiani, P., Collet, P., Gruel, K., Widemann, F., Grenier, G., and Parizot, D., Analysis of Gaulish silver alloyed coins with 14 MeV neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 90, 113, 1985.
140
Activation Analysis
81. Doty, W. H., Munson, A., Wood, D. E., and Schneider, E. L., Comparative analysis of the variance of the kjeldahl nitrogen and a neutron activation nitrogen technique, J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem., 53, 801, 1970. 82. Hans, A., Tyon, Ph., Lacomble, M., and Collette, F., Determination of oxygen in steel by neutron activation 111. Results of the experiments carried out in the first half of 1967 with the equipment installed at the L. D. steel plant of S. A. Cockeril - Ougrie - Providence, CNRM Met. Rep. No. 13, Centre National de Recherche Metallorgique, Brussels, 1967, 37. 83. Mott, W. E. and Orange, J. M., Precision activation analysis with 14 MeV neutrons, Anal. Chem., 37, 1338, 1965. 84. Wood, D. E., Problem in precision activation analysis with fast neutrons in Proc. Conf. Use of Small Accelerators for Teaching and Research, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Oak Ridge, TN, April 8 to 10, 1968, 56. 85. Lacomble, M., Collette, F., and Hambucken, J., One years experience in activation analysis. Its application to the normal control in steelmaking for the determination of oxygen and silicon, in Conf. Automatic Determination of Oxygen and Other Elements in Steel, Essen, Germany, March 3, 1969. 86. Van Grieken, R., Speecke, A., and Hoste, J., On the precision of oxygen determination in steel by 14 MeV neutron activation, Anal. Chem. Acta, 52, 275, 1970. 87. Nargolwalla, S. S., Crambes, M. R., and De Voe, J. R., A technique for the evaluation of systematic errors in the activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 40, 661, 1968. 88. Elayi, A. G., Precision in 14 MeV neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 90, 137, 1985. 89. Thode, H. G., Macnamara, J., Losing, F. P., and Collins, C. B., Natural variations in the isotopic content of boron and its chemical atomic weight, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 70, 3008, 1948. 90. Thode, H. G., Macnamara, J., and Collins, C. B., Natural variations in the isotopic content of sulfur and their significance, Can. J. Res., 27B, 361, 1949. 91. Corless, J. T. and Winchester, J. W. The Society of Applied Spectroscopy, 2nd national meeting, San, Diego, CA, October 14 to 18, 1963. 92. Duckworth, H. E., Mass Spectrometry, Cambridge University Press, New York, 1958. 93. De Goeij, J. J. M., Houtman, J. P. W., and KanU, J. B. W., Errors in activation analysis due to variations in isotopic ratio, Radiochim. Acta, 5, 117, 1966. 94. Sautin, A., Analyse par activation d'un m6lange de terres rares, Thesis, Universiti Claude Bernard, Lyon 1965. 95. Chong, C. S., Kostalas, H., and Jervis, R. E., Correction for carbon and oxygen interference in the 14 MeV neutron activation analysis of nitrogen, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 99, 359, 1986. 96. Ndiokwere, C. L. and Jerabek, P., A study of some nuclear reaction interferences in determination of nitrogen content of plant materials by 14 MeV neutron activation analysis, Talanta, 30(5), 377, 1983. 97. Gilmore, J. T. and Hull, D. E., Nitrogen 13 in hydrocarbons irradiated with fast neutrons in, Proc. Int. Conf. Modern Trends in Activation Analysis. Texas A & M University, College Station,TX, December 15 to 16, 1961, 32. 98. Schmidt-Honow, M., Interferences in the oxygen determination by fast neutron activation analysis and investigation on the cross-sections of the involved nuclear reactions (German), Dissertation University of Koln, 1970. 99. Wood, D. E., Born interference in fast neutron activation analysis for oxygen, Kaman Nuclear Technical Note TN-105, June 10, 1965. 100. Voigt, A. F., Clark, R. G., and Stensland, W. A., Activation analysis with 14 MeV neutrons, IS-1600, Ames Laboratory Annual Summary Research Report, July 1966 to June 1967, C98-C99, Iowa State University of Science and Technology, Ames. 101. Nargolwalla, S. S., Suddueth, J. E., and Rook, H. L., Determination of pulse pick-up and nuclear interferences in 14 MeV neutron activation analysis for trace oxygen, Trans. Am. Nucl. Soc., 13,78, 1970. 102. Dugain, F. and Andre, M., Determination of the oxygen content of aluminium by 14 MeV neutron activation. Effect of surface removal after irradiation, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 412, 35, 1970. 103. Anders, 0. U. and Briden, D. W., Trace oxygen determination in cesium metal and the problem of recoils from the atmosphere during fast neutron activation, Anal. Chem., 37, 530, 1965. 104. Battye, C. K., Tomlinson, R. W. S., Anderson, J., and Osborn, S. B., Experiments relating to wholebody activation analysis in man in vivo using 14 MeV incident neutrons, Proc. IAEA Symp. Nuclear Activation Techniques in the Life Sciences, Amsterdam, May 8-12, 1967, 573. 105. Anders, B. and Pepelnik, R., Sedimentanalysen mit schnellen Neutron an Korona, GKSS 85lW41, Geesthacht, 1981, 1. 106. Mathur, S. C. and Oldham, G., Interferences encountered in 14 MeV neutron activation analysis, Nucl. Energy, September-October, 136, 1967. 107. Scholes, P. H., Fast neutron reactions and their possible application to the activation analysis of steelworks material, BISRA Report MGID1329, British Iron and Steel Research Association, Sheffield, 65, OctoberNovember, 1965.
Volume 11
141
108. Steele, E. L. and Meinke, W. W., Fast neutron activation analysis, in Proc. Int. Conf. Modern Trends in Activation Analysis, Texas A & M University, College Station, TX, December 15 to 16, 1961, 161. 109. Body, Z. and Csikai, J., Data for 14 MeV NAA, IAEA Handbook on 14 MeV neutron activation data, IAEA-TER-273, Vienna, p. 261, 1987. 110. Cheng, E. T., Nuclear data leads for fusion energy development, Fusion Technol., 8, 1423, 1985. 111. Jung-Chung, J., Youssef, M. Z., Cheng, E. T., and Lee, J. D., Nuclear data base assessment for US Intor, Fusion Technol., 10, 382, 1986
Volume 11
143
Chapter 3
PROMPT ACTIVATION ANALYSIS WITH CHARGED PARTICLES Max Peisach
TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction ..................................................................... 144 A. Kinematics of Nuclear Reactions ........................................145 B. Advantages and Disadvantages of Prompt Analysis .....................146 C. Considerations of Experimental Conditions ..............................147 Particle-Induced Gamma-Ray Spectrometry .....................................149 A. Sensitivity of Analysis ..................................................150 B. Nomenclature of Prompt Gamma Rays ..................................151 C. Catalog of Prompt Gamma Rays ........................................151 D. Application of PIPPS ....................................................168 E. Isotopic Analysis ........................................................172 Prompt Particle Spectrometry ...................................................173 A. Calculation of Depth Profiles ............................................ 175 B. Some Applications of Charged Particle Spectrometry ...................177 1. Hydrogen ........................................................ 177 2. Helium ........................................................... 177 3. Lithium ..........................................................178 4. Beryllium ........................................................178 5. Boron ............................................................179 6. Carbon ...........................................................179 7. Nitrogen .........................................................179 8. Oxygen ..........................................................181 9. Heavier Elements ................................................183 Prompt Neutron Spectrometry by Time-of-Flight ............................... 183 A. Energy Resolution .......................................................183 B. Concentration Profiles ................................................... 188 C. Application of Pulsed Beams of Charged Particles ...................... 189 I. Hydrogen ........................................................189 2. Lithium ..........................................................189 3. Beryllium ........................................................190 4. Boron ............................................................191 5. Carbon ........................................................... 192 6. Nitrogen .........................................................193 7. Oxygen ..........................................................193 8. Calcium ..........................................................193 The Use of Nuclear Resonances ................................................ 196 A. Hydrogen ................................................................ 199 B. Helium ..................................................................199 C. Boron ...................................................................199
144
Activation Analysis
Carbon ..................................................................199 Nitrogen.. .............................................................. .I99 Oxygen.. ................................................................200 Fluorine .................................................................201 Neon ................................................................... -202 Sodium.. ............................................................... .202 Magnesium. .............................................................203 Aluminum.. ............................................................ .204 Other Elements.. ....................................................... .204 The Use of Analog Resonances ........................................ .204 1. Titanium .........................................................205 2. Chromium .......................................................205 3. Nickel.. ..........................................................205
VI.
Coincident Measurement of Complementary Particles (CMCP) ................ .205 Applications of CMCP ................................................. .207 A. 1. Hydrogen ....................................................... .207 2. Lithium ......................................................... .208 3. Beryllium ....................................................... .208 4. Boron.. ......................................................... .208
References. .............................................................................2 12
I. INTRODUCTION Since nuclear reactions lie at the core of activation analysis, it is well to form a picture of what might occur when the nucleus of an atom is placed in a flux of bombarding particles. A diagrammatic representation' is shown in Figure 1. Since the nucleus of the atom is small compared to the atom itself, it presents such a small target to the bombarding flux that the probability for interaction is very low. For some time the target could, therefore, exist in the bombarding flux entirely unaffected by the bombardment, until an incident particle passes close enough for interaction. When this happens, part or all of the energy of the bombarding particle is rapidly transferred to the target nucleus, which becomes excited, often highly excited, and immediately proceeds to shed the excitation energy by emitting particles and/or gamma-ray photons to attain a more stable state. After about a picosecond or so, the excited nucleus would have produced a variety of product particles and/or radiations all of which would have been formed promptly. At the same time the target nucleus will generally have undergone transformation. The transformed state could still be unstable, and one which could decay to a more stable configuration through the further emission of particles or radiation in one or more stages. These latter decays require reorganization within the nucleus and the decay process is delayed, proceeding according to the well-known decay rate of radioactive species with the characteristic half-life of the nuclide. There are thus two different stages at which emission of nuclear particles and radiation can occur, one is prompt and the other delayed. Both can and have been used for analytical purposes. Since both stages are the result of energy transfer, both may be termed activation.
Volume 11
145
FIGURE 1. Diagrammatic representation of a nuclear reaction. Emission of particles and photons in the upper row represents prompt products. Similar emissions in the lower row refer to radioactive decay. (Reprinted from Peisach, M., J . Radioanal. Chem., 61, 243, 1981. With permission from Elsevier Sequoia S.A.)
In principle, therefore, activation analysis can be divided into two kinds, depending on which of these stages is used for analysis: prompt activation analysis where the early stage is used and the particles and radiation are measured during the irradiation of the material and, delayed activation analysis which is the well-known radioactivation analysis. In practice, the line of demarcation between these two groupings is determined by the minimum half-life acceptable in one group or the maximum half-life acceptable in the other. Currently, half-lives less than microseconds are taken as the boundary region, so that emission from long-lived nuclear states are taken as "delayed", while the decay in very short-lived radioactive states is considered "quasi-prompt". In this chapter, the discussion is confined to prompt activation analysis using nuclear reactions induced by accelerated charged particles. Analytical procedures using elastic scattering will not be included.
A. KINEMATICS OF NUCLEAR REACTIONS When a nuclear reaction between a target nuclide and a bombarding particle yields one light and one heavy product, the reaction can be considered in lab-coordinates as if the bombarding particle with energy El and mass M I was incident on a stationary target nuclide, mass M,. After reaction, the light product, of mass M, is emitted with energy E, in a direction 0 to the incident beam. From the Laws of Conservation of momentum and energy, it can be shown that
where M, is the mass of the heavy product and Q is the reaction Q-value. At the same time, the heavy product will be emitted in a direction b, given by
146
Activation Analysis
and energy E, given by
dE, = vr + V' W'
+ W'
(v')~
= COS+VM,M,E;I(M, = (M3Q
+ M,)
+ M3E, - M,E,)/(M3 + M,)
(4)
B. ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF PROMPT ANALYSIS When compared with conventional delayed activation analysis, the measurement of prompt emission in principle offers several advantages: Because the light reaction product or radiation is measured instead of the emissions from the product nucleus, reactions leading to stable or very long-lived nuclides can be used for analysis. The method can be applied to reactions yielding very short-lived products without requiring specially constructed rapid transfer equipment. The duration of the bombardment need not be unnecessarily extended to build up any concentration of a long-lived product. The rate of acquisition of data depends on the reaction probability, the mass of the target material, and the bombarding flux, but not on the rate of radioactive decay. Data can, therefore, be accumulated at a constant rate throughout the measuring period. This is in contrast with delayed activation analysis where the highest rate of counting is obtainable as soon as possible after the end of the irradiation. The rate of prompt particle emission is equivalent to that of an activated sample immediately after the end of an irradiation that lasted long enough to produce the saturation level of radioactivity. Prompt activation analysis usually involves determining the energy of the prompt particle. By energy spectrometry similar particles from other target nuclides can be distinguished. Nuclear reactions which yield the same product, need not interfere. The reaction of interest often involves a single excited state of the product nucleus, the excitation functions of which may be a rapidly changing function of the bombarding energy. The energy of bombardment can, therefore, frequently be chosen so as to enhance the yield of a required reaction or depress the yield of an interfering one. These advantages have to be weighed against the following disadvantages: 1.
2.
Prompt particle spectrometry implies counting particles from a particular excited state of the product nucleus, whereas radioactivity counting measures the yield of the radioactive nucleus irrespective of the excited state in which it was produced. The cross-section for prompt particle production will only constitute a fraction of the crosssection for radioactivation. Since the energy of a prompt particle depends, among other parameters, on the direction in which it is emitted, resolution is improved if the detector views a well-defined direction. Accordingly, unless multiple or annular detectors are used, the number of counts recorded will be a small fraction of the particles emitted. By contrast, radioactivity measurement is possible with a geometrical arrangement of high efficiency.
Volume 11
147
-
X
product
knock on particle
- rav
J
rays
scatter
0 RGURE 2. Diagrammatic representation of some analytically important interactions between a charged particle beam and a bombarded target. In this work, only the generation of reaction products, gamma rays, and neutrons, will be discussed.
3. 4.
Reaction of even a single nuclide may often result in a complex energy spectrum of prompt particles. Since the prompt particles are emitted during the bombardment of the target, it is not possible to use other techniques to enrich the product in order to enhance the sensitivity of the measurement.
C. CONSIDERATIONS OF EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS When charged particles are used to bombard a target material, apart from atomic excitations and scatter events, a number of different nuclear reactions can occur during the irradiation. Usually several of the reactions may have analytical application (see Figure 2). The selection of the nuclear reaction will then depend on the kind of measuring equipment the analyst wishes to use, the extent of interference that may result from other sample components, the intensity of the background, and the cross-section of the reaction. Frequently the nature of the target material may influence the selection. The measurement of prompt gamma rays, which can escape from the vacuum system of the irradiation site, with little or negligible attenuation, is experimentally a very simple technique. It also has the advantage that the energy of the measured photons is not determined by the depth within the target material where the reaction occurred. This property, however, precludes the use of this technique from measuring concentration profiles. When a monoenergetic beam of charged particles is used to generate prompt particles from a very thin target, in which the energy loss of both the bombarding particle and the prompt reaction product is negligible, the energy spectrum of the prompt product will consist of a series of peaks superimposed on a background continuum. The full width of the peaks at the half maximum height (FWHM) will be determined by the resolution of the spectrometer and will include the energy spread in the supposedly monoenergetic bombarding beam. Each peak will represent a group of particles from nuclear events in which the heavy product nucleus is left in the same excited state. Usually, but not always, the highest energy group is associated with the heavy product in its ground state. The count rate dC/dt of a selected group from a target containing N nuclei, bombarded by a beam of energy E, is given by
148
Activation Analysis
where 4 is the flux of bombarding particles and a is the cross-section of the nuclear reaction producing particles of the required group in the direction 0 to the incident beam. The detector has an efficiency E and subtends a solid angle (n at the target. In practical units, if the current, I, is measured in microamperes, the cross-section in b/sr and the weight of the required target nuclide, W, in pg/cm2 of the beam area, then an irradiation with a beam of cross-sectional area, A, lasting for t seconds will produce C counts of the required group where
and v is the number of electronic charges carried per ion of the bombarding beam. If a zero superscript is used to denote corresponding parameters pertaining to a standard sample containing a known amount of the nuclide under investigation and irradiated under the same conditions, then
In practice, such near-ideal conditions pertain even for targets in which the energy loss is several tens of kiloelectronvolts provided the reaction cross-section is constant or varies negligibly in the energy region concerned. Targets between 0.1 and 1.0 mg/cm2 can still be considered as thin targets when irradiated with proton or deuteron beams of a few MeV. To be able to cope with thicker samples for which the energy loss approaches the resolution of the spectrometer, and especially if the cross-section does not remain constant in the energy region around that of the bombarding beam, the particle yield may be corrected by using the effective cross-section as that value pertaining to the average energy of the beam through the sample. Such a simplification ceases to be valid if the sample is so thick that the energy loss of the incident beam is greater than the resolution of the measuring system, when not only the height but also the shape of the peak in the spectrum would be altered. In the case of a thick target, there is an appreciable degradation of the energy of the bombarding particle beam within the target material. The energy of the particle produced by such a degraded beam will depend on the energy of the bombarding charged particle at the point at which reaction occurs. Clearly, this will result in spreading the energy of the particle group from its maximum value, when reaction occurs at the surface of the target, to zero in an 'infinitely' thick target. Furthermore, because the cross-section is also a function of the energy of the incident particle, the rate of particle emission will vary through the target material, and hence, the energy spectrum of the particles from a selected particle group should provide information about the concentration of the target nuclide as a function of the depth to which the bombarding particle has penetrated. The energy of an incident monoenergetic charged particle beam in a thick target matrix will be a function, E(x), of the distance, x, to which the particle has penetrated, and
dE where -represents the stopping power of the matrix; its value can be derived from table^.^ dx Equation 5 can now be rewritten to give the rate of particle production from a layer of thickness dx at a depth x below the surface:
Volume 11
149
p{E,,E(x)) is the straggling function representing the probability of a bombarding particle arriving at a depth x with an energy E(x) and N, is the number of target nuclei in the layer concerned. The energy of the emitted particle can then be calculated from Equation 1 but corrected for energy loss on its path from the site of generation to the detector. Straggling functions can be calculated from t h e ~ r y and , ~ useful coefficients have been t a b ~ l a t e d . ~
11. PARTICLE-INDUCED GAMMA-RAY SPECTROMETRY There is little doubt that the technique of particle-induced prompt photon spectrometry (PIPPS), or as it is sometimes called particle-induced gamma emission (PIGME), is experimentally the easiest form of prompt activation analysis with charged particles. This is due to the fact that gamma rays are sufficiently penetrating to be able to escape, from the vacuum line where the irradiation takes place, to an external detector, and because the gamma-ray photons, even though a fraction may be absorbed by matter in their path, reach the detector without energy change. Accordingly, gamma-ray spectrometry does not readily lend itself to determination of concentration profiles, except when the excitation function shows sharp resonances. Among the earliest applications was the determination of beryllium in air-borne dust by measurement of the gamma rays emitted during the irradiation with alpha particless from 2LoPoand the determination of fluorine in glasses by measuring the energetic gamma rays emitted under proton bombardmenL6 Since then interest in the technique has grown apace. Accelerated protons, and to a lesser extent, helium ions were at first the favored means of excitation, but with improved accelerator techniques more attention was given to heavier ions as well. A comprehensive bibliography7 which included the literature published to the end of 1976 revealed that most investigations made use of proton beams and of these, many of the investigations were confined to studies on low-Z elements, such as fluorine, sodium, aluminum, and silicon. Furthermore, relatively low bombarding energies were used in these investigations. A notable exception was the use of cyclotron beams8 of up to 8 MeV. More recently, there has appeared a series of surveys each extending the knowledge of prompt gamma-ray spectrometry to areas of application that had previously been poorly documented. Thus the prompt radiations from a wide range of elements under bombardment with protons up to 4 MeV were studied9 and attempts were made at estimating the attainable sensitivities. The data obtained from the wide-ranging investigation from the Belgium group ' ~ a survey covering the elements Ti and Zn, bombarded as thick targets were s ~ m m a r i z e din with protons up to 3.5 MeV. Subsequently, a complete survey of 77 elements was carried out with protons between 3.5 and 6.0 MeV aimed specially at the analytical applicability of this technique." The relative yields reported" were those measured under identical conditions so that direct comparisons could be made for spectra of different elements, and the values may be applicable for the analysis of complex matrices under changed experimental conditions. The paucity of analytical data for alpha particle (4He+) bombardment was largely remedied by a systematic surveyI2 in which the gamma rays induced by 5-MeV beams were summarized. Further data were also reported for beams of 11 and 16 MeV.I3 The nuclear reactions induced by particles with low binding energies are highly exoergic with the result that prompt gamma-ray spectra measured under such conditions are likely to be complex because of the many nuclear energy levels that are available for the decay of excited product nuclei. No systematic study of prompt gamma-ray emission has yet been reported for deuteron bombardment, although possibilities of analyzing light elements were among the earliest applications of this technique.14,15Only 1 application of this technique with triton beamsI6 appeared in the literature prior to the publication of a systematic study
150
Activation Analysis
covering over 30 elements and providing information for irradiations with tritons up to 3.5 MeV." Similarly, the possibility of using 3He-ion beams to determine light elements in metals was indicated,'* but no systematic study was undertaken. With heavy ion beams, the nuclear interactions most likely to be useful for analytical purposes are Coulomb excitation reactions for incident energies below the Coulomb barrier. Bombardments at energies near or above the Coulomb barrier will result in a variety of nuclear reactions with a complex mixture of residual nuclides, each of which will contribute its characteristic decay gamma rays, causing complex gamma-ray spectra and introducing the possibility of extensive nuclear interference.I9 A survey of the possible use of 55-MeV 3sC1-ion beams showed most elements could be determined at concentrations often well below the mglg range."
A. SENSITIVITY OF ANALYSIS The sensitivity of analysis, based on the measurement of a particular gamma ray will depend on the integrated counts under the relevant spectrum peak, but, since every peak has to be measured against a background continuum, the intensity of the background will determine the sensitivity of analysis. If C , , and C,, refer respectively to the nett integrated counts under the spectrum peak of interest and the integrated background under the same peak, then three regions of concentration may be considered for which the sensitivity is given2' by
1.
2.
3.
A concentration region where the nett peak is sufficiently precise to enable quantitative analysis to be carried out with a relative standard deviation of less than 10%. In this region r 2 10. A lower level of concentration where the nett peak is sufficiently intense for qualitative analysis but where quantitative analysis become more inexact. In this region 10 > r 2 3.29. The lowest concentration region where the definition of the nett peak is indistinct and qualitative analysis becomes unreliable. In this region 3.29 > r 2 1.64.
Most workers accept as a rule of thumb, that the sensitivity is given by
A flux of monoenergetic gamma rays interacting with a detector will produce a spectrum containing a photopeak, representing the energy of the gamma ray, and a continuum caused mainly by Compton events in the detector. The background under a selected peak would thus consist largely of the sum of the continua generated by every gamma ray of higher energy. Such a background is unavoidable and in the case of a pure element, the background would be of the lowest attainable intensity. Since the yield of prompt gamma rays from the bombardment of a thick target increases with the bombarding energy, it may be expected that the attainable sensitivity would also improve with increased energy. However, with higher bombarding energy there is an increase in the flux and in the number of different prompt gamma rays that may result from the increased number of modes of decay available to the excited product nuclide. Accordingly the intensity of the Compton continuum is also - -
barding energies have to be determined experimentally for each case, but experience with protons has shown that for multielemental analysis, an energy of 4.5 MeV is a good compromise.22
i
Volume I1
4
151
B. NOMENCLATURE OF PROMPT GAMMA RAYS Although a prompt gamma ray is emitted from the de-excitation of the product nucleus of a reaction, the analyst is really concerned with the target nuclide on which the nuclear reaction was carried out, since it is the target nuclide which is a component of the sample being analyzed. It is, therefore, much more meaningful to the analyst to label prompt gamma rays with the target nuclide. In defining the conditions of analysis, the nature of the bombarding beam becomes known and need not be stressed again. Thus the nuclear reaction is uniquely identified if the target nuclide and the light reaction product are given. Accordingly, the following Analyst's Convention is used for gamma-ray assignment.16 1.
2.
3. 4.
In the nuclear reaction A(a,b)B, the gamma ray is written as A b(r,s) where b is the prompt light product of the reaction and the gamma ray is emitted from the de-excitation of the heavy product (B) from level r to level s. If particle b is the same as particle a, as for example in Coulomb excitation, it may be omitted. When the target nucleus may be inferred unambiguously from the context, it may be omitted. When a prompt gamma ray arises from a reaction not directly induced by the bombarding particle, both incident and product particles are specified.
Thus for example, if magnesium is bombarded with protons, the 1637-keV gamma ray from the reaction 26Mg (p,a) 23Naproduced by the decay of 23Nafrom the second excited state at 2076.4 keV to the first at 439.9 keV is labeled 26Mg a ( 2 , l ) . The same gamma ray produced from 23Naby Coulomb excitation under proton bombardment is labeled 23Na(2,1) (according to rule 2). Fast neutrons, from neutron-generating reactions in the target, interacting with Ge of the detector may also produce prompt gamma rays. According to rule 4, the 834-keV gamma ray produced in this way is labeled 72Gen,nf(2.0). All prompt gamma rays referred to below are labeled according to the Analyst's Convention.
C. CATALOG OF PROMPT GAMMA RAYS In order to make proper analytical use of particle-induced prompt gamma-rays information is required, not only of those gamma rays which are produced with high yields, but also of low yield gamma rays which may be generated in relatively high intensities if the target element is a (major) component of the matrix. Furthermore, the analyst requires yield data from many elements obtained under the same experimental conditions in order to be able to judge the plausibility of using PIPPS to advantage and to evaluate the effect of interferences from other target components. For protons, a bombarding energy of 4.5 MeV is a good compromise for multielemental analysis.'* Prompt gamma-ray yields induced by 4.5-MeV protons are listed in Table 1 in increasing order of photon energy, except that frequently, gamma rays of close-lying energies emitted from the same element, are grouped together." The yields are expressed in counts per unit solid angle and unit current, in order to allow the analyst to judge the applicability of particular gamma rays directly, as they would appear in the gamma-ray energy spectrum. The data were collected with a 50-cm" Ge(Li) detector. Absolute yields were not calculated because the low efficiency of detectors for high energy gamma rays would result in relatively weak spectral peaks even if the absolute yield were appreciable. Furthermore, since most of the data were obtained from pure elemental targets, corrections for differences in stopping power have to be applied when analyzing materials of complex matrices. For helium4 ions similar yields are given in Table 2 for bombarding energies of 5, 11,
152
Activation Analysis
TABLE 1 Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV EkeV
Assignment
Ho-165 (1,O) Dy-163 n(l .O) Cd-111 (2,l) Ru- 104 n(2,O) U-235 n(6,2) Ti-48 n(4.2) Ag-107 (3,2) U-235 n(5,l) W-183 (2,O) W-182 (1,O) W-180 (1.0) Cd-106 (4,2) Tb-159 (3,2) Zr-91 n(1,O) Gd-155 (3,2) Pr-141 g(4,2) Ge-76 (6,s) U-235 n(7,4) Te-125 (2,l) 0-18 g(l ,O) Eu-151 (3,O) Tm-169 (2,l) F-19 (1,O) Nb-93 n(3,2) Eu-151 (4,2) Br-79 n(6,4) W-184 (1,O) Ni-61 a(3,O) Fe-58 n(3,O) 0s-187 (5,l) As-75 n(1,O) U-235 n(6,l) Th-232 (2,l) Ga-71 g(8,6) Pd-109 (1,O) Te-125 n(1.0) 0s-189 n(2,O) Lu-175 (1,O) 1-127 n(4,2) Dy-163 (3,2) Sn-122 n(7,2) Cu-65 n(2,O) Ho-165 (2,l) In-115 n(2,l) Re-187 n(5,O) Sn-115 (2,l) La-138 (2,l) Tm- 169 (2,O) Rh-103 n(1,O) Ba-135 n(1,O) 0s-184 (1 ,O) Ru-96 n(6,4) Ge-76 n(3,O)
i
Counts (sr-lnC-')
EkeV
Assignment
Tb-159 n(3,l) Sm-147 (1,O) Sn-122 n(3,O) Ca-48 n(2,O) Tb-159 (5,3) Sm-152 (1,O) U-235 n(7,3) W-186 (1,O) Fe-57 (2,l) Hf-179 (1,O) Gd-154 (1,O) Nb-93 g(7.5) Hf-174 g(4.0) 1-127 n(1,O) Re-185 (1,O) Mn-55 (1,O) Ru-101 (1,O) Fe-57 n(3,2) Ru- 104 n(3,O) h-I91 (2,O) Ru-104 g(1.0) Tm-119 (3,2) Br-79 n(1,O) Nd-150 (1.0) Ca-48 n(1,O) Hf-177 n(3,O) Th-232 g(12.3) Se-74 g(1,O) Te-120 g(2,O) U-235 n(5,O) As-75 n(2,O) Hf-179 n(2,O) Re-187 (1,O) Eu- 151 n(5,O) AS-75 (5,2) Ta-181 (2,O) Hf-180 g(2,O) Tb-159 n(2,O) Hf-177 (2,l) Re-185 g(1,O) Tb-159 (2.0) Lu-175 (2,l) Ir-193 (3,O) Mo-98 n(5,O) La-139 g(1,O) Mo-98 g(1.0) As-75 n(5,3) Ga-71 g(2,l) Ag-109 n(12,l) Br-79 n(4,2) R-141 (1,O) Bi-209 n(8,5) Ga-69 n(2,l)
Counts (srlnC-')
Volume 11
153
TABLE 1 (continued) Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV Counts
Counts EkeV
Assignment
Gd-155 (2,O) Hf-179 (3,l) 1-127 (2,l) Ni-62 n(4,2) Br-79 n(2,O) Se-74 a(2,O) Rh-103 n(3,l) Se-77 n(4,O) Se-78 n(4.1) Zr-92 n(3,l) Ru-99 g(3.0) Rb-85 (1,O) U-235 n(7,2) Ti-49 n(2,O) Cu-63 n(3.1) Cr-52 a(2,O) Ho-I 65 (5,3) 0s-188 (1,O) Re-187 g(1,O) Ba-132 n(1,O) Cr-54 n(2,O) 0s-187 (8,4) Re-187 n(4,3) Se-77 a(1,O) Hg-199 (1,O) Sn-117 (1,O) Hf-180 g(3,O) Sb-123 n(1,O) Re-185 (2,l) Ni-64 n(1,O) Ti-49 (2,l) Sn-122 g(1,O) Sb-123 (1,O) CS-133 (2.0) Br-79 n(4,l) Se-77 (1,O) Zr-90 n(3.1) Th-232 g(8,O) Zr-92 n(5,2) Ta-181 (4,2) Hf- 180 g(4,2) Ge-76 n(4,O) U-235 n(7.1) Re-187 (3,l) Sn- 122 n(6,O) Dy-164 (2,l) Th-232 g(9,O) Ba-130 g(3.1) Se-76 a(4,2) Zn-67 n(1,O)
(sr- 'nC- ')
EkeV
Assignment
A1-27 (2,l) Hf-177 n(4,O) 1-127 n(2,l) 1-127 (3.2) Te-125 (7.5) I%-192 (3.2) Au-197 n(4,l) Eu-151 (2,l) Zn-68 n(1,O) Ga-69 g(2.1) Te-125 (3,O) Yb-174 (2,l) Ba-138 n(6,2) Er- 167 n(5,O) Zr-96 n(2,O) Ru-104 n(4,O) Hf-179 n(3,O) Mo-98 g(3.0) Ru-101 n(2,O) Ba-132 n(2,O) U-238 n(6,O) Br-79 n(3,O) Ni-64 n(3,l) Zn-67 (2.0) Dy-162 (2,l) TI-205 n(5,3) Lu- 175 n(3,O) 0s-187 n(3.0) 0s-189 n(4,2) 0s-190 (1,O) 0s-187 (6,O) 0s-187 (7,O) 0s-188 n(3,O) 0s-189 (4,l) TI-205 n(5,3) Pd-109 (2.0) U-235 (25,13) AS-75 (6,3) Lu-176 (2.1) Br-81 n(1,O) Pd-110 n(2,O) Au-197 (2,l) Zn-64 g(1,O) Pd- 108 (4,O) Tm-169 (4,3) Pr-141 n(1,O) Cu-63 n(1,O) Sn-122 n(9,l) Pd-106 g(1,O) Bi-209 n(9,5) Zr-92 n(6,3) Se-80 a(1,O) Bi-209 n(6,4)
(sr-Id-')
154
Activation Analysis
TABLE 1 (continued) Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV EkeV
Assignment
Counts (sr-kc-')
EkeV
Assignment
R-195(4,O) Se-80 n(10,5) Sb-121 n(1,O) h-191 (4,2) Hf-180 (2,l) I- 127 (4,2) Se-80 a(2,O) Se-74 (2,l) Se-80 n(3,l) Mo-97 n(2,O) RU-96 (5,4) Br-79 n(6,3) Ir-193 (5,2)
Os-189 n(5,l) TI-203 n(4,3) Ti-50 n(1,O) Ti49 a(3,O) MO-96 g(3,l) Tm-169 (5,2) Sm-147 n(1,O) As-75 n(13,7) La-138 (5,O) Sb-121 n(3,l) Rb-85 n(1,O) Sr-88 n(1,O) Gd- 154 (6,4) U-238 n(14,5) Ga-69 n(2,O) Zr-96 n(3,O)
]
Se-76 a(5,3) w-180 (2,l) Pd-110 n(4,O) Nb-93 (7,3) TI-205 g(6,4) Ge-76 n(8,3) As-75 n(9,5) Hf-179 n(4,O) Pd-l 10 n(5,O) Zn-68 g(5,3) Rb-85 n(2,O) Pt-195 (5,O) U-238 g(9,O) Dy-164 (2,O) Mo-92 (3,2) Bi-209 n(7.3) 1-127 (5,3) Rh- 103 n(2,O) Se-80 n(5,l) Sb-121 n(2,O) Ba-130 g(6,3)
Counts (srrlnC-I)
Volume 11
155
TABLE 1 (continued) Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV Assignment Bi-209 g(2,l) C d - I l l (1,O) Ag- 109 n(7.4) Ga-69 (13.9) Se-82 n(3,I) Hg-199 (5,2) Sb-123 n(2,O) Pd-1 I0 n(6,O) Cu-63 n(2,O) Hf-177 (2,O) Au- 197 n(3,O) Cr-54 n(4,2) LU-175 (2,O) Zr-94 n(6,2) Ge-73 n(3,O) La-139 n(1.0) Sn-122 n(9,O) Cd-113 n(2,l) Ag- 109 n(5,2) TI-205 n(2,I) Se-80 g(2,I) Br-79 (3,O) Ru-99 n(4,2) Cd-113 (1,O) As-75 (2,O) Ni-61 n(5.4) K-41 (3,2) Pd-100 n(7,O) Rh-103 n(3,O) Nb-93 g(9,5) AU-197 (6,3) Au-197 (2,O) Hf-197 (3.0) Se-76 a(6.3)
Sn-119 n(1,O) Sn-115 n(1,O) Sn-117 n(2,l) Se-80 n(4,2) Tl-203 n(6,3) Th-232 g(16,O) Ni-64 n(2,O) Br-81 (1,O) Se-80 g(1,O) Br-79 n(9,2) Cs-133 (4,2) cs-133 n(2,1)1 Hf-177 (5,l) Cd- 114 n(2,O)
1
Au- 197 (6,2) A"-197 (3,O) Cs-133 n(3,l) Tl-208 (1,O) Ba-137 (1,O) AS-75 (3,O)
Counts (sr-kc-')
Assignment Pd-105 (1,O) Os-188 n(5,O) Sb-123 n(3.1) OS-192 (2.1) Re-185 (2.0) Hg-199 (6,2) Ag- 109 (5.4) Se-76 a(8.4) Cs-133 n(5,3) EU-151 (4.1) As-75 n(3.0) Ga-69 n(3.2) Ag-I09 n(3,l) Cd-116 n(9,l) HO-165 (5,2) Th-232 g(17,O) La-139 n(5,4) Cs-133 n(4,l) Nd-93 g(3.2) Se-80 g(4.1) Se-82 n(3,O) Se-86 n(8.2) Cs-133 n(3,O) W-183 (4.0) Bi-209 g(3,l) Sc-45 n(3.1) As-75 n(4,O) LU-176 (3,2) Zr-94 n(7,l) Sb- 121 n(3.0) Mo-95 n(3.2) Rh-193 (3,O) Ge-73 (5,3) Tl-205 n(8,4) Gd-156 (3,2) Ho-165 n(6,O) Os-186 (2,l) Ru-102 g(3,O) Bi-209 n(8,3) Dy-160 (3,l) MO-94 g(2, I) Dy-163 n(2,O) Cd-113 n(2.0) Au-197 n(4,O) Se-82 n(4.2) lr-193 (5,O) Re-187 (3,O) Ta-181 (4,O) Hf- 180 g(4,O) Nd-148 (1.0) Ge-76 (3,2)
i
"'"0'1
Cs-133 (3.1) cs-133 Br-79 n(7,2)
Counts (sr-kc-')
156
Activation Analysis
TABLE 1 (continued) Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV EkeV
Assignment Ba-130 g(4,O) Th-232 g(20,O) AS-75 (4,O) Zr-96 (4.3) Ru-101 n(3,O) Br-79 (4,O) Hf-178 (2,O) Ru-101 (2,O) Ga-69 (6,4) Eu-151 (4,O) Au-197 n(5,O) Se-82 g(5,2) TI-203 g(5,2) Ti-48 n(1.0) Se-76 a(5,2) Th-232 g(23.3) Zr-96 (3,1) Cd-114 g(2,O) Ag-109 (3,O) Co-56 n(4,3) Ni-61 a(4,2) AS-75 (13,7) Se-80 n(6,O) Hg-202 n(2,O) V-51 n(5,3) As-75 n(5,l) Cd-113 (3,O) T1-205 g(7.4) 1-127 (3,l) Ba-137 g(9,4) Ga-69 (1,O) Nb-93 (8,3) Zn-68 g(1.0) Ti-50 g(1,O) Br-79 n(7,l) Th-232 g(24,4) V-5 1 (1,O) Ti-50 n(2,O) 211-68 n(5,l) 1-127 n(3,O) Hf-177 (3,O) Pd- 104 g(3,l) Gd-155 (4,O) Se-74 a(4,3) Re-187 g(2,l) 211-67 g(2,O) Mo-97 n(3,O) Pd-106 g(3,O) Ag-107 (2,O) Ag-107 n(2,O) Nb-93 g(6,4) Sm-149 (3.1) Pt-194 (1,O)
Counts (sr-lnC-I)
EkeV
Assignment Zr-94 n(10,4) Se-76 a(5,l) Se-80 n(7,l) Se-82 n(4,l) Hg-201 n(1,O) Sn-124 g(1,O) Sb-121 (4,l)
I
Sm-150 n(l,O)l sm-144 (1,O) Sr-88 (5,3) Ba- 130 g(8,4) Se-78 n(12.1) Mo-95 n(2,O) In-115 (1,O) W-180 (2,O) Hf-180 (3,2) AS-75 (9,3) T1-203 n(8,3) Nb-93 (5,l) Cs-133 n(6,3) Hf-180 g(5.0) Co-59 n(1,O) Ni-62 a(4,l) Ba-138 n(7,l) Au-197 n(7.1) W-186 (3,2) Cd-111 (2.0) Dy- 164 (5,3) h-191 (5,O) Se-80 a(6.2) n(8,1)l Se-76 Hf-179 n(6,O) Zr-94 n(7,O) Cd-116 g(3,l) Pd- 105 (4,O) S-33 (3,2) Gd- 154 (3,2) Pd-105 n(3,O) Se-82 n(5,2) Sc-45 (7,4) Ag-109 n(3,O) Tb-159 (4,O) Te-130 (6,3) Ni-62 n(4,l) Sm-149 (3,O) Se-82 g(7.2) Ge-72 (5,l) Br-79 n(8,3) Hg-202 n(3,O) W-I82 (3,2) Dy-163 (4,O) k-191 (6,O) Fe-56 (3,l)
Counts (sr-Id-')
Volume I1
157
TABLE 1 (continued)
Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV EkeV
Assignment Mo-98 n(9,O) Cr-53 g(4,l) 0s-186 (12,7) Ge-73 (4,O) Ti-48 a(2.1) Au-197 n(11,2) Rb-87 n(3,2) Ru-101 n(4,O) In-1 15 g(4,2) R-196 (1,O) Hf-179 n(7,O) CS-133 (4,l) Se-82 g(1,O) Ho-165 n(8,O) Zr-92 n(4,O) Y-89 n(3,2) Ba- 130 (1.0) Rh-103 (4,O) Ru-104 (1,O) Ir-193 (6.0) Se-74 a(3,2) Re-187 n(8.3) Zn-67 n(2,O) 1-127 (4.1) Ho-165 (4,O) Se-74 a(3,l) Ag-107 (4,3) Hg-202 g(4,O) Sc-45 (2.1) CU-63 (3,1) Ag-109 n(4.1) Fe-58 n(4.0) Se-80 n(7.0) Fe-57 (3,O) Hg-200 (1,O) Ti-48 a(2.0) CU-65 (3,l) 1-127 (9,3) Tb-159 (6,l) Te-125 n(4,O) Ca-43 (1,O) Ni-61 (3,2) As-75 (7,l) Ga-69 n(3,O) 0s-192 (3,l) 1-127 (3,O) Hf- 179 (5,O) Cd-114 n(5,O) Ca-44 g(2,O)
Counts (sr-'nC-')
EkeV
Assignment Sc-45 (2.0) Se-82 n(4.0) Cr-53 n(1.0) Pd-110 (1,O) Pb-85 g(6,3) Rh-103 n(4,l) Th-232 g(27,3) Fe-57 n(5,2) Rb-87 n(4,2) Sn-122 g(2.1) Sb-121 n(9,I) sb-123 Cs-133 (3.0) K-41 (6,2) Te-130 g(6,2)
I 1
Br-79 n(10,4) n(5,0) Mn-55 n(3,2) Rh-103 n(5,l) Hg-196 g(1,O) Rb-87 n(1,O) Sr-87 (1,O) Mg-25 (2,l) Dy-163 (5.0) Ga-71 (1,O) Hf-177 (5,O) Lu-176 (4.2) Se-78 n(13,O) Ir-I91 (7,O) Ag-109 (5.3) Cd- 113 n(1,O) Ti-49 n(5.3) Te-130 (6.2) Se-76 a(5,O) 0s-190 (5,2) As-75 (12,6) Ca-43 (3,2) Ga-69 n(4,O) Se-82 n(6,2) As-75 (5,O) TI-203 (2,l) Br-79 n(6,O) Rb-87 (1,O) K-41 (7,2) Cr-54 n(4,O) Se-80 n(16,6) Pt-198 (1,O) Te-125 (4,l) T1-203 n(3,2) Ru- 104 g(4,O) 1-127 n(4,O) Mn-55 n(1,O) Fe-54 (4,2)
Counts (sr-'nC-I)
158
Activation Analysis
TABLE 1 (continued) Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV EkeV
Assignment
Hg-198 (1,O) B-10 (3,2) Sc-45 n(4,2) 1-127 (5,2) Be-9 g(3.2) Ag-109 (4,O) As-75 (9.1) 1-127 (4,O) Y-89 g(4,2) 0s-192 (5,2) Hf-179 (6,O) Dy-163 (7,O) Ru-101 (6,O) Ni-58 g(2.1) Pd-106 g(4,O) Ag-109 n(4.0) Se-76 a(7,2) SC-45 (13,8) Au-197 n(9.5) AS-75 (14,9) Hg-196 (1,O) Hf-178 (4,3) Hf-177 (7.0) Ru-99 n(3,O) As-75 n(5,O) Te-125 (5,l) B-10 a(1,O) Se-76 a(6,O) N-15 g(2,O) Li-6 g(1,O) Li-7 n(1,O) Se-80 n(9,l) Co-59 n(8,5) SC-45 (6,3) Pd- 105 (5,O) Pd- 105 n(5,O) Pd-108 (1,O) 0s-186 (4,2) Nb-93 g(5.3) Ba-138 n(9,l) Sb-121 n(4.0) Rb-85 g(8,4) Sn-120 g(4.2) Hg-202 (1.0) Na-23 (1,O) Mg-26 a(1,O) Dy-163 n(3,O) Sb-123 n(3,O) TI-205 n(4,2)
Counts (sr-'nC-I)
EkeV
Assignment
Ru-96 (6,5) Ge-73 n(5,l) Pd- 105 (5,O) 1-127 (12,7) Te-125 (4,O) Au-197 n(9.2) In-1 15 (7.2) Br-81 n(8,3) Br-81 n(5,l)) Pb-208 n(1,O) Th-232 g(26,O) Ag-109 (6,4) Ba-137 n(1,O) CU-63(4,2) ZI-96 (4.2) Te-130 g(3,l) Tm-169 (6,2) Nd-146 (1,O) Te- 125 n(5,O) Se-80 n(10,l) Br-81 n(2,O) SC-45 (1 1,6) As-75 (1 1 3 ) 1-127 n(5,l) 0s-188 (4,2) Ag-107 (4,2) Ag-109 n(5,O) Te-125 (5,O) Sb-121 n(6,O) Co-59 n(2,O) As-75 (12,5) Fe-57 n(4.1) Se-80 n(9,O) As-75 (6,O) Se-82 n(7,2) Sb-121 (2,l) As-75 (14,7) Ho-165 (7,l) Ru-102 (1.0) Au- 197 n(7,O) Sb-121 n(7,O) Ni-61 n(1,O) Br-79 n(9,3) Mn-55 n(4,2) Li-7 (1,O) 0s-188 (3,l) La- I38 (8,O)
Counts (sr -'nC -I)
Volume 11
159
TABLE 1 (continued) Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV Counts
Counts EkeV
Assignment
Rb-87 n(2,l) AS-75 (13.5) 0s-188 (5,2) 0s-188 n(7,O) 0s-192 (2,O) 0s-186 (1 1,6) 0s-187 (8.1) In-155 n(4,l) 1-127 p(17,9) Hg-202 (4,O) Ni-58 g(1,O) Se-80 n(10.0) Nb-93 g(4,2) Er-167 (6,l) 0-16 g(1,O) Ru-101 n(7.3) In-1 15 n(1,O) Pd-108 (2,l) Sn-115 (1,O) La-139 n(3,l) Ga-69 (7.4) Rb-85 n(3,2) Rh- 103 n(5.0) Te-123 (5,O) Ag-107 n(4,O) Y-89 n(2,l) Sb-121 (2,O) Pr-141 g(2,l) Zn-70 n(1,O) Cu-65 (4,2) Ge-73 n(5,O) Pb-208 n(2,O) La-138 (9,O) Br-81 n(6,l) Ga-71 (3,O) Re-187 (6,O) Pd-105 (1.0) Eu-151 n(7,l) Br-79 n(9,2) 1-127 (8,2) C d - I l l (7.2) Ho-165 (6,O) Th-232 g(30.1) Ca-40 n(4,3) Bi-209 n(12,7) Ga-71 (4,l) Mn-55 n(2,l) Se-71 (7,O)
(sr-'nC-')
EkeV
Assignment Br-79 (6.0) Pr-141 g(3,l) Ag-107 (5,3) Sn-117 n(1,O) Th-232 g(3 1,O) 0s-187 n(13.5) Sc-45 (3.1) Sb-121 n(8,O) Rh-103 n(6,O) Er-167 (5.0) Ga-69 (5,2) Zr-96 (6,3) Ho-165 n(13,O) Mo-100 (1,O) Sb-121 (3,l) Rb-85 n(5,l) Br-81 n(8,2) Dy-156 (3,l) Cd-111 n(1,O) Se-80 g(3,O) Br-81 (2,O) Te-123 (6,l) Ru-100 (1,O) Sn-122 g(2,O) Sb-123 (2,O) Se-82 a(2,l) Ti-48 a(3,O) Hg-203 (4,O) SC-45 (3,O) Ru-101 (10,O) Bi-209 n(1,O) Ge-76 (2,l) Ru-101 n(7,2) Au-197 (6.0) Hf-180 (3,l) Br-81 n(3,O) Rb-85 n(9,5) Sm-148 (1,O) Pd- 106 g(8,4) Se-80 g(8,l) Pd-104 (1,O) Pd-102 (1,O) AS-75 (1 1,4) AS-75 (10.2) As-75 g(1,O)
I
0s-190 (1276)1 (3,O) Os-lS6 Cd-I14 (1,O) Se-76 (1,O) CS-133 (7,1) Tb-159 (9,l) Zr-92 (3,l) Te-120 (1,O)
(sr-'nC-I)
160
Activation Analysis
TABLE 1 (continued) Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV EkeV
Assignment
Counts (ST-'nC-I)
EkeV
Assignment Mo-95 (3,l) Ca-43 (2,O) Ho-165 (10,2) 1-127 (7,l) Sb-121 n(9,O) Ti-49 n(3,2) Ga-71 (6,3) As-75 (11,2) Hf-176 (3,O) Lu-175 (4,O) Pr-141 n(9,3) SC-45 (15,ll) B-10 a(2,l) 1-127 (15,5) K-41 (4,l) Sr-84 (4,2) Te- 124 (1,O) 1-127 a(1,O) Pb-208 n(3,O) As-75 (12,2) V-51 n(4,l) Ba-134 (1,O) CS-133 (5,O) Br-79 (7,O) As-75 (13,3) 0s-189 n(l1,l) Pt-194 (5,2) Rh-103 (7,l) Hg-196 g(2,O) Br-81 n(4,O) Hf-174 (3.0) Ho-165 n(15,O) Ge-74 (2,l) V-51 (2,l) Ru-102 g(6,O) Hg-196 (2,l) CU-65 (5,2) Th-232 (6,2) Pt-192 (2,O) In-1 15 n(2,O) Ag-109 n(7,l) Se-78 (1,O) Hf-180 g(9,O) W-186 (3,l) As-75 n(7,O) Zr-96 (4,l) Cd-106 (2,l) Br-79 g(1,O) Ru-101 (1 1,O) Tb-159 (9,O) Ru-99 (6,O) Cd-112 (1,O) AS-75 (9,O)
Counts (srrlnC-I)
Volume 11
161
TABLE 1 (continued) Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV EIkeV
Counts (sr-'nC-')
Assignment AU-191(7,2) TI-205 (2,O) 0-18 n(5,3) Ga-71 (6,2) Cd-110 (4,O) As-75 (10.1) Ag-107 (15,2) Tm-169 (7,l) Rh- 103 n(7,O) Th-232 (12,3) 1-127 (6,O) Mo-95 n(3,O) OS-188 (3,O) Hf-178 (3,0) Cd-108 (1,O) CS-133 (6,O) Ag-107 g(1,O) Se-74 (1,O) Se-82 n(8,O) Te- 125 n(6,4) Cu-63 n(4,O) Zr-94 n(10,O) La-138 (11,O) Sn-124 g(2,O) AS-75 (14,s) Sn-119 n(2,O) Se-82 n(9,l) Cd-114 (3,l) Se-80 g(5.0) Zn-70 n(2,O) Cu-63 n(5,O) Cu-65 n(4.2) RU-98 (1,0) Ba-135 (7.1) Se-82 (1.0) Ni-61 (3,O) As-75 g(3,l) Cd-100 (1,0) Ti-46 g(4,O) 0-18 n(5,2) 1-127 (8,l) Cd-166 g(3,O) As-75 (1 1,l) Tl-203 g(4.1) Th-232 (4,l)
I
ElkeV
Assignment
Counts (sr-lnC-')
162
Activation Analysis
TABLE 1 (continued) Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV EIkeV
Assignment Hf-176 (4,2) N- 15 g(3.0) Zn-68 g(4,l) ~L.203n(7,2) Th-232 (4,O) Cu-65 n(4,l)
1
1-127 (12,3) (890) Ba-135 (5.0) B-10 (1,O) Be-9 g(1,O) Ru-99 (8,O) In-115 n(6,O) Sn-117 n(2.0) Ru-101 (16,O) SC-45(4,O) Nb-93 g(5,3) A1-27 (6,l) Ag-109 (8.0) Ag-107 (7.3)) Mo-98 (3,l) Sn-115 n(1,O) Th-232 (6, I) Se-74 (4,l) Ca-43 n(5.1) Br-81 n(7,I) Cd-114 n(7,O) Ag-107 (8,3) TI-203 n(6,l) Cd- 112 n(8,O) CU-63(4,l) Te-128 (1.0) Ga-69 g(8,3) Nb-93 (3,O) 1-127 (9,O) Ti-48 g(3,O) V-51 n(1.0) 1-127 (13,3) Ni-62 (6,3) 3 - 9 4 (4,l) Cu-65 n(5.4) Ba-135 n(12,l) Bi-209 g(5,2) La- 139 n(3,O) CU-63(9,3) Si-29 (2,l) Pr-141 n(2,O) Co-59 n(11,4) Sc-45 (9,3) Ba-136 (3,l) TI-205 n(4,O) Dy-164 (4,O) 0-18 n(5,l)
Counts (sr-kc-')
WkeV
Assignment
Counts (sr-'nC-I)
Volume 11
163
TABLE 1 (continued) Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV Counts
Counts EkeV
Assignment Cu-63 g(2.1) V-51 n(6,l) Nb-93 (4,O) S-32 g(1,O) Fe-58 (1,O) Ga-69 n(5,O) Se-80 (3,l) Bi-209 n(13,3) Cd-1 10 (2,l) As-75 (10.0) Th-232 (9,l) Ru-100 (4.1) CO-39 g(2,l) Cd- 114 n(9.0) Ni-60 (2,l) Mn-55 n(7,3) Zn-67 n(3,O) Se-80 g(7.0) Se-82 (1 1,O) Se-74 a(4,O) Se-74 a(7.2) Cu-63 a(2,l)
I
Ag-107 n(lO.l)) (8.2) Ag-lW Ga-71 g(2,O) Zn-66 (2,l) Br-81 (7,O) n(971)~ Cr-54 n(5,O) Cu-65 a(2,l) 1-127 (11,2) S-33 (1 ,O) Co-59 a(1,O) Ba-138 n(l5,O) Sr-88 n(7.0) Zn-67 n(5.2) Mo-96 (2.1) Dy-164 (6,l) A1-27 (1.0) Mg-26 g( 1,O) Si-30 a(1,O) As-75 (14,l) Fe-56 (1,O) Mn-55 g(1.0) Ge-76 (3,l) Hf-180 (6,2) Nb-93 g(7,2) Ru-101 n(7,O) CU-65 (4,l) Cu-65 n(7.1) Cr-54 n(6,2) Ba-135 (6,O) 1-127 (18,4)
(sr-'nC-')
EkeV
Assignment
(sr-kc-')
164
Activation Analysis
TABLE 1 (continued) Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV EIkeV
Assignment
Counts (sr-'nC-I)
ElkeV
Assignment
Counts (sr-'nC-I)
Volume 11
165
TABLE 1 (continued) Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV EIkeV
Assignment As-75 (14,O) 1-127 (11.0) Cu-65 n(8,O) Cu-65 n(10,3) CU-63 (7,2) Ba-136 (4.1) Hf-180 (5,l) Sn-119 n(5,O) Ti-49 n(5,l) Zn-67 n(6,2) 1-127 a(5.1) Sc-45 (16,6) Th-232 (20,l) Cd-108 g(12,l) Ti-49 n(6,l) 1-127 (13,l) 1-127 n(7.1) Th-232 (18.1) Rb-85 g(1,O) Zn-68 (1.0) In- 115 (4.0) 0-18 n(3,O) Zr-91 n(2,l) Nb-93 (8.0) Hf-180 (7,l) Sn-119 n(7,O) Ti-47 (2,l) 1-127 (12,O) Ga-69 g(11,3) CO-59 (1,O) Cd-l 1 1 n(3,O) Sb-121 (6.1) Ga-69 (5,O) Br-81 n(10,O) Zn-68 g(5,O) S-36 a(3,l) Hf-180 (9,l) 1-127 n(9,4) Ga-69 g(4,l) Cu-63 (9.2) Cr-53 n(6,2) Ti-46 (2,l) Sc-45 (4.1) Hg- 199 n(3.0) W-182 (4,l) Th-232 (18.0) 0-18 n(4.0) Y-89 g(7,2) 1-127 (14.1)
Counts (ST-'nC-')
EkeV
Assignment Pr-141 (3,O) Zr-90 (6,3) Cd-113 n(4.0) In-1 15 (9,O) Cu-65 n(10.2) 1-127 (24,3) Bi-209 g(7,l) Ti-49 n(5,O) Ga-69 g(6.1) Th-232 (21,O) 1-127 g(3,l) V-51 n(10.3) Ti-49 n(6,O) Ca-44 (1.0) Zn-67 n(7,2) 1-127 (15,l) V-5 1 n(3,O) Mn-55 (3,l) Sn-120 (1,0) Ni-62 ( 1,O) Ba- 130 g(l l,O) Cu-65 a(1,O) Co-59 g(3,l) Cu-63 a(4,l) 1-127 n(8,l) Ga-69 n(13,2) 1-127 (14,O) CO-59 (2,O) Zn-67 n(8,2) A1-27 (3,2) 1-127 n(7,O) Zn-69 n(5,O) Zr-91 (1.0) Zn-68 g(7,l) Ga-69 (7.1) Sn-119 n(6,O) Cr-52 (3,l) Bi-209 n(4,O) 1-127 n(L0,3) Mn-55 n(7,2) Ga-69 g(2,O) Cd-116 (2,O) 1-127 (15.0) Cl-35 (1,O) Pr-141 n(3.0) Fe-57 n(2,O) Mn-55 n(11.3) Rb-87 n(3,O) Cu-65 n(12,2) Sr-87 (3,O)
Counts (sr-kc-')
166
Activation Analysis
TABLE 1 (continued) Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, EkeV
Counts (sr-'nC-')
Assignment 1-127 (16,O) Mo-98 (5,l) Ga-71 g(5.2) Sn-118 (1,O) La-139 n(12,3) Ba-136 (6,l) F-19 (3,l) Fe-56 (2,l) SC-45(8,O) Rb-87 n(7,2) Mn-55 g(2,l) Cu-65 n(13,2) 1-127 n(18.3) F-19 (4,2) Ba-136 (7,l)
cu-65 n(11,O) Cu-65 n(14*3' P-31 (1,O) Co-59 n(8,2) Si-29 (1.0) In-115 n(5,O) Cr-53 n(2,O) SC-45(9.0) CO-59 (3,O) Sn-116 (1,O) K-41 (2,O) Rb-87 n(8,2) Sn-114 (1,O) Co-59 n(5,O) Ga-69 n(12,O) Ba-136 (8,l) Cu-63 g(2,l) Ti-48 (2,l) Ni-61 (3,O) Mn-55 (3.0) La- 139 n(5,O) Ni-58 (3,l) 1-127 n(18,3) Bi-209 n(5,O) CU-63(3,O) Fe-58 a(4,2) Cu-63 a(1,O) Cr-52 (4,l) co-59 g(1,o) Ga-69 g(13,4) Ni-60 (1.0)
I
)
Zn-68 g(6,O) zn-66 (391) V-51 g(3,l) CI-53 (8,l) Ga-69 (6,O) Co-59 n(6,l) Th-232 (26.1)
EkeV
= 4.5 MeV
Assignment
Counts (sr-kc-')
168
Activation Analysis
TABLE 1 (continued) Yields of Proton-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays At E, = 4.5 MeV EkeV
Assignment
Counts (sr-kc-')
EkeV
Assignment
Counts (srrlnC-')
and 16 MeV, but in this case the data are arranged in order of atomic number of the target element,I3 and except for the case of carbon, only those gamma rays are listed which were observed with 5-MeV beams. As before, the data were recorded using a 50-cm3 Ge(Li) detector, and the relative intensities are recorded as counts per unit current.
D. APPLICATION OF PIPPS Some applications of PIPPS are listed in Table 3. Since the method as a whole is largely applicable to determinations involving concentrations of the order of mg g-', the major
170
Activation Analysis
TABLE 2 (continued) Relative Intensities of Alpha-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays 5 MeV
I (counts per mC) 1.6 El 3.1 El 3.6 El 5.6 El 3.8 E2 9.1 El 7.7 El 5.1 E2 6.3 El 1.3 El 4.3 El 6.9 El 3.0 El 1.4 E3 6.2 EO 1.O E2 1.6 E2 4.0 El 7.4 EO 2.9 El 9.7 El 3.1 EO 7.4 EO 1.6 EO 4.7 El 1.0 EO 1.0 EO 3.6 EO 3.2 El 2.8 EO 1.6 EO 1.4 El 4.3 El 1.1 El 3.9 E2 1.6 El 4.0 E l 5.1 EO 3.2 El 1.0 El 6.2 E2 7.5 E- 1 2.5 EO 8.4 EO 8.2 EO 3.5
EO
3.7 E3 3.6 EO 5.9 El 7.0 El 8.6 EO 1.6 EO 2.5 EO
11 meV
s (%o)
I (counts per mC)
16 MeV
S (%d
18 6.2 4.6 25 4.6 17 21 3.4 22 100 32 21 50 0.87 120 9.2 3.8 12 0.38 26 9.0 E4 0.35 4.6 3.8 Ed Not resolved from %Si(1.0)
I (counts per mC)
S (%o)
Volume 11 TABLE 2 (continued)
Relative Intensities of Alpha-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays 5 MeV
11 meV
16 MeV
I (counts per
I (counts per
I (counts per
Assignment
mC)
mC)
mC)
58Fe(1,O) 63Cu(1 ,O) (2,O) 6 s ~ ~,o)( 1 (2.0) %n (1,O) %Zn (1.0) (1 ,o) (290) (1,O) 79Br(2,O) (3.0) (49) (5,O) (6.0) ( 7 , ~ 8'Br (1,O) (3,O) 85Rb(1.0) %Zr(l,O) 9 5 (1 ,o) ~ ~ (2.0) 9RMo(2,0)} %Mo (1,O) ~'MO(1 -0) 99Ru(1,O) I0ORu ( 1,O) ln'Ru (1,O) 'O2Ru (1,O) lWRu(1,O) lo3Rh(3,O) (4,O) I"Pd (1.0) In5Pd(1,O) IO8Pd (1-0) "OPd (2,l) (1 70) Io7Ag(2,l) (1rO) (2,O) Io9Ag( 3 3 (290) (3.0) "OCd (1,O) "'Cd (2,O) IL2Cd(1,O) ")Cd (2,O) (6.0) ""Cd (1,O) I6'Er (2,O) I7OEr (2.1) "'Hf (1.0) '19Hf (1,O)
5.4 E - 1 9.6 EO 2.3 EO 1.8 EO 5.6 E-1 6.2 EO 2.0 EO 6.2 EO 3.6 El 9.0 E- l
1.4 E3 2.7 E3 1.4 E3 7.2 E2 7.7 E3 8.6 E3 6.3 E3 1.3 E3
1.3 E2 1.2 El 3.3 El 2.5 EO 1.6 E l 9.3 E- l 1.1 E2 4.3 EO 8.2 El 2.6 E- 1 5.7 El 1.5 EO 1.5 EO 1.9 EO 3.8 El 3.7 EO 4.8 El 2.5 E l 9.4 El 1.0 E3 6.9 E2 1.1 El 8.8 EO 1.3 E2 1.3 E l 1.5 E2 2.0 El 3.1 E2 1.2 E2 1.8 El 3.8 E2 1.4 E2 2.2 EO 1.7 El 8.2 EO 2.5 El 3.3 EO 2.0 El 1.6 El 3.6 EO 4.1 El 2.8 El
1.4 E3 2.6 E3 1.2 E4 7.6 E2 1.2 E3 1.0 E4 8.5 E3
8.9 E3 1.4 E5 7.0 E4
2.4 E5 1.2 E4 1.1 E4 1.O E3
2.6 E3 1.3 E3
1.1 E4 1.4 E3
9.4 E2 8.9 E2
2.2 E3 3.8 E3
4.4 E4 3.7 E4 3.2 E3 9.5 E2 2.1 E4
3.0 E4 3.0 E4 2.7 E3 1.8 E3 1.9 E3
1.5 E4 2.9 E3 1.2 E4 1.4 E4 1.4 E3 1.1 E4 1.6 E4 1.1 E3 1.8 E3 2.3 E3 3.9 E3 2.0 E3 5.1 E3
9.2 E3 6.8 E3 1.1 E4 5.7 E3 7.4 E3 9.9 E3 2.3 E3 4.3 E2 3.3 E3 1.1 E3 8.2 E2 7.7 E3
171
172
Activation Analysis
TABLE 2 (continued) Relative Intensities of Alpha-Induced Prompt Gamma Rays 5 MeV
16 MeV
I (counts per
I (counts per
I (counts per
mC)
mC)
mC)
1.2 E3 6.2 El 3.9 El 1.1 E2
2.9 E4 3.7 E3 3.8 E3 1.6 E3
5.3 E4 9.7 E3 4.5 E3 1.5 E4
2.6 E2 4.0 E2 6.5 E2 4.5 El 5.8 EO 1.1 E3 5.7 El
1.0 E3 3.1 E3 1.8 E4 1.9 E3 1.6 E2 5.4 E3 6.9 E3
2.0 E4 2.6 E2 8.0 E3 2.2 E3 3.5 E2 1.2 E4 4.0 E3
6.4 EO
7.5 E2
8.4 E2
2.9 E2 6.4 EO 1.3 El 1.4 El 5.1 E2 9.9 EO 4.5 E2 1.9 El 2.9 EO 2.8 EO 7.0 El 4.1 EO 3.2 EO 6.7 EO 6.5 El 2.3 El 3.0 El 3.0 EO 1.9 E2 1.5 El 2.0 EO 7.0 El 1.2 EO 1.5 EO 1.6 El 2.7 EO 3.5 EO 1.9 EO
6.8 E3
5.0 E3 2.6 E2
1.2 E2
7.8 E3 2.1 E3 1.3 E4 1.1 E3 1.2 E4 5.7 E3 4.3 E3 1.1 E4 1.3 E4 3.5 E2 1.8 E2 2.7 E3 1.2 E3 7.1 E3 1.2 E3 2.4 E4 6.8 E2 1.8 E3 4.9 E3 2.0 E3
1.7 E3
7.8 E3 7.8 E3 2.6 E3 8.8 E3 6.7 E2 5.0 E2 4.0 E3 1.2 E3 5.2 E3 8.7 E2 1.8 E3 2.4 E2 5.8 E3 2.9 E3
usefulness of the technique is the determination of minor components. Within this limitation, the method is capable of multielemental analysis as is shown in Figure 3 for a standard reference material, steel D837.
E. ISOTOPIC ANALYSIS Since the nuclear properties of isotopes are not related, the isotopic nuclides can be treated as separate entities and analyzed in the same manner as if they were different elements. The simultaneous determination of stable isotopes by PIPPS has the advantage that the data obtained for each isotope are unaffected by errors that may have been incurred in a separate
Volume 11
173
TABLE 3 Some Applications of Prompt Gamma-Ray Spectrometry Beam Energy P
1800 2000
2000 3000 3500
3695 4000
4500 4750 5000 d 2000 2300 4He+ 3500 3500 5000
5000
Matrix Geological standards Bowen's kale Comparison with spectrophotometry Airborne particles Vegetation Foods Chalcogenide glasses Archaeological artefacts Steels Steels Coal Silicon Biological material Niobium metal Single crystals Boron carbide Geological standards Cements, ores Steels
Elements determined
Ref.
Li, Na, Mg, A1
23
N, F, Na, Mg F
24
F S, As, Ge, Te B, F, Na, Mg, Al, Si, Cu Si, Cr, Co c, 0 S 0 C, N B, Li, F, Na Li, F, Na B Li, F, Ti, Mn, Te F V, Mo
25 26 27 28
29 30 22 31 32 33 34 35 19 37 38
analysis of another isotope. Since the same irradiation produces data for every stable isotope, experimental errors may be minimized by determining isotopic ratios. Furthermore, the total elemental concentration may be derived from data without assuming that the element under investigation has the isotopic composition as the naturally occurring element. An example of such an analysis is the simultaneous determination of the stable boron nuclides, I0B and llB through measuring the yield of gamma rays under proton bombard' B is ment.39A typical gamma-ray energy spectrum obtained from a sample enriched in O shown in Figure 4. Gamma rays from 'OB are the 428-keV a(1,O) and the 718-keV (1,0), while that from "B is the 2124-keV (1,O) gamma ray. The experimental conditions for analysis have to be selected with a knowledge of the excitation functions of each gamma ray in this case,39 the bombarding proton energy of 3450 keV was suitable for measuring isotopic concentrations in thin targets in which the proton beam did not lose more than 120 keV. A relative precision for isotopic analysis was 2.6% with a sensitivity limit of 0.50 at%. Elemental concentrations of isotopically enriched material could be obtained with a relative precision of 3.7%.
111. PROMPT PARTICLE SPECTROMETRY When a nuclear reaction takes place in which the main reaction products are a heavy nucleus and a single light product, usually accompanied by prompt gamma rays, the energy of the light product is given by Equation 1. If the energetics of the reaction permit, the heavy product may be formed in different nuclear excitation states, each of which may have associated with it a light product of well-defined energy, the yield of which is proportional to both the reaction probability and to the concentration of the target nuclide. The energy spectrum of the light product will thus contain a pattern of peaks which is characteristic of the nuclear reaction and the conditions under which it occurred. Prompt particle spectrometry has been used by physicists for a long time to measure nuclear properties, but in the hands of the nuclear analytical chemist, it has become a powerful tool for analysis of surfaces and near-surfaces. Unlike gamma-ray spectrometry, prompt particle spectrometry can seldom be
Activation Analysis STEEL 0837 Ep= 4 W
I
I
h
I
2000
2100
2200
2300
I
I
I
2500 2600 2400 CHANNEL NUMBER
I
I
I
I
2700
2800
2900
3000
FIGURE 3. Prompt gamma-ray spectrum from proton-bombarded Standard Reference steel D-837. The peak used for the analysis of silicon is numbered 45, for chromium, 10, 17, 21, and 32, and for cobalt, 8, 20, and 28. (Reprinted from Gihwala, D. and Peisach, M., I.E.E.E. Tram. Nucl. Sci., NS30, 1349, 1983. With permission from I.E.E.E. Publishing Services.
used for multielemental analysis, but it can be very specific for a single element, or, more Prompt particle spectrometry can be used to measure concentration profiles, i.e., the variation of the concentration of the target element as a function of its depth below the surface, when charged particles of a few MeV are involved in the reaction, either as the bombarding particle or the prompt product or both. The thickness of material accessible for analysis will depend on the range of the charged particles within the sample material. The yield as a function of the bombarding energy, referred to as the excitation function, is frequently an irregular relationship, the plot of which often shows sharp peaks or resonances correspondingly to energy levels in the nuclear species involved in the reaction. Accordingly, the energy spectrum of the prompt particles from a selected reaction, even in a thick homogeneous solid, will most likely be a complex curve, reflecting the changes in the crosssection as a result of the changes in energy of the charged particle within the solid. The
Volume 11 1 5 s z- .'d a
-
175
10
0
a
B 52.1 atom % B,O, t h ~ ntarget Ep = 3L50 keV
-.,
-.
e a
-
, a
s
P
;.
Q L
Y
,o
.
.. .. .... .::..*.::. . .- . . ... .r.:.:.... . . . .... . . . .................. . .. . .. ........ .. ....... ... ................................................. . .................................... .............................................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...-..,. . . . . . ...... ... ........................................................ .................................................
1
lo0 0
I 200
I 400
I 600
I 800
1 1000
I
1200 CHANNEL NUMBER
I
1400
I 1600
I
1800
I
2000
FIGURE 4. Prompt gamma-ray spectrum from a thin target of boric oxide containing 52.1 at% 1°B, bombarded with 3450-keV protons. Shaded peaks are due to boron isotopes. (Reprinted from Cohen, M., Porte, L., Thomas, J.-P., and Tousset, J., J. Radioanal. Chem., 17, 65, 1973. With permission from Elsevier Sequoia S.A.)
deconvolution of the spectrum to obtain the concentration profile will thus require a knowledge of the excitation function of the reaction and the stopping power of the target matrix. If a suitable standard material with the same or closely similar matrix is available, the experimental shape of the concentration profile can be obtained by a procedure described in the next section. In exoergic reactions, the Q-value energy is available to the reaction products in the form of kinetic energy, most of which will be carried off by the light product. Under such conditions, the light product is produced with energies, which are usually much in excess of those of the bombarding particles. However, in addition to the reaction products, there are always bombarding particles scattered into the direction of the detector. Since the crosssection for scatter usually far exceeds that for the reaction, the flux of scattered particles would make it difficult to measure the energy spectrum of the reaction products. These unwanted particles may be effectively removed, either electronically, by including a threshold amplifier for rejecting the low energy pulses or physically, by interposing an absorber of suitable thickness between the target and the detector, as shown diagrammatically in Figure 5. The absorber technique has the advantage of simplicity, but it causes a decrease in the energy of the measured particle and a spread of the particle energy as a result of straggling in the absorber. The absorber technique finds ready application in analyses using exoergic reactions, such as (a,p) reactions, some (p,a) reactions, and especially, (d,p) reactions.
A. CALCULATION OF DEPTH PROFILES The energy of a light reaction product, E,, at the time of its formation from a bombarding particle of energy E, is given in Equation 1. If we consider that this reaction occurs in an incremental sample slice dx at a depth x below the surface, from a bombarding beam with energy E, at the sample surface, incident on the target at an angle 0, to the normal, then the path length of the beam to depth x is xtcos 0, and
where s,(E,) is the stopping power for the incoming beam at an average energy Bin.If more accurate calculation is required, S, may be computed by summation of energy losses over
176
Activation Analysis
BOMBARDING BEAM
SAMPLE
FIGURE 5. The absorber technique for measuring prompt c h g e d particles from exoergic reactions. Scattered bombarding particles are absorbed in the appropriate thickness of absorber, while energetic product particles pass through with a small energy loss.
narrow incremental path lengths along the incoming beam path. Similarly, if the outward particle path makes an angle 0, to the target normal, the outward path length is dcos 0, and the measured energy, E, at the detector is
where s2(E0,,) is the stopping power for the outward particle at an average energy B , . It has been shown40that the yield Y(E,,,E) from a depth x is given by
where dE,/dE, is evaluated for E, at the depth of interest, I is the number of incident particles, N(x) is the atomic density of the target element, dR is the solid angle subtended by the detector, and C = cos 0,/cos 0,. Using the notation
for the component i of the target, and the factors E, which correct for the differences in stopping powers because the incident and the product particles are different, the complex target may be considered as consisting of two types of atoms, for which the Bragg rule of summation of stopping powers may be applied. Most of the atoms can be called A, being those contributing to the stopping power, but not the measured signal, and B, those for which the nuclear reaction yield is required for analytical purposes. Thus
Volume 11
177
and (17)
Hence
from which RBA(x)can be calculated if stopping powers are known.
B. SOME APPLICATIONS OF CHARGED PARTICLE SPECTROMETRY Most analyses using energy spectrometry of charged particles from nuclear reactions were applied to the determination of the light elements. Some examples are discussed below in order of the atomic number of the analyte. 1. Hydrogen The determination of 'H is usually carried out by the use of resonance reactions (q.v.). However, in some studies, such as those requiring channeling, a nonresonant nuclear reaction would be preferred because that would prevent strong changes in the reaction yield as a result of stopping power variations near channelling directions. For such studies the reaction
was
to determine the concentration profile of hydrogen implanted in metals. Deuterium is more often determined through the reaction 'H (jHe,p) 4He
Q
=
18.354 MeV
which produces protons of about 13 MeV (at 135') as well as energetic alpha particles with a beam energy of only 750 keV. With such energetic products, a thin gold-coated mylar film is sufficient to exclude backscattered 3He+ ions.43Concentration profiles of deuterium were determined by this reaction in studies on the behavior of implanted deuterium into metals at and room43temperatures, and the oxidation of Fe/Cr alloys by moist carbon dioxide using H,O as well as Dz0.44 Because 3He gas is relatively expensive, the deuterium-induced reaction 2H
3H
Q
=
4.033 MeV
may sometimes be preferred. This reaction has been successfully applied to determine the concentration profile in deuterium-implanted metals such as Pd, using 2-MeV deuteron beams.45 Prolonged irradiation could, however, obscure the result because of deuterium implantation by the bombarding beam. 2. Helium The reaction
3He (d,p) 4He
Q
=
18.534MeV
was used for determining 3He concentrations and profiles in material^^^.^' implanted with He. Because the product particles are so energetic, electrostatic rejection of the backscattered deuterons may be achieved through the use of a wedge, 3.46"formed by two condensor plates, 174 mm long with an opening at the entrance of 1.5 mm.
178
Activation Analysis 1800 1600 I400 1200 -
40
I
I
l
l
I/
.YGE .. . 0
60
I
I
2 **
ELASTIC
1
1
I
I
( -
-
.
100
80
I
'Be'
(!.dl
120
140
160
180
200
220
(A%)
(%'3 d GROUP
Q GROUP
CHANNEL
FIGURE 6. Energy spectrum of a beryllium target bombarded with 300-keV protons and measured at 30' without an absorber. The break-up of the excited 6Li is clearly in evidence. (Reprinted from Pronko, P. P., Okamato, P. R., and Wiedersich, H.,Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 7 7 , 1978. With permission from Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.)
3. Lithium The deuteron-induced reaction 6Li (d,a) 4He
Q
=
22.374 MeV
produces very energetic alpha particles, suitable for analysis. The deuterons scattered from the target can easily be eliminated by electrostatic deflection, as described for helium above.46 4. Beryllium Since the coulomb barrier for protons is low it is possible to use beams of 300 keV to induce the nuclear reactions 9Be (p,d) 8Be
Q = 0.560 MeV
9Be (p,a) 6Li
Q = 2.125 MeV
and
for the determination of beryllium and its concentration profile.48 Absorber foils of 2.5pm Mylar@were used to remove the backscattered deuterons. In the case of the (p,a) reaction, excited 9Be decays both to the ground and the first excited states, each of which gives off alpha particles. The first excited state of 6Li may break up into a deuteron and an alpha particle, as is observed in the energy spectrum of proton-irradiated beryllium (see Figure 6). Both the deuteron and alpha groups have been used for profiling,48the former having the advantage of deeper penetration to about 1 km. With deuteron beams in a nuclear microprobe, beryllium concentration profiles in metals have been measured49through the use of the reaction 9Be (d,p) 'OBe
Q = 4.587 MeV
Volume 11
179
Because this reaction is relatively less exoergic than the corresponding reactions on other light elements, the extent of interference from reactions, such as B, N. Mg, Al, Si, S, and P was determined. In the absence of interfering elements, the method is suitable for determining beryllium in the concentration range of 0.02 to 2.0% by mass. 5. Boron Proton bombardment has been used to determine boron concentration in Si:H filmss0 by means of the nuclear reaction
llB (p,a) *Be
Q = 8.591 MeV
The energetic alpha particles can readily be observed in the presence of low energy protons. Deuteron beams have been used to analyse boron on silicons1and glass.52The former made use of the reaction 1°B (d,p) "B
Q = 9.231 MeV
with absorbers of 32-pm MylarB films. To distinguish between proton groups from boron and from oxygen, bombarding beams of 1470 keV were used and measurement of 160" was restricted to films not exceeding 30 nm. Analysis of glass52made use of the highly exoergic reaction 1°B (d,a) 'Be
Q = 17.822 MeV
but interference could be expected from the corresponding reactions on 6Li and I4N. In the absence of interferences and with a bombarding beam of 1500 keV, both the a, group having an energy of 11.25 MeV measured at 135", and the a, group, 9.47 MeV, could be used for the analysis. 6. Carbon Low energy deuteron beams, between about 1000 and 1500 keV are suitable for the determination of carbon and carbon concentration profiles through the use of the reaction "C (d,p) 13C
Q = 2.719 MeV
Possible interferences may arise from fluorine and from oxygen-17. Proton spectrometry from this reaction has been used for the analysis of tantalum carbide films,"O thin sheets of plastic material^,^ organic materials, such as the standard reference Bowen's kale and tooth enamels,53 and in the glass industry.52Nuclear microprobe studies made use of the same . ~ ~using a detector reaction for the analysis of tapered corrosion sections43and g r a p h i t e ~By telescope consisting of a thin transmission detector backed by a thick detector, coincidence measurements made it possible to eliminate the effects from possible sources of interference. 7. Nitrogen Two deuteron-induced nuclear reactions are commonly used for the determination of nitrogen. These are I4N (d,p) 15N
Q = 8.609 MeV
and 14N (d,a) I2C
Q
=
13.575 MeV
180
Activation Analysis I
Integrated
I
charge 2 0 0 yC
FIGURE 7. Proton energy spectrum obtained from the bombardment of a sample of TiN,OJSi with 610-keV deuterons. The concentrations of I4N and 1 6 0 were 1.67 X 10'' and 7.7 X 1016 atoms per square centimeter, respectively. (Reprinted from Berti, M. and Drigo, A. V., Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149,301, 1978. With permission from Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.)
Through the use of one or other of these reactions, with the absorber technique, nitrogen and its concentration profiles have been determined in such diverse matrices as glass,52 silicon wafers,s6 steels,43.57.58 and organic materials, such as seeds59and human tooth dentine.53 When the (d,p) reaction is selected, careful attention has to be given as to which proton group is chosen for measurement. With deuteron energies between 0.95 and 1.3 MeV, the 14Np5 group has the highest cross-section and is the preferred g r o ~ p .A~typical ~,~~ proton energy spectrum is shown in Figure 7. An attempt to improve precision, but still to retain the advantage of using low energy beams for which the extent of interference from matrix components with higher atomic numbers would be relatively low, the region of integration of counts was extended to include the yield of both protons and alpha particles from both reactions as obtained with 1.9-MeV deuterons. Although this change increased the rate of through-put of samples, the concentration range of applicability did not extend to much below about 1% by mass.60 While retaining the advantages of more rapid sample through-put and improved precision, the sensitivity of the method was extended into the pg g-' concentration range by using a carefully selected forward measuring direction coupled with the appropriate absorber thickness and lowering the bombarding energy to 1.2 MeV, thereby still further reducing the possibility of interference from heavy metal matrix components. From the kinematics of the two reactions it was found6' that with an absorber of 17 mg cm-* of gold and a measuring angle of about 45" the energies of the protons and alpha particles were approximately equal and hence the measurement required but a single background ~ubtraction.~' A typical spectrum obtained under such conditions is shown in Figure 8.
.
Particle Energy (MeV) I
I
I
I
I
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
lLN(p,)
I
10
BARIUM NITRATE
STEEL BO
Channel number
FIGURE 8. Prompt particle spectra obtained from barium nitrate (upper curve) and a steel specimen containing nitrogen. The high energy portion of the spectrum from barium nitrate is entirely due to nitrogen in the material. The deuteron bombarding energy was 1200 keV and the spectra were measured at 45". (Reprinted from Olivier, C., Peisach, M., and Pierce, T. B., J . Radioanal. Chem., 32, 71, 1976. With permission from Elsevier Sequoia S.A.)
8. Oxygen Because proton-induced reactions on 160are endoergic, analysis of oxygen using proton beams is carried out on the heavy isotope through the reaction Q = 3.970 MeV
The cross-section is relatively high and in the region between 600 and 800 keV the yield is only slightly dependent on the energy. With beams of 840 keV in a microprobe, the oxygen profile was measured across a tapered section of that had been exposed to moist carbon dioxide labeled with ''0. Similarly, lattice localization studies of oxygen in niobium
182
Activation Analysis
preferred this reaction, with the absorber technique to eliminate scattered protons, because the amount of damage done to monocrystalline samples was relatively small with the low energy beam.62The use of this reaction for oxygen profiling at glancing angles was studied in detaiP3 because by making use of the higher particle energy at forward angles, greater depths of the material can be analy~ed,"~ especially when the already relatively low range alpha particles have their energy further reduced by the absorber technique. For most oxygen determinations, use is made of the spectrometry of the prompt particles form the deuteron-induced reactions '"0 (d,p)
170
Q = 1.918 MeV
and ( d p ) I4N
160
Q = 3.111 MeV
When the (d,p) reaction is used, concentration profiles may be obtained by measuring this either the '"0po or pl proton groups. With a high-resolution magnetic spe~trometer,~~ may be achieved without the use of an absorber foil, resulting in a significant improvement in depth resolution. The sensitivity of the method is only some 0.5 at%. With simpler technique using absorbers, lower concentrations of oxygen have been determined in such widely differing matrices as silicon wafers,'' Bowen's kale,53and tooth The decision as to which proton group should be used for the analysis is often determined by the presence of other components in the matrix, which could cause interference. Thus, despite the fact that the cross-section for the emission of p, protons is lower than that for because of the p, group," p0 protons are preferred when the sample contains de~terium,~" the high background from 'H for low energy protons, or nitrogen,'" because the p, proton group from the (d,p) reaction on 14N has very nearly the same energy as the 1 6 0 p, group. The p, group was chosen for the analysis of steels,57because of the better yield obtained with low energy deuterons, but when the sample contained large concentrations of carbon54 or boron,55only the p, group could be used because of the interference with the p, group from 1 2 0 pOor B p4 protons. The advantage of using the (d,a) reaction for oxygen analysis, is the fact that concentration profiles may be measured to a depth of about 1.5 Fm, with a depth resolution of 20 to 40 nm. However, with the deuteron beams of below 2 MeV normally used for analysis, the alpha particle energy is so low that the absorber technique can no longer be useful. Various experimental methods have been tried to overcome this problem. A magnetic spectrometeP can be used to eliminate interference from other sample components. Electronic discrimination with a threshold amplifier to reject pulses from elastically scattered deuterons was used to measure oxygen concentration profiles in silicon.65 Low current bombardment with no absorber foils could be used in samples containing low oxygen concentration^,^^ but analysis required irradiations lasting several hours. Most interferences from (d,p) reactions on light elements in the sample can be eliminated by using a thin detector of some 20 to 25 pm in which alpha particles of over 5 MeV can be stopped, but in which energetic protons and deuterons can deposit energies not exceeding some 2 MeV. Such an approach was used6' to analyze layers of niobium germanide, and by increasing the target tilt angle, the depth resolution could be improved.,'
ization of oxygen in niobium,62showed that the proton bombardment was preferred because of better yields and lower crystal irradiation damage.
Volume I1
183
9. Heavier Elements The determination of silicon distributions in metalss8 was carried out with a nuclear microprobe using the reaction 28Si (d,p) 29Si
Q = 6.249 MeV
and measuring the yield of the p, proton group from a bombardment with 1.9-MeV deuterons. The counts recorded in the energy region covered by this proton group were used for the analysis despite the fact that elements such as B, S. P, Mg, and A1 also contributed counts in the same energy region. From pure targets 'It was found59 that the presence of 1% of boron gave a count equivalent to about 2.2% of silicon, but the corresponding values for the other elements were much less, viz. 2000 ppm Si for 1% sulfur, 70 ppm for phosphorus, 230 ppm for magnesium, and 40 ppm for aluminium. Although the (d,p) reaction on 29Si produced more energetic protons, and hence was subject to a smaller extent of interference, the low abundance of this isotope in nature obviated its use for sensitive analytical work. The determination of thin layers of chromium on substrates of medium atomic weight elements can be carried out6' by the deuteron-induced reaction S2Cr(d,p) s3Cr
Q = 5.716 MeV
Energy spectra of the prompt protons from deuteron-bombarded films of chromium, iron and nickel, and copper on tantalum are shown in Figure 9. The spectrum from chromium is dominated by proton groups from the abundant 52Cr isotope, with the p, and p, groups being most prominent. Because the p, group lies at a higher energy region less likely to be populated by protons from other medium weight elements, this group was used for analysis. Some interference from iron and nickel could be expected but the spectrum could be deconvoluted to obtain the chromium concentration with a relative precision of about 2.4% for layers up to 300 pg/cm2 even on an undercoat of thick copper.68 Despite the mutual interference between chromium and nickel, the determination of surface and subsurface nickel can be effected69 through the (d,p) reaction on the nickel isotopes of mass 58 and 60, the two most abundant isotopes in nature, by the nuclear reactions 58Ni (d,p) 59Ni
Q = 6.775 MeV
and 60Ni (d,p) 61Ni
Q = 5.95 MeV
The relative precision69 for the determination of nickel on substrates of copper was 2.2%. The most likely other middle weight elements to cause interference are iron and zinc.69 Because nickel plating often involves a preliminary deposit of copper, possible interference from the proton groups s4Fe (p,,p,), s7Fe (p,), and 67Zn(p,,p,,p,) from iron and zinc in the substrate, would be greatly reduced.
IV. PROMPT NEUTRON SPECTROMETRY BY TIME-OF-FLIGHT Few techniques are available for the measurement of prompt neutron energies with sufficient energy resolution. One of the most convenient methods, applicable over the energy range of < 1 to more than 100 MeV is the time-of-flight technique where the time is measured between pulses denoting the start of the neutron flight at the target and its arrival at a detector
Activation Analysis
PS
k
p3p2
p1
)PO Chromium
6000 - '
4000
53~r
-
m
P2
'Ocr Po
1
Po
2000 0
I
u
Iron
1
0 100 I I
I
150 I
6.5 7
I
I
200 250 CHANNEL NUMBER
300 I
8 9 10 11 11.5 PROTON ENERGY (MeV)
FIGURE 9. Typical proton energy spectra obtained from thin films of chromium, iron, nickel and copper on tantalum, irradiated with 3500 keV deuterons and measured at 600.(Reprinted from Olivier, C. and Peisach, M . , J . Radioanal. Chem., 5, 391, 1970. With permission from Elsevier Sequoia S.A.)
placed a fixed known distance away. Although this technique has been used in nuclear research for a long time, it has not been applied extensively to analysis because of the very high backgrounds that were produced by gamma rays at the detector marking the end of the neutron flight. This disadvantage was overcome by the use of pulse-shape discrimination, when it was observed that scintillators, such as anthracene, stilbene, and organic scintillators
Volume 11
185
including the widely used liquid scintillator NE-213 (Nuclear Enterprises, England), gave pulses with an initial high intensity component and a lower intensity component that decayed exponentially, but that the intensity of the latter was greater for particles than for electrons. It was thus possible to differentiate between pulses from different sources according to the time-dependent shape of the scintillation pulse intensity. When a particle of mass m (a.m.u.) and energy E (MeV) takes time t(ns) to cover a distance s(m), the time-of-flight is given by
where the constant includes conversion units. For neutrons, with energies En < 6.5 MeV, the nonrelative relationship
where 7 = tls is the reciprocal velocity in ns/m, is accurate within about 1%, but a better accuracy, and for En > 6.5 MeV, the relativistic expression should be used viz.
Reciprocal velocities calculated from Equation 3 are given in Table 4 for neutrons with energies from 0.50 to 7.49 MeV in steps of 10 keV and from 7 to 39.9 MeV in steps of 100 keV .
A. ENERGY RESOLUTION The energy resolution of a time-of-flight spectrometer is given by AE,
2E"
= - v'(As)' S
+
1.9132 x
E,(At)*(MeV)
(22)
where AE,, At, and As represent, respectively, the uncertainties in the neutron energy, the flight time, and the flight path. It follows that the resolution can be reduced if long flight paths are used, and that for a fixed flight path, resolution is better for lower energy neutrons. The uncertainty in the flight path arises from uncertainties at the beginning and the end of the neutron flight due to the thickness of the target and detector, respectively. When solid targets are used, the depth of penetration by the charged particle irradiating beam is small so that the uncertainty in the position from which the neutron was generated is negligible. This is not true for gaseous samples, especially at low pressures, where the length of the gas cell can introduce uncertainties of the order of centimeters. Similarly, at the end of the neutron flight, the detectors used are usually scintillators several centimeters thick, thus again introducing an uncertainty of the same order. The uncertainty in theflight time is mainly due to the timing of the start of the neutron flight, but includes timing errors in the measuring system and the effect of the flight path uncertainty. The formation of the neutron can be detected by an associated particle emitted in the reaction, such as a gamma-ray photon, but the sverall neutron detection efficiency is decreased by inefficiencies in detecting the associated particle. This procedure has not yet
186
Activation Analysis
TABLE 4
Time-of-Flight of Neutrons (nslm) MeV 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.o 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1
2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 3.9 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5 .O 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9 6.0
-
Volume II
TABLE 4 (continued) Time-of-Flight of Neutrons ( d m ) MeV 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 6.9 7.0 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
found application in analysis. The technique most often used is to irradiate the target with a pulsed beam thereby limiting the formation of the neutron to the duration of the pulse. The advantage is that the neutron detection efficiency is not reduced by the detection efficiency of a secondary detector, but the timing uncertainty is increased as a result of the finite duration of the pulse. In Table 5 the energy resolution that can be obtained with flight paths of 6 m is given for different neutron energies. The flight path uncertainty was assumed to be 3 cm and a timing uncertainty of 0.6 ns was taken into account.
188
Activation Analysis
TABLE 5 Energy Resolution of Time-of-Flight Spectrometer Enerm resolution (keV) Pulse Duration (ns)
E, = 10
E, = 1 MeV
E, = 2 MeV
En = 5 MeV
MeV
Note: Flight path = 6m, flight path uncertainty = 3 cm, and additional timing uncertainty due to electronic measuring system = 0 . 6 ns.
However, the resolution is only important for analytical purposes when it is necessary to discriminate between neutrons from the nuclide (or element) under consideration and those from other sources. Many analytical applications do not require a very high resolution and are possible with spectrometershaving a resolution of about 100 keV for neutron energies between 1 and 2 MeV. In such cases, the advantage of using shorter irradiation pulses and faster electronic systems lies in the fact that much shorter flight paths can then be used. As the count rate varies inversely with the square of the flight path, the use of short flight paths greatly increases the count rate and hence shortens the duration of an analysis.
B. CONCENTRATION PROFILES Since neutrons generated by charged particles lose relatively little energy on their path from the point of generation to the detector, the energy of the neutrons from a selected nuclear reaction will vary as a function of the energy of the charged particle. Accordingly, the energy spectrum of measured neutrons will contain information on the depth concentration profile of the target element. Equation 9 could thus be applied to thick target analysis without correction for energy loss of the product neutrons, but, as is the case for charged particleinduced reactions, knowledge of the excitation function and of the stopping power of the target matrix is required. When, however, a homogeneous standard reference material is available which has a stopping power similar to that of the sample under investigation, a simple experimental approach70.'' may be used to deduce the concentration profile. Provided the neutron spectra from the sample and standard are measured under the same conditions, the energy spectra may be converted into a ratio function R(x) by a channel-for-channel division of the background corrected spectrum from the sample by that from the standard. In general, the concentration profile N(x) as a function of depth x is given by
where Co is the concentration of the required element in the standard, and K is the correction factor to allow for differences in matrix stopping power. Obviously, where sample and standard consist of very similar materials, K may be taken as unity. This experimental approach eliminates the necessity of determining excitation functions. Since the same nuclear reaction may produce neutrons of different energies from reactions
results from a single irradiation.
Volume 11
189
C. APPLICATION OF PULSED BEAMS OF CHARGED PARTICLES Since most (p,n) reactions are endoergic, it is frequently possible to select suitable proton bombarding energies at which neutrons are emitted from the desired component but not from other nuclides in the target material. Because the coulomb barrier increases with atomic number, light elements may often be analyzed on heavy supports, such as tungsten or tantalum, with comparatively low energy beams for which the neutron yield from the heavy metal is negligible. However, this approach should be used with care, since even 2-MeV protons emit neutrons from nuclides, such as 48Ca, 51V,53Cr,55Mn, and 59Coeven though the coulomb barrier is of the order of 5 MeV. Most (d,n) reactions are highly exoergic. It would thus seem that deuteron beams would be of little use for analysis, because virtually every component would generate large numbers of neutron groups, producing a complex energy spectrum. Furthermore, the high energy neutrons would require long flight paths, otherwise the energy resolution would be poor. Nevertheless, the coulomb barrier effect can still be used to analyze light nuclides, especially if the neutron group selected for the analysis has a high cross-section. Although helium ions are potentially useful for analysis by this method, no instance of the application of pulsed helium ions for analysis whether by 3He+ or 4He+ has yet been reported. Applications of the time-of-flight technique are summarized below in the order of the atomic number of the element that was determined.
1. Hydrogen Attempts have been made to determine hydrogen and to measure its concentration ~rofiles'~ by means of the reaction 'H (t,n) 3He using time-of-flight spectrometry. Although it was shown that such measurements were possible, the sensitivity attained was of the order of 1 mg g-' in matrices of heavy elements. High background levels are expected from surface low-Z contaminants associated with (t,n) reactions on nuclei other than hydr~gen.~' The nuclear reaction 2H (d,n) 3He (Q, = 3.269 MeV), has been studied in great detail because of its importance as a source of neutrons. The reaction cross-section73is relatively large, rising with deuteron energy to a maximum value of about 101 mb/sr at 12 MeV and 0". When the measuring angle is changed, it can be calculated from Equation 1 that the neutron energy will vary markedly. The variation of the neutron energy with angle of emission is shown graphically in Figure 10. This large variation can serve a useful purpose in analysis, since it enables the analyst to shift the position of the peak representing neutrons from deuterium in the energy spectrum from one region, where there may be interfering neutrons from some component nuclide in the target material, to another that is free from interference, merely by changing the angle of measurement. The position of other peaks in the spectrum will not be as sensitive to a change in the measuring angle because the target nuclei are heavier. The cross-section does, however, fall rapidly from its value at O0 with a change of angle. The determination of deuterum in gases74by neutron time-of-flight spectrometry can be carried out at comparatively low bombarding energies, using a gas cell with a thin nickel window. Typical spectra obtained from deuterium in hydrogen, oxygen, carbon dioxide, and nitrogen are shown in Figure 11. The method is capable of detecting deuterium levels of 25 ng/cm2 with an integrated current of 1 mC, but analysis using prolonged irradiations will require correction to be made for the beam-implanted deuterium, which itself will act as a neutron-generating source.
-
2. Lithium Although methods using neutron spectrometry have not yet been described for the determination of lithium or its isotopes, a great deal of nuclear data is available for neutron-
Activation Analysis ENERGY (m.e.v.)
CHANNEL NUMBER
FIGURE 10. The variation of the energy of the neutrons from the bombardment of deuterium, as a function of measuring angle. (Reprinted from Peisach, M. and Pretorius, R., Anal. Chem., 39, 650, 1967. With permission from the American Chemical Society .)
producing reactions, especially the reaction 7Li (p,n) 7Be Q = - 1.644 MeV which is often used to generate monoenergetic neutrons of variable energy. From considerations of the reaction c r o s s - ~ e c t i o n and ~ ~ -detection ~~ effi~iency,~' a proton bombarding energy of about 3 MeV is indicated. At this energy, two readily resolvable neutron groups are generated. The ground state n, group is about seven times as intense as the n, group which is produced from reactions leading to the 431-keV level of 8Be. Under these conditions and from a knowledge of typical neutron background spectra,79the sensitivity for lithium determination should be about 20 ng/cm2. Isotopic analyses of lithium may be achieved by deuteron bombardment, when the neutrons from both stable isotopes, produced by the reactions 6Li (d,n) 7Be
Q = 3.383 MeV
and 7Li (d,n) 8Be
Q
=
15.031 MeV
should be of suitable energies and intensities. Using 2-MeV deuterons, only n, and n, neutron groups are produced from both isotopes. The energies of the two pairs of neutron groups would be quite different, the faster neutrons being produced from the heavier isotope. Since isotopic analysis is usually carried out on pure samples, interference from other nuclides would be easily controllable.
3. Beryllium Because of its very low coulomb barrier, beryllium can be readily determined by neutron spectrometry using 4He beams. The (a,n) reaction has Q = 5.702 MeV and a cross-section of 25 mb/sr at about 4 MeV. Under these conditions a sensitivity of 60 ng/cm2 should be attainable. +
Volume 11
191
ENERGY (MeV)
CHANNEL NUMBER FIGURE 1 1 . Neutron time-of-flight spectra of deuterium. (A) Pure and in mixtures with (B) oxygen, (C) carbon dioxide, and (D) nitrogen bombarded with 3-MeV deuterons and measured at 30". (Reprinted from Peisach, M. and Pretorius, R . , Anal. Chem., 39, 650, 1967. With permission from the American Chemical Society.)
4. Boron Although the determination of boron by this technique has not yet been described, the nuclear properties of both stable isotopes are well suited for analysis by neutron time-offlight. Proton beams are not suitable for analysis, because relatively many elements may cause interference. By contrast, deuteron beams produce such energetic neutrons from the reaction
"B (d,n) "C
Q = 13.733 MeV
that only high energy neutrons from 3H or 'Li could interfere. However, analysis should be carried out at the lowest useable deuteron beam energies to reduce the background.
192
Activation Analysis
TABLE 6 Neutron Energies from (d,n) Reactions on Carbon-12, Nitrogen-14, and Oxygen-16
Natural abundance (%) Q-value (MeV) for (d,nJ reaction Neutron energy MeV
"0 "1
"2
n3 n, "5 "6
n7 Note: Ed = 3 MeV and 0
=
30"
Helium beams are also suitable and these have the advantage that interferences from other sample components are unlikely. With helium-3 beams, the reaction "B (3He,n) 13N
Q = 10.182 MeV
yields high energy neutrons, while helium-4 beams can be used for isotopic analysis of boron. The (cx,n) reactions are exoergic for both stable isotopes of boron, and the neutrons generated by them are readily resolvable.
5. Carbon Neutrons produced by deuteron bombardment, from the reaction Q = -0.281 MeV
have been used for determining carbon in g a ~ e s ~and ~ - ~in' steel^.'^^^^^^^ With bombarding energies below 3.5 MeV, only one neutron group is observed, because the energy of the n, neutrons is still below the detection threshold. The elements carbon, nitrogen, and oxygen frequently occur together and it is often necessary to determine one or more of them in samples containing all three. The energies of neutrons obtained at 30°, from (d,n) reactions on 12C,14N,and 1 6 0 with 3-Mev deuterons, are listed in Table 6. 1 6 0 would not interfere with the determination of "C but if 14N is present, the n, and n, neutrons would not be resolvable with the short flight paths normally used for analysis, and correction for their contribution would have to be made by amounts proportional to the intensity of the 14N(n,,)neutron group from 14N. Another source of interference is due to thin deposits of carbon from residual vacuum oil vapours that decompose on the heated point of incidence of the bombarding beam. Despite this background the method has a sensitivity8' of about 60 ng/cm2. I3Cmay be d e t e m ~ i n e d ~by ~ .bombardment ~' with 5-MeV protons, when only n,, neutrons are formed through the reaction. 13C (p,n) 13N
Q = -3.003 MeV
As was the case with deuteron bombardment, correction has to be made for the backgrounda4 from beam-deposited carbon.
Volume 11
193
6. Nitrogen Despite the fact that several neutron groups (see Table 6) are generated by the nuclear reaction I4N (d,n) ''0
Q = 5.067 MeV
14N has already been determined in g a s e ~ ~and " ~in~ steel^^^^"^^^ by deuteron irradiation. The sum of the neutron counts from n, and n, neutrons would be a suitable measure of the I4N content of the sample (see Figure 11). However, is should be noted that if oxygen and carbon are present, the I4N(n, and n,) neutron groups would not be readily resolved from the 12C(nJ group and 14N(n4and n,) groups from 160(n,) neutrons. In such cases, the n, or no neutrons should be used, not only for obtaining a measure of the I4N content but also to obtain a corrected value of the neutron counts from 12C and 160. Despite these apparent difficulties, the precision of analysisa2was about 3% with an attainable sensitivity of 200 ng/cm2. The yield of neutrons from 15N by the reaction 15N (p,n) ''0
Q
=
3.542 MeV
is comparatively low, as may be judged from the spectrum obtaineds4 with a sample of ammonia enriched in 15N in Figure 12. This nuclide has thus not yet been determined by neutron spectrometry. 7. Oxygen Neutrons from the reaction
(d,n) 17F
160
Q = -1.624 MeV
induced by about 3-MeV deuterons have been used to determine oxygen in gases80-s2and on solid material^.'^."." The neutron energy (see Table 6) is low so that interference may be expected from many elements, especially at higher bombarding energies. In gases, I4N if present, will interfere through the 14N(n4)neutron group. Using the yield of n,, neutrons, analysisR2showed a relative precision of about 3% and a sensitivity of 170 ng/cm2. Isotopic analysis of oxygen could be carried out by determining the ''0 under proton bombardment through the (p,n) reaction. With 5-MeV protons and a flight path of about 3 m, the n, (2.495-MeV) and the n, (0.744-Mev) neutron groups are very well resolved. Even though the neutron groups, n, to n, (1.555 to 1.361 MeV), all produce a single compounded peak, it is well suited for analysis (see Figure 12). Under these conditions the precision was good and the sensitivity for I s 0 analysis was 16 ng/cm2. Another reaction that offers promise for the determination of ''0 on thin layers of solid samples is the reaction (oL,~ "Ne )
lS0
Q = - 0.6992 MeV
which has already been used for determining the "0 content in gases by measuring the gross neutron yield from reactions induced by alpha particles from polonium-210.85
8. Calcium Calcium is the only element heavier than oxygen that has as yet been analyzed by neutron spectrometry. The heavy isotopes 43Ca and 48Cahave been used as a stable isotopic tracer and their determination is facilitated by the fact that the nuclear reaction
194
Activation Analysis
0.6
800
NEUTRON ENERGY (MeV) 2 .O I0
I
4.0
I
I
I
97.45 atom% oxygen-I8 as CI8o2
30- 573 atom% carbon-13 as I3Co,
Ep = 5.0 MeV
nI3~(n,,)
20 -
100
0
I
100
200 CHANNEL NUMBER
300
d nitrogenFlGURE 12. Neutron time-of-flightspectra of e ~ c h e oxygen-18, 15, and carbon-13 bombarded with 5-MeV protons and measured at 30" over a flight path of 3.13 m. (Reprinted from Peisach, M., Pretorius, R . , and Strebel, P. J., Anal. Chem., 40, 850, 1968. With permission from the Arnerican Chemical Society.)
43Ca(p,n) 4 3 S ~
Q = - 3.003 MeV
48Ca(p,n) 4 8 S ~
Q = -0.510 MeV
and
can yield neutrons at proton energies below the thresholds of the corresponding reactions on the two most abundant isotopes ""Ca and 42Ca. Typical spectra obtained with protons of 4.5 MeV are shown in Figure 13. At this energy, the highest neutron energy obtainable from 43Cais the n, group of 1.478 MeV, while
Volume 11
300
0.6 I
NEUTRON ENERGY (MeV) 0.8 1.0 1.5 2.0 I
I
I
I
195
3.0 4.0
1500
1000
500
000
ioo 1 1
CHANNEL NUMBER
FIGURE 13. Neutron time-of-flight spectra of targets of natural calcium and enriched calcium-43 and calcium-48 bombarded with 4.5-MeV protons and measured at 0" over a flight path of 2.99 m. (Reprinted from McMurray, W. R . , Peisach, M., Pretorius, R., Van der Merwe, P . , and Van Heerden, I. J . , Anal. Chem., 40,266, 1968. With permission from the American Chemical Society .)
many neutron groups from 48Cahave energies above this value. It is thus possible to integrate the counts obtained from the first five most abundant neutron groups of 48Ca to give a measure of the content of this isotope, free from any contribution from 43Ca.In the energy region of the no and n, neutrons from 43Ca,the yield of neutrons from 48Cais comparatively small, and can be calculated as a small correction to obtain the net neutron count representing the content of 43Ca. If the isotopic composition of the sample is known or assumed to be that of natural calcium, the total calcium content can be deduced from the determination of either 43Caor 48Ca. Conversely, if either isotope is administered to a system in an enriched form, the extent of dilution with the natural element can be calculated from the measured ratio of these two isotopes. This method is particularly suited for biological tracing of calcium, especially in healthy humans, where the use of radioactive material is prohibited by law.
196
Activation Analysis
V. THE USE OF NUCLEAR RESONANCES The excitation functions for nuclear reactions with charged particles especially on the lighter nuclides, show sharp peaks superimposed on continua. These resonances correspond to energy states in the compound nucleus and their widths, T, are related to 7 ,the lifetime of the state by the relation.
The analytical importance of these resonances is due to the fact that at the resonance energy, E,, the reaction cross-section is substantially increased. Analyses carried out at these energies on thin targets would, therefore, improve the precision for determining the target nuclide. As a first approximation, it may be considered that the reaction yield occurs only at the resonance energy. Thus, by using bombarding energies E, somewhat above the resonance, the charged particle beam will lose energy by interaction with electrons along its path in the target and attain the resonance energy at some depth x, below the surface, where
The resonance yield may then be assumed to originate from that depth. By systematically increasing the bombarding energy, the resonance yield, and hence analytical information, may be obtained from increasing depths. In this manner, the concentration profile of the target nuclide may be determined. The intensity of the continuum in the excitation function is a measure of the contribution to the yield from bombarding particles with off-resonance energies. Since this yield can be considered as a background against which the resonance yield has to be measured, it is essential to be able to obtain an accurate excitation function in the energy region of interest. With a Van de Graaff accelerator, an energy scan over a limited energy interval of up to 60 keV may be carried out by using electrostatic deflection plates positioned before the analysing slits. With those plates, small well-controlled deflections cause small well-defined energy changes in the accelerating voltage.g6 By repeating the deflections in short time intervals, an entire excitation curve, over the limited bombarding energy range, may be built up in a manner similar to the recording of a pulse amplitude spectrum. Once the intensity of the continuum under the resonance peak has been established the contribution to the measurement, from bombarding above and below the resonance energy, can be deducted from the measured yield. Within the target matrix, when the beam energy has decreased to E near the resonance energy, the cross-section, u (E), for the formation of the measured product is given8' by
where a, is the cross-section at the resonance energy and the width r is given by the FWHM. Thus, if N(x) is the number of target atoms per unit volume at depth x the yield from an incremental depth dx is given by
and is dependent on an accurate knowledge of the resonance parameters. If it is assumed that N(x) is a slowly changing function of x, then the total yield measured from a bom-
Volume 11
197
where S(E) is the stopping power of the matrix at energy E. Except at the surface, (E - ER)>>T/2 and the second team in the square bracket IT
becomes -. 2 Hence
where Y(E,) is the nett yield from the resonance, corrected for the yield from the continuum region of the excitation function. By comparing the yield from an unknown sample with that from a standard the absolute concentration, N(xR) can be obtained since
A concentration profile given by the variation of yield with bombarding energy still has to be corrected further, to take into account the effect of beam energy straggling in the target matrix. Energy loss distributions, calculated from theory3 show that, in thin targets and in thick targets at depths close to the surface, the depth resolution is determined by the inherent width of the resonance. At larger depths the attainable resolution deteriorates with increasing depth and is determined by the extent of energy straggling, which produces an energy distribution much wider than the resonance width. To overcome this difficulty, target samples may be cut in a wedge so that scanning the beam across the wedge, at constant bombarding energy would yield a concentration profile. Successive etchinga8would have the same effect. Another limitation on the use of resonances is the energy region available for a concentration probe. Since increasing depth penetration requires an increase in the bombarding energy, interference-free analysis will depend on the proximity of the succeeding resonance. When the bombarding energy has been increased to the level of the second resonance, the measured yield will reflect the sum of the yields from the first resonance from reaction at the mean calculated depth and from the second at the surface layer. Further increases in the bombarding energy will then result in a repeat of the concentration probe with the second resonance but to which the yield of the measured product from the first resonance has been added. Deconvolution of a concentration profile from data involving overlapping resonance yields requires an accurate knowledge of the relative reaction cross-sections and a recalculation of the straggling effect at the same depth but at the higher energies of the second resonance. While some gain may be expected from a repeat analysis of the near-surface layers, the energy spread of the first resonance by straggling introduces a poorer depth resolution and a poorer precision for the second scan. For these reasons, it is seldom
198
Activation Analysis
advantageous to proceed with a depth probe after the bombarding energy has been increased to that of the next resonance. The technique which has been used most often involves the measurement of the onresonance yield of gamma rays, primarily because of the ease with which gamma rays can be measured, but also because many useful resonances are from (p,y) reactions where no other light product particle is produced. Particle spectrometry from charged particle-induced reactions require the acceptance angle of the detector to be fairly well defined, to prevent kinematic broadening of the spectral peaks. For this reason, the count rates are often lower than desired. To improve the count rate, detectors may be used collimated to cover the entire cone at the measuring angle, or several detectors mounted in the same acceptance direction, may be used to the same effect.89 Applications of the resonance technique are briefly reviewed below in the order of the atomic number of the element that was determined.
A. HYDROGEN Three reactions with heavy ion beams have been used to profile hydrogen concentrations through resonance-excited gamma-ray measurements. These are 'H ('Lip?) 4He, 'H (15N,ay) 12Cand 'H (lgF,ay) 160. Resonances, with relatively narrow widths, from which high energy gamma rays are emitted, from the inverse reaction of the first of the above, 7Li ( p , ~ ) + 2a, occur at 441.4, 1030, and 2060 keV. These correspond to 7Li-beam energies of 3073, 7170, and 14340 keV. Only the first of these resonances has as yet been used for profiling hydrogen concentrations. The gamma-ray energies emitted are 17.64 and 14.70 MeV from the decay of the excited state of 'Be to the ground state and to the first excited state at 2.94 MeV, respectively. A depth resolution of 170 nm has been r e p ~ r t e dThe . ~ reaction is capable of measuring hydrogen concentrations to a depth of about 8 pm and the absolute sensitivity is of the order of 0.1 at%. The reaction preferred by a majority of users for hydrogen profiling is the one induced by beams of 15N.The resonance occurring at 6385 keV is sufficiently sharp to give acceptable depth resolution and is separated from the next resonance by about 7 MeV, thereby allowing profiling to be measured to a good depth without interference from gamma rays of other resonances. At this energy, only hydrogen can react because for all other elements, the coulomb barrier is not exceeded. The width of this resonance, as given in early referencesg1 and as accepted for many years, was shown9' to be too wide; the cumnt value of TI, = 1.8 keV is in good agreement with the resonance width of 103 eV deduced for the corresponding 429-keV resonance in the inverse reaction,9315N(p,ay) 12C.This narrow resonance makes it possible to achieve a depth resolution of 4 nm near the surface, in metals such as Ag and Ta. The calculated cross-section of 1650 mb for the resonance indicates that an absolute sensitivity of about 180 pg/g can be attained through measuring the yield of the 4.43-MeV gamma ray. With suitable corrections for the stopping power of the matrix, this resonance is useful for profiling hydrogen in such diverse systems as the interaction between ~ ~ trapping -~~ of hydrogen in carbon foils,97 in metal foils, and in water and g l a s s e ~ , the geological materials.98 T = 25.4 The next resonance of this reaction appears at 13350 keV. This has a width , keV and a cross-section of 1050 mb. A comparison between the properties of the two resonancesg8 showed that the absolute sensitivity attainable at the higher energy was 20 pglg, but that the depth resolution at the surface and the probe range were worse, the comparative values for the high and low energy resonances being, respectively, 23.6 and 9.6 nm, and 3.3 and 4.8 pm in silica Though not applied as widely as the reaction with 15Nbeams, bombardment with beams of 19Fto generate gamma rays of 6 130,6912, and 7 117 keV has often been used to measure
Volume 11
199
TABLE 7 Resonances102of the Reaction 12C ( p , ~ 13N ) Below 2000 keV Nuclear excited Proton energy
state
rkeV
Gamma-ray energies per keV
hydrogen concentration profiles. The resonance energy of 16.440 MeV has a width of 86 keV and a probe range of 1.2 MeV to the next resonance. A depth of about 0.3 pm is thus accessible for analysis by this resonance. A lower resonance occuring at 6.420 MeV has a wider probe range of 2.70 MeV and a narrower width of 44 keV, but the resonance crosssection is 44 mb compared with 86 mb at the higher energy.98
B. HELIUM The concentration profile of implanted helium has been determinedw through measuring the gamma-ray yield from bombardment with 'Li by the reaction 4He ('Li,y) "B, using the resonance occurring at a Li-energy of 1680 keV. The presence of a weaker resonance at 1430 keV necessitated an unfolding procedure to separate the data from the two resonances. It appears that a suggestion'00for profiling helium through the use of the reaction 4He (IoB,n) I3N at the resonance energy of 1.08 MeV (center-of-mass) has not yet been acted upon.
C. BORON In the predeposition of boron on silicon, a heavily doped boron-rich layer grows at the interface between the silicon and the boron silicate glass. To determine the composition of this layer and its concentration profile, the resonan~e'~' in the reaction
at 1507 keV and a width of 18 keV was used.5' Protons were measured at 135' with a MylarB foil of 19 km in front of the detector to absorb backscattered alpha particles. The method is, however, only suitable for samples thicker than 100 nm. D. CARBON Low energy accelerators providing proton beams of a few MeV can excite only the two lowest resonances of the reaction I2C ( p , ~ I3N ) occuring at the 456.8 and 1699 key. The properties of those are given in Table 7. The next resonance'02 occurs at a proton energy of 9010 keV. Analytical use was made of the lower energy resonanceIo3to determine the film thickness of a carbon deposit under a deposit of gold covering a silicon substrate. To obtain the excitation function, the gamma-ray spectrum of a thick carbon target was used, but correction had to be made for the contribution of a 23 13-keV gamma ray from the 5 11keV resonance in the reaction I3C (p,y) 'IN induced on the natural I3C content of the target.
E. NITROGEN Examination of the list of resonance^'^^ induced by proton bombardment of I5N shows that in the reaction I5N (p,ay) IZC,the resonance at 429 keV is the narrowest. This resonance presents several advantages for nitrogen profiling. Its very narrow width of 103 eV makes it possible to obtain excellent depth resolution near the surface, where the energy distribution of the bombarding beam is not diffused through straggling. Furthermore, since it is a very strong resonance, and the only resonance at lower energy is a weak one at 335 keV, the
200
Activation Analysis
TABLE 8 Resonances of Nitrogen Isotopes1ozwith Protons Below 2000 keV ISN (p,ay) lZC
I4N (P,Y)"0
Proton energy (kW
a
(lab)
(kev)
Proton energy
r (lab)
(keV)
(keV)
Two close-lying levels separated by about 500 eV.
reaction has a low off-resonance cross-section, which augurs well for improved precision. No other resonances occur until 897.4 keV, so that the resonance yield may be used even for the analysis for thick targets. Consequently, this resonance has been extensively used for determining concentration profiles of implanted I5N in metallic ranging in atomic number from 13 to 79, oxides, lo' soft iron, and alloys.'0S Because this same 429-keV resonance is also extensively used in the inverse reaction 'H (I5N,ay) I2C for measuring the concentration profile of hydrogen, the width of the resonance was rein~estigated~~ by the high resolution technique d e v e l ~ p e dfor ' ~ measuring very sharp resonances, when it became clear that the width of 900 eV, previously accepted9' could not be valid. Other resonances of the reaction 15N (p,ay) I2C have been used for the determination of nitrogen in homogeneous materials, when full use could be made of the high resonance cross-section to obtain improved sensitivity. Biological materials were ana1yzed"O for their protein content by determining nitrogen with a proton beam of 920 keV in order to get the benefit of the resonance at 897.4 keV. Similarly, nitrogen-bearing coatings applied by ionic decomposition from a Mo plasma were analysed for their nitrogen content"' using the resonance at 1210 keV. When used with suitable standards, a relative precision of + 3% was achieved, and the method could be used at concentrations down to 10 kg-g-I. The resonances of 14N and 15N are listed in Table 8 for protons up to 2000 keV. Nitrogen concentration profiling in steels through measuring the much more abundant1l2 isotope I4N made use of the 4He-induced resonance in the reaction 14N (a,y) 18F at a bombarding energy of 1531 keV which has a width of 600 eV. This resonance is useful because there are no significant resonances at lower energy; however, the next resonance is at 1618 keV, thus providing a bombarding energy range for interference-free profiling of only 87 keV.
F. OXYGEN The study of oxygen concentrations in materials is often carried out by isotopically enriched 180implantation or deposition. For this purpose the favored analytical method makes use of resonances induced by proton bombardment and the measurement of the emitted particle spectra (see below). However, gamma-ray measurements were employed at the 638keV resonance of the reaction 180(p,ay) I5N and at the 1168.5-keV resonance"' of the ) reaction 1 8 0 ( p , ~ 19F. To determine 1 6 0 directly, the only resonance that has been used,l14 is the sharp elastic
Volume 11
201
TABLE 9 Low Energy Resonances in Proton-Irradiation Oxygen-18 and Some Applications Using Particle Spectrometryn6 E&eV
r(lab)
Cross-section
2.1
60 mblsr at 165'
47 3.8 0.6 5.2 30 27 3.6
40 mblsr at 90"
Use
Ref.
Oxygen in silicon Oxygen implanted in Gap Oxide on Ta
89 118
Anodised oxide film on A1
115
Oxygen diffusion metal single crystals and in metal oxide scale
119
scattering resonance that occurs with alpha-induced reaction I6O (a,&') 1 6 0 at a bombarding energy of 3048 keV and a scattering angle of about 165". The cross-section for this resonance is about ten times higher than that of Rutherford backscatter at the same energy. The determination of ''0 by particle spectrometry was probably one of the earliest applications of the reasonance technique. In 1963, anodic oxide films on aluminum were measured115to a depth of 0.5 pm by alpha-particle spectrometry from the reaction ''0 (p,a) 15N at the resonance proton energy of 1165 keV. Since then several other low energy resonances have been used, and examples are cited in Table 9. The technique requires the use of absorbers to prevent interferences from the backscattered protons. As a result, the depth resolution suffers, from the straggling of the measured alpha particles in the absorber.
G. FLUORINE The reaction 19F (p,ay) 1 6 0 has resonances with high cross-section which are useful for depth profiling. The gamma rays that are emitted are those of 6130, 6912, and 7117 keV from the excited states of 160and, in order to improve the precision of analysis, are usually measured as an unresolved group with NaI(T1) scintillation detectors. The narrow resonances with widths of a few keV lie below a proton energy of 2000 keV. These are listed in Table 10 together with some references where the particular resonances have had analytical application. Because of its high cross-section, the resonance at 872.1 keV offers the best sensitivity, but the next resonance is encountered only some 62 keV higher, thus limiting the depth to which interference-free profiling can be measured. The greatest depth of profiling can be achieved through the use of the resonance at 340.5 keV; this resonance has the advantage that the yield of gamma rays from off-resonance energies is negligible and there is a 143keV energy range before the next resonance is encountered. The best depth resolution is offered by the very narrow resonance at 1087.7 keV, but because it is so weak, it can be used to advantage only when the matrix has a high fluorine content. At lower fluorine concentrations, the resonance at 483.8 keV gives the most useful depth resolution. In cases, such as matrices rich in aluminum or silicon, where an intense high-energy gamma-ray background may be generated from proton capture reactions on the matrix elements, under bombardment with low energy protons, the use of the inelastic scatter reaction, I9F (p,ply) I9F may be preferred. Naturally, the proton energies at which the resonances occur are identical with those listed in Table 10, but the gamma rays that are measured from this reaction have low energies of 110 and 197 keV. The yield of the intense 110-keV gamma ray can be measured with a favorable peak-to-background ratio, especially if a thin Ge(Li) or intrinsic Ge detector is used for the measurement, and the sensitivity for
202
Activation Analysis
TABLE 10 Resonances of the Reaction I9F (p,cuy) 1 6 0 Below 2000 keV Proton resonance energy (keV) ReP16
Usage Purpose or analyzed matrix
Ref.
Energy calibration Glass, implanted Fe, Contaminated Ta,O Implanted Fe foils
"
C, Cu, Ta, Au, glass Fe, Zircaloy, AVMg alloys, Ta,O
127 129
Cab
121
Mg-alloy Zircaloy
128 130
Value to which data from Reference 121 was normalized. This value was cited by Reference 128
fluorine analysis13' can be reduced to an areal concentration of 7 x 1012 atoms per square centimeter. Using the proton resonance at 935 keV, a resonance not preferred with the (p,c~y) reaction, fluorine concentration profiles were obtained13' in matrices of aluminum, silicon, zircalloy, and stainless steels, through the measurement of the 110-keV gamma ray. H and H : ions in addition to the normal Most low energy accelerators also accelerate : H + beams. Using thin targets of CaF,, it was shown132that the use of such ion-molecule beams broadened the yield curve of the resonance. At the 872-keV proton resonance and with a beam of 2- to 3 keV dispersion, FWHM of the yield curve was 5.5, 8.5, and 11.3 keV for H,' with n = 1, 2, and 3, respectively.
H. NEON Being chemically inert, neon is a useful element for studying the behavior of elemental implants. Most of the resonances that are excited under proton bombardment from the reaction 'ONe (p,y) "Na occur at bombarding energies below 2000 keV. These are listed in Table 11 together with the gamma rays and their relative intensities associated with each resonance. It will be noted that the first resonance with an intense high energy gamma ray occurs at a bombarding energy of 1169 keV. Thus, provided the matrix does not yield high energy gamma rays, high efficiency NaI(T1) scintillation detectors may be used to measure the yield of the 3544-keV gamma ray from the resonance, free from interference, because gamma rays of similar energy cannot be excited by lower energy protons. Additional advantages for the use of this resonance is its very narrow width, which allows for good resolution at the surface and in near-surface layers, and the fact that the next resonance occurs at 1311 keV, thus allowing an energy interval of 142 keV for probing purposes. It is, therefore, not surprising that concentration profile studies on neon, implanted in silicon and tantalum,134 in niobium single crystals,135and in ironlZ3made use of this resonance.
I. SODIUM The emission of gamma rays from resonances in sodium excited by proton bombardment
Volume 11
203
TABLE 11 Resonances of the Reaction20 Ne (p,y) 21NaBelow 2000 keVlJ3 Proton resonance energy (keV)
Nuclear excited level (keV)
384
2,798.2
418
2,829.4
Note:
1,169
3,544
1,311
3,679.7
1,504
3,863.1
1,830
4,175
1,955
4,294
Gamma-ray energies (keV) Most intense
Others (relative intensity)
Gamma-ray energies given as relative intensities, calculated from branching ratios in Reference 133 relative to most intense taken as 100%.
was intensively studied'36 for the (p,y), (p,ply) and (p,ay) reactions. The large number of resonances encountered in these reaction^'^' all lead to high energy gamma rays that can conveniently be measured with efficient large NaI(T1) scintillation detectors even though the energy resolution of these detectors is poor. However, relatively few of the available resonances have as yet been used for analysis. The sharp (p,y) resonance at 308.9 keV, having a width of less than 20 eV is useful for calibrating the beam energy from low energy accelerators122and its use for analysis has already been suggested.138So toolz6 was the use of the (p,y) resonance at 512.1 keV suggested, because of its narrow width of <46 eV. The ( p p ) resonance at 592 keV with a width of 0.64 keV has been used extensiveto measure sodium concentration profiles by alpha-particle spectrometry in ly 9595,138,'39 glass, despite the fact that the depth resolution is adversely affected by the absorber used to eliminate the backscattered protons. Since glass in contact with aqueous solutions interacts at the surface, changes in the sodium concentration profile made it possible to study the mechanism of this effect. Similar studies94also made use of the resonance at 1010.5 keV, but in this case the prompt gamma rays of 1634 keV were measured. This resonance has a width of about 3keV and a peak cross-section of about 45 mb. The (p,y) resonance at 1416.8 keV was used to measure the sodium concentration profile implanted at 10 keV into a 130-nm layer of SiO, on a silicon substrate. The sensitivity attained was about 1013 atoms per square centimeter, equivalent to a concentration of about 1 pglg. With thicker layers of SiO,, the protons caused a surface charge build-up on the insulating layer, with subsequent flash discharge which made concentration profile analysis impossible.
J. MAGNESIUM Only the first two resonances of the reaction 24Mg(p,y) "A1 have been studied with a view to their use for analysis. Careful measurement of the resonance widthsIz6showed that the previously accepted13' values of < 1000 and <400 eV for the resonances at 223.0 and 419.1 keV, respectively, could be reduced to <32 and <44 eV. It appears that the higher resonance has not yet been used for magnesium analysis, but that at 223 keV was used to determine the depth profile of thin oxide layers on magne~ium.'~'
204
Activation Analysis
In a study of implantation ranges, '42 the magnesium concentration profile was determined by measuring the capture gamma rays emitted during proton irradiation at the 20-eV wide 1548-keV resonance of the reaction 26Mg(p,y) 27Al.
K. ALUMINUM Seven low-lying resonance states in the reaction 27Al(p,y) 28Sibelow 507 keV were measured'26 and found to have upper limits to their widths ranging from 34 to 77 eV. Of those, the resonance at 405 keV was used to measure the concentration profile of thin oxide layers on aluminium.14' It appears that most users favor the 991.9-keV resonance for aluminum depth profiling, in which the prompt gamma ray of 1778 keV from the reaction "Al (p,y) 28Siis measured. This resonance has a peak cross-section of 900 mb" and a width of about 100 eV. It has been used to determine aluminum concentration profiles in implanted silicon, silicon carbide, and silicon dioxide,I4' in epitaxially grown silicon on substrates of sapphire,'43on the surface layers of Fecralloy, an alloy of Fe, Cr, Al, and Y, where the resonance of 1025 keV was also and in studies on the interaction between glass surfaces and aqueous solutionS.138.145 The extensive investigations of 111-V compounds has necessitated the determination of aluminium concentration profiles in the heterostructure GaAlAs/GaAs. For this purpose, the resonance at 1183 keV in the reaction 27Al(p,a) 24Mgwas chosen. Absorbers could not be used to eliminate scattered protons because the alpha particles has a shorter range in the absorbers than did the protons. At this bombarding energy, the alpha particles could be measured with a thin totally depleted surface barrier detector having a thickness of 8.6 pm. Such a detector would stop alpha particles at their maximum energy of 2.14 MeV (measured at a laboratory angle of 155") but would allow protons above 0.7 keV to pass.146
L. OTHER ELEMENTS Resonances of silicon have been used to measure concentration profiles in the near surface region of s01ids.l~~ The resonance width for the 416-keV resonance of the reaction 29Si(p,y) 30Pwas shown to be <500 eV.I4' Gamma rays from resonances in the reaction3'P (p,a) 32S at proton energies of 81 1, 1121, and 1247 keV were used to measure concentration profiles of phosphorus. These levels had resonance widths of 460 eV,147<150 eV,'48and 1500 eV,'47respectively. Particle spectrometry using the reaction 31P(p,a) 28A1at the reasonances of 1018 and 1892 keV was The resonance width of 1018-keV resonance, which had previously been also applied.138.149 reported as 800 eV, has been shown138to be <300 eV. Possible use of the resonance at 1019 keV in the reaction 34S (p,y) 35C1has been suggested142for determining the concentration profile of sulfur. Thicknesses of sulfur-containing films were measured using the resonance at 3.722 meV of the reaction 32S(p,ply) 32Sat which the 2.230 keV 32S(l,0)prompt gamma ray was emitted.29 M. THE USE OF ANALOGUE RESONANCES In the heavier elements, the number of resonances for (p,y) reactions becomes large and their energy spacing decreases. It thus becomes difficult to select suitable resonances for concentration profiling except over very limited depths. In some case, however, there may exist analogue states whose structure is similar to low-lying levels of an isobaric nuclide. Resonances corresponding to such states may be considered stronger than other nearby resonances and may be well suited for concentration profiling. Furthermore, it may be possible that due to differences in spin values, the excited level may decay to levels not populated by neighboring resonances with the result that gamma rays with unique energies may be used for the analysis. Examples of the use of analogue resonances are given below.
Volume 11
205
1. Titanium Two strong resonances exist at proton energies of 1007 and 1013 keV. The former decays mainly by a 7582-keV gamma ray to the 153-keV level of 49Vwhile the latter gives a 7650-keV gamma ray in its decay to the 91-keV level of 49V.Thus the 7582-keV gamma ray can be used as a signature of the resonance.'" This gamma ray requires a detector of good resolution such as a Ge(Li) or intrinsic Ge detector for which the counting efficiency is poor. More efficient counting, and hence faster analysis, is possible if the higher resonance at 1361 keV is used, and the 7936-keV gamma ray is measured with a NaI(T1) ~cintillator.'~' This higher resonance can be used to profile depths in iron or about 300 nm until the next resonance is reached at an energy of 26 keV higher. This profiling range is more than sufficient for the analysis of titanium in iron where Ti has been implanted to improve the surface resistance against friction and wear. If profiling is required at a greater depth, the advantage of using NaI(T1) detectors may have to be sacrificed in order to obtain the resolution necessary to distinguish gamma rays from adjacent resonances. 2. Chromium A strong resonance corresponding to an analogue state exists at the proton energy of 1005 keV. At bombarding energies just above the resonance, there are about ten different gamma rays which are unique to the 1005-keV resonance, and may be used for concentration profiling. 150.152 3. Nickel A strong isolated analogue resonance exists in 58Ni at a proton energy of 1424 keV. The capture state decays to the first excited state of 492 keV, but the high energy gamma ray is not sufficiently intense compared to other gamma rays from steel components, so that it is the 492-keV gamma ray that has to be used. Depth profiling of up to 80 pg/cm2 can be effected. lS0
VI. COINCIDENT MEASUREMENT OF COMPLEMENTARY PARTICLES (CMCP) Although it is usually the light product particle which is measured in prompt analysis, in principle, the heavy product recoil can similarly be used, provided the recoiling product has sufficient energy to leave the target material and to register at the detector. If both particles are measured in coincidence with each other, excellent specificity is obtained,lJ7 because if one of the particles, M, with energy E, is measured in the direciton 0, then the complementary product nucleus M, can only be emitted with energy E, in a definite direction, as determined by the kinematic relationships and is unique for a given reaction with a given energy of the bombarding particle. Unlike most other coincidence measurements, where count rates drop appreciably, CMCP is highly efficient, because for every particle counted in one detector, there is another particle emitted towards the second detector placed at the appropriate complementary angle. In a two-particle reaction, it is the energy of the heavier recoiling product, and consequently its range in the target material, which will determine the usefulness of a reaction for CMCP. Reactions which are highly exoergic would be most useful for analytical purposes. However, because heavy charged particles lose their energy rapidly in matter, the method is most suited for the analysis of thin targets of the light elements. For the same reason, and because recoil products have higher energies in the forward direction, it has become the practice for analytical purposes to use the heavier recoiling particles in the forward direction as the gate to measure the coincident energy spectrum of the lighter product in the backward direction. Some reactions suitable for CMCP are listed in Table 12.'53
+
206
Activation Analysis
TABLE 12 Some Reactions Suitable for CMCP Target nucleus 2H 'He 6Li
7Li
9Be
1°B
IlB
Product nu. cleus
Q-value
MeV
'H 4He 'He 7Li 4He 7Be 4He 'Be 6Li 6Li 1°B 7Li IlB 1°B 'Be
4.033 18.354 4.020 5.026 22.373 0.113 17.348 1 1.2O3 13.328 2.125 4.587 7.151 10.323
IlB
9.231 19.695 3.918 4.063 1.341 1.145 8.031 13.185 10.463 9.123 0.784
12C "C "C 12C 12B 9Be ''C 1%
1°B 14C
Ref.
155, 156 155 155, 156
157
1.092 1.146
158
158
From Coetzee, P. P., et al., Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 131, 299, 1975. With permission.
When one of the products of the reaction is unstable, the calculated kinematic relationships no longer apply to the decay particles. From Equation 19, particles with mass numbers between 1 and 20 and energies between 0.2 and 20 MeV will require between 1.6 and 72 ns to reach a detector placed 10 cm away. If the resolution time for a coincidence unit in the measuring system is 100 ns or more, two complementary particles with such widely differing masses and energies will arrive at the detectors within the resolving time and will be registered as coincident. Unstable products should thus have a lifetime of more than a few microseconds in order to ensure that all but a negligible fraction reach the detector before decay. Examples of nuclear reactions which are unsuitable for CMCP are
because the 5He has a halflife of only 2 x 10-Z1sand
where the 'Be breaks up into two alpha particles with a half-life of 3 X 10-16s. The number of product particles with the required energy registered in a detector placed at a chosen angle to the bombarding beam should be the same whether measured indepen-
Volume 11
207
dently or in coincidence with its complementary particle. To achieve this, the following considerations have to be taken into account.
1. 2.
The irradiation beam and both detectors have to be in the same plane, because the kinematic relationships only apply under such conditions. An isotropic nuclear reaction in center-of-mass coordinates is not isotropic in the laboratory system. Thus the intensity of particles emitted in such a nuclear reaction varies with the angle of emission. To correct for this anistropy, the ratio, R , of the intensity of the heavy particle emitted in a direction relative to that of the light particle emitted in a direction 0 has to be taken into account. R is given by
+
3.
4.
where the subscript c refers to the corresponding angle in the center-of-mass system. The diameter of the detector collimators, hl, the diameter of the beam spot, h', and the distances f and b of the forward and backward detector from the target have to be properly ~ h 0 s e n . From l ~ ~ geometrical considerations, the relative distances are given by
For analytical purposes, precise and reproducible target positioning is essential. If the irradiated target is mispositioned along the beam axis, the effect is equivalent to a directional change, and could cause a relatively large error even if the positional shift is small compared to the detector distance. For example, a I-rnm shift could be equivalent to an angular change of 0.95" and lead to a 67% drop in the coincident count rate when the forward and backward detectors are at typical distances of 10 and 15 cm from the target, respectively.
To improve the precision of analysis, a higher count rate may be obtained by moving both detectors closer to the target. However, since this results in increasing the acceptance angle for each detector, the energy spectrum will show a decreased resolution as a result of kinematic broadening. To overcome this drawback, use may be made of the fact that
Accordingly, summing the energies of the coincident pulses in the two detectors will produce the same energy pulses for all complementary particles arriving at the detectors, regardless of the direction from which the particles arrive and independent of the acceptance angle of the detectors. A. APPLICATIONS OF CMCP The CMCP technique has been successfully used for the determination of several light elements, and the modification using the summed energy has been illustrated for the determination of hydrogen154and lithium
1. Hydrogen Quasi-elastic p-2p scattering induced by high energy beams of protons have been used for determining low concentrations of hydrogen in thin materials. From kinematic considerations, the two protons have to emerge at equal angles to the incident beam and can be
208
Activation Analysis
measured in ~0incidence.I~~ With suitably analyzed and well-positioned detectors, sensitivities of the order of 10 pglg could be attained whether protons of 17-MeV or 160-MeV beams from a synchrocyclotron are used, but the higher energy beam permits the probing of a thicker target. By using the summed energy techniquelS4the energy spectrum can readily be deconvoluted to yield a concentration profile. The method has been applied for determining hydrogen in mylar, and in metals, such as aluminum, titanium, iron, and uranium.lS4
2. Lithium While proton bombardment of lithium induces (p,a) reaction suitable for the determination by CMCP of both 6Li and 7Li, deuteron irradiation, which induces (d,a) reactions, can only be used for the determination of 6Li (see Table 12). This is because the reaction 7Li (d,ci) sHe produces a very unstable sHe that decays before reaching the detector, as has been described above. Table 13 lists the energies and directions of the complementary particles obtained from the bombardment of lithium with protons of 1.9 MeV. This bombarding energy corresponds to a maximum in the excitation function for 6Li which is generally the less abundant isotope in the target. Typical spectra obtained from such an analysis using LiF as target, with the backward detector angle chosen as 110" are shown in Figure 14 without and with coincidence. The two spectra shown with coincidence were recorded with the forward detector placed, respectively, at 48. l o to determine 6Li, and 58.5", to determine 7Li. All three spectra were measured under bombardment with the same integrated beam current. Attention has to be drawn to two important features of the spectra. The count rates for the particles of interest did not change when the coincidence circuit was switched on, and the interfering pulses from other reactions were eliminated by the coincidence requirement. These two features are characteristic of CMCP and illustrate the main advantages of this technique. When the same reactions are used with the summed energy technique with the detectors close to the target, each spectrum peak is considerably broadened (see Figure 15), but the sum peak is very sharp, because the kinematic effects are eliminated and the peak width is determined solely by the resolution of the measuring system.'56 3. Beryllium Possible reactions suitable for determining beryllium by CMCP are listed in Table 12. On the basis of Q-value alone, the reactions offering the best possibilities are (3He,p) and (d,c). However, the heavier the particle, the greater the energy loss in escaping from the matrix material, and hence also the energy spread due to straggling. It is thus advantageous, for the sake of improved energy resolution to use a reaction which produces a lighter recoil nucleus, in this case the (d,a.) reaction. The prompt particle energy spectrum obtainedIs7 from an evaporated beryllium target bombarded with 3-MeV deuterons is shown in the upper portion of Figure 16. The spectrum was measured at 1lo0, the complementary angle of which is 46.9". The CMCP spectrum in the lower portion of the same figure shows a double peak for the recoiling 7Li as well as for the backward direction alpha particles. This is due to the fact that the product 7Li nucleus is produced in both its ground and first excited states. The complementary direction for the excited state, 46.3", fell within the angle subtended by the forward detector. The small peak due to tritons is from the reaction 'Be (d,t) 8Be + 201 detected in coincidence with the disintegration alpha particles, some of which were emitted in the direction of the forward detector. For analysis of beryl ores, the alpha-particle yield is used.lS7 4. Boron Deuteron bombardment of boron has been usedIs9to determine the isotopic composition
TABLE 13 Complementary Angles and EnergieslS6for (p,a) Reactions on 'jLi and 'Li at E, = 1.9 MeV 6Li (p,a) 'He Selected angle,
(7
+
10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 90.0 100.0 110.0 120.0 130.0 140.0 150.0 160.0 170.0
Alpha energy, E (+) (MeV)
Complementary angle, 0 (")
Helium-3 energy (MeV)
Selected angle, (")
Alpha energy, E (4) (MeV)
Complementary angle, 0 (7
Alpha energy E (0) (MeV)
3.782 3.697 3.561 3.383 3.175 2.949 2.716 2.488 2.272 2.074 1.899 1.750 1.625 1.526 1.449 1.396 1.364
164.6 149.5 135.0 121.3 108.4 92.3 85.3 75.0 65.4 56.4 48.1 40.3 32.9 25.9 19.1 12.6 6.3
2.139 2.224 2.360 2.538 2.746 2.972 3.205 3.433 3.649 3.847 4.021 4.171 4.296 4.395 4.471 4.525 4.557
10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 90.0 100.0 110.0 120.0 130.0 140.0 150.0 160.0 170.0
11.714 11.596 11.406 11.152 10.848 10.505 10.137 9.760 9.385 9.025 8.688 8.385 8.120 7.898 7.722 7.596 7.519
167.5 155.1 152.9 131.0 119.5 108.8 95.1 87.2 77.3 67.7 58.5 49.5 40.9 32.4 24.2 16.1 8.0
7.533 7.651 7.841 8.095 8.399 8.742 9.110 9.487 9.862 10.222 10.559 10.862 11.127 11.349 11.525 11.651 11.728
+
210
Activation Analysis
Coincidence off
Coincidence on
I
100
I 150
I
I
I
200
250
300
A
I
750
I 800
850
9
CHANNEL NUMBER
FlGURE 14. Prompt particle spectra from the bombardment of calcium fluoride with 1.9-MeV protons. The uppermost spectrum was measured without coincidence and shows the peaks from 6Li to be obscured. The coincidence spectra were recorded with the backward detector at 110" and the forward one at 48. lo to determine 6Li (middle spectrum) or at 58.5" to determine 'Li (bottom spectrum). (Reprinted from Pretorius, R., Coetzee, P. P., and Peisach, M., J. Radioanal. Chem., 16, 551, 1973. With permission from Elsevier Sequoia S.A.)
600 -
2
'
LOO
-
200
-
.- .?...
2.709
-
-. . .? a
1
fi--. ..-. ..'. 3~~
i.2
0. . e -a
-
0
@=,
.
;
I
2
800
I
1.899
48.1°
2:0
3.0
L .O ENERGY (MeV)
5.0
6.0
SUM
7.0
FIGURE 15. Coincidence and sum spectra from the proton bombardment of lithium-6. Note the elimination of kinetic broadening on summing. The 3.212-MeV alpha particle in the forward direction is summed with the 2.709MeV 'He particle in the backward direction, and similarly the other two complementary particles are summed to give a total energy sum peak of 5.921 MeV. The two 100-mm2detectors were placed 25 mm from the target. (Reprinted from Pretorius, R. and Peisach, M., Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 69, 1978. With permission from Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.)
through CMCP from the reactions O ' B (d,p) "B and "B (d,a) 9Be. By setting a single detector at 50" in the forward direction to measure the heavy recoil product and separate detectors at 90" to measure the protons from reaction with 1°B and at 105' to measure the alpha particles from "B, the isotopic analysis could be performed during a single irradiation. l0B isotopic concentrations could be determined with a relative standard error of 2.5% for enrichments over the entire range.
212
Activation Analysis ENERGY (MeV) 500,
f
3
4
5I
6 Coincidence off
Coincidence on
u
7
-I 1
CHANNEL NUMBER
HGURE 16. Charged particle spectra from a beryllium target irradiated with 3 MeV-deuterons and measured at 110" without coincidence (upper spectrum) and with coincidence. Reprinted from Coetzee, P. P., Pretorius, R., and Peisach, M., J . S. Aj?. Chem. Inst.. 28(1), 104, 1975. With permission from The South African Chemical Institute.
REFERENCES 1 . Peisach, M., Prompt nuclear analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 61, 243, 1981. 2. Ziegler, J. F., Biersack, J. P., and Littmark, U., The Stopping and Range of Ions in Solids, Vol. 1, Pergamon Press, New York, 1985. 3. Vavilow, P. V., Ionization losses of high-energy heavy particles, Soviet Physics J.E.T.P., 5 , 749, 1957; translated from Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz., 32, 320, 1957. 4. Deconninck, G., Introduction to Radioanalytical Physics, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1978. 5. Gold, R. and Stone, C. A., Detection of air-borne benylium dust, AECU-3505, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Washington, D.C., 1, 1957. 6. Rubin, S., Passel, T. O., and Bailey, L. E., Chemical analysis of surfaces by nuclear methods, Anal. Chem., 29, 736, 1957. 7. Bird, J. R., Campbell, B. L., and Cawley, R. J., Prompt nuclear analysis bibliography 1976, Australian Atomic Energy Commission Report, AAEClE443, May 1978.
Volume 11
213
8. Shabason, L. and Cohen, B. L., Major element analysis with accelerator beam induced gamma rays, Anal. Chem., 45, 284, 1973. 9. Clark, P. J., Neal, G. F., and Allen, R. O., Quantitative multielement Analysis using high energy particle bombardment, Anal. Chem., 47, 650, 1975. 10. Demortier, G., Prompt Gamma-ray yields from proton bombardment of transition elements (Ti to Zn), J. Radioanal. Chem., 47, 459, 1978. 11. Gihwala, D., Analytical Application of Proton-Induced Prompt Photon Spectrometry, Thesis, University of Cape Town, CT, 1982. 12. Giles, I. S. and Peisach, M., A survey of the analytical significance of prompt gamma-rays induced by 5 MeV alpha-particles, J . Radioanal. Chem., 50, 307, 1979. 13. Giles, I. S., Elemental Analysis by Alpha-Induced Prompt Gamma-Ray Spectrometry, Thesis, University of Cape Town, 1978. 14. Pierce, T. B. and Peck, P. F., The determination of some light elements by charged particle activation analysis and measurement of prompt radiation, Proc. S.A.C. Conf. Nottingham, Shallis, P. W., Ed., Heffer & Sons, Cambridge, 1965, 156. 15. Chen, N. S. and Fremlin, J. H., Determination of carbon and nitrogen by deuteron-induced prompt gamma radiations, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 4, 365, 1970. 16. Peisach, M., Prompt gamma rays from triton-induced reactions on oxygen and their use for analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 12, 251, 1972. 17. Borderie, B. and Barrandon, J. N., New analytical developments in prompt gamma-ray spectrometry with low-energy tritons and alpha particles, Nucl. lnstrum. Methods, 156, 483, 1978. 18. Deconninck, G. and Demortier, G., Use of prompt nuclear and atomic reactions in the analysis of metal samples (in French), in Nuclear Techniques in the Basic Metal Industries, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1973, 573. 19. Borderie, B., Present possibilities for bulk analysis in prompt gamma-ray spectrometry with charged projectiles, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 175, 465, 1980. 20. Borderie, B., Barrandon, J. N., Delaunay, B., and Basutcu, M., Use of Coulomb excitation by the heavy ions ('5CI, 55 MeV) for analytical purposes: Possibilities and quantitative analysis, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 163. 441. 1979. 21. Currie, L. A., Limits for qualitative detection and quantitative determination application to radiochemistry, Anal. Chem., 40, 586. 1968. 22. Gihwala, D. and Peisach, M., The determination of silicon, chromium and cobalt in steels by protoninduced prompt photon spectrometry, I.E.E.E. Trans. Nucl. Sci., NS30, 1349, 1983. 23. Brissaud, I., De Chateau-Thieny, A., Frontier, J. P., and Lagarde, G., Analysis of geological standards with PIXE and PIGE techniques. Application to volcanic rocks, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 102, 131, 1986. 24. Demortier, G., Dosage des elements legers dans des echantillons biologiques par reactions nucleaires promptes (The determination of light elements in biological targets by prompt nuclear reactions), Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett.. 16, 329, 1974. 25. Deconninck, G., Stroobants, J., Stone, W. E. E., and Charlier, H., Comparison between the methods of quantitative determinations of fluorine, Radiochem. Radioanal. Len., 24, 331, 1976. 26. Malmqvist, K. and Akselsson, R. A., Determination of heavy metals and fluorine in airborne particulate matter in an indoor environment by simultaneous use of PIXE and y-ray detection, Proc. Anal. Div. Chem. Soc., 15, 13, 1978. 27. Demortier, G. and Delsate, Ph., Analysis of magnesium by prompt gamma rays induced by protons, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 21, 219, 1975. 28. Shroy, R. E., Kraner, H. W., Jones, K. W., Jacobson, J. S., and Heller, L. I., Determination of fluorine in food samples by the 19F(p.p'y)19Freaction, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 313, 1978. 29. Cohen, M., Porte, L., Thomas, J.-P., and Tousset, J., Analyse de couches minces de verres chalcogenures par diffusion elastique de protons et mesure de gammas prompts (The analysis of thin films of chalcogenide glasses by elastic scattering of protons and the measure of prompt gammas), J . Radioanal. Chem., 17, 65, 1973. 30. Peisach, M., Jacobson, L., Boulle, G. J., Gihwala, D., and Underhill, L. G., Multivariate analysis of trace elements determined in archaeological materials and its use for characterisation. J. Radioanal. Chem., 69, 349, 1982. 31. Wriekat, A., Surface analysis of light elements at metal surfaces using (p,y) reactions, Muter. Sci. Eng., 85, 181, 1987. 32. Olivier, C. Morland, H. J., De Wet, B. S., and Peisach, M.. Sulphur determination by proton-induced prompt gamma emission: the effect of the matrix and its importance in coal analysis, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 106, 107, 1986. 33. Gihwala, D. and Peisach, M., Determination of oxygen by deuteron-induced PIPPS, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.. 106, 9, 1986.
214
Activation Analysis
34. Bodart, F., Deconninck, G., and Mengeot, J., Determination of C/N in biological samples by deuteroninduced nuclear reactions, Proc. Int. Symp. Nuclear activation techniques in the life sciences, IAEA-SM227198, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1979, 37. 35. Borderie, B., Barrandon, J.-N., and Pinault, J.-L., New possibilities in prompt gamma-ray spectrometry (in French). Analusis, 5, 280, 1977. 36. Borderie, B., Basutcu, M., Barrandon, J. N., and Pinault, J. L., Accurate determination of lithium, boron, fluorine and sodium in some matrices using low energy alpha-particles induced gamma-rays, J. Radioanal. Chem., 56, 185, 1980. 37. Giles, I. S. and Peisach, M., Determination of fluorine by the spectrometry of prompt gamma-rays, J . Radioanal. Chem., 32, 105, 1976. 38. Gihwala, D., Giles, I. S., and Peisach, M., Alpha-induced Coulomb excitation for the determination of vanadium and molybdenum in steels, J. Radioanal. Chem., 47, 145, 1978. 39. Olivier, C., Ras, H. A., and Peisach, M., Simultaneous determination of boron-10 and boron-11 under proton bombardment, J . Radioanal. Chem., 70, 3 11, 1982. 40. Brice, D. K., Theoretical analysis of the energy spectra of backscattered ions, Thin Solidfilms, 19, 121, 1973. 41. Borders, J. A. and Harris, J. M., The use of I2C (d,p) I3C and '60(d,p) ''0 reactions to profile carbon and oxygen in solids, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 279, 1978. 42. Ligeon, E., Bugeat, J. P., and Chami, A. C., The use of hydrogen and deuterium implantation to investigate some aspects of defect-impurity interactions in metals, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 99, 1978. 43. Altstetter, C. J., Berisch, R., Bottinger, J., Pohl, F., and Scherzer, B. M. U., Depth profiling of deuterium implanted in stainless steel at room temperature, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 59, 1978. 44. Singleton, J. F. and Hartley, N. E. W., Light element profiling using nuclear reaction analysis on tapered corrosion sections, J. Radioanal. Chem.. 48, 317, 1979. 45. Moller, W., Hufschmidt, H., and Pfeiffer, Th., Diffusion studies by means of nuclear reaction depth profiling, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 73, 1978. 46. Moller, W., Hufschmidt, H., and Kamke, D., Large depth profile measurements of D, 'He and 6Li by deuteron induced reactions, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 140, 157, 1977. 47. Bottinger, J., Williams, J. S., and Jensen, P. S., On depth resolution by 3He profiling using the 3He (d,a) 'H reaction, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 151, 241, 1978. 48. Pronko, P. P., Okamoto, P. R., and Wiedersich, H., Low energy p-Be nuclear reactions for depth profiling BelNi alloys, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 77, 1978. 49. McMillan, J. W., Hirst, P. M., Pummery, F. C. W., Huddleston, J., and Pierce, T. B., Recent developments in nuclear microprobe analysis, particularly the determination of beryllium distributions in metals, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 83, 1978. 50. Chevallier, J. and Beyer, W., Determination of the boron concentration in a-Si:H films by nuclear reaction methods, Solid State Commun., 40, 771, 1981. 51. Armigliato, A., Bentini, G. G., and Ruffini, G., Analysis of boron predeposited silicon wafers by combined ion beam techniques and X-ray microanalysis, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 653, 1978. 52. Debras, G. and Deconninck, G., Light elements analysis and application to glass industry, J . Radioanal. Chem., 38, 193, 1977. 53. Baijot-Stroobants, J., Debras, G., and Deconninck, G., Quantitative analysis of the total and the surface distribution of carbon, nitrogen and oxygen in biological matrices, by nuclear reactions at low energies (in French), Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 27, 271, 1976. 54. Schulte, R. L., High resolution depth profiling of oxygen and carbon in materials by spectral deconvolution, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 137, 27 1, 1976. 55. Thomas, J. P., Engerran, J., and Tousset, J., Analysis by observing direct nuclear reactions of oxygen and carbon in the vicinity of the surface of boron samples, J. Radioanal. Chem.. 25, 163, 1975. 56. Berti, M. and Drigo, A. V., Simultaneous nuclear microanalysis of nitrogen and oxygen on silicon, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 201, 473, 1982. 57. Niler, A. and Birkmire, R., Measurement of oxygen and nitrogen profiles in steel, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 301, 1978. 58. McMillan, J. W. and Pummery, F. C. W., A nuclear microprobe method for the simultaneous determination of silicon and nitrogen profiles in metals, J . Radioanal. Chem., 38, 51, 1977. 59. Sundqvist, B., Coenczi, L., and Koersner, L., A nuclear method for determination of nitrogen depth distributions in single seeds, Report TLU-28/74, Tandem Accelerator Laboratory, Uppsala, 1974. 60. Olivier, C., ~ c ~ i l l i a nJ., 'W., and Pierce, T. B: The use of the nuclear microprobe for the examination of nitrogen distributions in metal samples, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 124, 289, 1975. 61. Olivier, C., Peisach, M., and Pierce, T. B., The determination of nitrogen in steels by deuteron bombardment, J. Radioanal. Chem., 32, 71, 1976. 62. Kaim, R. E. and Palmer, D. M., Comparison of the 3Hel'60 and 'H/'80 prompt nuclear reactions for lattice location measurements of oxygen in niobium, J. Radioanal. Chem., 48, 295, 1979.
216
Activation Analysis
90. Ziegler, J. F., Wu, C. P., Williams, P., White, C. W., Terreault, B., Schemer, B. M. U., Schulte, R. L., Schneid, E. J., Magee, C. W., Ligeon, E., L'Ecuyer, J., Lanford, W. A., Kuehne, F. J., Kamykowski, E. A., Hofer, W. O., Guivarch, A., Filleux, C. H., Deline, V. R., Evans Jr., C. A., Cohen, B. L, Clark, G. J., Chu, W. K., Brassard, C., Blewer, R. S., Behrisch, R., Appleton, B. R., and Allred, D. D., Profiling hydrogen in materials using ion beams, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 19, 1978. 91. Ajzenberg-Selove, F., Energy levels of light nuclei A = 16- 17, Nucl. Phys., A 281, 1, 1977. 92. Lanford, W. A., 15N hydrogen profiling: Scientific applications, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 1. 1978. 93. Maurel, B. and Amsel, G., A new measurement of the 429 keV 15N(p,ay) 12Cresonance. Applications of the very narrow width found to 15N and 'H depth location, Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res., 218, 159, 1983. 94. Trocellier, P., Nens, B., and Engelmann, Ch., Measurements of the hydrogen, sodium and aluminium concentration versus depth in the near surface region of glasses by resonant nuclear reactions, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 197, 15, 1982. 95. Della Mea, G., Dran, J.-C., Petit, J.-C., Bezzon, G., and Rossi-Alvarez, C., Use of ion beam techniques for studying the leaching properties of lead-implanted silicates, Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res.. 218, 493, 1983. 96. Rauch, R., Applications of ion-beam analysis to solid-state reactions, Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res., B10111, 746, 1985. 97. Bethge, K., Detection and profiling of light elements in different condensed matter matrices, Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res., B10/11, 633, 1985. 98. Xiong, F., Rauch, F., Shi, C., Zhou, Z., Livi, R. P., and Tombrello, T. A., Hydrogen depth profiling in solids: A comparison of several resonant nuclear reaction techniques, Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res., B27, 432, 1987. 99. Schulte, R. L., Depth profiling of helium concentrations in materials using the 4He (7Li,y) llB reaction, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 65, 1978. 100. Leich, D. A. and Tombrello, T. A., A technique for measuring hydrogen concentration versus depth in solid samples, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 108, 67, 1973. 101. Ajzenberg-Selove, F. and Lauritsen, T., Energy levels of light nuclei, Nucl. Phys., A268, 1, 1976. 102. Ajzenberg-Selove, F., Energy levels of light nuclei A = 13 - 15, Nucl. Phys., A449, 1, 1986. 103. Rudolph, W., Bauer, C., Gippner, P., and Hohmuth, K., Detection of carbon contamination by means of the I2C ( p , ~ 13N ) resonance reaction, Nucl. Instrum. Methods. 191, 373, 1981. 104. Ajzenberg-Selove, F., Energy levels of light nuclei A = 16 - 17, Nucl. Phys., A469, 1, 1986. 105. Keinonen, J., Bister, M., and Anttila, A., Lifetimes of bound states in I5O Nucl. Phys., A286, 505, 1977. 106. Loumajarvi, M., Keinonen, J., Bister, M., and Anttila, A., Ranges of 15N+ions in ten metals measured by (p,ay) reasonance broadening, Phys. Rev., B18, 4657, 1978. 107. Hautala, M., Paltemaa, R., Anttila, A., and Loumajarvi, M., Ion range distributions in oxides, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 2091210, 37, 1983. 108. Marest, G., Skoutarides, C., Barnavon, Th., Tousset, J., Fayeulle, S. and Robelet, M., Conversion electron Mossbauer spectroscopy and (p,ay) nuclear reaction studies of 15Nimplanted steels, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 2091210, 259, 1983. 109. Amsel, G. and Maurel, B., High resolution techniques for nuclear reaction resonance width measurements and for shallow depth profiling, Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res., 218, 183, 1983. 110. Rupnik, P., Kump, P., Budnar, M., and Kreft, I., Protein quality of leguminous plants determined by proton-induced radiation analysis, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 142, 209, 1977. 111. Antufev, Yu. P., Aksenov, I. I., Bren, V. B., Miskchenko, V. M., and Popov, A. I., Determination of Nitrogen content in fine film coatings using the I5N (p,ay) lZCreaction. AN Ukrainskoj SSR, Kharkov. Fiziko-TekhnicheskijInst. General and Nuclear Physics Report KIT-79-40, No. 2(8), 1979. 112. Gossett, C. R., Very high resolution profiling of nitrogen by the 14N (a,y) 18Freaction, Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res., B10111, 722, 1985. 113. Maurel, B., Amsel, G., and Nadai, J. P., Depth profiling with narrow resonances of nuclear reactions: Theory and experimental use, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 197, 1, 1982. 114. Possnert, G., Fahlander, C., Orre, B., Norde, H., Petersson, S., and Tove, P. A., Oxygen content and depth profiling in silicon surface technology studied by the 160(aa) I60 resonance at 3.045 MeV, Phys. Scr., 18, 353, 1978. 115. Amsel, G. and Samuel, D., Mechanism of anodic oxidation, Phys. Chem. Solids, 23, 1707, 1963. 116. Ajzenberg-Selove, F., Energy levels of light nuclei A = 18 - 20, Nucl. Phys., A392, 1, 1983. 117. Pretorius, R., Prompt Activation analysis of light elements by coincident measurement of complementary particles, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 10, 303, 1972. 118. Whitton, J. L., Mitchell, I. V., and Winterbon, K. B., Depth distribution of implanted oxygen in gallium phosphide measured by nuclear reaction techniques, Can. J . Phys., 49, 1225, 1971.
Volume 11
217
119. Calvert, J. M., Lees, D. G., Derry, D. J., and Barnes, D., The use of charged particle bombardment for studying oxygen self-diffusion in oxides, J. Radioanal. Chem., 12, 271, 1972. 120. Ajzenberg-Selove, F. and Lauritsen, T., Energy levels of light nuclei VI, Nucl. Phys., 11, 1, 1959. 121. Dieumegard, D., Maurel, H., and Amsel, G., Microanalysis of fluorine by nuclear reactions I. I9F (p,a,) 1 6 0 and IYF(p,ay) 160reactions, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 168, 93, 1980. 122. Croset, M., Dieumegard, D., and Grouille, A., Energy resolution, stability and calibration of a 400 kV implantation-type accelerator studied using (p,y) nuclear reactions, in Low Energy Ion Beams, 1977, Amsel, G . , Stephens, K. G . , Wilson, I. H., and Movuzzi, J. L., Eds., Institute of Physics, London, 1978, 109. 123. Deconninck, D. and Van Oystaeyen, B., High resolution depth profiling of F, Ne and Na in materials, Nucl. Insrrum. Methods Phys. Res., 218, 165, 1983. 124. Maurel, B., Dieumegard, D., and Amsel, G., Nuclear study of the fluorine contamination of tantalum by various polishing procedures and of its behaviour during subsequent anodic oxidation, J. Electrochem. Soc., 119, 1715, 1972. 125. Bodart, F. and Deconninck, G., Concentration depth profiling in fluorine implanted iron, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 197, 59, 1982. 126. Uhrmacher, M., Pampus, K., Bergmeister, F. J., Purschke, D., and Lieb, K. P., Energy calibration of the 500 kV heavy ion implanter IONAS, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, B9, 234, 1985. 127. Anttila, A. and Keinonen, J., Detection of fluorine through the IYF(p,ay) 1 6 0 reaction, Int. J . Appl. Radiut. Isotopes, 24, 293, 1973. 128. Jarjis, R. A., On the determination of fluorine concentration profiles in magnesium alloy scales using the I9F (p,ay) ''0reaction, Nucl. Instrum. Method, 154, 383, 1978. 129. Golicheff, I. and Engelmann, Ch., Contribution a l'etude de la determination du flour a la surface des metaux par detection des photons gamma prompts de la reaction "F (p,ay) IhO, J. Radioanal. Chem., 16, 503, 1973. 130. Moller, E. and Starfelt, N., Microanalysis of flourine in Zircaloy by the use of the I9F (p,ay) 1 6 0 reaction, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 50, 225, 1967. 131. Gippner, P., Bauer, C., Hohmuth, K., Mann, R., and Rudolph, W., Detection of fluorine contamination by means of the "F (p,p1y) lYFreaction, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 191, 341, 1981. 132. O'Connell, B. and Crumpton, D., The use of molecular hydrogen ion beams in prompt nuclear reaction analysis, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 160, 125, 1979. 133. Endt, P. M. and Van der Leun, C., Energy levels of A = 21 -44 nuclei (VI), Nucl. Phys., A310, 1, 1978. 134. Switkowski, Z. E., Overley, J. C., Wu, S. C., Barnes, C. A., Kellogg, W. K., and Roth, J., Depth profiling of implanted neon with resonant nuclear reactions, J. Nucl. Mater., 78, 64, 1978. 135. Naramoto, H. and Ozawa, K., Application of nuclear resonant reactions to the analysis of implanted Ne atoms in niobium crystal, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 191, 367, 1981. 136. Meyer, M. A., Reinecke, J. P. L., and Reitmann, D., A study of the 23Na(p,y) 24Mgreaction and the excited states of 24Mg,Nucl. Phys., A185, 625, 1972. 137. Endt, P. M. and Van der Leun, C., Energy levels of A=21-44 nuclei (V), Nucl. Phys., A214, 1, 1973. 138. Della, Mea, G., Improvement in depth resolution of medium-mass element analysis: Application to biocompatible glass, Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res., B 15, 495, 1986. 139. Carnera, A., Della Mea, G., Drigo, A. V., La Russo, S. and Mazzoldi, P., Sodium surface concentration analysis on glass by 23Na(p,a) '"Na nuclear reaction, J . Non-Cryst. Solids, 23, 123, 1977. 140. Dunning, K. L., Hubler, G. K., Comas, J., Lucke, W. H., and Hughes, H. L., Depth profiles of aluminium and sodium near surfaces: nuclear resonance method, Thin Solid Films, 19, 145, 1973. 141. Pampus, K., Bergmeister, F. J., Uhrmacher, M., and Lieb, K. P., High resolution depth profiling of oxide layers on magnesium and aluminium by the nuclear resonance broadening method, Mater. Sci. Eng., 69, 527. 1985. 142. Anttila, A., Bister, M., Fontell, A., and Winterbon, K. B., Ranges of some light ions measured by (p,y) resonance broadening. Radiat. Eff., 33, 13, 1977. 143. Dunning, K. L., 27Al(p,ao) 24Mgresonance profiling of aluminium in silicon-on-sapphire materials, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 317, 1978. 144. Earwaker, L. G., Nuclear reaction analysis of oxide layers, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 197, 41, 1982. 145. Trocellier, P., Concentration depth profile measurements near the surface region of solids by resonant nuclear techniques, J . Microsc. Spectrosc. Electron, 9, 111, 1984. 146. We, S.-C., Cheng, A., Huang, S.-L., and Liu, Y-C., The A1 content measurements of Ga,.,AI, as semiconductor using the 27AI(p,a) reaction, Proc. 3rd Semin. Sci. Technol. Small Accelerators and their Applications, Interchange Assoc., Nov 1985, (Tokyo) 227. 147. Kido, Y., Kakeho, M., Yamada, K., Hioki, T., and Kawamoto, J., Study of phosphorus implantation in silicon by channeling and nuclear resonance techniques, J . Appl. Phys., 53, 4812, 1982. 148. Mannsperger, H., Kelbitzer, S., Demond, F. J., and Damjantschitsch, H., Projection factors of lowenergy ion ranges, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 2091210, 49, 1983.
218
Activation Analysis
149. Ligeon, E., Bruel, M., Bontemps, A., Chambert, G., and Momier, J., Analyse du phosphore dans le silicium par reactions nucleaires, J . Radioanal. Chem., 16, 537, 1973. 150. Gossett, C. R., A method for determining depth profiles of transition elements in steels, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 168, 217, 1980. 151. Lenz, Th., Baumann, H., and Rauch, F., Profiling of titanium implanted into iron and nickel with the reaction 48Ti( p , ~ 49V, ) NucI. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res., B28, 280, 1987. 152. Barnes, C., Bentley, A. J., Earwaker, L. G., Farr, J. P. C., and Groves, J. M. C., Nuclear reaction profiling of Chromium conversion coatings, Trans. Inst. Met. Finish., 63, 120, 1985. 154. Cohen, B. L., Fink, C. L., and Degnan, J. H., Nondestructive analysis for trace amounts of hydrogen, J . Appl. Phys., 43, 19, 1972. 155. Pretorius, R., Coetzee, P. P., and Peisach, M., The elemental and isotopic determination of lithium by the coincidence measurement of complementary particles, J . Radioanal. Chem., 16, 551, 1973. 156. Pretorius, R. and Peisach, M., Charged particle analysis of light elements by total energy coincident measurement of complementary particles, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 149, 69, 1978. 157. Coetzee, P. P., Pretorius, R., and Peisach, M., The coincident measurement of complementary particles from deuteron-induced reactions on beryllium and its possible application to analysis, J. S. Afr. Chem. Inst., 28, 104, 1975. 158. Coetzee, P. P., Pretorius, R., and Peisach, M., The isotopic analysis of Boron by the coincident measurement of complementary particles, J. Radioanal. Chem., 25, 283, 1975. 159. Coetzee, P. P., Pretorius, R., and Peisach, M., Experimental criteria for light nuclide analysis by coincident measurement of complimentary particles, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 131, 300, 1975.
Volume 11
219
Chapter 4
PHOTON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS
..
A P Kushelevsky
TABLE OF CONTENTS I.
Introduction ..................................................................... 220
I1.
Photonuclear Reactions .........................................................220 A. Photonuclear Cross-Sections............................................. 221
I11.
Irradiation Facilities ............................................................. 222 A. Photon Sources .......................................................... 222 B. Bremsstrahlung Spectra..................................................222 C. Sample Holders ......................................................... 223 D. Radioisotopic Sources ................................................... 224
IV .
Particle Emission PAA .......................................................... 255 Particle Emission PAA of Light Elements - Carbon. Oxygen. A. Nitrogen. and Fluorine .................................................. 226 B. Medium and Heavy Element PAA ......................................226
v.
Instrumental Multielement PAA ................................................227 A. Calibration .............................................................. 228 Accuracy and Comparison with Other Nuclear Activation B. Techniques ..............................................................229
VI .
Special Techniques ............................................................. 229 A. Kapid PAA .............................................................. 229 1. Delayed Neutron PAA ...........................................230 2 .. High Energy Beta Ray PAA .....................................230 B. Nuclear Photoexcitation Analysis ........................................231 1. Determinable Elements ..........................................231 2. Applications .....................................................231 C. Prompt PAA ............................................................ 232 1. Applications ..................................................... 232 D. Secondary Neutron PAA ................................................232
VII .
Applications ....................................................................233
VIII . Conclusion ...................................................................... 234 References .............................................................................. 234
220
Activation Analysis
I. INTRODUCTION Photon activation analysis (PAA) is a well-established nuclear activation technique1-' which is used to measure a large number of elements. It was first introduced by Gorshov and co-workers9 in the late 1930s to determine beryllium by prompt neutron emission using a radium source to activate the sample. Following the development of atomic reactors with large neutron fluxes nuclear activation analysis became dominated nearly exclusively by neutron activation analysis (NAA). In the early 1950s, however, as the difficulties of analyzing oxygen by NAA became apparent, the possibility of using electron accelerators to determine oxygen in various materials was investigated with positive results. This work was expanded in the 1960s by many workers to include more than 40 elements using photons varying in energy from 1.33 to 70 MeV.6 Despite its venerable history and the considerable progress made in its successful application for various analytical purposes over the last three decades, PAA still plays only a minor role in elemental analysis compared for example to NAA, because of its relatively low analytic sensitivity due to the small cross-sections of the photonuclear reactions involved. There are certain situations, however, where there is a clear advantage in using PAA rather than NAA.2 These include: 1.
2. 3.
4.
When the samples to be analyzed contain elements such as oxygen, carbon nitrogen, fluorine, and lead which cannot be measured easily by NAA because of unsuitable nuclear parameters of the neutron reaction products. When the samples contain substantial amounts of elements with large thermal capture cross-sections (e.g., boron and cadmium) which severely attenuate the neutron flux within the sample itself (self absorption). When the samples contain a number of different elements which are activated by the neutron flux to produce radionuclides with identical or overlapping gamma spectra making it very difficult, or indeed impossible, to analyze the sample without separating it chemically. A typical example of this situation occurs when analyzing coal samples for aluminum and magnesium, both of which form "Mg when exposed to reactor neutrons. When the sample contains large amounts of elements with large (n,y) cross-sections which become very radioactive following thermal neutron activation, as, for example, occurs when biological samples, containing large amounts of sodium, are activated by large neutron fluxes for trace element measurements.
In these situations, the highly radioactive samples simply overload the detecting system so that there is little chance of seeing gamma peaks associated with the trace elements in the sample. PAA, based on completely different set of nuclear reactions, offers an alternative method of analysis which avoids these problems in many instances. It is these aspects which we discuss in this chapter on PAA where the general principles of PAA are reviewed and some of the special techniques of PAA which have been developed during the last few decades and some of its main applications are described.
11. PHOTONUCLEAR REACTIONS A photon absorbed by a target nucleus A may transform it into nuclide B by one of the three following reactions: 1.
Photo excitation (y,yl) of A into one of its isomeric states A*
Volume 11
221
Gamma Ray Energy
FIGURE 1.
2. 3.
Typical shape of (y,n) cross-section.
Photonuclear reactions e.g., (y,n), (y,p), (y,np), etc. which transform A by particle ejection into a different nuclide B. Photo fission reactions (y,f) in which fissionable elements, for example uranium and thorium, are split by the incident photon.
These transformations, which can be described concisely by A(y,yrn,p,)B, and their respective cross-sections, determine the feasibility of using PAA for the analysis of a given sample and the sensitivity which may be expected.
A. PHOTONUCLEAR CROSS-SECTIONS The photonuclear cross-sections u(E), which vary as a function of photon energy E and the target nucleus, exhibit a number of common features.1° First, every photonuclear reaction has a threshold energy below which the reaction will not proceed. For photonuclear reactions, for example, in which particles are ejected or fission occurs, the photon energies must exceed the binding energies of the particles inside the nucleus which can be either calculated kinematically using nuclide mass data or found in the literature in tabular form.''-'4 Second, above the threshold energy the cross-sections gradually increase as the photon energy increases reaching maximum values in an energy interval called the giant resonance region as is shown in Figure 1 where the cross section of a typical (y,n) reaction is plotted against photon energy. Third, photonuclear cross-sections are generally small compared to thermal neutron cross-sections. Thus, even in the giant resonance region, the (y,n) cross-sections are only of the order of 10 to 100 mb for the light and medium elements and a few hundred millibams for the heavy elements; never reaching 1 b, let alone the tens or hundreds of barns of some (n,y) reactions. These general features explain why high energy-high intensity photon beams are a prerequisite for PAA. If photonuclear reactions are to occur at all, the photon energies should at least exceed the threshold values. If they are to proceed with high probability, a large proportion of the photons should have energies in the resonance region calling for beams between 15 to 25 MeV with high beam intensities to compensate for the low cross-section values. They also suggest the possibility of maximizing specific photonuclear reactions while minimizing others. For example, if two photonuclear reactions have different threshold energies E, and E,, then irradiating at an energy intermediate between the two threshold energies will initiate the reaction with the lower energy while not allowing the reaction with the higher energy to proceed. As with other nuclear activation techniques, the well-known activation equation
222
Activation Analysis
provides the basis for the calculation of induced activities, where C(E) is the saturated activity, N the number of atoms exposed to photon flux, and +(E) the photon flux per unit energy interval. Given detailed cross-sectional data found in a number of compilation~,"-'*"~ information on the elements in the sample, a list of possible photonuclear reactions, and detailed information on the energy distribution of the photon flux, the limits of detection for various elements can be ~ a l c u l a t e d ~ and ~ ~ 'optimum ~-'~ analytical procedures may be established.
111. IRRADIATION FACILITIES The facilities that are required for PAA include a high energy photon source, a sample holder, a conveyer system to move the sample from the irradiation position to the counting position, and radiation detectors and multichannel counters to count the activated sample. As the latter is common to all activation techniques, they are not discussed in this chapter.
A. PHOTON SOURCES The importance of using high energy and high intensity photons beams in PAA, discusssed in the previous section, limits our choice of photon sources for PAA to high energy electron accelerators with converter targets, preferably of high atomic number material, producing bremsstrahlung X-rays as the accelerated electrons hit the target and are sharply decelerated, producing the required large photon fluxes using high electron currents.'-lo Of the various types of electron accelerators available, the linear accelerator (linac) which can be operated for many hours at a time in a high current mode, over a wide range of energies, ranging from a few to 60 MeV and higher, is clearly the favorite as may be deduced from the fact that the great majority of publications on PAA in the scientific literature report work done with linacs. Operational characteristis of linacs suitable for PAA are given in tabular form by Hoste et al.3 (see Table 9). Typically the maximum energy of the electron beam ranges from 15 to 45 MeV with average currents between a few tens of pA to a few hundreds of PA. The microtron is another excellent source of bremsstrahlung radiation for PAA. It is essentially an electron cyclotron in which electrons describe a circular path under the influence of a magnetic field with the electrons receiving their energy from a UHF source (a magnetron for example) as they cross an accelerating cavity. It is able to provide large currents of wellfocused electron beams with very small beam cross-sections and small energy spreads and is used extensively for PAA mainly in the Eastern block c~untries.",'~ betatron^'^-^^ and Van der Graaffs2' have also been used in PAA though not very extensively. The problem with betatrons is not their low energy. On the contrary, they are operated routinely in radiotherapy with energies of up to 45 MeV, but that their photon fluxes are relatively low due to the large distance of the target from the sample and the internal losses of electrons during bremsstrahlung production. Van der Graaffs on the other hand can produce very high bremsstrahlung fluxes. Their problem, as far as PAA is concerned, is that their energies are usually too low (2 to 8 MeV) to be used effectively except in certain special cases. B. BREMSSTRAHLUNG SPECTRA stopped by a thick target of tungsten is shown in Figure 2. Three important features should the maximum energy of the electron
be noted. First, X-ray spectra are continuous up to E,
Volume 11
Energy
223
(M~v)
FIGURE 2. Shape of Bremsstrahlung spectra produced by 20- and 40-MeV electrons hitting a thick tungsten target.
beam. Second, most of the X-rays are produced with low energies and only a relatively small percentage of them are produced with energies near the high energy cut off. Third, the number of X-ray photons produced per electron and the percentage of photons having high energies increase as the electron energy is increased. Other factors which influence the X-ray spectrum and conversion efficiencies are the target thickness and the material it is made from. All these factors must be stated when specifying the activation conditions in addition to stating the value of the average electron beam current.
C. SAMPLE HOLDERS In order to maximize the photon flux available for activation, it is necessary to place the sample as close as possible to the target. This, however, may create problems of overheating of the sample as a result of absorption of high energy electrons from the
224
Activation Analysis
TABLE 1 Half-Lives and Gamma Lines of Radioisotopes Used for Photoexcitation Analysis Radioisotope 24Na V o
Half-life 15.0 h 5.27 year
IZ4Sb
60.2 d
1 1 6 1 ~ ~
54.1 rnin
Gamma lines above 1 Mev
Intensity
1.368 2.754 1.173 1.333 1.045 1.325 1.368 1.437 1.691 2.091 1.097 1.294 1.507 1.752 2.112
100 100 98.89 99.993 1.9 1.4 2.4 1.o 49.0 5.6 55.7 85.0 10.2 2.44 15.0
(%)
accelerated beam which pass through the target and problems of nonuniform activation due to the considerable longitudinal and transverse gradients of the photon flux near the target.' The first problem is solved using a thick target to completely absorb the electron beam and cooling the sample by blowing cool air over it where necessary. The second problem is overcome by using small, thin samples to minimize the effect of the gradients and where possible, rotating the sample in the beam so that all parts of it are exposed to the X-ray beam under the identical conditions. A very effective rotational sample holder is described by Engelmann.' It is part of a pneumatic sample transfer system which transfers the sample, in less than a second, from the target to a radiation detection station situated some distance from the target. Rotational motion is achieved by directing a jet of compressed air against turbine blades which are attached to the sample container. The effectiveness of his design lies in the economy achieved using the compressed air to propel the sample within the pneumatic tube, cool it and also rotate it in the beam. It consists of a thin Another sample holder is described by Landsberger and David~on.~' aluminum disk with 8 to 12 slots symmetrically placed near its circumference into which vials containing the samples are inserted and mounted on a vertical axis directly downsteam from the X-ray target in a carousel like fashion and rotated at 12 rpm while cooled by a stream of cold air. Similar sample holders have been described by other workers5I and are particularly useful when a large number of samples are compared to each other.
D. RADIOISOTOPIC SOURCES Although radioisotopic sources are not suitable for most PAA work, they can be used for certain specialized applications as will be described in the sections on prompt PAA and photoexcitation PAA. The most useful sources are manufactured from %o, 24Na,and Iz4Sb which can be fabricated into very high activity source^^^^^^ emitting gamma rays with energies above 1 MeV and which have relatively long half-lives so that they do not need frequent replacement as shown in Table 1. Veres and co-workers, for example, assembled a 80 kCi source of ' T o with fluxes of the order of 1012 photons per square centimeter per second close to the source. In calculating photoreaction yields for radioisotopic sources, the fact that they emit their
226
Activation Analysis
TABLE 3 Neutron and Photonuclear Reactions Which May Be Applied in Order to Determine the Light Elements C, N, 0 , and F
Element Carbon
Nitrogen
Oxygen
Fluroine
Nuclear reaction
Abundance (7%)
Threshold energy (MeV)
I2C (n,y) "C "C (n,y) I4C IZC(7,") "C I4N (n,y) I5N I5N (n,y) I6N 14N (7,") I3N 160(n,y) "0 I7O (n,y) "0 180(n,y) I9O 160(y,n) ''0 I9F (n,y) O 'F I9F (7,") 18F
18.7
10.6
15.7 10.4
Half-life Stable 5730 years (P emitter) 20.4 min (P+ emitter) Stable 7.14 s 9.96 min (P+ emitter) Stable Stable 29.1 s 123 s 11.56 s 109 min (P+ emitter)
the lower cross-sections. In examining the particle emission photonuclear reactions, we note that the (y,n) reactions, the most widely used reactions in PAA, yield identical reaction products to those obtained in fast neutron activation analysis by (n,2n) reactions. From this point of view PAA cannot be considered to increase the number of elements which can be determined by nuclear activation methods. The other particle reactions, however, do yield unique activation products and these do widen the scope of nuclear activation analysis by providing new activation products for analysis.
A. PARTICLE EMISSION PAA OF LIGHT ELEMENTS - CARBON, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, AND FLUORINE Historically, the interest in PAA in the 1950s stemmed from the possibility of using it to determine carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and fluorine in various samples where NAA could not be used, due to the unsuitable nuclear properties of the (n,y) activation products, as shown in Table 3. The photonuclear reactions with these elements result in products suitable for analysis with half-lives long enough to permit their chemical separation following activation, a procedure which is required in the majority of cases because they are pure positron emitters and as such interfere with each other or with other positron emitters present in the 32 Engelmann,1.2using a linac with maximum energy of 35 to 40 MeV and an average electron intensity of 100 PA, gives the following order of magnitude detection limits of these elements (in pg) in the absence of interferences: Carbon
Nitrogen
Oxygen
Fluorine
B. MEDIUM AND HEAVY ELEMENT PAA Lead, is another element whose analysis by PAA, rather than by NAA, is clearly indicated as can be seen in Table 4 where the cross-sections, half-lives, and radiations of the reaction products produced by photon and neutron reactions are given. Order of magnitude detection limits of a few tens of nanograms have been reported for lead in various matrices using PAA followed by chemical separation. However, even without chemical separation, a few ppm of lead can be determined.33The detection limits for other medium and heavy elements are listed in Table 5.'.2 They were calculated assuming a 30 to 40 MeV bremsstrahlung beam and an average electron intensity of 100 PA.
Volume 11
227
TABLE 4 Neutron and Photonuclear Reactions with Lead Element (Abundance
a) 'wPb (1.5)
Reaction
'"Pb (y,n) 203Pb IMPb (y ,n) 203"Pb 203~1 2 w ~(Y,P) b 'lXPb (y,2n) '02Pb 2MPb(y,np) '"TI 'lMPb (y ,2p) 2u2Hg 2wPb(n,y) '05Pb
Threshold (MeV)
8.4
15.2 14.4 12.3
?Mpb (23.6)
'"Pb (y ,n) '05Pb 7.5 25.1
Half-life
Principal gamma-ray emissions (MeV)
5.21 h 6.1 s Stable 3.62 h 12 d Stable 3 x 107 Year 3 x 107 year 4.129 min Stable 67 min 3.81 year Stable Stable
No gamma
No gamma
207pb (22.6) 7.5
14.7
Stable 4.19 2.05 lo7 yea Stable 5.6 min Stable
No gamma
0.205
20Xpb (52.3)
"'Pb (y ,n) 207Pb 2 0 8 ~(,,p) b 21)7~~ ?ORPb(y ,2n) 207Pb '""Pb (y.np) 2mT1 208Pb(y,2p) "lbHg 2onPb(n, y) 209Pb
8.0 14.9 15.4
Stable 4.7 min Stable 4.79 8.1 min 3.3 h
0.897(0.16%) No gamma 0.31
No gamma
Similar tables with detection limits are given by Lutz and other^.'^^'^ It should be noted that, as with the light elements and lead, ultimate detection limits are obtained when the elements in the samples are determined in the absence of interfering reaction products or when the sample are separated chemically. In all cases, advantage may be taken of the high penetration of the photon beam within the sample to activate large samples increasing the effective sensitivity of PAA.
V. INSTRUMENTAL MULTIELEMENT PAA A considerable amount of effort has gone into developing PAA techniques for the analysis of samples containing a large number of elements, by instrumental methods, i.e., without expensive and time-consuming chemical separation of the sample either before or after a~tivation.'~.~' The problems in instrumental multielement PAA occur when the photonuclear reactions with the various elements in the sample produce radionuclides with overlapping gamma spectra making it very difficult, or even impossible, to measure one element in the presence of others. Lists of potential interfering reactions have been compiled by a number
228
Activation Analysis
TABLE 5 Detection Limits For Some Elements by (y,n) ReactionsZ Element
Reaction
Antimony Cesium Copper Gallium Gold Iodine Lead Molybdenum Nickel Rubidium
IZ3Sb(y,n) I2%b "'Cs (y,n) 132Cs WU 6 3 C (y,n) ~ mGa (y,n) 68Ga 1 9 7 A(y,n) ~ I%Au L271(y,n) IzI 204Pb(y ,n) 203Pb 92Mo(y ,n) 9'Mo 58Ni(y,n) 57Ni 85Rb(y,n) fflmRb %Ru (y,n) "Ru "Sc (y,n) "Sc lo7Ag(y,n) IMAg "Sr (7,n) ""Sr lE1Ta(y,n) I8"Ta 203Tl(y ,n) m2Tl T i (y,n) 45Ti 64Zn (y,n) 63Zn 90Zr (y ,n) 89Zr
Scandium Silver Strontium Tellurium
Thallium Titanium Zinc Zirconium
Order of magnitude detection limits (pglg)
of ~ o r k e r s . ~It~has ~ ' been ~ ~ ' found ~ ~ ~that, despite the availability of high resolution Ge(Li) detectors, very careful planning of the irradiation and counting procedures are required for successful multielement analysis. Planning consists of: 1. 2. 3.
4.
Identifying the gamma peaks with the least amount of overlap Carefully selecting the length of the irradiation period and the cooling periods before counting the sample to minimize interferences Carefully selecting the length of counting periods and intervals between consecutive counting periods to resolve the overlapping radionuclides by unfolding the decay curve using suitable computer programs Selecting the energy or energies of the photon beam to take advantage of the different thresholds of the various photonuclear reactions
In passing, it should be noted that interfering reactions can occur if photoneutrons from the bremsstrahlung target are allowed to interact with the sample. Fortunately this problem is easily over come by shielding the sample with cadmium foils which absorb most of the photone~trons.~~~~~ In planning instrumental PAA, it is very worthwhile to consult the comprehensive studies which have been published during the last two decades. Examples of such studies include the study by Aras et al.35 who measured the elemental content of atmospheric particulate material which they collected on filters, the study by Chattopadhyay and J a r ~ i swho ~~ analyzed market garden soils analyzing the same sample at a number of beam energies energies (15, 20, 22, 35, and 44 MeV), the studies by Kato et al.38-40who report on instrumental PAA of various biological, geological, and atmospheric samples, and the study by Galantanu and en gel man^^^^ who analyzed human hair.
A. CALIBRATION For accurate quantitative PAA analysis, the gamma spectra of the unknown samples are calibrated against standards76containing known amounts of elements. This requires that the
Volume 11
229
samples and the standard be irradiated under identical conditions (beam energy, current, and time) to avoid errors from instabilities in the photon beam. A simple method of calibration is to irradiate the sample between two flux monitors and to compare it against a standard sample placed in the same position between identical flux monitors. 'JThis method, however, calls for small, thin samples and is not suitable for simultaneous analyses of a large number of samples. A different method takes advantage of the rotational sample holders used to correct for longitudinal and angular flux gradients within the samples. It is easy to see that they also ensure that the samples and standards receive identical exposures and are thus used widely in instrumental PAA. Internal calibration is another very effective method for samples which contain a known quantity of an element which is activated by the photon beam. Where the samples do not contain a known quantity of an element, internal standard calibration is still possible as shown by Masumoto et a1.53," if the sample under examination contains W, of trace element A to be determined and a suitable element B, that can be used as an internal standard. In this case, a comparative standard can be made by adding, W,* grams of an accurately known small amount of A to a duplicate sample and W, can be determined using the following equation:
where C,* and C, are the counting ratios of the gamma rays emitted by the two radioactive nuclides produced from the elements A and B in the sample and the comparative sample, respectively. Using this method, they find that there is no need to correct for inhomogeneities of flux between the sample and the comparative standard nor to correct for self-shielding in the sample. B. ACCURACY AND COMPARISON WITH OTHER NUCLEAR ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES Specific studies on the accuracy of instrumental multielement PAA were carried out by a number of authors. Landsberger and Davidson4' used a 25- and 30-MeV bremsstrahlung beam to analyze two standard materials, marine sediment, and lobster hepatopancreas, comparing their PAA measurements with the certified values. They show that PAA gives accurate measurements for over 20 different elements, some of which are trace elements and others minor elements. Their results for lobster hepatopancreas are shown in Table 6. Goekman et a1.4q compared PAA with other activation analysis techniques for the determination of trace elements in human blood while Pringle et compared photon and neutron activation analyses by measuring coal samples by the two methods. Both research groups find good agreement between the various methods. An additional study was published recently by Segebade and Schmitts0 who analyzed high purity samples of iron, copper, and lead for trace elements, comparing the results from instrumental PAA with the results from thermal neutron, fast neutron, and charged particle activation analyses. They conclude that although in some cases the other methods are more sensitive than instrumental PAA, the latter excels in terms of simplicity and relative freedom from interferences with it being particularly suited for the analysis of the light elements, TI, Bi, and several others.
VI. SPECIAL TECHNIQUES A. RAPID PAA Elements whose photonuclear products have very short half-lives can be measured by transferring the activated samples very rapidly from the irradiation position to the counting station.66This increases the number of elements which can be measured by PAA as reported
230
Activation Analysis
TABLE 6 Trace Elements and Minor Constituents of the Lobster Hepatopancreas Reference Material as Determined by Instrumental Photon Activation Analysis Element
IPAA
Certified value
Detection limit
Trace elements (&g) Manganese Nickel Copper Zinc Arsenic Strontium Cadmium Lead Minor constituents (%)
Sodium Magnesium Chlorine Calcium
3.79 k 0.25 0.267 ? 0.02 5.47 2 0.2 0.906 2 0.126
3.67 0.255 5.58 0.895
?
5
*
-C
0.2 0.025 0.1 0.058
0.02 0.0004 0.01 0.0003
Note: Results were obtained by irradiating the samples with 20-, 25-, 30-, and 42-MeV beams and typical currents of 30 to 45 pA for 6 h using a linac with thick tungsten converter.
by Kapitza et a1. l7 who list 20 elements with half-lives less than 1 min. Rapid PAA provides fairly high analytical sensitivities because it is possible to activate the sample to saturation with irradiations of a minute or two. In addition, the sample does not remain radioactive for long periods and this makes it suitable for use in industry where it can be used for continuous analytical monitoring of flow processes. It also paves the way for two special techniques: delayed neutron PAA and high energy electron PAA which were pioneered by Engelmannl who constructed a pneumatic sample transfer system to carry the activated sample from the target area to the counting station in less than 1 s.
1. Delayed Neutron PAA Delayed neutron PAA, as its name suggests, is based on the counting of neutrons emitted from the activated sample following activation rather than gamma rays as in conventional PAA. It has been exclusively applied to the analysis of boron, oxygen, and fluorine which produce 9Li, 16C, and 17N by the llB (y,2p) 9Li, 1 8 0 (y,2p) 16C, 1 8 0 (y,2p) 17N, and 19F (y,2p) '7N, respectively, which are delayed neutron emitters with half-lives of less than 1 rnin.' The advantage of using delayed neutron PAA to measure oxygen does not lie in the greater sensitivity it provides. On the contrary, oxygen can be measured by conventional PAA with detection limits two orders of magnitude lower. It lies in the fact that, provided the sample does not contain appreciable amounts of boron and fluorine, oxygen can be measured nondestructively and that measurements can be performed virtually on line as is the case for all elements measurable by rapid PAA. Another advantage of the delayed neutron ratio to be measured.25This ratio, important technique for oxygen is that it allows the 180/160 for certain geological studies, is very difficult to measure by other PAA techniques. 2. High Energy Beta Ray PAA High energy beta ray PAA is the other PAA technique made possible by rapid PAA.
Volume 11
231
TABLE 7 Typical Photoexcitation Detection Limits with 80-kCi T o Source23 Element
In
Se
Br
Cd
Ag
Sr
Detection limit (mg)
20
40
80
300
500
25
This technique can be used to measure elements whose photonuclear products emit high energy beta rays (>3 Mev) which invariably have very short half-lives.',4 To appreciate the stringent demands this technique makes on the rapid transfer system, we note that the halflives of the beta ray photonuclear products of Li, Be, and S, three elements which have been measured by this technique, are 0.81, 0.84, and 2.6 s, respectively.
B. NUCLEAR PHOTOEXCITION ANALYSIS The characteristic y rays emitted by metastable isomers produced by inelastic gamma ray scattering provides the basis for another special PAA technique called photoexcitation analysis (PEA) which does not involve particle emission and consequently does not alter the identity of the target By analogy with phosphorescence of atoms and molecules excited by visible and UV radiation, the conditions for metastable isomer production are that the target nuclei should have excited states E* whose energy levels are higher than the energies of the metastable isomeric states and that these excited states have a high probability of returning to their ground states via metastable states rather than directly to the ground state. Provided these conditions are met, photoexcitation will occur with a maximum probability at resonance energies which occur just below the threshold energy for particle emission and in the giant resonance energy region. In general, photoexcitation analysis is not as sensitive as particle emission PAA. Even at resonance, the peak cross-sections are only of the order of a few millibarns. This drawback is compensated by the fact that low energy l i n a ~ s 'and ~ even radioisotopic source^,^^.^^ such as T o and 24Nacan be used for photoexcitation making it possible to carry out analyses even where high energy accelerators are not available avoiding at the same time interfering reactions from (?,particle) reactions which cause major difficulties in particle emission PAA. 1. Determinable Elements Tables containing the cross-section values and other nuclear parameters of more than 30 nuclear isomers having half-lives longer than 0.5 s and minimum concentrations of 17 elements determinable by gamma rays of W o , 1161nm , and 24Naare given by VeresZ2Since the photoexcitation cross-sections are energy dependent, the detection limits depend on the activating beam energy. Using a 6 to 8 MeV energy linac at an average current of 100 pA for 10-min irradiations, the detection limits for W, Ba, Y, Se, Br, Ag, Cd, In, Hf, Sr, Ir, Pt, Hg, and Au are between 0.1 and 20 mg.2,74Typical detection limits using a 80-kCi 60Co source are shown in Table 7.
2. Applications PEA has been used to measure Ba, Cd, In, Pb, and Sn in multielement samples,38Au mass percentage and Ag, Ba, in gold-bearing ores with detection limits of 0.3 to 0.5 Hf, and Yt in various geological samples using a high energy bremsstrahlung beams to activate the samples. l7 Photoexcitation analysis using a 80-kCi 60Cosources has been reported for the quick determination of selenium in animal feed, particularly in fish product^,'^ for the determination of bromine in treated plants, and to analyze noble metals in art treasures and archeological objects. PEA has also been used for dosimetry of high energy beams used
232
Activation Analysis
in radiotherapy and food sterilization and for the analysis of depleted nuclear fuels containing bum-up products.22
C. PROMPT PAA Prompt photoneutron analysis is another special PAA technique which has been applied for the determination of beryllium, deuterium, and the fissionable elements. In this technique, measurement is done by counting the neutrons emitted from the sample during the photonuclear reaction rather the gamma rays emitted by the activation products as in conventional PAA.9,55-57 In principle, prompt PAA is a technique which should be applicable to all elements in the periodic table, with the exception of hydrogen, since all elements emit photoneutrons by (y,n) reactions if the photons irradiating the sample have a high enough energy. In practice, however, this technique is only applicable to beryllium, deuterium, and to the fissile and fertile elements 235U,239Pu,232Th,and 238U,elements for which interferences from the photoneutrons emitted by the target assembly, sample holder, and surrounding structural materials can be avoided or neglected. In the case of beryllium and deuterium, stray photoneutron interference can be avoided by irradiating the sample with photons whose energies are above their (y,n) thresholds (2.23 MeV for deuterium and 1.67 MeV for beryllium) but below the photoneutron threshold energies (5 to 12 MeV) of the materials which act as the sources of the stray photoneutron background. Due to the low threshold values of beryllium and deuterium, 24Naand lZ4Sb sources, which emit photons at 2.75 MeV and 2.1 MeV, respectively, can be used to measure beryllium and deuterium noting that lZ4Sbshould be used to determine beryllium in the presence of deuterium whose threshold lies above the energy of 124Sb.The stray photoneutron background cannot be eliminated in the case of the fissil and fertile elements because the threshold energies of the elements for photoneutron emission is of the same order of magnitude as those of the surrounding structural materials. However, prompt analysis is still possible for fissionable elements thanks to their large total cross-sections for photoneutron production (400 to 800 mb in the giant resonance region) which include neutron emission by photofission in addition to the emission of photoneutrons by the usual pathway^.^^-^^ 1. Applications Deuterium in water and body fluids has been determined using a 25-Ci source of 24Na achieving a detection limit of 1.7 pg55 and beryllium has been determined to a lower limit of 60 ppm using a 300-mCi 124Sbsource. Even lower detection limits can be achieved if an electron accelerator operating at high currents is used;58Van de Graaffs with energies in the range of 2 to 10 MeV with high currents are particularly suitable for this purpose. As in all PAA measurements, the detection limits of prompt PAA depend not only on the spectral intensity of the beam but also on the efficiency of the detectors used to count the sample. BF, detectors surrounding the sample with an overall detection efficiency of 3% have been used quite successfully. Better results, however, are obtained using a manganese bath for neutron detection58which is based on the activation of manganese by the 55Mn(n,y) 56Mn reaction and subsequent detection of the 56Mnwith a Na(1) detector. The advantage of the manganese bath detector, besides its higher detection efficiency is that it does not respond to the high photon backgrounds near the accelerator. The use of prompt PAA for fissile and fissionable material^^'-^^ are related to applicationswhich involve nuclear fuels in their various forms. It is certainly not the most sensitive method of measurement of these elements, but it provides the possibility of measuring their concentrations in whole fuel rods and casks of solid wastes by purely instrumental methods, which is very important in nuclear safeguard programs.
D. SECONDARY NEUTRON PAA PAA and NAA can be combined into one technique, to enjoy the best of both worlds,
Volume 11
233
using the photons to photoactivate the sample and the photoneutrons invariably emitted from the target of high energy electron accelerators, to neutron activate the sample. The idea of using an electron accelerator as a neutron source has been discussed by G ~ i n and n ~ inves~ tigated experimentally by Kapitza et a1.I7 who exposed more than 40 different elements for 10 min to neutron fluxes of the order of 10' ns/cm2 near the tungsten target of a 30-MeV microtron operated at 15 pA (average current). The limits of detection ranged from l o p 4 g/g for Ge, Nb, Pr, Nd, and Gd to g/g for In, Eu, and Dy depending on the (n,y) cross-section of the specific element. They point out that an enhancement of the neutron flux by 2 to 3 orders of magnitude is possible by inserting neutron multiplying materials into the irradiation facility. Under these conditions, the thermal neutron densities will be 10" to 10'' n/cm2/s. They further point out that if graphite is used as a moderator, it is possible to extend the moderation zone using the epithermal neutrons in this zone to activate elements with epithermal resonances, such as gold and the rare earths very efficiently while at the same time reducing backgrounds from elements such as sodium and manganese which have high thermal cross-sections but much lower epithermal cross-sections. This technique has been applied by to measure mineral specimens containing elements which are very weakly activated by photons but which have high thermal neutron cross-sections using a mixed (y-n) field, formed by directing bremsstrahlung X-rays from a microtron on to a 10 x 10 x 5-cm lead converter which is surrounded together with the entire irradiation unit by polyethylene. This technique has not received much attention outside the Soviet Union.62However, based on their experience, Kapitza et a1.I7 predict the possibility of electron accelerators becoming the universal tool for nuclear activation providing photons beams for photonuclear reactions and neutron beams for neutron reactions.
VII. APPLICATIONS It is difficult to find a single field of science and technology that requires elemental analysis in which PAA has not been applied at one time or another. Applications discussed in various include analysis of cereals and vegetables for protein content, continuous monitoring of selenium in animal feed stuffs,75 elemental measurements of soil^,^^,^^ atmospheric marine sediments,42fissile element content in nuclear fuels and residue^,^' light elements (carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, and fluorine) in ultrapure metals and semiconductor material^,'^^ and analysis of a wide range of samples of biological origin including animal tissues and f l ~ i d s ~ (hair, , ~ . ~ teeth, ' bones, organ samples, blood, and urine). Other applications can be found in the previous sections in which the various PAA techniques are described. More recent applications deal essentially with the same type of analytical applications. Thus for example, Galantanu and Engelmann" describe the multielement analysis of hair, Federoff et the determination of nitrogen in solids, Isshiki et a126the analysis of carbon and nitrogen in iron, cobalt, and chromium, Pringle et a148the measurement of trace elements in Coal, Carter et alT2the analysis of ancient coin fragments, and Bertholet et als9 characterization of uranium minerals. Interest in PAA for measurement of major elements in samples rather than trace or minor elements has lead lately to applications which include 1.
2.
Use of PAA for the analysis of carbon in coal, without prior wet chemical procedures or postradiochemical separation, by Landsberger and D a ~ i d s o nusing ~ ~ the I2C (y ,na) 'Be reaction irradiating the coal sample with a 30-MeV beam for 6 h and counting the sample after 1 to 3 d delay. Measurement of total body oxygen, nitrogen, and carbon in vivo by photon activation analysis by Ulin et a1.64.65Their method, based on a previous investigation by Brune
234
Activation Analysis
et resolves the positron emitting products 150, "C, I3N produced in the body following activation by 45- and 25-MeV beams into separate contributions using a computer curve fitting algorithm. By irradiating the body from the front and back and correcting for interfering activities from 30P,38K,and 34mC1and for the substantial amount of "C lost by exhalation, they were able to measure 0 , N, and C in living rats with accuracies of 1.4, 4.5, and 1.5%, respectively, with 20-rad exposures. They estimate that similar accuracies can be obtained with humans exposing them to a radiation dose of 1 to 2 rad which is safe for clinical purposes. The similarities in the applications and techniques used between the recent applications and the older ones are readily noted suggesting that PAA, like NAA, has reached a stage of maturity such that well-proven procedures are available to handle most analytical problems.
VIII. CONCLUSION The general c o n s e n ~ u s ~regarding ~ ~ ~ ' ~ PAA considers it a complementary nuclear activation technique to NAA, the latter being more sensitive for the majority of elements while the former fills in gaps for elements which cannot be measured for a variety of reasons by NAA or in circumstances in which NAA does not perform well. FAA compares well with fast neutron analysis, since the (y,n) products are identical to the (n,2n) fast neutron reaction products with the advantage that the photon fluxes available for PAA are much higher than the typical fast neutron fluxes available for NAA. In comparing PAA to charged particle analysis, it should be recognized that while charged particle analysis is a surface technique, PAA is a bulk technique. Therefore, although the limits of detection achievable with charged particles are lower than those achievable with PAA,2 one cannot replace the other for only rarely may it be assumed that the bulk and surface compositions are identical due to surface contamination.
REFERENCES 1. Engelmann, Ch., Photon activation analysis, in Advances in Activation Analysis, 1972, 2. 2. Engelmann, Ch., Charged particles and gamma photon activation analysis, Ar. Energy Rev., Suppl. No. 2, 1981. 3. Hoste, J., Op De Beek, J., Gijbels, R., Adams, F., Van Den W i e l , P., and De Soete, D., Photon and charged particle analysis, in Activation Analysis, Butterworth, London. 1971. 4. Forkman, B., Brune, D., and Persson, B., Photo activation analysis, in Nuclear Analytical Chemistry, Student Litteratur, Lund, Sweden, 1984. 5. Hislop, J. S., Photon activation analysis of biological and environmental samples, a review, Proc. Int. Conf. Photonuclear Reactions and Applications. Vol. 2, Berman, B. L., Ed., Lawrence Livermore Laboratory, Livermore, CA, 1973, 1159. 6. Lutz, G . J., Photon activation analysis - a review, Anal. Chem., 43, 93, 1971. 7. Takeuchi, T., Nuclear techniques in life sciences, J. Radioanal. Chem., 59, 545, 1980. 8. Hislop, J. S., Gamma activation analysis - an appraisal, Proc. Anal. Div.Soc., 15, 193, 1979. 9. Mezhibor Kaya, K. B., Photoneutron method for determining beryllium, Gosatomizdat, State Press for Literature of Atomic Science and Technology, Moscow, 1961. 10. Hayward, E., Photonuclear reactions, NBS Monogr. 118, Washington, D.C., 1970. 11. German, B. L., Atlas of Photoneutron Cross Sections obtained with Monoenergetic Photons, Rep. UCRL74622, Lawrence Livermore Laboratory, Livermore, CA, 1973. 12. Bulow, B. and Forkman, B., Photonuclear cross sections, in Handbook On Nuclear Activation Cross Secrions, Technical Rep. Ser. No. 156, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1974. 13. Fuller, E. G. and Gerstenberg, H. M., Photonuclear Data Index (1973-1978), NBS Special Publication PB-284499, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D.C., 1978.
Volume 11
235
14. Forkman, B. and Petersson, R., Photonuclear Cross Sections, in Handbook on Nuclear Activation Data, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1987. 15. Lutz, G. J., Calculations of sensivitivies in photon activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 41, 424, 1969. 16. Masumoto, K., Kato, T., and Suzaki, N., Activation yield curves of photonuclear reactions for multielement PAA, Nucl. Instrurn. Methods, 157, 567, 1979. 17. Kapitza, S. P., Samosyuk, V. N., Firsov, V. I., Tsipenyuk, Yu. M., and Chapyzhnikov, B. A., Analytical Use of Electron Accelerators, Zh. Anal. Khim., 39, 2101, 1984. 18. Kiselva, T. T., Samosyuk, V. N., Firsov, V. I., and Shculepnikov, M. N., Limits of detection of elements in gamma activation analysis on microtron, Zh. Anal. Khim., 33, 1050, 1978. 19a. Pearson, D., A Study of Photon Induced Nuclear Reactions and Their Application Using a Medical Betatron, Ph.D. Thesis, Surrey University, Guildford, U.K., 1982. 19b. Kaminski, R., Matenko, J., Mencel, J., Janiczek, J., and Kielznia, J., Betatron Activation Analysis of Cupriferous Flotation Pulp, Nukleonika, 19, 593, 1974. 20. Galateanu, V. and Grecesuc, M., Instrumental activation analysis of chlorine through photonuclear reactions, Rev. Roum. Phys.. 24, 9, 1987. 21. Lukens, H. R., Otvos, L. W., and Wagner, C. D., Formation of Metastable Isomers by Photoactivation With Van der Graaff Accelerators, Inr. J. Appl. Radiar. Isot., 11, 30, 1961. 22. Veres, A., Gamma Activation of Nuclear Isomers and its Applications, At. Energy Rev., 18, 271, 1980. 23. Veres, A. J. and Pavlichek, I., Nuclear activation analysis by means of 80 kCi T o radiation source, Radioanal. Chem., 3, 25, 1969. 24. Nordmann, F., Tinnel, G., and Engelmann, Ch., Determination of Carbon and Oxygen in Sodium and Cesium by Photoactivation Methods, J. Radioanal. Chem.. 17, 255, 1973. 25. Engelmann, Ch., Fiippi, G., and Gosset, J., A new method to measure oxygen isotopic concentration ratios by gamma activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem.. 87, 559, 1977. 26. Isshiki, M., Fukuda, Y., and Igaki, K., Activation analysis of carbon and nitrogen in iron, cobalt and chromium, Trans. Jpn Inst. Met., 27, 449, 1986. 27. Federoff, M., Samosyuk, V. N., Rouchaud, T. C., and Loos Neskovic, C., Determination of nitrogen in solids by photon and reactor neutron activation, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 112, 395, 1987. 28. Federoff, M., Loos Neskovic, C., and Revel, G., Determination of carbon in metals by photon activation, J. Radioanal. Chem., 38, 101, 1977. 29. Hislop, J. S., Weber, T. J., and Williams, D. R., Determination of oxygen and carbon in indium phosphide by high energy gamma photon activation, Analyst, 98, 75, 1973. 30. Gosset, J., Bock, P., and Engelmann, Ch., On the determination of nitrogen, fluorine, sulfur, and lead in petroleum products by photon and charged particle analysis, Analusis, 4, 161, 1976. 31. Engelmann, Ch. and Cosset, J., Determination of fluorine in aqueous samples by gamma activation method, J . Radioanal. Chem., 68, 169, 1982. 32. Engelmann, Ch., Applications of accelerators in activation analysis in particular for characterization of pure materials, J . Radioanal. Chem., 58, 29, 1980. 33. Lutz, G. J., The analysis of biological and environmental samples for lead by photon activation, J. Radioanal. Chem.. 9, 239, 1974. 34. Kato, T., Masumoto, K., Sato, N., and Suzuki, N., The yields of photonuclear reactions for multielement photo activatio~ianalysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 32, 51, 1976. 35. Aras, N. K., Zoller, W. H., Gordon, G. E., and Lutz, G. J., Instrumental photon activation analysis of atmospheric particulate material, Anal. Chem., 45, 1481, 1973. 36. Das, H. A., Gerritsen, G. A., Hoede, D., Zonderhuis, J., The determination of some elements in rocks by instrumental photon activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem.. 14, 415, 1973. 37. Chattopadhyay, A. and Jarvis, R. E., Multielement determination in market garden soils by instrumental photon activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 46, 1630, 1974. 38. Kato, T., Sato, N., and Suzuki, N., Nondestructive multielement photon activation analysis of environmental materials, Talanta, 23, 517, 1976. 39. Kato, T., Sato, N., and Suzuki, N., Multielement photon activation analysis of rock materials with 30 Mev Bremsstrahlung , Radiochim. Acta, 2 1 , 63, 1974. 40. Kato, T., Sato, N., and Suzuki, N., Multielement Photo Activation Analysis of Biological Materials, Anal. Chim. Acta, 81, 337, 1976. 41. Sato, N., Kato, T., and Suzuki, N., Multielement determination in tobacco leaves by photon activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 36, 221, 1977. 42. Kato, T., Sato, N., and Suzuki, N., Multielement analysis of deep sea sediments by photon activation, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn, 50, 1930, 1977. 43. Chattopadhyay, A., Multielement instrumental photon activation analysis of digested sewage sludges, IAEA-SM-206129 in Proceedings Series, International Atomic Energy Agency, 1977. 44. Galantanu, V. and Engelmann, Ch., Multielement analysis of human hair by PAA, J. Radioanal. Chem., 74, 161, 1982.
236
Activation Analysis
45. Ledingham, K. W. D. and Kelliher, M. G., Multielement photon activation analysis of coal samples using a Compton suppressed Gw(li) detector, J. Radioanal. Chem., 71, 169, 1982. 46. Galantanu, V. and Engelmann, Ch., Multielement analysis of Moroccan phosphate rocks by means of photon activation, J . Radioanal. Chem., 75, 16, 1982. 47. Landsberger, S. and Davidson, W. F., Analysis of marine sediment and lobster hepatopancreas reference materials by instrumental photon activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 57, 196, 1985. 48. Pringle, T. G., Landsberger, S., Davidson, W. F., and Jervis, R. E., Determination of trace and multielement in coal: a comparison between instrumental photon and theraml neutron analysis, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 90, 363, 1985. 49. Goekman, J. G., Gordon, G. F., and Aras, N. K., Application of different activation analysis techniques for the determination trace elements in human blood, J. Radioanal. Chem., 113, 453, 1987. 50. Segebade, Chr. and Schmitt, B. F., Analysis of high purity material -a comparison of photon activation analysis with other instrumental methods, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 113, 61, 1987. 51. Bertholot, Ch., Eschbach, H. C., and Verdingh, V., A method for the precise evaluation of interferences in 44 MeV Bremsstrahlung activation, J . Radioanal. Chem., 72, 697, 1982. 52. Segebade, Ch., Lutz, G. J., and Weise, H. P., Quantitative evaluation of interference reactions for multielement photon activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 39, 175, 1977. 53. Masumoto, K., and Yagi, M., Highly accurate and precise multielement determination of environmental samples by means of photon activation using the internal standard method, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 100, 287, 1986. 54. Masumoto, K. and Yagi, M., Instrumental photon activation analysis of environmental materials using the internal standard method, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 109, 237, 1987. 55. George, K. D. and Kramer, H. H., Deuterium analysis by photoneutron detection, Nucl. Appl. Technol., 7, 385, 1969. 56. Guinn, V. P. and Leukens, H. R., Photodetermination of beryllium and deuterium, ANS Trans., 9, 106, 1966. 57. Ali, P. A., Dutton, J., and Evans, G. J., A feasibility study for the in vivo measurement of beryllium by photoactivation activation, Phys. Med. Biol., 30, 1277, 1985. 58. Guinn, V. P., Use of accelerators as neutron sources, in Activation Analysis, Principles and Applications, Lenihan, J . M. A. and Thomson, S. I., Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1966. 59. Bertholet, Ch., Eshbach, H. L., Verdiigh, V., and Verheyen, F., The application of photon activation analysis for the characterization of uranium minerals, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 113, 259, 1987. 60. Gozani, T., Physics of nuclear materials safeguards techniques, Nucl. Technol., 13, 8, 1972. 61. Grondy, G., Die Zerstorungsfreie Bestimmung von Spalt und Brutstoffen mit einem Electronenlinear Bechleunger, Atomkernenergie, 30,47, 1977. 62. Franks, L. A., Pigg, J. C., Cates, M. R., Kunz, W. E., Noel, B. W., and Close, D. A., High sensitivity trans uranic waste assay by simultaneous photon and thermal neutron interrogation using electron linear 1 accelerator, Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res.. 193, 571, 1982. 63. Brune, D., L i d h , U., and Lundquist, H., Measurement of oxygen, nitrogen and carbon for in vivo photon activation analysis, Anal. Chim. Acta, 89, 267, 1977. 64. U l i , K., Meydani, M., Zamenhof, R. G., and Blumberg, J. B., Photon activation analysis as a new technique for body composition studies, Am. J . Clin. Nutr., 44, 963, 1986. 65. Uli, K. and Zamenhof, R. G., Measurement of total body oxygen, nitrogen and carbon in vivo by photon activation analysis, Med. Phys., 13, 887, 1986. 66. Dams, R., Selection of short lived isotopes for activation analysis with respect to sensitivity, J . Radioanal. Chem., 61, 13, 1981. 67. Kairento, A. L. and Nikkinen-Vilkki, P., Photodetermination of biological samples and patients with a Betatron, Strahlentherapie, 148, 155, 1974. 68. Davidson, W. F. and Landsberger, S., Determination of carbon in coal by instrumental PAA, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 57, 95, 1983. 69. Williams, D. R. and Hislop, J. S., The nondestructive determination of iodine in soils and biological materials by high energy gamma photon activation, J. Radioanal. Chem., 39, 359, 1977. 70. Masumoto, K. and Suzuki, N., Selective coincidence spectrometry in nondestructive determination of nickel in geological materials with high energy photo activation, J. Radioanal. Chem., 46, 121, 1978. 71. Segebade, Chr., Fusban, H. U., and Weise, H. P., Analysis of some toxic components of environmental samples by high energy photon activation, J. Radioanal. Chem., 59, 399, 1980. 72. Carter, G. F., Rengan, K., Caley, E. R., Carlson, J. H., Carriveau, G. H., Hugh, M. T., and Segebade, C., Comparison of analysis of Roman orichaleum coin fragments by seven methods, Archeometry, 25, 201, 1983. 73. Williams, D. R. and Hislop, J. S., Determination of copper and zinc in bone ash using accelerator produced gamma photons, Proc. Anal. Div. Chem. Soc., 13, 202, 1976.
Volume 11
237
74. Breban, Ph., Blondiayx, G., Valladon, M., Giovagnoli, A., Devaux, M., Michell, S., and Debrun, J. I., Study of the possibility of using nuclear isomers in (y,y) reactions between 6 8 MeV for analysis, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 158, 205, 1979.
75. Veres, A. J., Determination of selenium content of animal feed using photon activation analysis, Radioanal. Chem., 3 8 , 155, 1977.
76. Suzuki, N., Iwata, Y., and Imura, H., Synthetic multielement reference material with pseudo biological matrix composition, Anal. Sci., 2, 335, 1986. 77. Albert, P., Nuclear methods in trace and ultratrace analysis, Pure Appl. Chem., 54, 689, 1982. 78. Suzuki, N., Iwata, Y., and Imura, H., Synthetic multielement reference material with pseudo biological matrix composition, Anal. Sci., 2, 335, 1986. 79. Albert, P., Nuclear methods in trace and ultratrace analysis, Pure Appl. Chem., 54, 689, 1982.
Volume 11
239
Chapter 5
ACTIVATION ANALYSIS WITH ISOTOPIC SOURCES Gad Shani
TABLE OF CONTENTS I.
Introduction ..................................................................... 240
I1.
Radioactive Neutron Sources and Spectra ....................................... 240
111.
Neutron Cross-Sections ......................................................... 246
IV .
Application of Isotopic Neutron Sources for Activation Analysis ...............251
v.
Coal Inspection ................................................................. 252
VI .
Borehole Investigation ..........................................................267
VII .
Other Uses of Isotopic Neutron Source Activation Analysis ....................273
VIII . Isotopic Neutron Source Activation Analysis in Medicine ...................... 280 IX .
The Use of Organic Liquid Scintillator .........................................291
References ............................................................................. -296
240
Activation Analysis
I. INTRODUCTION Isotopic (or radioactive) neutron sources are very useful for activation analysis. Their major advantage is that they are portable and can be used in cases when the sample can not be irradiated by thermal neutrons from a nuclear reactor. There are cases when the inspected object is too large (an airplane) or it is an on-line inspection. It is not practical to bring hospital patients or a truckload of coal to the reactor. Sometimes there are many samples to be inspected and the result should be available immediately (e.g., samples in industry). Their main disadvantage is that their yield is much smaller than that of a nuclear reactor. The energy of neutrons emitted from an isotopic source is high, thus it has to be lowered to utilize the high cross-section thermal neutron reactions, otherwise low cross-section high energy reactions should be used. Thermalizing the source neutrons ends in reducing their number, thus the benefit of higher cross-sections is sometimes lost. In addition, certain reactions used to detect or measure certain elements require fast neutrons so that the high energy is not clearly an advantage or disadvantage. While thermal neutrons are generally used for delayed activation analysis, isotopic neutron sources are used for both prompt and delayed activation analysis. In the prompt activation analysis, the emitted gamma rays are measured at the same time as the neutron interaction occurs. In the delayed activation analysis, a radioactive material is produced and the activity is being measured at a later time after the neutron interaction. When a nucleus ZA absorbs a neutron, the resulting compound nucleus ZA is in a highly excited state, as the neutron adds both its binding energy and its kinetic energy to the nucleus. The compound nucleus may decay either by the emission of nucleons , e.g., (n,p), (n,a), (n,2n) or by emission of a gamma ray (radiative capture [n,y]). For measurements based on the emitted gamma rays, the irradiation of the subject and detection of the gamma rays must be performed simultaneously. The technique is referred to as "on-line" or prompt gamma neutron activation analysis (PGNAA). While radiative capture can occur at all neutron energies, it is more probable at low energies and, in particular, at those energies (resonances) that produce long-lived states of the compound nucleus. The long life of the compound state reflects the fact that the emission of gamma radiation is a lengthy process on a nuclear time scale (approximately 10-14s). If nucleon emission is delayed by more than 10-14s, the compound nucleus may decay by emission of a gamma ray. Since the transition from the excited compound state to the ground state often does not take place directly but, rather, proceeds through intermediate states, the emitted gamma-ray spectrum is usually complex. Because of the complicated gamma spectrum, Ge(Li) detectors are generally employed, as they have superior energy resolution properties. The small size of the Ge(Li) detectors permits the localization of the detection of the gamma emitter. +
11. RADIOACTIVE NEUTRON SOURCES AND SPECTRA Radioisotope neutron sources are based on the (a,n) reaction with beryllium as the standard target, on the photoneutron or (y,n) reaction with beryllium or deuterium (D20) as target, or on spontaneous fission, with 252Cfbeing the prime example:
Volume I1
241
TABLE 1 Alpha-Neutron Sources Po-Be
Property Yield (nh Ci) Grams emitterici Half-life Heating (W/Ci) Approx. size (mllCi) yEnergies (MeV) y Dose (mR/h-mCi)
2.5 x lo6
2.24
X
138.4 d 0.032
0.1 0.8, 4.43 0.006, 0.11
Pu-Be 1.7 x lo6 16 24,360years 0.031
12 4.43 0.08
Am-Be 2.2
X
lob
0.3 458years 0.033
3 0.06, 4.43 10, 0.1
The alpha-particle emitters most commonly employed in neutron sources are 2'0Po, 239pU, and 241Am.The Po-Be and Am-Be sources are made by mixing fine powders of beryllium with polonium metal or americium oxide, while the Pu-Be material is an intermetallic compound, Pu Be,,. The mixture or compound is doubly encapsulated, first in a welded inner capsule of Ta, then in stainless steel. Characteristics of these sources are summarized in Table 1. The source size is designated by the nominal alpha activity in curies. The practical neutron yield depends on the physical and chemical properties of the mixture. Because of alpha-particle attenuation in the constituents; approximate values are given in the table. The strength (neutrons per second) of a given source is routinely measured by the manufacturer to an accuracy of about ? 3%. However, the strength of a Po-Be source has to be corrected for radioactive decay, while the strength of a Pu-Be source will increase slightly for several years as Z4'Pudecays by beta emission (T = 13.2 year) to Z41Am(commercial plutonium typically consists of about 91% 239Pu,8% 240Pu,and 1% 241pUand 241Am).The apparent source strength may be increased by fission as well. Theoretically, the neutron spectrum could be calculated from the known alpha-particle energy, the Q value, the kinematics of the (a,n) reaction, and the nuclear properties of 9Be. The neutrons are not monoenergetic, because the alpha particles lose energy in the material and all angles of incidence are experienced. Furthermore, in some 80% of the reactions, the 12C nucleus is left in the 4.43-MeV excited state, which then decays with emission of the 4.43-MeV gamma rays noted in the table (the other gamma rays follow alpha decay and most low energy radiation is absorbed in the source). Another complication is the degradation of neutron energy by collisions in the source itself. In practice, then, the spectrum is broad and has to be measured by a suitable neutron spectrometer. Spectra of typical (a$) sources are compared in Figure 1. The Pu-Be source is the largest physically because of the small specific activity. A 5Ci source, for example, may measure 2.5 cm in diameter by 11.2 cm in length, or in another capsule design, 3.2 cm in diameter by 7.2 cm in length. Alpha-particle heating is usually no problem, but fission heating of 239Pushould be considered. It will be noted that the cost per unit source strength is relatively high, the maximum strength relatively low ( S 10' nls), and the source cannot be turned off, but (a$) sources are compact and require no power supply or operator attention. The gamma-ray emitter used in a radioisotope photoneutron source must have an energy greater than the Q value, 1.67 MeV for 9Be (y,n) or 2.23 MeV for 'D (y,n). The energy of the neutron is given by
The plus sign applies when the neutron is emitted at 0"to the direction of the incident gamma ray of energy hv, and the minus sign applies for emission at 180".
242
Activation Analysis
Neutron Energy ( M e V 100'
I .04
.01 0.2 04
1
2
4 6 8 10
Neutron Energy ( MeV ) FIGURE 1. Neutron spectra from (a,n) sources.
*
The most commonly used photoneutron source is 124Sb-Be,with En = 26 1.5 keV. Antimony-124 is produced by the irradiation of normal antinomy (57.2% I2lSb,42.8% IZ3Sb) by the 123Sb(n,y) reaction; the thermal neutron cross-section is 60.9 b. The '24Sbhas a halflife of 60.9 d and emits several gamma rays, including a 1.692-MeV gamma ray in 48% of the disintegrations. The photoneutron source is made in two parts, the clad antinomy cylinder or sphere, and a shall of beryllium metal about 2 cm thick. Practical yield is about lo7 n/s Ci. The neutrons, but of course not the gamma rays, may be turned off by separating the Sb and the Be. Californium-252 is produced in milligram to gram quantities by irradiation of plutonium or transplutonic nuclides in the high-flux (-1014 n/cm2 s) reactors. Nuclear properties are summarized in Table 2. It decays by both alpha-particleemission and by spontaneous fission. The specific neutron emission rate is very high, resulting in very compact sources. The spectrum (Figure 2) is close to that of neutron-induced fission. The source cannot be turned off or pulsed, but it is possible to derive a zero-time signal from the associated fission fragments. However, because of the alpha activity (520 Cilg), the sources are encapsulated and the fission fragments are generally not available. Most neutron sources use a interaction with 9Be. The neutron spectra of all these sources must be similar to each other, corresponding to the transition levels from I3C to I2C. These energy levels are at about 3 MeV, 5 MeV, 8 MeV, and 10 MeV. Neutron spectra from an Am-Be source measured at Ben-Gurion University is shown in Figure 3. It was measured with NE213 liquid scintillator and n-y pulse shape discrimination. The measured proton recoil spectrum was unfolded with the FORIST code (1). Neutron sources are generally kept in a moderator container (paraffin). The activation can be done in the container or outside. A schematic description of the neutron distribution in the moderator is shown in Figure 4.
Volume 11
243
TABLE 2
Properties of 252CfSource Neutron emission rate Neutron per fission Average n energy Capsule size Effective half-life Alpha half-life SF half-life Average alpha energy Total heating yDose rate at 1 m n Dose rate at 1 m Approximate cost
2.34 X 10'' nis-g 4.4 x lo9 nis-Ci 3.76 2.35 MeV < I ml 2.65 years 2.73 years 85.5 years 6.12 MeV
38.5 W/g 1.6 x 102radlh-g 2.2 x 10' rcmih-g $10/pg plus $1600 encapsulation
ENERGY (MeV) FIGURE 2. Neutron spectrum of '"Cf.
The gamma spectrum emitted from the neutron source generally interferes with the measured gamma spectrum, introducing difficulties in the measurements. When it is not too high compared with the desired gamma spectrum, it can be subtracted as background. Generally shielding (lead) is required to reduce this background to minimum. The effect of fast and thermal neutrons from an Am-Be neutron source on a Ge(Li) detector has been studied by Shani.65Three different measurements were carried out. First, the detector was exposed to a 1-Ci Am-Be neutron source, then a 7 cm thick paraffin slab was placed between the source and the detector, and third, the detector was wrapped with I-mm cadmium sheet. Measurements were performed in a low energy and a high energy range. The part of the spectrum between 3 and 4.5 MeV was found to be completely screened by the 4.43-MeV gamma ray from 12Cin the source. In both energy regions, gamma rays from two different origins were detected: capture gamma rays from the germanium and gamma rays emitted by the source. The latter were
244
Activation Analysis
I ("1
I,l8
I
I
1
2
1
1
4
1
1
6
1
1
,
8
1
1
10
~
,
12
14
NEUTRON ENERGY (MeV) FIGURE 3.
Neutron spectrum from an AmBe source.
DISTANCE FROM THE SOURCE FIGURE 4. Distribution of neutrons due to a fast point source in a moderator.
Volume 11
3000 -
t
245
-FAST NEUTRONS
THERMAL NEUTRONS
ENERGY, MeV FIGURE 5. Gamma spectra due to fast and thermalized Am-Be neurons in the 0 to 4-MeV range measured with a Ge(Li) detector. (From Shani, G . , Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 24, 519, 1973. With permission.)
ENERGY, MeV FIGURE 6 . Gamma spectrum due to thermalized Am-Be neutrons in the 4- to 7.5 -MeV range. (From Shani, G., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 24, 519, 1973. With permission.)
found to be very intense in the low energy range. Gamma-ray spectra due to fast and thermal neutron capture plus the source gamma spectrum are shown in Figures 5 to 7. The capture gamma yield is given in Table 3. Gamma ray spectrum due to 252Cfsource is shown in Figure 8. Room background was not subtracted.
246
Activation Analysis
ENERGY, MeV FIGURE 7. Gamma spectrum due to fast Am-Be neutrons in the 4- to 7.5 -MeV range. (From Shani, G . , Int. J . Appl. Radiat. Isot., 24, 519, 1973. With permission.)
The neutron spectrum of a 228Ra-Be(a,n)source was calculated by Kumar and Nagarajan.2 The alpha energies (MeV) and percentages for a unit activity of 228Ra,when it is in equilibrium with its daughters are 5.34 (29%) and 5.43 (71%), 5.45 (6%) and 5.68 (94%), 6.29 (loo%), 6.78 (loo%),6.05 (25%), 6.09 (lo%), and 8.78 (65%). Ra-228 itself is a beta emitter with a half-life of 6.7 years. From 2 to 10 years after separation of the 228Ra, a 228Ra-Beneutron source can be used with its output slowly varying with time. The primary spectrum of a 228Ra-Besource is given in Figure 9 (the area under the curve = 1 neutron). The peaks are seen at 0.3, 1.9, 3.2, 4.8, 5.7, 6.4, and 7.7 MeV with a shoulder at 2.7 MeV and a broad peak at 9.8 MeV. The spectrum extends up to 14.0 MeV. The measured spectrum of Ansell and Hall3 is shown too. It shows peaks at 3.5, 5.5, 6.25, 7.0, 9.2, and 10.7 MeV with shoulders at 4.25, 5.0, 7.7, and 8.5 MeV and the spectrum extends only up to 11.9 MeV. The thermalization of 241Am/Be-neutronsin paraffin has been studied by Rieppo4 with the aid of the average neutron activation cross-section of the 1151n(n,y) '161n reaction. The existence of almost thermal neutrons in the Am/Be-neutron spectrum was found, and possibly a certain portion of neutrons exists in the A d B e neutron spectrum, whose energy is a few electron volts. The thermalization effect showed a maximum value at a paraffin layer thickness of about 2.5 cm. The A d B e neutron spectrum as a function of neutron energy was performed by absorption measurements of a neutron flux traversing through cadmium and silver filters.
111. NEUTRON CROSS-SECTIONS The number of calculated average cross-sections over the a-Be neutron spectrum found in the literature is small. Values can be found for fission spectrum calculated by the equation
Volume 11
247
TABLE 3a Neutron Capture Gamma Ray in Germanium in the Low-Energy Range Energy (keV)
Gamma1100 captures
Source
13 5.4 5.9 3.4 4.24 39 8.8 17.5 5.5 7.4 2.5 2.4
70Ge(n, y) 71Ge
73Ge(n, y) 74Ge 73Ge(n,y) 74Ge 73Ge(n,y) 74Ge 73Ge(n,y) 74Ge 13Ge (n,y) 74Ge 73Ge(n,y) 74Ge
TABLE 3b Germanium Capture Gamma Ray in the High-Energy Range Energy (MeV)
Gamma/100 captures
See Reference 5 for (n,p), (n,a), (n,2n) cross-sections. Some values are given in Table 4. The resonance integral is calculated by
E, is the cutoff energy assumed 0.5 eV. For most of the elements, the cross-section energy dependence is llv. For some it is llv section plus a resonance. The contribution of the l/v section is assumed 0.44 uo6where uo is the absorption cross-section at 0.025 eV. a, for is 98.8b and for 59Co37.5 b.7 Normalization of the resonance integral was done by Albinssons as follows: RI = 1550 b for 19'Au and RI = 75.0 b for 59Co. Some values of resonance integrals are shown in Table 5. Hugheslo has defined a useful quantity E,,, called the effective energy, assuming that
248
Activation Analysis
CHANNEL
NUMBER
FIGURE 8. Gamma spectrum from a CPSZneutron source (the peak at 2222 keV is due to neutron absorption in the paraffin shield).
-,
.I5
1I
-(CALC.) (MEAS) ---
0
3
6
K U M A R AND NACARAJAN ( 2 ) ANSELL A N D H A L L ( ~)
9
12
14
NEUTRON ENERGY (MeV) FIGURE 9. Neutron spectrum from a Z28Ra-Be.(Reprinted with permission from Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 29, Kumar, A. and Nagarajan, P. S . , Copyright 1978, Pergamon Journals, Ltd.)
the cross-section u(E) is proportional to the penetrability P(E) of the Coulomb barrier which confronts the charged particle leaving the compound nucleus. In this case, the reaction rate, as a function of the energy E of the incoming neutrons, is proportional to the product of P(E) and +(E). Thus the spectrum-averaged cross-section is proportional to the area under the curve +(E) P(E) in Figure 10. Eeff is defined as the energy for which the area marked
Volume 11
249
TABLE 4
Fission Neutron Spectrum Average n,2n (mb)
Isotope Be9
144
B" 0l6 FeI9 NaZ3 Mg24 ~
1
~
7
SiZ8 p3 I s22
C135 K39 Ca4 Sc4S Ti48 V51 cfl2 MnS5 FeS6 CoS9 NiS8 Cu63 Cu6' ZnM Ga69
0.26 0.40 0.005 0.124
0.33
Br79 BP1 Zr90
Nb9' AgIo7
0.076 0.48 0.46
Ag109 Ba138
2.4
CekW
Au'~~ ~1~~~
3.0
3.0
A is equal to the area marked B, so that the area under the curve +(E) P(E) is the same as the one delimited by 4(E) and a vertical dotted line drawn at E,,. Utilizing neutrons of higher energy allows the determination of elements which are not readily activated with thermal neutrons. The average cross-section a and the effective threshold energy for a threshold reaction are defined by
where a, is the cross-section above threshold and 4 is the neutron spectrum. An appropriate amount of activation may result from resonances. The selective absorption of thermal neutrons is generally effected by enclosing the target inside a material which has
250
Activation Analysis
TABLE 5
Averaged Resonance Integrals for Some Elements (b)839
a high thermal neutron cross-section, such as boron or cadmium. Usually the target is wrapped in a cadmium sheet (about 30 mil). The cadmium resonance peak is at approximately 0.2 eV which overlaps the thermal region (Figure 11). The ratio of thermal to higher energy activation is measured easily and conveniently by the "cadmium ratio". This ratio is determined by measuring the activities induced by irradiating a bare foil and a foil which has been wrapped in cadmium. The cadmium ratio, R,,, is then given by RCd
=
+
(thermal higher energy) higher energy
The average neutron activation cross-sections of the 55Mn (n,y) 56Mn and "51n (n,y) Il6In reactions have been studied by Rieppo" for an ArnIBe neutron source. The results were (420 2 20) mb for the 55Mn(n,y) 56Mnreaction measured in paraffin surroundings and (0.9 0.l)mb outside it. For the "51n (n,y) '161n reaction, it was (1900 + 150)mb and (52 + 6)mb. The average cross-sections for (n,p) reactions of some isotopes have been measured by Vanska and Rieppdz in the neutron spectrum of a 241Am-Besource. With the Am-Be neutrons (energies below 11 MeV), no (n,2n) reactions occurred because of their high thresholds, neither nearly all (n,a) reactions because of high Coulomb barriers for alpha particles. NaI(T1) y-ray spectrometry was utilized as the resolution played no stringent role.
+
Volume 11
251
>(E Neutron spectrum 4 (€1 Penetrab~l~ty curve P (El
Neutron energy FIGURE 10. Effective neutron energy definition (area A = area B).
ENERGY ( e V ) FIGURE 11. Cd total cross-section.
Annular-shaped 24'Am-Be neutron source and sample were used in order to arrive at a constant flux throughout the target volume. Their results are given in Table 6. The average neutron flux values for four different 241AmBesources were calculated by Rieppo13 as a function of the neutron source-to-target distance. The target cross-section was chosen to be equal to the active cross-section of the 241AmBesource. The targets were 0.01 cm thick, thus representing near-infinitely thin target. The calculation was carried out with the Monte Carlo method. Results for an 0.1-Ci source is shown in Figure 12.
IV. APPLICATION OF ISOTOPIC NEUTRON SOURCES FOR ACTIVATION ANALYSIS Application of isotopic neutron source for activation analysis can be divided into three
252
Activation Analysis
TABLE 6
Cross-Sections for Am-Be Neutrons1* Nuclear reaction
T,
19F(n,p) I9O 23Na(n,p) 23Ne 27Al(n,p) 27Mg
29 s 37.6 s 9.5 min
28Si(n,p) 28A1 29Si(n,p) 29AI "C1 (n,p) 51V(n,p) SITi 52Cr(n,p) 52V
2.3 min 6.6 min 5.06 min 5.8 min 3.75 min
56Fe(n,p) 56Mn
2.58 min
Ey(keV)
Abundance (y-ray)
u
&
Au (mb)
)
SOURCE DETECTOR DISTANCE Ccml FIGURE 12. Neutron flux from an "'Am-Be source as a function of source-detector distance. (Reprinted with permission from Znr. J . Appl. Radiar. Isor., 3 1, Rieppo, R., Copyright 1980, Pergamon Journals, Ltd.)
sections: industrial, scientific, and medical. In industrial application, large quantities of material to be inspected pass through a measurement station made of a neutron source and a gamma detector, both shielded. The detector is connected to an analyzing system which analyzes the results and provides information about the quantity of element(s) sought. The scientific application is generally done in the laboratory with small samples, good equipment, very versatile and much less automatic than the previous one. The medical uses are again applications where whole or partial body inspection is done searching for the quantities of certain elements. Although the systems are quite simple to operate and specific for each application, it is not as automatic as that for industrial uses and the inspected quantities are relatively small. Some of the applications are reviewed below.
V. COAL INSPECTION The constituents of coal differ from region to region, mine to mine, seam to seam, and even from truckload to truckload. The availability of the on-line continuous elemental analyzer of coal enables the plant operators to improve control of boiler efficiency, reduce pollutant emissions and verify the specifications that control coal cost, all on a real-time
Volume I1
253
basis. Similarly, it enables the operators of coal mines and the coal-cleaning plants to maximize their product and maintain the desired quality. The method is capable of measuring the abundances of all major and minor elemental constituents of coal (H, S, C, N, C1, Si, Al, Fe, Ca, Ti, K, Na) along with total ash, moisture, and calorific value. Prompt y-rays from thermal neutron capture and from fast neutron interactions with important elements in coal have high energies, consequently they are relatively penetrating (see Table 7). Measurement of the concentrations of the dominating elements in the mineral component (e.g., Al, Si, Fe, Ca, S) allows the ash content to be derived to an accuracy determined by the correlation between the concentrations of these elements and the ash content for a particular deposit. The penetration of neutrons and the resultant high energy y-radiation is favorable to large sample analysis. Measurement of elemental contents within acceptable statistical uncertainty can be derived within a few minutes. Figure 13 shows the variation of neutron flux with density. The density dependence is important for any non-negligible change in detector response. A substantial decrease in sensitivity to density variations is achieved by incorporating a neutron reflector in the system. This services to reduce neutron loss, by reflecting neutrons back into the coal. Important factor in the variations in neutron slowing down and migration lengths which give rise to substantial space, energy variations, and arise from changes in bulk density, moisture content, and chemical composition. The uncertainty in the correlation, between A1 and total ash content coupled with the error of measuring the intensity of the 1.78-MeV delayed gamma ray from the reaction 27Al (n,y) 28A1[Tl,2= 2.3 min] used to determine the aluminum content, gave an overall error in the percent ash content in a train load of coal (- 1000 t) of _t 1.8% ash at the nominal 20% ash level.16 241Am-Besource with about 30% of emission above the threshold of the 28Si(n,p) 2gAlhas the advantage over 252Cfsource. To observe oxygen adequately, it is sufficient to use a 24LAmBeneutron source which emits a significant number of neutrons above 6 MeV. The corresponding y-ray spectra from the same coal under identical measuring conditions can be seen in Figures 14 and 15 which show a region of the y-ray spectrum containing the 160(n,nfy) line at 6.13 MeV for 2s2Cf and 241AmBe,respectively. The strength of this line with 241AmBecompared to "'Cf is evident. The major elements in coal can be divided into two groups according to nuclear reaction by which prompt or delayed y-rays are emitted. Group 1, the "fast group", includes oxygen, carbon, silicon, and aluminum which can be observed through either (n,nly) or (n,p) reactions. Group 2, the "thermal group", includes elements such as hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, sodium, potassium, aluminum, silicon, sulfur, chlorine, calcium, iron, and titanium. Silicon, carbon, and aluminum occur in both groups. Nuclear techniques are unable to differentiate between "free" and inherent "bound" moisture. Coal analysis by nuclear methods was described by Clayton and WormaldLsin borehole logging and on-line. Application of Monte Carlo techniques to borehole logging is given in Figure 16 which shows the variation in neutron flux along a radius from the source position for coal with the borehole empty and filled with water. A significant improvement in performance was achieved by normalizing to the hydrogen 2.23 MeV capture y-ray. Measurements of the concentration of the principal ash-forming elements can be used to derive ash content. Wormald et al.14 used a correlation between aluminum concentration and ash content, after establishing from analysis of a random suite of 93 samples of U.K. coals that the correlation was within +- 1.51%. A method was described by Wormald and Clayton17which allows total elemental analysis of coal by measurement of y-ray spectra from fast and thermal neutron interactions and which was independent of variations in neutron flux in the material.
TABLE 7 Nuclear Properties of the Main Elements in Coal14 Thermal neutron cross-section (b) Element
Total
Absorption
Activation
Half-life of induced activity
10-5(l3c) 8 x 120-8(2H) 3x 10-~(1~0) 9 x 10-8 0.01 ("S) 0.000023 (=S) 0.0033 0.23 0.13(54Fe) 0.0036(58Fe)
5736 y 12.3 years 27.1 s 3.13 s 87.5 d
0.39(Ta) 0.02 (+"'a) 0.00002(~~ca)
1.3 x 105 years 163 d 4.54 d
2.62 h 2.246 min 2.7 years 44.6 d
0.095
5.8 rnin
0.0042
9.46 min
O.Ol("S) 0.000023(%) 0.4(23Na) 0.13 1.83(39K) 0.098(4'K)
87.5 d 5.1 min 20 ms 15.03 h 1.3 x lo9 years 12.4 h
?-Ray energy
(kev)
Abundance of oxide in ash (%) Typical
Range
Volume 11
255
Neutron Flux
High Sample Density
/
I I
Source
I I
I
I
I
Crossover
Detector
Region FIGURE 13. Neutron flux dependence on coal density. (Reprinted with permission from Int. J . Appl. Radiar. Isot., 34, Clayton, C . G. and Wormald, M. R . , Copyright 1983, Pergamon Journals, Ltd.)
Energy - keV FIGURE 14. Prompt y spectrum from 252Cf neutrons interaction in coal. (Reprinted with permission from lnr. J. Appl. Radiar. Isor., 34, Clayton, C . G. and Wormald, M. R., Copyright 1983, Pergamon Journals, Ltd.)
The principal problems to be overcome for on-line analysis arise from the heterogeneity of the intrinsic mixture of combustable and ash-forming elements, from the range of elemental compositions in coals of different origin and type, and from the particle size distribution. The requirement to resolve y-rays from all the primary elements in coal invokes the use of a high resolution detector, such as Ge(Li) or hyperpure Ge. This poses an additional problem
256
Activation Analysis I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ENERGY- keV FIGURE 15. Prompt y spectrum from "'Am-Be neutrons interaction with coal, note the wide peak due to 12C(n,n'y)reaction. (Reprinted with permission from Int. J . Appl. Radiat. Isot., 34, Clayton, C. G . and Wormald, M. R., Copyright 1983, Pergamon Journals, Ltd.)
of optimizing the source-sample-detector configuration so as to minimize the neutron damage to the detector for a given signal. y-rays following activation of the target nucleus can be measured after the sample is moved from the irradiation position, however, the number of elements which can be observed, especially when the material to be analyzed is moving, as in an on-line situation, is restricted to those nuclides whose half-lives lie within a narrow time band. Hydrogen and carbon which are vital to an analysis of coal cannot be observed since neither elements emits delayed y-ray following activation. Coal contains a high atom density of hydrogen and carbon in sufficiently large volumes that cause neutrons to be slowed down to thermal energies within the sample. Slowing-down lengths in coals are typically in the range 5 to 10 cm for neutrons of 1-6 MeV. A thermal peak in the neutron energy spectrum exists in the coal. Figure 17 shows neutron energy spectra computed at two distances from the neutron source by the discrete ordinates method for the case of a point 241Am-Besource in an essentially infinite volume of a bituminous coal. Two reactions are important: capture reactions (n,y) in which the product nucleus is in a highly excited state and de-excites by y-ray emission directly or via intermediate states to the ground state. Capture reactions typically have a cross-section a En-'"and, therefore, these reactions predominate in the thermal region of the neutron energy spectrum. Inelastic scattering (n,nly) reactions, which are threshold reactions, only occur with fast neutrons. The product nucleus is in an excited state which decays promptly, with the emission of only one y-ray. The response Rij (events per second in the y-ray peak) to prompt y-rays within a y-ray energy group i from the element j with a y-ray production cross-section uij(En) may be written
Volume 11
I
10
20
R a d i a l distance
257
30
(cm)
FIGURE 16. Radial distribution of thermal neutron flux from a point source on the axis of a bore hole. (Reprinted with permission from Int. J . Appl. Radiat. Isot., 34, Clayton, C . G. and Wormald, M. R., Copyright 1983, Pergamon Journals, Ltd.)
U)
..
I
1
I
I
Neutron Flux Spectra for
I
I
I
24hm - Be in
I
I
Coal
Neutron Energy- eV FIGURE 17. Calculated neutron spectra from an 24'Am-Be source at distinces r = 5 cm and r = 30 cm in a large volume of coal. (Reprinted with permission from Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 34, Wormald, M . R. and Clayton, C. G., Copyright 1983, Pergamon Journals, Ltd.)
258
Activation Analysis
here En is the neutron energy, r is the radius vector, +(En,r) is the neutron flux with energy En at r, €(Eyi,r)is the direction efficiency for a y-ray of energy E,' emitted at point r, N, is the number density of nuclei of element j per unit volume at r, and V is ideally confined to the volume of coal interrogated in practice. The y-ray detection efficiency for events in a selected peak can be expanded
where rd is the distance from the point r to the detector and pi is the y-ray linear attenuation coefficient in the coal. This assumes that there is no other material between the point of origin of the y-ray and the detector. e2(E;) is the cross-section of the detector for a y-ray of energy E,' being recorded in the identified peak in the spectrum. Neglecting the weak dependence of p,, on E,', the function e(E,',r) can be separated intoI7
A lead shield placed between the source and the sample serves to attenuate those y-rays which travel from the neutron source towards the detector. This is particularly important when using an 24'Am-Be source so as to avoid interference between the unwanted 4.43MeV y-ray from the source and the y-rays of the same energy from the reaction I2C (n,nly) which are used in the determination of the carbon content of the sample. A lead reflector placed behind the neutron source serves to scatter neutrons back into the sample and to increase the ratio of y-ray generated within the sample to those generated outside. The performance of borehole logging equipment was described by Clayton et a1.I8 It was based on a 252Cfneutron source and measurement of the spectra of thermal neutron caputre y-rays from most of the important elements in coal. It was shown that although a high statistical counting accuracy can be obtained for several elements in a measuring period of about 5 min, the derived concentrations are limited by the low capture cross-section of carbon. In borehole logging during coal exploration, such an analysis can give an early indication of coal quality by allowing direct determination of concentrations of sensitive elements, such as sulfur and chlorine, and the derivation of important economic parameters, such as ash content and calorific value. Only neutron interaction techniques offer the possibility of in-situ multielement analysis in the difficult environmental conditions encountered in practice. It is desirable that the borehole is not lined with materials which contain large quantities of those elements of special interest in the coal. The Ge(Li) detector with an efficiency of 11% was coupled to a 4096-channel mini computer-based pulse height analyzer via conventional pulse processing electronics. Energy calibration of the y-ray spectra was achieved using lines from hydrogen (2223 keV) and chlorine (7790 keV). A borehole probe system is shown in Figure 18. The detector efficiency as a function of y-ray energy, derived from the identified chlorine lines by dividing peak areas by reported emission intensities, are presented in Figure 19.18 The relationship used to determine the elemental concentrations was
where k is an arbitrary normalizing constant and chosen such that Zc, = 100 and Z refers to the summation over those elements measured. c, is the mass concentration of element j; A, is the atomic mass of element j; Rij is the detector response to y-rays within a y-ray
Volume I1
259
ISOTOPE NEUTRON
FIGURE 18. (n,y) probe arrangement in a borehole.
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Gamma-ray energy (MeV FIGURE 19.
Relative peak efficiencies for a Ge(Li) detector.
group i from element j; @!!) is the relative detector efficiency for y-rays of energy E!; Iij is the number of y-rays in energy group i emitted by element j per 100 neutrons captured; crj is the neutron capture cross-section for element j. The precision obtainable with a Californium-252 neutron source in the short counting periods available operationally is limited by the low capture cross-section of carbon and the absence of any data on oxygen. The use of high counting rate electronics is necessary to obtain results of acceptable accuracy in the short measurement time.
260
Activation Analysis 0.7 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NEUTRON ENERGY( MeV) FIGURE 20. Cross-section for y-ray production by inelastic scattering of neutron from silicon (ENDFJBIV, Mat. 1194, Neutron Cross Section Library, Brookhaven National Laboratory, Upton, Long Island, NY,1979).
Monte Carlo calculations of fast neutron flux distributions have been made by Clayton and C01eman'~for 2s2Cf,241Am/Beand 14-MeV monoenergetic neutron sources in a range of bituminous coals. The configruations examined were sources at the center of a sphere, at the midpoint of the plane surface of a hemisphere and at or near the source of a parallelsided slab. The neutron fluxes were analyzed in terms of the resultant yield of y-rays from inelastic scattering on silicon, carbon, and oxygen, which are the key reactions for determining the oxygen content of coal by processes yielding prompt y-rays. The ratios of the response functions for inelastic scattering by the critical elements were found to be very insensitive to the type of coal, indicating that oxygen analyses could be performed for a given configuration on benchmark experiment on a coal of intermediate composition. Thermal neutron capture y-ray spectrometry offers the possibility of measuring the concentration of all the principal elements in coal except oxygen, which has a very small capture cross-section. However, oxygen concentrations can be derived from the 1 6 0 (n,nly) reaction, which has a threshold at 6.13 MeV. Carbon and silicon concentrations can also be derived through inelastic scattering reactions, as well as by measurement of thermal neutron capture y-ray intensities. Most coals are good neutron moderators, so that a localized source of fast neutrons gives rise to a spectrum of thermal neutrons whose shape, the Maxwellian distribution, is independent of the source spectrum, the distance from the source, and the particular type of coal involved. At energies above the thermal group, there is a slowing down spectrum which closely follows a 1/E law. The intensity of this epithermal group relative to that of the thermal group is usually a few percent and varies rather slowly with position and with coal type. l9 The energy dependence cross-sections of the 28Si(n,nly), I2C (n,nly), and 160(n,nly) are shown in Figures 20 to 22. Gamma-rays of energy 1.79 MeV as produced by the 28Si (n,nly) reaction are also produced by the 28Si ( n , ~ ) * ~ A reaction l following the P-decay of 28A1to 28Si with a half-life of 2.27 min. The 2sSi (n,p) reaction has a threshold of 4.04 MeV and a significant cross-reaction only above about 7 MeV, so that the contribution from this reaction is negligible for 252Cfsources, and small for 241Am/Besources. Neutron spectra in coal due to Am-Be and 252Cfneutron sources are shown in Figures 23 and 24.19 A method has been developed by Wormald et al.'O to determine the ash content of coal in moving wagons. It was based on an observed correlation between aluminum content and ash and on measurement of the aluminum content by neutron activation analysis using a
Volume 11
4
6
8
10
12
14
261
16
NEUTRON ENERGY (MeV) FIGURE 21. Cross-section for y-ray production by inelastic scattering of neutrons from carbon (ENDFIBV, MAT. 1306, Neutron Cross Section Library, Brookhaven National Laboratory, Upton, Long Island, NY, 1979).
Neutron energy ( MeV ) FIGURE 22. Cross-section for y-ray production by inelastic scattering of neutrons for oxygen.
252Cfsource. The source was placed outside the wagon with a reflector behind it. Ash content, water content, bulk density, the design of the source mounting, and the sourcedetector separation have been studied theoretically using Monte Carlo computer techniques. The most fundamental source of error lies in the degree of correlation between the selected elements and the true ash content. The smallest number of elements to give an accuracy within the acceptable limits should be investigated. Other errors may arise from variations in operational parameters, such as moisture content, coal density, wagon movement, wagon speed, choice of source and source-detector separation, and errors in the measurement of the intensity of y-rays and from the activated elements. In the Monte Carol procedure, individual neutrons are generated in the source and tracked to absorption in such a manner that, on average, the neutron behavior conforms to the known neutron emission, scattering, and absorption data. For individual neutrons, a random choice
262
Activation Analysis
FIGURE 23. Neutron spectra for an "'Am-Be neutron source in coal ratio of neutron flux per unit lethargy interval to thermal flux in a sphere of radius 100 cm. The radii zone: X 10 to 15 cm, .25 to 30 cm. (From Clayton, C. G. and Coleman, C. F., Int. J . Appl. Radiat. Isor., 36, 757, 1985. With permission.)
En( MeV) Neutron spectra for a 252Cfneutron source in coal - ratio of neutron flux per unit lethargy interval to thermal flux in a sphere of radius 100 cm. The radii zone: x 10 to 15 cm, a25 to 30 cm. (From Clayton, C. G. and Coleman, C. F., Int. J . Appl. Radiat. Isot., 36, 757, 1985. With permission.)
FIGURE 24.
of possible values is made for the energy and direction of emission, the distance travelled before each collision, the nature of the reaction taking place at the collision, and the energy and direction of the scattered neutron, if not absorbed. These choices are weighted with the known probabilities of each event obtained from neutron source data, neutron interaction cross-section data, and the distribution of nuclei forming the materials within range of the source. The more neutrons which are tracked, the greater the statistical accuracy of the results, although a practical limit must be placed on this number due to the total available computing time. The 28A1production rate, R, in the spatial bin (ri,zj) is given by20
Volume 11
263
where N,, is the 27Al atomic density and u, is the average neutron capture cross-section for 27Alover the kth energy bin. The counting rate due to bin (x,,y,,z,) is then given by
where drzijkis the detector absolute efficiency, p is the y-ray attenuation coefficient in the coal, 5 = [zk - d)/zk]rij, is the y-ray path length through the coal, and d is the distance between detector and wagon wall. R' has been derived from R by transforming the coordinates from cylindrical polars to Cartesian and
The value of R at the center of a Cartesian bin was derived by exponentiail interpolation between adjacent polar bins:
The total counting rate was then obtained by summation:
CD(s) is the static response function assuming zero half-life. The second stage of the calculation is concerned with deriving the response for a moving wagon, C,,,(v,S,), containing a region of radioactivity of mean lifetime T. This was carried out by integrating the static response function, weighted with the exponential decay factor, over all values of s, thus
where v is the speed of the wagon and S, is the distance between source and detector in the practical situation of a moving train. The number of detected full energy events per unit length of wagon is then C,,(v)/v. In the calculations, the total density has been kept constant, whereas in reality the density may be a function of ash content. Any such positive correlation will reduce this nonlinearity, or even reverse it. The response was found to increase with increasing density as shown in Figure 25. The effect of changing the reflector behind the source from lead to water is shown in Figure 26. The lead scatterer increases the response 1.75 times. A water scatterer increases the response by a factor of 2.3 over the case without scatter. Coal samples of three different sources, South Africa, England, and Australia, were investigated at Ben-Gurion University using a 5-Ci (1.1 x lo7 nls) 252Cf The gamma rays were measured with a 3 in. X 3 in. NaI(T1) scintillator. The system is described
264
Activation Analysis
Ash 2 0 % Water 5%
0
.i=20-
0
Sj
I
0
I
I
I
I
1
I
30 40 50 60 70 E Source to detector distance(cm) 10
20
FIGURE 25. Calculated variation of static response with coal density. (Reprinted with permission from Int. J . Appl. Radiar. Isot., 30, Wormald, M . R. et al., Copyright 1979, Pergamon Journals, Ltd.)
-
I I
Ash: 20% Water: 5 % 3 Density: 1.0g/cm LEAD
0 m
80
Source to detector distance(cm) FIGURE 26. Calculated variation of static response with source-detector for various scattering materials behind the source. (Reprinted with permission from Inr. J . Appl. Radiat. Isot., 30, Wormald, M . R. et al., Copyright 1979, Pergamon Journals, Ltd.)
in Figure 27. Each measurement lasted a few hours to obtain low statistical error. Examples of the gamma spectra obtained are shown in Figures 28 to 30. Some of the peaks are due to more than one element. The peak marked S also includes contribution from Fe, C1, and N. Iron emits gamma rays at energies 7.631 and 7.645 MeV and aluminum at 7.724 which are not separable. The concentration of sulfur which is one of the most important impurities in coal was determined by the count in the 5.4-MeV peak. Chemical analysis showed the following
Volume 11
265
H.V >
SUPPL
C O A L NEUTRON SOURCE
pb
BOX
N oI
& AMPL - AMP1 - MCA i
( 3Ox30~30cm)
FIGURE 27. System layout for prompt and delayed neutron activation analysis (From Shani, G. and Nir-El, Y., Coal Composition Analysis Using Nuclear Method, report to Israeli Ministry of Energy, 1984. With permission.)
C H A N N E L NUMBER FIGURE 28. Gamma spectrum in the range 2.5- to 10 -MeV from South African coal. (From Shani, G. and Nir-El, Y., Coal Composition Analysis Using Jhclear Method, report to Israeli Minister of Energy, 1984. With permission.)
concentrations of sulfur: South African coal 0.69%, British 1.E%,and Australian 0.57%. The number of counts under the curve did not follow exactly these ratios and the contribution of other elements to this peak were found by solving a set of three equations of the following form for the three samples of coal,
266
Activation Analysis
200
I(
CHANNEL NUMB1 FIGURE 29. Gamma spectrum due to hydrogen (2.2MeV) from South African coal (From Shani, G. and Nir-El, Y . , Coal Composition Analysis Using Nuclear Method, report to Israeli Minister of Energy, 1984. With permission .)
where X,(S), X,(Cl), and X,(Fe) are the counts in the peaks of 5.4 MeV (S), 6.1 MeV (Cl), Al). and 7.6 MeV (Fe The contribution of the other elements was neglected (assumed small). a,,a,,and a, are the factors to be found. The solution was a, = 2.1, a, = 0.85, and a, = 0.56, which meant that the main contribution to the 5.4 peak was due to sulfur, some due to A1 Fe and a little more due to chlorine. Using these constants, the weight percent of these impurities can be found in every unknown sample. Similar equations were solved for the peaks at 7.6 to 7.7 MeV due to Si, Fe, an Al. Si has another peak at 3.539 MeV which has to be resolved from the carbon peak. Due to its importance, Ga was sought too. It was done using the reaction
+
+
The compound nucleus 72Ga decays by P- emission with 14.1-d half-life and is most conveniently detected by the gamma peaks at 630 and 834 keV. The uranium content (12.7% of the ash) was determined by delayed fission neutrons. Nitrogen was determined by the
Volume 11
2
2672
267
3
CHANNEL NUMBER FIGURE 30. The peak at 7.6 to 7.7 MeV due to iron and aluminum
in Australian coal. (From Shani, G. and Nir-El, Y., Coal Composition Analysis Using Nuclear Method, report to Israeli Minister of Energy, 1984. With permission.)
reaction 14N (n,2n) I3N and measurement of the two 511-keV photons following the P+ emission. Other elements were determined too from the gamma-ray spectrum. Gamma spectrum of South African coal activated by thermal neutrons measured with a Ge(Li) detector are shown in Figures 31 to 33 at times 15 min, 21 h, and 4 d after irradiation. Elemental content of oil shale was investigated using a 5 Ci AmBe source.22A 25-kg sample was irradiated through 5-cm lead shield for 2 d to obtain good statistics. The resultant spectrum is shown in Figure 34. The major elements H, C, Al, Si, S, Ca, and Fe are clearly seen and their quantities can be measured.
VI. BOREHOLE INVESTIGATION In many cases, neutron activation analysis is done in a borehole in ground. The most common use of a neutron source in borehole is in case of moisture measurements. Oil and coal are commonly inspected in borehole. There are particular problems related to such use of a neutron source. If the medium contains hydrogen or carbon, the neutrons are therrnalized. In any case, neutrons are scattered into the detector. The geometry is such that the source and detector are at close proximity. Some such uses are described here. Minerals investigation by neutron activation in a borehole was discussed by Czegledi.13 The neutron source and detection system are inserted into the borehole. The spatial distribution of neutrons for given geometrical conditions can be determined by solving Equation 17
x,
where D is the diffusion coefficient,
268
Activation Analysis
CHANNEL NUMBER FIGURE 31. Delayed gamma spectrum from South African coal 15 min after irradiation. (From Shani, G. and Nir-El, Y . , Coal Composition Analysis Using Nuclear Method, report to Israeli Minister of Energy, 1984. With permission.)
where r is the distance from the origin (source) and I, is the diffusion length (L;
=
DIG,). In rock investigation, search for minerals is determined primarily by neutron slowing hydrogen. The main drawback of the neutron-? method, compared to the neutron-neutron method (neutron slowing down) is that the sensitivity to porosity of the neutron-neutron method is about ten times higher than that of the neutron-? method. In order to present a correct interpretation, it is important to choose a proper spacing between source and detector. The thermal neutron density of some materials with different hydrogen porosity determined with different values of spacing is shown in Figure 35. The "inversion" of the curves occurs in the 15 to 30 cm range, the value is depending on porosity. System calibration can be done in a test pit. An artificial well was built from three rock blocks, each of them with a diameter of 1.8 m and different porosities (Carthago marble: 1.9%; Indiana limestone: 15%; Austin limestone: 26%); thus, the characteristic curve of neutron sondes can be dete~mined.~~ The compensated neutron log method utilizes two detectors pressed against the wall.
Volume 11
269
CHANNEL NUMBER FIGURE 32. Delayed gamma spectrum from South African coal 21 h after irradiation. (From Shani, G. and Nir-El, Y . , Coal Composition Analysis Using Nuclear Method, report to Israeli Minister of Energy, 1984. With permission.)
The ratio of counting rates obtained using short- and long-spaced detectors is directly proportional to the porosity. In the oil industry, neutron methods are widely used: to identify the lithological units in the section; to measure the porosity of rocks; to determine the gas content of formations; to determine the oil-water contact; to estimate the clay content of the rocks, in combination with the y-y method; to control production of gas wells, and to examine technical conditions of wells. An example of porosity measurement is shown in Figure 36. With neutron-y-spectrum logging, the y-spectrum generated by capture of thermal neutrons is recorded along the borehole. In the oil industry, only one version of the method, the so-called "chlorine logging' ' , is used to determine oil-water contact. Logging is carried out in the 5- to 6-MeV energy range, where 38Cl displays several peaks. Although the majority of y-peaks emitted by chlorine falls into the energy range below 3 MeV, this fraction of the spectrum cannot be utilized because of the presence of hydrogen and rock minerals. Figure 37 shows a spectrum in an oil-prospecting b~rehole.'~ In ore mining, neutron-y-spectroscopy is used to detect Fe, Hg, and Ni. In these cases, logging is carried out in the energy ranges 5.0 to 6.5, 6.3 to 6.9, and 8.2 to 8.8 MeV. Sensitivity of the method to Hg is 0.1%. Neutron activation logging can be regarded as a variant of neutron activation methods, adapted specifically to borehole measurements. The following limitations of the method should be considered.
270
Activation Analysis
CHANNEL NO. FIGURE 33. Delayed gamma spectrum from South-African coal 4 d after irradiation. (From Shani, G . and NirEl, Y . , Coal Composition Analysis Using Nuclear Method, report to Israeli Minister of Energy, 1984. With permission.)
Under borehole conditions, high activation radiation sources cannot be used; in general, Po-Be and Po-B sources of 70 to 400 GBq (2 to 10 Ci) activity have proved good. Detection is limited to elements with their corresponding isotopes having a half-life shorter than 1 to 2 h. When selecting the appropriate method, attention should be paid to the fact that, besides the element to be studied, some other elements are also present, in unknown concentrations. The station measuring technique is used only for the solution of special tasks as it is
at the same depth where the source had been earlier. The maximum difference between depths must be kept smaller than 2 cm. Thus, the activating and measuring operations can be performed repeatedly, step by step. Continuous logging is carried out by lowering the tool downwards at a speed appropriate to the half-life of the material to be activated. The following equation can describe the intensity of y-radiation accompanying reaction (n,nl) in a homogeneous medium:
Volume I1
CHANNEL
NO
FIGURE 34. Prompt gamma spectrum from Israeli oil shale. (From Shani, G. and Nir-El, Y . , Oil Shale Analysis Using Thermal Neutron Prompt Gamma Measurement, report to Israeli Minister of Energy, 1984. With permission.)
ZONE O F INVERSION
SPACING, cm FIGURE 35. Thermal neutron flux vs. source detector distance for different hydrogen contents. (From Czegledi, I . , Nuclear Borehole Geophysics in Industrial Application of Radioisotopes, Foldiuck, G . , Ed., Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1980. With permission.
271
272
Activation Analysis
'0
2
10 2 0 5 0 I00
5
POROSITY, O/o FIGURE 36. (n,y) intensity vs. porosity for various borehole diameters (r = 60 cm). (From Czegledi, I . , Nuclear Borehole Geophysics in Industrial Application of Radioisotopes, Foldiuck, G . , Ed., Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1980. With permission.)
O
0
.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Ey MeV
FIGURE 37. (n,y) spectra; I in cement, I1 in water-bearing sandstone, 111 in oil-bearing sandstone. (From Czegledi, I . , Nuclear Borehole Geophysics in Industrial Application of Radioisotopes, Foldiuck, G., Ed., Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1980. With permission.)
where A is the activity of the radiation source; i is the number of y-quanta produced in the (n,nl) reaction, En,,, and Z, are inelastic and total scattering cross-sections, respectively; p is the density of the medium; I, and I, are distances of the site of the (n,nl) reaction from radiation source and detector, respectively; V is the volume. In addition to the (n,nl) reaction, fast neutrons can undergo the reactions (n,p), (n,2n), and (n,cx). Table 8 shows some important properties of elements which can be activated by neutrons. Special attention should be given to oxygen which generates a particularly hard y-radiation, useful for the detection of oxygen. As carbon does not produce y-emitting nuclides, the C/O ratio cannot be determined by fast neutron activation. The only main application of the method is activation of oxygen for detecting water circulation behind a casing.
Volume 11
273
TABLE 8
Fast-Neutron Activation Characteristics Of Some Elements Roduct of reaction (radioactive isotope)
Isotope
Relative abundance in the product (%)
Type of reaction
Threshold energy
(MeV)
Isotope
Half-life t
,
7.3 s 30.0 s 7.35 s 40.0 s 11.6 s 62.0 s
0.3 min 2.3 min 12.4 s 5.0 min 5.8 rnin
3.8 min 3.8 min 5.1 min
Energy of gamma MeV (frequency) 6.13 (76) 7.10 (6) 0.2 (96) 1.36 (54) 6.13 (76) 3.0 1.64 (100) 0.98 (15) 0.58 (15) 0.40 (15) 1.61 1.78 (100) 1.78 (100) 2.1 (25) 4.0 (0.2) 3.1 (10) 0.32 (96) 0.93 (4) 0.61 (1) 1.44 (100) 1.44 (100) 1.044 (9)
TABLE 9 Main Capture Gamma Rays Energy of K, Na, Mg, and CI in the Low-Energy Range (keV) and their Relative Intensities
VII. OTHER USES OF ISOTOPIC NEUTRON SOURCE ACTIVATION ANALYSIS A system was set up at Ben-Gurion Uni~ersity,~ to measure the elemental content of the Dead-Sea Products. The raw material was carnalite having the following composition: KC1, 23.9%; NaCl, 3.5%, CaCl,, 0.5%; MgCI, 32.7%, and H20, 39.3%. The final product composition is: KCl, 98.9%; NaCl, 0.4%; CaCl,, 0.03%; MgCl,, 0.3%, and H20, 0.15% (the values above are related to particular samples). The neutron source was -5 Ci 252Cf and the gamma detectors were 45 cc coaxial Ge(Li) or a 3 in. x 3 in. NaI. Samples of 1 kg were investigated. Irradiation and measurement took place in two different layouts: first, the neutron source, the sample and the gamma detector were all in line. In this case, a thick layer (8 cm) of lead was placed between the source and the sample. In the second layout, the neutron source and the gamma detector were at right angles with the sample at the vertex. The detector was shielded from direct neutrons and gamma rays from the source. The expected gamma rays in the low energy range are found in Table 9. The gamma
-
274
Activation Analysis INTENSITY
HGURE 38. Prompt gamma spectrum (n,y) reaction in carnalite low energy range. (From Shani, G . , Elemental Analysis of Dead-Sea Products Using 252CfPrompt Gamma Measurement, report to Dead Sea Works, 1986. With permission.)
spectra measured in the low energy range with NaI and Ge(Li) detectors are shown in Figures 38 and 39. Peaks related to the investigated elements are seen along with many background peaks (from the source and construction materials). The C1 is quite dominant. Spectra in the high energy range (1 to 8 M a ) are shown in Figures 40 and 41; less peaks are seen and the identification of elements is easier. Particular attention was paid to the detection of NaCl (i.e., Na), the most dominant peak in prompt gamma detection of Na is that of 477 keV. Unfortunately, when NaI scintillator is used, this peak cannot be separated from the 51 1-keV line. We have found that another peak appears due to inelastic scattering of neutrons, at 440 key. This peak is separated and quite easy to measure. It is seen in Figure 42. A thermal neutron activation method has been used by Borsaru and EislerZ5 to determine alumina grades in both dried and undried bulk bauxite samples. The accuracy for bauxite containing 48 to 62% alumina was 0.45% A120,. The essential parameters for accurate alumina determinations were the count rates of both the 1.78-MeV 28A1y-rays and the thermal neutrons. The analysis method was based on obtaining a measure of the count rates of the neutrons that produce "A1 (2.3 min half-life) in the bulk sample via the 27Al(n,y) 28A1reaction, and of the 1.78-MeV y-rays emitted by that radioisotope. These neutrons were produced by a 36-pg 252Cfsource located at the bottom of a hole drilled into a polyethylene block that was surrounded by paraffin bricks. After irradiation (6 min), the samples were transferred within 15 s for counting (5 min) by a 127 X 127 rnrn NaI(T1) y-ray detector that was some 7 m away from the source.
Volume 11
275
NUMBER OF COUNTS
FIGURE 39. Prompt gamma spectrum from carmelite - log scale. (From Shani, G . , Elemental Analysis of Dead-Sea Products Using 252CfPrompt Gamma Measurements, report to Dead Sea Works, 1986. With permission.)
The grades of alumina were predicted from the neutron and y-ray counts and from the sample weights by the technique of stepwise multiple linear regression. The linear regression model, which used the constant coefficients, A, B, C and D had the form
where y represents the number of 1.78-MeV y-rays recorded during the 5-min counting period (in thousands), w is the weight (in kilograms) of the bulk bauxite and sample box together, n is the number of neutrons recorded during the same counting period (in thousands), and E is the difference between the predicted grade (y) and the chemically assayed grade (Y). The radioisotope 2SA1is also produced by reactions other than 27Al (n,y) and can, therefore, interfere with measurements based on that reaction. The 28Si (n,p) 2%1 reaction could lead to interference. This is a fast neutron reaction with an energy threshold of 3.8 MeV. The magnitude of the interference depends inversely on the degree of thermalization in the neutron flux incident on the sample. Another fast neutron reaction that can lead to interference is 31P(n,a) 28A1.However, because of the low concentration of phosphorous in the bauxite deposit sampled (<0.07%), and because of the low cross-section of this reaction (1.5 mb at 5 MeV), the interference from phosphorus was considered to be insignificant.
276
Activation Analysis
INTENSITY
NGURE 40. Prompt gamma spectrum from (n,y) reaction in carnalite - high energy range. Sea Works, 1986. (From Shani, G . , Elemental Analysis of DeadSea Products Using 252CfPrompt Gamma Measurement, report to Dead Sea Works, 1986. With permission.)
Yet another possible source of interference is the formation of 56Mn via the reactions "Mn (n,y) 56Mnand 56Fe(n,p) 56Mn. This radioisotope (2.58 h half-life) emits y-rays with energies of 0.847, 1.811, and 2.113 MeV. The most important source of interference is the 1.811-MeV y-radiation, which cannot be resolved by NaI(T1) detectors from 1.78-MeV yradiation. Brain concentration of mercury as low as 100 ppm were determined by Al-Hiti et a1.26 by detecting the 368-keV prompt y-radiation emitted during the '99Hg (n,y) 200Hg reaction at doses of 120 rnrem. The assay was accurate to within 2 3.2%. lg9Hgisotopic concentration is 16.84%; the reaction cross-section is 2500 b for thermal neutrons and the emitted y-ray energy is 368 keV. The subjects were irradiated by fast neutrons from two identical 24'Am-Be neutron sources, each of approximately 2.2 X lo7 neutrons per second. A transportable system for the determination of phosphorus in sheep bone by in vivo neutron activation analysis was discussed by Whineray et al.27 With two 10-Ci isotopic neutron sources (241Am/Beor 238pUIBe)and a single 7.5 X 7.5 cm NaI(T1) detector, serial changes in leg bone phosphorus were determined with a precision of 13% in 15 min of experimental time. This precision could be reduced to 5% by incorporating two large detectors into the system. The neutron sources were stored in a boron-doped wax-filled drum about 20 m away from the sheep. The detector was also stored about 20 m away from the sheep, in the opposite direction to the neutron sources. To further decrease the possibility of activating the detector
Volume 11
277
INTENSITY
-5439ke' kev
F'IGURE 41. Prompt gamma spectrum from (n,y) reaction in camalite - high energy range, Na I (TI)detector. (From Shani, G., Elemental Analysis of DeadSea Products Using 25ZCf Prompt Gamma Measurement, report to Dead Sea Works, 1986. With Permission.)
crystal, the detector was placed behind a wax wall, 15 cm thick, with a 2-cm lining of Li2C0,. After a 300-s activation, the sources were returned to the storage drum. The detector was positioned within the lead shielding and the y-spectrum of the induced activity collected for a period of 300 s starting 65 s after the irradiation ceased. The activity was observed by the detection of the 1.78-MeV y-ray in "Si.
28A1activity also may be produced by thermal neutron capture in 27Alwhich, however, is not present in sufficient quantity in sheep to be a problem. A possible source of interference is the 1.64-MeV y-ray from 38Cl (half-life 38 min) from neutron capture in 37C1. The detection limits in a tissue-equivalent phantom for elements of clinical interest: N, 0,Na, P, C1, Ca, and Cd were investigated by Matthews and S p y r o ~ When . ~ ~ the total time of an experiment is greater than about five half-lives of the radioactive isotope being measured, then the technique of cyclic activation is more sensitive than the conventional delay technique which makes use of only one period of irradiation followed by one period of counting. The degree of uniformity of activating flux which could be obtained in a bulk matrix would be better with neutrons of high energy. (a,n) sources have the disadvantage that their y-ray dose rates are much higher than
278
Activation AnalySis
A
CHANNEL
NUMBER
FIGURE 42. Prompt gamma spectrum from elastic and inelastic scattering of neutrons from Na.
those from 252Cfsources; the y-ray dose rate from an 241Am-Besource is about ten times that from a 252Cfsource for the same neutron emission rate. 238Pu-Beneutron sources have less than half the y-ray dose rate of "'Am-Be sources. A 5-Ci 241Am-Besource with a total neutron emission rate of 1.1 X lo7 ns-' was chosen by Matthews and Spyrou. Cyclic activation analysis technique differs from conventional analysis where a single irradiate-wait-count sequence is employed in that a number of successive sequences are performed and the detector response per cycle is accumulated in order to enhance the signalto-noise ratio for the isotope of interest. Givens et al.29 derived an expression for the cumulative detector response and considered the optimization of timing parameters: for the n-th counting period
thus the cummulative detector response for all n periods is
+
where Dl = the detector response for conventional activation; T = the cycle time = ti f + t, + f and ti, f , and tc have the same meaning as for conventional activation; t, = transfer time, i.e., time elapsed from the end of counting period to the start of the irradiation period; n = the number of cycles = (total experiment tirne)/T. For a given total experiment time (t, = nT), the maximum cumulative detector response occurs when ti = tc with transfer times equal to zero. The detection limits obtained using a Ge(Li) detector (11% efficiency relative to a 7.5 X 7.5 cm NaI(T1) for the 1.332-MeV y-ray from T o ) for certain elements of clinical
Volume 11
279
TABLE 10 Detection Limits Determined from Measurement of Prompt y-Rays (ti = 1800 s)2" Element
?-Ray energy (MeV)
Detection limit ( P P ~
interest, homogeneously distributed in solution within the phantom, is shown in Table 10. The detection limit is defined by the relationship: signal 2 2 Vbackgound. The oxygen content of the tissue equivalent phantom was measured using two different reactions2' both yielding short-lived radioactive products. 1 6 0 makes up 99.8% of stable oxygen and the threshold for the 1 6 0 (n,p) I6N reaction is approximately 10 MeV, I6Ndecays with a half-life of 7s emitting y-rays of 5.619 MeV and 6.130 MeV. A 7.5 X 7.5 cm NaI(T1) detector was used to detect these high energy y-rays. A Ge(Li) detector was used to detect the 0.197-MeV y-rays from I9O (t,,, = 29 s) produced by the thermal neutron capture reaction ''0 ( n , ~ 1) 9 0 on ''0 (isotopic abundance = 0.204%). Cyclic activation method determining short half-lives was used by 0zek et to measure short halflife using Equation 22. For large n, (1 - e-"'3 approaches unity and the variation of D, with n becomes linear so that:
where a is the slope and b is the intercept. Then, from equation (23)
A 300-mCi Ra-Be neutron source, embedded in polyethylene, was employed to irradiate a 0.35-g hafnium sample. The sample, encapsulated in a polyethylene irradiation tube, was transferred between irradiation and counting positions by a fast pneumatic system controlled by preset clocks. The 0.217-MeV photopeak resulting from the I7'Hf (n,y) '79mHfreaction was detected using a 7.5 x 7.5 cm NaI(T1) crystal. A thermal-neutron irradiation technique that uses a 252Cfneutron source has been developed by Borsaru et al.,O for the simultaneous determination of iron and aluminum (expressed as A120,) in iron ore on a conveyor belt. Although the speed of the conveyor has no direct effect on the iron measurements, it must not exceed about 3 mlmin if good accuracy for alumina is required. Accuracies of 0.6% I% and 0.1% A120, were obtained. Fast-neutron activation analysis using "'Am-Be neutron sources has also been adapted to bulk analysis. Successful applications include the determination of silicon (expressed as SiO,) in iron ores with an accuracy of 0.15% SiO,, and the simultaneous determination of alumina and silica in bauxites with accuracies of 0.7% A1,0, and 0.3% SiO,. A combination of fast- and thermal-neutron activation has been applied to the determination of soil in shredded sugar cane with an accuracy of 0.1% soil.
280
Activation Analysis
In the case of alumina determinations, use of the thermal-neutron reaction 27Al(n,y) 2sAl gives the best accuracy. The P-decay of the radioisotope 28A1,which has a half-life of 2.3 min, is followed by the emission of 1.78-MeV y-radiation. Samples were irradiated by a 252Cfneutron source, which was located in a polyethylene neutron "howitzer" to obtain a well-thermalized neutron flux for the above reaction. This source is more suitable for exciting aluminum because its average neutron energy is lower than that of (a,n) neutron sources. Consequently, interference from the fast-neutron reaction 28Si (n,p) 28A1, which occurs at neutron energies above about 4 MeV, is negligible. Other reactions that could interfere with the alumina measurement are the fast-neutron reaction 56Fe(n,p) 56Mn and the thermal-neutron reaction 55Mn(n,y) 56Mn. Both produce the radioisotope 56Mn,which has a half-life of 2.58 h and emits y-radiation at 0.847, 1.81, and 2.11 MeV during its decay. The 1.81-MeV y-radiation is potentially the most serious because the resolution of NaI(T1) detectors is insufficient to resolve it from the 28A1yradiation at 1.78 MeV. The interference from the 56Fe (n,p) 56Mn reaction is negligible because of its small cross-section for thermalized neutrons and the short irradiation time of 6 min. In the irradiation facility which was designed to favor the fast-neutron reaction 28Si(n,p) 28A1,samples of 25 to 30 kg are irradiated with a 241Am-Befast-neutron source enclosed in a cadmium cylinder to remove any thermal neutrons emitted by the source. The method for determining iron used a NaI(T1) y-ray detector to monitor the characteristic prompt y-rays (7.64 MeV) arising from the thermal-neutron capture reaction 56Fe (n,y) 57Fe.A second NaI(T1) detector, located downstream from the first, is used to monitor the 1.78-MeV radiation arising from the 27Al(n,y) 28A1reaction for determining alumina.30 A 3He thermal-neutron detector was located underneath the conveyor belt to measure the thermal-neutron flux. The fast-neutron method employed a 20 Ci 241Am-Beneutron source irradiating 3-kg bauxite samples resulting in the reactions 27Al(n,p) 27Mgand 28Si(n,p) 28A1.The alumina concentration was determined directly from measurements of sample weight and the 0.844MeV y-radiation arising from the decay of 27Mg (half-life 9.5 min). Corrections were necessary for the Compton tail of the 28A1peak at 1.78 MeV, which extends into the counting window around the 0.844-MeV peak. The main thermal-neutron reactions that occur in manganese ore are 55Mn(n,y) 56Mn and27A1(n,y) 28A1. While manganese can be determined directly from the 2.11-MeV yradiation arising from 56Mnand the thermal-neutron flux, the measurement of alumina (1.78 MeV) is complicated by the presence of 56Mnradiation at 1.81 MeV.
VIII. ISOTOPIC NEUTRON SOURCE ACTIVATION ANALYSIS IN
MEDICINE In vivo neutron activation has opened a new era of research on the elemental composition of the human body. Both partial body and total body neutron activation analysis are commonly used. Portions of the body selected for partial body activation analysis are the hand, the arm, and the trunk. Such measurement may be particularly useful for studying patients with diseases that affect various parts of the skeleton differently. Comparison of the technique has to take into account a variety of factors: dose to the patient, cost, reliability, availablity of source, nature and cost of complementary facilities required, and the degree of expertise needed by the operating personnel. Neutron activation studies of body calcium have provided data useful for the diagnosis and management of a variety of metabolic disorders. MeaPGNAA surement of sodium, chlorine, and nitrogen also appear to be useful ~linically.~' can be used for the in vivo determination of cadmium in liver and kidney. Total body nitrogen and potassium measurements serve as indices of protein and muscle mass content, and hence are useful in assessing the roles of diet and nutrition in these body components.
Volume 11
281
CHANNELS ( 3 3 keV/CHANNEL) FIGURE 43. Delayed gamma spectrum from activation of a human subject. (From Cohn, S . H . , At. Energy Rev., 18, 599, 1980. With permission.)
A typical gamma spectra of the same human subject, following exposure of the subject to 238PuBe neutron source is shown in Figure 43.'' The sensitivity of neutron activation analysis is a function of several factors: average flux density produced by the neutron source, nuclear parameters of the target elements, detection efficiency, background interference from the presence of "noise" in the detection system, and interference from "competing" reactions. Generally, fast neutrons are used for irradiation because of the poor penetration of thermal neutrons in the human body. The fast neutrons are sometimes thermalized by the use of moderators and also by the body (elastic scattering with body hydrogen). An a , n neutron source consisting of a bank of 14 encapsulated 50-Ci sources of 238Pu,Be (E -4.2 MeV) positioned above and below the length of the patient was used for total body activation analysis.32 An array of 12 238Pu,Besources symmetrically arranged above and below the subject has been successfully employed for irradiation of the torso.33The neutron emission of a , n sources (E -4.2 MeV) is adequate for homogeneous irradiation of the superficial bones. These sources (particularly 252Cf),are relatively inexpensive and do not require the maintenance and expertise for operation necessary for sources such as the cyclotron. The lower energy neutrons (E -2.3 MeV) emitted by 252Cfare thermalized as they pass through the superficial soft tissues. The energy is then optimal for activation of calcium and s0d;J.n A thermal neutron flux is required for the measurement of 49Ca;a fast-neutron flux is required for the measurement of phosphorus. The body element studied most intensively is calcium. The successful application of neutron activation analysis to the measurement of partial or total body calcium content (absolute levels) depends essentially on meeting two requirements: a uniform thermal-neutron distribution must be obtained in order to expose the target element in the body to a standardized neutron fluence; and a quantitative measure of the induced 49Caactivity in the body must be obtained with a detection system that has an invariant counting sensitivity. The uniformity of the neutron flux density within the body is influenced by the energy spectrum of the neutrons emitted by the source, the construction of the irradiation facility with respect to scattering and thermalization of neutrons, the thickness of premoderator used to generate thermal neutrons at the body surface and the size and shape of the various regions of the body.
282
Activation Analysis
For the measurement of calcium, which is concentrated almost entirely in the skeleton, the problem of delivering uniform fluence to the target is more difficult than that experienced with homogeneously distributed elements, such as N, Na, and C1. Uniformity of the flux density declines with decreasing incident neutron energy. At the low end of the scale is 252Cf,with an average energy of 2.3 MeV. It is used with the forearm, where the uniformity is adequate but is not suitable for irradiation of the total body. Two parameters are considered in the selection and application of moderators used to enhance the uniformity of the flux density: thickness of the moderator and its position with respect to the body. A symmetrical arrangement of 14 50-Ci sources of 238PuBewas employed for irradiation by the Brookhaven A polyethylene moderator, 1.9 cm in thickness was fitted by sections as closely as possible to the body. At the Toronto facility, 12 238PuBe sources were used, premoderated by a wooden board, 4 cm in thickness, on which the patient rested during the i r r a d i a t i ~ n . ~ ~ The use of the lower energy 4.2-MeV neutrons from 238PuBesources in place of 14MeV neutrons allows a reduction of dose to the patient for the same Ca activation because of lower ratio of dose to number of incident neutrons; higher ratio of thermal to incident neutrons, and higher ratio of thermal to fast neutron flux density resulting from use of the ' 'broad-beam" source. An in vivo neutron activation technique of the measurement of total body Ca based on the T a (n,a) 37Arreaction was developed at the University of W a ~ h i n g t o n , the ~ ~ .Uni~~ versity of Bim~ingham,~' and at the Sloan-Kettering I n ~ t i t u t eThe . ~ ~air containing the induced 37Aris exhaled by the subject and collected and measured in vitro. The reaction involves ""Ca, which is considerably more abundant than the 48Ca used in the standard activation technique, thus the dose to the patient can be reduced; it is
Volume I1
283
FIGURE 44. Irradiation geometry for activation of a hand. (From Cohn, S . H . , At. Energy Rev., 18, 599, 1980. With permission.)
McLellan et al." reported a sensitivity of 0.5 mglkg in a liver-sized phantom with a neutron dose of 0.4 rad. Harvey et al.45applied the method to the in vivo detection of Cd in human beings, and studied four subjects with suspected Cd poisoning. The patients all had very high liver Cd levels (between 35 and 200 mgkg), compared with -1 to 2 mglkg for nonexposed subjects. Harvey et al.46 described the performance of a portable system utilizing a 10-Ci238pUBeneutron source, designed for screening industrial workers exposed to cadmium. A clinical 252Cfneutron activation facility was also designed and used for in vivo Cd measurement by a group in Swansea, Wales4' The detection limit was 5 mg of Cd for a dose of 0.7 rem. A sensitive and highly developed system for the measurement of in vivo Cd was built by Vartsky et al.48 It employed a 238hBeneutron source in a highly shielded collimator arrangement. The neutron source for this technique was 85 Ci 238PuBehoused in a collimator made of epoxy resin heavily doped with Li,CO, and 6LiF. It was designed to provide a rectangular beam, 13 x 20 cm, at the level of the bed, situated 50 cm above the source. The fast-neutron flux density at the level of the bed was calculated to be 7.2 X lo3 n c m - ~ S. - l .48 The gamma-ray detection system consists of two Ge(Li) detectors, each having
-
an efficiency of 25%. Total body measurement of nitrogen provides a quantitative estimate of muscle mass. It is of value in the assessment of patients with conditions such as the malabsorption syndrome associated with muscle wasting. The n,2n reaction has a high neutron energy threshold (1 1.3
284
Activation Analysis
MeV). The product13N decays by positron emission to 13Cwith a 10-min half-life; the only measurable radiation is that of the 51 1-keV annihilation quanta. It is necessary to use fast neutrons for the irradiation of an extended object such as the human body, because of the poor penetration of the body by slow neutrons. The total energy available from the capture of a thermal neutron is 10.83 MeV. Approximately 15% of the de-excitations take place directly to the ground state of I5N. The thermal neutron capture cross-section of 14Nis relatively small (0.08 b). The technique employing the thermal neutron reaction is superior in many aspects to the n,2n technique. A more uniform neutron flux density is produced by the reactions, and consequently there is minimal interference from other reactions. Mernagh et a1.49reported measurement of partial body nitrogen-utilizing 238PuBeneutron sources. Neutrons were provided by four collimated 5-Ci 238Pu,Besources, arranged to give a bilateral irradiation of the subject. The 10.83-MeV gamma rays were detected by two heavily shielded 12.7 X 10.2 cm NaI(T1) detectors. In Brookhaven, prompt gamma neutron activation technique was used for measurement of total body nitrogen. The neutron source, (85 Ci 238PuBe)was designed to provide a rectangular beam 13 x 60 cm at the level of the bed, 50 cm above the source. The total body was scanned by moving the bed over the beam.3' Absolute values of total body nitrogen were determined by using body hydrogen as an internal standard. The lower legs of a phantom were irradiated by Agard50 for 10 min with 4 238PuBe neutron sources immersed in water. The 3.1-MeV 49Ca gamma rays from the legs were counted by two 8 in. dia. by 4 in. NaI(T1) scintillation detectors in the whole body counter at the Toronto General Hospital. The activity was such that there was a statistical error of 2%. The reproducibility of the results was determined from a series of 10 irradiations and the standard deviation was found to be + 2.3%. The expected interference from the 3.1-MeV peak in 37Sproduced by the 37C1(n,p) 37S reaction was estimated to be about 2% and an experimental assessment of this interference showed that the contribution made by 37Sto the 49Capeak was about 4%. The only reaction producing a measurable radioactivity as a result of neutron bombardment of calcium for a limited tie is the 48Ca (n,y) 49Careaction. This is a thermal-neutron reaction for which the cross-section is 1.1 b. Since the isotopic abundance of 48Cain natural calcium is only 0.18%, however, there are only about 220 g of 48Ca in a human body containing 1000 to 1200 g of calcium. 49Cadecays with a half-life of 8.9 min emitting beta rays and then gamma rays of 3.09 MeV. The use of fast neutrons of energies greater than 4.0 MeV introduces a problem. The chlorine in the body contributes another gamma ray of energy 3.1 MeV through the reaction 37C1(n,p) 37S. This gamma ray is not separable from the 49Cagamma ray by scintillation detectors commonly used in whole body counters. There are three possible methods of dealing with this problem: using neutrons of energies less than 4.0 MeV, the threshold for the 37C1(n,p) 37Sreaction; using a detector capable of rsolving the 49Caand 37Speaks; and minimizing the amount of 37Sproduced by using neutrons whose energies are as close to 4.0 MeV as possible and correcting for any interference where necessary. The spectrum obtained with the human legs, after subtracting the background, is shown in Figure 45. The additional 24Naand 38Cl peaks seen in this spectrum over the phantom spectrum is due to the sodium and chlorine present in the soft tissue which was absent in the phantom. The 28A1, 1.78-MeV peak of 28A1is produced by the reaction 31P(n,a) "A1 which has a threshold of 1.9 MeV. The half-life of "A1 is 2.3 min. The net counts obtained in the 49Capeak were 492 + 27/10 min. Vartsky and Thomas5' used Cd sheets to improve thermal neutron uniformity in a phantom by 16%. The introduction of the Cd sheet improved the uniformity of the thermal flux in the body, but it also reduced the amount of induced activity, with comparatively little change in the radiation dose.
Volume 11
I
1.0
I
I
20
30
285
ENERGY (MeV) FIGURE 45. Gamma spectrum of activated human legs. (From Agard, E. T . , In Vivo Neutron Activation Analysis, Ph.D. thesis, University of Toronto, Toronto. Canada, 1970. With permission.)
1 - 1
-
Neutron Reflector Inspected Object
Premoderator -Neutron Source
FIGURE 46. Cross-section of the exit port of irradiator.52
A facility for regional in vivo neutron activation analysis of skeletal calcium was described by Evans et al.52In the regional or partial body techniques, selected areas are irradiated and the induced 49Cais measured. The facility employed a collimated beam of neutrons obtained from a 3-mg 252Cfsource. Within the storage shield, the source was surrounded by 7.5 cm of lead to shield the 252Cffission gamma rays. Surrounding the lead were blocks of borated (1.0%)water-extended polyester (WEP) which provided a minimum shielding thickness of - 60 cm. The neutron exposures were measured with a BF, counter calibrated with a 252Cf source and the gamma ray exposures were measured with an ionization chamber. The exit port of the irradiator was 20 x 30 cm. Figure 46 shows the irradiator in cross-section. The amount of premoderator could be varied in 2.5-crn increments. With this arrangement,
286
Activation Analysis BISMUTH LEAD
lOcm u
l RON POLYETHYLENE (Pb,B doped)
LIVER,
KIDNEYS
' 3 8 ~ ~ - NEUTRON ~e SOURCE RGURE 47. Cross-section of in vivo measurement facility. (From Morgan, W . D . , Phys. Med. Biol., 26, 413, 1981. With permission.)
thermal neutron uniformity was obtained. The counting facility was located in a room adjacent to the irradiation room including two opposing 29 cm diameter by 10 cm thick NaI(T1) detectors. A plexiglas phantom of a human foot was used to study positional variation of ' . human the thermal neutron flux. The mean thermal flux was (5.4 + 0.7) n ~ m - ~ s - A hand phantom was constructed of paraffin and 23 g of CaCO, to simulate bone. A comparison was made by Morgan53of the isotopic neutron sources 252Cfand 238PuBe for partial-body in vivo neutron activation analysis. Depth distributions of thermal neutron fluences in a water phantom are very similar for the two sources. The peak depth occurs at 5 cm. This value is approximately 2 cm less than the values obtained with uncollimated neutrons produced in broad-beam irradiations. The 252Cfneutrons were found to have an advantage of approximately 1.4 over the '"PuBe source, with respect to the fluence-to-dose ratio. The use of 252Cfsource minimizes the on-line fast-neutron damage in Ge(Li) semiconductor detectors, and it is subject to much less stringent transport regulations than 238PuBe. A schematic cross-section view of the Brookhaven facility is shown in Figure 47. The thermal neutron distributions were determined in a water tank with a 6LiF:ZnS scintillator. The results are shown in Figure 48. The distributions of the 238PuBeneutrons and that of 252Cfneutrons indicate a little difference between the two sources. In prompt gamma neutron activation analysis, the yield (I) of photons emitted per second by a specific nuclear transition is given by
.
+
where n = number of target atoms, = neutron fluence, u = reaction cross-section, and = nuclear transition probability for a given photon.
E
287
Volume I1
Depth In water (cm) FIGURE 48. Thermal fluence depth distribution in water phantom for two neutron sources, normalized to dose to the phantom. (From Morgan, W . D., Phys. Med. Biol., 26, 413, 1981. With permission.)
For in vivo analysis, a constraint is imposed by the maximum dose that may be delivered to the subject. It is, therefore, of fundamental importance to achieve the maximum neutron fluence, 4, per unit of dose D. Figure 48 shows the thermal-neutron fluence distributions for the two sources expressed as counts per rem of radiation incident on the phantom. It can be seen that the 252Cfneutron spectrum generates nearly 40% more thermal fluence per incident dose than the 238pU Be spectrum.53The sensitivity (in couts per g) of in vivo analyses is directly proportional to the neutron fluence per unit dose. The detectability of an element also depends on the background level above which the signal is observed. The detection limit is usually defined in terms of some multiple of the standard deviation (SD) of the background counts. The higher fluence has a direct benefit on the detection limit of an element. The major disadvantage of 25ZCfis its short half-life (2.65 y). Even so, over a 10-year period, and for a neutron output of at least 2 x 10' ns-', 252Cfis more economical than an (ol,n) source.52 The difference in peak depth might be due, in part, to the predominantly small-angle scattering of fast neutrons by hydrogen nuclei which tends to increase the spread of thermal fluence with depth.53 A system was designed by Krauel et a1.54for the in vivo measurement of the cadmium content of the liver or kidneys. In comparison with the major body elements, "'Cd has a large radiative neutron capture cross-section. The radiative emission results in a cascade of y-rays with the strongest intensity being a transition of energy 559 keV. The source of neutrons was 10 Ci 238PuBeisotopic source, which emitted approximately 2 x lo7 n s-'. The source was mounted on a bismuth cylinder (8 cm diameter x 9 cm thick) and contained within a paraffin block heavily doped with Li2C03.The block had an aperture which results in a collimated beam of fast neutrons approximately 9 cm in diameter. The bismuth cylinder provided an additional 20% of useful beam in the aperture, by reflecting without significant loss in energy a substantial number of the neutrons originally emitted in the backward direction. Figure 49 shows the distribution of slow neutron flux as measured by activating bare indium foils in a trunk-like container filled with water. The flux would diminish to 36% of maximum at the extremities of a normal adult liver. The composite efficiency defined as number of y-rays detected per unit mass Cd per unit dose, shown in Figure 50 indicate that at the extremity of the liver furthermost from the detector the efficiency for detection of Cd
.
288
Activation Analysis
DISPLACEMENT FROM CENTRAL AXISlcm) X-OR Y- DIRECTION
DEPTH. IN TISSUE ( c m ) 2- DIRECTION
FIGURE 49. Relative slow neutron flux distribution. (Reprinted with permission from Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 31, Kravel, J. B. et al., Copyright 1980, Pergamon Journals, Ltd.)
2 04I
2 4 6 8 1012 Depth in Tissue (cm) z-direction
FIGURE 50. Relative detection efficiency distribution. (Reprinted with permission from Int. J . Appl. Radiat. Isot., 31, Kravel, J. B. et al., Copyright 1980, Pergamon Journals, Ltd.)
is only 10% of the maximum efficiency. Varying the size of the liver phantom from 1250 to 1900 cm3 had the effect of varying the apparent concentration by 20%. An instrument was described by Morgan et al." for the measurement of liver and kidney cadmium by in vivo neutron activation analysis. Accurate organ localization by ultrasound is important, otherwise errors of 40 and 25% in individual and group kidney measurements, respectively, can occur. The detection limit (2 SD of the background) was 2.2 mg cadmium in the kidney and 1.5 pg g-' (wet weight) in the liver for a local dose of 4.7 mSv. Sodium kinetics were studied by Cohen-Boulakia et al.56in the hands of 14 subjects by local in vivo neutron activation analysis. Hands were irradiated with 252Cfsources giving absorbed doses of 8 cGy. The variation in 24Naradioactivity was plotted against time, and each curve fitted to a function that was the sum of two exponentials. Two 200-pg sources of *'*Cf were fitted equidistantly on a ring at the center of a 1-m3paraffin cube surrounded by a 2-mm cadmium envelope and a 5-cm lead shielding. To restrict irradiation, as far as possible, to the hand, the subject's forearm was protected with a cadmium bracelet (Figure 44). The y-dose rate may be estimated to be 0.2 cGy min-' and the mean neutron dose rate to be 0.28 cGy min-l. One minute after the irradiation was over, the activity induced in the subjects hand was measured with two low-background sodium iodide scintillators (12.7 X 12.7 cm), placed in a 10-cm low-activity lead shield. The total y-activity spectrum was
Volume 11
Channel
289
Channel
FIGURE 51. Delayed gamma spectrum of a hand irradiated for time Tc, after delay Td. (From Cohen-Boulakia, F. et al., Phys. Med. Biol.,26, 857, 1981. With permission.)
recorded between 1.10 and 3.50 MeV. The total absorption peaks corresponding to 24Na, = 38 min) can be easily identified in Figure 51. After 39Ca(T,,, = 8.8 min) and 38Cl a 3-h decay period, almost nothing but the 24Napeaks are left. A prompt gamma in vivo neutron activation analysis facility for measurement of total body nitrogen was described by Beddoe et a1.57The quantitative assessment of the nutritionally important components of body composition (protein, water, and fat) provides a basic tool for research into the metabolic and nutritional problems of critically ill patients requiring intensive care. The construction and calibration of a facility that provides bilateral irradiation of patients with neutrons from two 20 GBq 238PuBesources was described. Patients were scanned over a 36-min period, and composite prompt y-spectra are collected from two 5 in. X 4 in. NaI(T1) detectors, placed on either side of the patient, using a conventional spectroscopy analysis system. A ratio of nitrogen to hydrogen counts corrected for body habitus and background was derived from which protein can be estimated. This technique, combined with the measurement of water by tritium dilution, enabled protein, water, and fat to be estimated with precisions of 4.2, 1.5, and 6.3%, respectively, for a total dose equivalent (neutrons and tritium betas) of less than 0.5 mSv per examination. There are two neutron activation techniques which have been utilized for the measurement of total body nitrogen (TBN) in human subjects. The first method to be developed was a "delayed gamma" method depending on the fast neutron reaction, I4N (n,2n) I3N; 13N decays by P+ emission to 13C with a half-life of 10 min. Nitrogen assessment depends on measuring the 0.51 1-MeV annihilation gammas by whole body or shadow-shield counters. The second technique is a "prompt gamma" technique which utilizes the 14N ( n , ~ )15N* reaction, the 15N* having a lifetime of the order of 10-15s before decaying to its ground state. About 15% of the deexcitations occur with the emission of 10.8-MeV y-rays. A prompt gamma technique utilizing PuBe neutron sources was built at Auckland, as described in Figure 52. Vartsky et al.58 found that the ratio of nitrogen to hydrogen counts was much less dependent on body habitus than nitrogen counts alone. This is because both the nitrogen and hydrogen signals are dependent on thermal neutron capture, with the capture crosssections of the two elements varying in the same manner with neutron velocity. The actual habitus corrections are largely due to the different attenuation coefficients for 10.8- and 2.22-MeV gamma rays in human tissue. Using body hydrogen as an internal standard, the mass of nitrogen (MN)in a subject is given by
290
Activation Analysis
Schematic diagram of prompt gamma facility: a, Pu-Be sources; b, aluminum source transfer tubes; c, bismuth reflector; d, lead shielding; e, aluminum tank (with re-entrant collimator) containing water, boric acid, and borax; f, detectors (without housing); g , patient couch assembly, h, concrete base; i, LiF powder; j, water, boric acid, and borax; k, paraffin wax shielding. (From Beddoe, A. H. et al., Phys. Med. Biol., 29, 371, 1984. With permission.) FIGURE 52.
where M, is the total body mass of hydrogen, q is a conversion factor determined from an anthropomorphic phantom containing known masses of nitrogen and hydrogen, and X,/X, is the nitrogen hydrogen counts ratio corrected for background. M, is assumed to be a fixed percentage of body masss9or can be determined from fat and body mass5' or can be estimated a.s'For a very ill patient, from a combination of total body water (TBW), fat, and body m@ a more elaborate method is needed." Total body carbon via the inelastic 12C (n,nry) 12C fast-neutron reaction was also measured and provides another measure of the total fat content of the body. A technique has been developed by Glaros et a1.6' for in vivo determination of lithium content in the head (and potentially in the whole body and in selected organs) of patients undergoing lithium therapy. It was based on the measurement of tritium induced by the 6Li (n,ol)T nuclear reaction after neutron irradiation of the body. The fraction of tritium exhaled in the expired air in the form of HT was collected, separated from the other gases, and counted in a high-sensitivity beta counter. The feasibility of the technique was demonstrated by measurements of lithium in the head of a sheep and in the whole body of rats, following the administration of 6LiCl (enriched 6Li isotope, 95.46% abundancy). The precision of the technique was acceptable for clinical applications based on a maximum propagated error of 8.4%. The snesitivity was 1 count per day (from T activity) per 10 mSv (total dose) and 1 pg of 6Li. Following the 6Li(n,a)T reaction, the two nuclei 4He(2.06 MeV) and 'H(2.74 MeV) are propelled in almost opposite directions with ranges (in water) of 6 and 45 Fm, respectively. In water, the T particles form mainly HT and HTO in the ratio of 0.10 + 0.01, with a higher HT yield in organic compounds. Data on H, clearance from rat brains and cat brains suggest a biological half-life of less than 4 min.62 Studies on the clearance of inert gases from human bone have shown that there are at least two exponential release rates of "Ar produced from calcium in bone.63 Some 30% of the Ar formed in the bone remains trapped 20 h after irradiation. However, the HT produced is not trapped and can be collected within the first 20 rnin after the start of irradiation.
Volume 11
291
Neutron Source
Am-Be(0.l CI 1
FIGURE 53. Neutron-gamma separation by NE 213 liquid scintillator and a pulse shape discrimination system.
IX. THE USE OF ORGANIC LIQUID SCINTILLATOR Usually gamma spectroscopy is done with NaI(T1) crystal scintillators or with Ge(Li) solid-state detectors. When prompt gamma-ray spectrum is measured, the detector is placed in the vicinity of the neutron source. Such a situation causes sometimes severe difficulty because of neutron interactions with the detector; either (n,y) reactions with the detector elements or radiation damage (more severe in solid-state detectors). These problems can be avoided by using organic scintillator detectors which are capable of distinction between gamma radiation detection and neutron detection. The organic scintillators have a fast response and do not suffer radiation damage. Their interaction with neutrons is by inelastic scattering (proton recoil) with the scintillator hydrogen and with gamma rays by Compton scattering. In both cases, the resultant light puls is proportional to the incoming radiation energy. To obtain the true radiation energy spectrum, the distribution of the scintillator light pulses has to be unfolded. This is done with proper computer codes which unfold the measured data according to a given response matrix of the scintillator. One such code is FORIST.' Th'e most common organic scintillator used for such cases is known by its commercial designation NE213. The NE213, like some other organic scintillators, provides a shorter light pulse due to gamma interaction (a few nanoseconds) than due to neutron interaction (a few tens of nanoseconds). This is due to the difference in stopping power dE/dx for the two kinds of radiation. The pulses are fed into an electronic system which measures the pulse fall time and provides a pulse of height relative to this fall time. This technique is called pulse shape discrimination (PSD). An example of such time distribution is shown in Figure 53. The electronic system used for neutrons or gamma ray spectroscopy is shown in Figure 54. The system has two branches one for energy spectrum measurement and the other for PSD. The PSD output is used to trigger the multichannel analyzer so that gamma only or neutrons only are analyzed. The scintillator linearity is tested by measuring pulse height due to Compton edges of
292
Activation Analysis
PRRISION
I COMPUTER
FIGURE 54.
Neutron-gamma spectrum measurement system.
a set of gamma sources generally used for energy calibration. An example of such a test is shown in Figure 55. An example of raw (before unfolding) data of gamma ray spectrum emitted from an AmBe neutron source is shown in Figure 56 and in Figure 57 after unfolding. The line at 4.44 MeV due to lZCdeexcitation is clearly seen. Other examples are shown in Figures 58 to 60.
Volume 11
Compton Edge Energy (KeV) FIGURE 5 5 .
System linearity calibrated with standard gamma sources.
293
294
Activation Analysis
Measured Gamma Pulses (arb.units ) FIGURE 56.
PuBe gamma spectrum with Ne213 liquid scintillator before un-
falding.
Gamma Energy (MeV) LlGURE 57. PuBe gamma spectrum of Figure 56 after unfalding.
Volume 11 ** ii
I
I
I
PARAFFIN
-
Cn H 2 n t 1
GAMMA
ENERGY, MeV
FIGURE 58. Unfalded gamma spectrum due to fast neutrons interaction with paraffin.
GAMMA
ENERGY,MeV
FIGURE 59. Unfalded gamma spectrum due to fast neutrons interaction with starch.
295
I
0
.
H
. 0.
I
C
0 :
I
WOOD
-
.
-
0
. . 0
GAMMA
-
ENERGY, MeV
FIGURE 60. Unfalded gamma spectrum due to fast neutrons interaction with wood.
REFERENCES 1. FORIST, Spectrum Unfolding Code, PSR-92, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN, 1982. 2. Kumar, A. and Nagarajan, P. S., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 29, 59, 1978. 3. Ansell, K. H. and Hall, G . E., Proc. American Nuclear Soc. Topical Meeting, Vol. 2, American Nuclear Society, Augusta, GA, 1971, 1. 4. Rieppo, R., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 35, 41, 1984. 5. Handbook on Nuclear Activation Cross-Sections, IAEA Tech. Rep. No. 156, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1974. 6. Macklin, R. L. and Pomerance, H. S., Proc. 1st Int. Conf. Peaceful Uses Atomic Energy, Geneva, 5, 96, 1956. 7. Sher, R., in Handbook on Nuclear Activation Cross-Section, IAEA Tech. Rep. No. 156, International Atomic Energy Agency Vienna, 1974, 1. 8. Albinsson, H., in Handbook on Nuclear Activation Cross-Section, IAEA Tech. Rep. No. 156, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1974, 15. 9. Beckurts, K. H. and Wirtz, K., Neutron Physics, Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1964. 10. Hughes, D. J., Pile Neutron Research, Ch. H . Addison-Welsey, Reading, MA, 1953. 11. Rieppo, R., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 32, 219, 1981. 12. Vanska, R. and Rieppo, R., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isor.. 30, 513, 1979. 13. Rieppo, R., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isor., 31, 789, 1980. 14. Wormald, M. R., et al., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 30, 302, 1979. 15. Clayton, C. G . and Wormald, M. R., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 34, 3 , 1983. 16. Clayton, C. G. and Wormald, M. R., in Industrial Application of Radioisotopes, IAEA S T U h b 508, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1982. 17. Wormald, M. R. and Clayton, C. G., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isor., 34, 71, 1983. 18. Clayton, C. G., et al., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isor., 34, 83, 1983. 19. Clayton, C. G. and Coleman, C. F., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isor., 36, 757, 1985. 20. Wormald, M. R., et al., Int. J . Appl. Radiat. Isor., 30, 297, 1979. 21. Shani, G. and Nir-El, Y., Coal Composition Analysis Using Nuclear Method, report submitted to Israeli Ministry of Energy, 1984. 22. Shani, G. and Nir-El, Y., Oil Shale Analysis Using Thermal Neutron Prompt Gamma Measurement, submitted to Israel Ministry of Energy, 1984. 23. Czegledi, I., Nuclear Borehole Geophysics in Industrial Application of Radioisotopes, Foldiuk, G., Ed., Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1986.
Volume I1
297
24. Shani, G., Elemental Analysis of Dead-Sea Products Using 252CfPrompt Gamma Measurement, report to Dead Sea Works, 1986. 25. Borsara, M. and Eisles, P. L., Int. J . Appl. Radiat. Isot., 32, 43, 1981. 26. Al-Hiti, K., et al., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 31, 563, 1980. 27. Whineray, S., et al., Int. J . Appl. Radiat. Isot., 31, 443, 1980. 28. Matthews, I. P. and Spyrou, N. M., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isor., 33, 61, 1982. 29. Givens, W. W., et al., Nucl. Instrum. Methods. 80, 95, 1970. 30. Borsaru, M., et al., Int. I . Appl. Radiat. Isot., 34, 397, 1983. 31. Cohn, S. H., At. Energy Rev., 18, 599, 1980. 32. Cohn S. H. et al., J . Nucl. M e d . , 13, 487, 1972. 33. McNeill, K. G., et al., J . Nucl. Med., 14, 502, 1973. 34. Cohn, S. H. and Dombrowski, C. S., J. Nucl. Med., 12, 499, 1971. 35. Mernagh, J. R., et al., Phys. Med. Biol., 22, 831, 1977. 36. Lewellen, T. K., et al., J. Nucl. Med., 16, 672, 1975. 37. Lewellen, T. K., et al., J . Nucl. M e d . , 18, 929, 1977. 38. Bell, C. M. J., et al., J . Nucl. M e d . , 19, 54, 1978. 39. Bigler, R., AppI. Radioisot., 7, 149, 1978. 40. Catto, G. R. D. et al., Lancer, i, 1150, 1973. 41. Maziere, B., et al., J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 357, 1977. 42. Boddy, K., et al., Phys. Med. Biol., 19, 853, 1974. 43. Smith, M. A. and Tothill, P., Phys. Med. Biol., 24, 319, 1979. 44. McLellan, J. S., et al., Phys. Med. Biol., 20, 88, 1975. 45. Harvey, T. C., et al., Lancet, i, 1269, 1975. 46. Harvey, T. C., et al., in Progress and Problems in vivo Activation Analysis, Proc. 2nd Symp., Scottish Universities Research Reactor Center, East Kilbridge, Scotland, 1976. 47. Chummins, J. C., et al., in Nuclear Activation Techniques in Life Sciences, Proc. Symp. Vienna, 1978, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1979, 719. 48. Vartsky, D., et al., Phys. Med. Biol., 22, 1985, 1977. 49. Mernagh, J. R., et al., Phys. Med. Biol., 22, 831, 1977. 50. Agard, E. T., In Vivo Neutron Activation Analysis, Ph.D. thesis, University of Toronto, Toronto, Canada, 1970. 51. Vartsky, D. and Thomas, B. J., Phys. Med. Biol., 21, 139, 1976. 52. Evans, H. J., et al., Phys. Med. Biol., 24, 181, 1979. 53. Morgan, W. D., Phys. Med. Biol., 26, 413, 1981. 54. Krauel, J. B., et al., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isor., 31, 101, 1980. 55. Morgan, W. D., et al., Phys. Med. Biol., 26, 577, 1981. 56. Cohen-Boulakia, F., et al., Phys. Med. Biol., 26, 857, 1981. 57. Beddoe, A. H., et al., Phys. Med. Biol., 29, 371, 1984. 58. Vartsky, D., et al., J. Radioanal. Chem., 48, 243, 1979. 59. McNeill, K. G., et al., J. Parent. Ent. Nutr., 6, 106, 1982. 60. Vartsky, D., et a]., J . Nucl. M e d . , 20, 1158, 1979. 61. Glaros, D., et al., Med. Phys., 13, 45, 1986. 62. Lamar, J. C., et al., J . Pharmacol. Methods, 5 , 255, 1981. 63. Leach, M. O., et al., Phys. Med. Biol., 29, 779, 1984. 64. Vartsky, D., et al., Phys. Med. Biol., 30, 1225, 1985, 65. Shani, G., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 24, 519, 1973. 66. Tsechanski, A. and Shani, G., Nucl. Technol., 62, 227, 1983. 67. Ozek, F., et al., Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 30, 715, 1979.
Volume 11
299
Chapter 6
ACTIVATION ANALYSIS WITH SMALL MOBILE REACTORS Chien Chung
TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction ..................................................................... 300 The Mobile Reactor .............................................................300 A. The Nuclear Reactor ....................................................301 B. Activation Station .......................................................202 C. Mobile Trailer ...........................................................302
In Vivo Activation ..............................................................304 A. The Detection System ...................................................305 B. Phantom Experiment ....................................................305 C. Calibration in IVPGAA .................................................309 Radiation Dosimetry ............................................................309 A. Neutron Dosimetry ......................................................310 B. Gamma-Ray Dosimetry ..................................................311 C. Safety Assessment .......................................................313 Determination of Elemental Concentration ......................................315 A. In Vivo Determination of Toxic Elements ...............................315 B. In Vivo Determination of Essential Elements ............................318 Discussion ......................................................................319 References.............................................................................. 320
300
Activation Analysis
I. INTRODUCTION Neutrons generated from the core of a nuclear reactor, as mentioned in Chapter 1 of this volume, have been utilized for activation analysis for the past four decades. Typical thermal neutron fluxes available in the reactor core for activation purposes range from 10" to 1015n,/cm2 s, and in pulsed operation may be five orders of magnitude higher. However, when the thermal neutron flux at irradiated position drops below lo9 n,/cmz s, the induced radioactivity of most activated elements falls below the detection limit of modem nuclear instruments. That renders the "conventional" activation analysis impractical when using low flux reactors, or small reactors. A small nuclear reactor, defined as a low-power reactor without heat-removal devices, usually has thermal power output under 100 W, yielding an average in-core thermal neutron flux below lo9 q,/cm2 s. There are 82 small reactors and critical assemblies distributed among 21 countries; most of them are utilized for teaching, training, and educational purposes and occasionally for research in reactor engineering, health physics, and radiation science. Because the neutrons generated from small reactors induce only minute amounts of radioactivity in the sample, "conventional" activation analysis using a low-flux reactor is restricted to the determination of specific elements with large neutron capture cross-sections in sizable samples. Recent development of in vivo prompt gamma activation analysis (IVPGAA) has opened a new era of insight into the elemental composition of the human body. Absolute measurements of some environmental contaminants, such as cadmium, mercury, and silicon in organs, as well as of vital constituents, such as calcium, chlorine, nitrogen, and phosphorus in either the whole body or body parts have been studied for therapy evaluation, clinical diagnosis, and investigation into the modeling of body composition. Detailed clinical application of IVPGAA is summarized by C ~ h n . ~ The principle of IVPGAA, designed for in vivo studies, is to determine elemental concentrations by measuring prompt y-rays emitted during nuclear reactions rather than yrays emitted from radioactive decay. Nuclear reactions on target nuclei, induced by neutrons extracted from a small nuclear reactor, create excited reaction products which in turn deexcite promptly to the ground-state. The de-excitation is usually accomplished by emitting prompt y-rays which are detected external to the body. For instance, the thermal capture reaction of Cd(n,,y) involves high reaction cross-section of a, = 2450 b, emitting 559keV y-rays with a high yield of 73 photons per 100 neutrons captured. Thus, the emission rate of the 559-keV prompt y-rays is nearly 100 yls during the irradiation of 1 mg of cadmium with a low thermal neutron flux of 10,000 n,lcm2 s. On the other hand, total delayed y-rays emitted at the end of a 500-s activation, from all radioactive cadmium isotopes, yield only 0.0001 yls; this is well below the detection limit of even the most advanced lowbackground y-ray spectrometer. In this chapter, activation analysis using an external neutron beam from a small mobile reactor for in vivo activation is described. Although neutrons used in IVPGAA for medical diagnosis can be extracted from any nuclear facility, such as accelerator, neutron generator, and isotopic neutron source, as described elsewhere in this book, characteristicsof the mobile reactor, in vivo medical diagnosis, and radiation safety are emphasized in this chapter in order to elucidate the utilization of the small nuclear reactor for a specific activation analysis.
.
.
Is2
-
11. THE MOBILE REACTOR The Tsing Hua Mobile Educational Reactor (THMER) was designed and constructed by National Tsing Hua University in Taiwan.' It has a record of 1200 h of full power operation for training and research purposes since the reactor went critical in 1976. The
Volume I1
301
FIGURE 1. IVPGAA arrangement using THMER facility: A, vertical neutron beam tube; B, plywood; C, lead y shield; D, boron-doped polyethylene; E, Lucite"; F, irradiated phantom; G, 6LiFneutron cup; H, portable
HPGe detector; I, LN, dewar; J, 6Li,C0, neutron filters; K, neutron beam shutter system; L, neutron shield; M, nuclear reactor core; N, control plates; P, startup neutron source; and Q, neutron reflector.
THMER facility, converted for IVPGAA medical application, contains three major components: the nuclear reactor, activation station, and mobile trailer. A. THENUCLEARREACTOR The nuclear reactor core and neutron reflector of THMER are shown in Figure 1. The cylindrical reactor core, similar in design to the German SUR-100 and the U.S. AGN-201, consists of up to 12 fuel cakes which are made up of 20% enriched U,O, mixed with polyethylene as moderator. To further reduce the critical mass, the reactor core is surrounded by a 20-cm thick layer of reactor-grade graphite as a neutron reflector. The reactor core and part of the graphite reflector are sealed in a gas-tight aluminum tank to avoid the release of gaseous fission products. The total weight of 235Uin the core is 650 g, yielding a maximum thermal neutron flux at the core center of about 5 x lo6 q,/cm2 s, equivalent to a reactor power level of 0.1 W with excess reactivity of 0.3%. The THMER has a negligible temperature rise in the core which is operated at room temperature; no coolant is provided. The large negative temperature coefficient of the core shuts down the reactor automatically whenever the core temperature rise exceeds 10°C above ambient temperature. It can be started up by driving a 370-MBq (10-mCi) 226Ra-Beneutron source from below, and the
.
302
Activation Analysis
power level can be controlled by two control plates which are inserted into the outer graphite reflector to absorb excess neutrom4 Since THMER operates at a very low power level, the P and y activities due to fission are estimated at about 11 GBq (300 mCi). A 10-cm thick lead wall is placed immediately outside the graphite reflector to effectively shield adjacent area from the P and y radiations. About 5 tons of distilled water saturated with boric acid are placed in the stainless steel tank. Water acts as a moderator to thermalize neutrons which leak out of the lead wall, while boron absorbs the thermalized neutrons. To further reduce the leakage of neutrons and y-rays on top of the reactor tank, except for the vertical neutron beam tube aimed at the activation station, a 40-cm thick layer of boron-doped polyethylene and LuciteB are piled above the lead wall to slow down and to absorb the leakage neutrons. Finally, just below the IVPGAA station and above the polyethylenellucite plates, an 8-cm thick layer of Pb bricks are placed to attenuate any y-rays from below and further reduce the y-ray spectral background generated primarily from Compton scatteringof unwanted gammas. The THMER reactor tank, housing all reactor parts and IVFGAA station on top, is 2.1 m in diameter and 2 m in height, and has its bottom screwed to the main beams of the mobile trailer. The top of the 13-ton reactor tank is 1.5 m above the trailer floor, providing enough space for IVPGAA medical application.
B. ACTIVATION STATION The IVPGAA station is on top of the reactor tank of the THMER facility as shown in Figure 1. A vertical neutron beam is extracted from the reactor core and collimated by boron doped polyethylene/Lucite.@' When the THMER is started up and reaches its full power, neutrons from the 10.5-cm diameter beam tube can be shut off by pumping the saturated H3B03solution into the beam tube in 45 s, or at a speed of 1 cm solution-height per second, without interfering with the control of the reactor power level. At the IVFGAA station, the neutron beam can be shut off during loading and unloading of the patient. Once the patient is placed in supine position where the preselected organ was centered at the beam tube, the neutron beam is initiated by pumping off the H3B03solution. In Figure 2, the variation of reactor power level with the closing period of vertical neutron beam is illustrated; only a small + 0.3% variation is observed during the 4% pumpdown. Since 90% of thermalized neutrons are absorbed by the skin and the fmt 4 cm of tissue, they contribute very little towards activating an element deep in the body organ but, rather, they deliver unnecessary neutron doses.5 In order to eliminate the thermal neutrons extracted from the THMER facility, a 5-cm thick 95%-enriched 6Li,C03 absorber in a Lucite@cup is inserted on top of the neutron beam tube. This absorber can completely absorb thermal neutrons because of the high cross-section for the 6Li (n,a) 3H reaction. Even if all the tritium generated by the absorption of thermal neutrons escapes from the absorber to the surroundings, total activity of the long-lived 3H is minor: less than 50,000 Bq in a continuous 1-year IVPGAA diagnostic operation. d In Figure 3, the integrated neutron flux per energy range J- +n (E) dE at skin surface,
dE
measured by activation foil technique and calculated by SAND-I1 code, is shown.6 All of
unwanted thermal neutrons directly from the reactor core are readily absorbed by the 'Li2CO3 filter; secondly, nonthermal neutrons penetrating the skin are slowed down by tissues, thermalized in organs, and can react with nuclei of interest, giving rise to the prompt yrays that are subsequently emitted.
C. MOBILE TRAILER A special feature of the THMER facility is its mobility; as shown in Figure 4, the 13-
Volume 11
r-
P U M P
1
DOWN3 OFF
110
roo to
w
!i
8 d3 g
srn
3 I
00
L < rn
r dp
I
L
0
I
1
1
20
40
80
J
OPERATING TIME, 8 FIGURE 2. Variation of THMER power level and neutron response at the activation station during the shut-off of neutron beam from the reactor core.
FIGURE 3. Integrated neutron flux as a function of neutron energy at the skin surface of the liquid phantom using THMER facility.
303
304
Activation Analysis
FIGURE 4. The THMER mobile trailer for IVPGAA medical diagnosis: 1, reactor tank; 2, control console; 3, power crane; 4, air monitor; 5, H3B03neutron shutter; 6, NIM electronics; 7, air-vent system; 8, power console; 9, emergency air-blower; 10, IVPGAA station; 1 1 , transformer; and 12, medical cabinet.
t reactor tank is housed in the front of a 4 x 3 X 11.5 m trailer. The trailer also houses a control console, emergency blower, heavy-duty crane, diesel generator, air-conditioning system, and medical accessories. The reactor operation is performed in the control console, which includes an instrument column and a control panel. The instrument column contains the control power supplies, the neutron monitoring system, and area monitoring instruments. The control panel contains control switches, the power recorder, the alarm system, and the safety interlock system. A fission product monitor for both gases and particulates is also included. In addition, both reactor operator and medical researcher, sitting near the console, are protected by an iron armor lined with B,C plate to attenuate scattered y-rays and absorb thermal neutrons. The emergency ventillation system is installed in the front section of the trailer. The unit consists of a 1-hp blower, with an absolute filter for removing the radioactive particulates in the air of the trailer in case of emergency. An overhead crane of 1-ton capacity is designed for loading and unloading heavy pieces such as medical equipment. It can travel in three directions throughout the trailer. The trailer is provided with four independently adjustable legs in addition to wheels. Each leg can be smoothly extended to about 34 cm by cranking its handle. With these legs, the trailer can be leveled on rough terrain. With a total weight of 28 tons, the trailer can be towed by a standard tractor on most major routes around the island. In order to avoid accidental criticality, the reactor fuels are moved out of the core and stored in a back-up vehicle before any field trip; maximum speed of the THMER convoy is limited to 40 krnlh. In the past several years, the THMER has made numerous field trips with cumulative field records of 3000 km on the road to colleges, universities, and technical institutes to support off-campus training courses and research programs, thus reducing the complexity of bringing sick patients to the university.
111. IN VIVO ACTIVATION In in vivo measurements, the quantitative determination is more difficult than in conventional activation analysis using a standard comparator because of differences in organ size and human habits among individuals. The comparison of human with a phantom in in vivo measurements must be justified by providing a uniform neutron flux in the irradiated organ. A steady, nonthermal neutron beam, such as that provided by THMER facility, is recommended for in vivo diagnosis.
Volume 11
305
A. THE DETECTING SYSTEM To detect and analyze the prompt y-rays in IVPGAA experiments, a portable germanium photon detector, with 24-h liquid nitrogen holding time, supported by data collectinglanalyzing electronics and a neutrodgamrna shield, is used. A gamma-X, N-type hyperpure germanium (HPGe) detector, having 25% relative efficiency, is placed next to the phantom. The system resolution of full-width-at-half-maximum, with an estimated scattered neutron flux of 200 dcm2 s, is 2.9 keV at 2223 keV. Prompt y-rays collected by the detector are stored in a 4096-channel spectrum and subsequently analyzed, sorted, printed, and plotted using a multichannel analyzer (MCA) coupled to an IBM personal computer. Before and after each IVPGAA measurement, the HPGe detector efficiency and energy resolution are calibrated and checked using sets of standard sources to ensure the performance of the HPGe detector in a hostile environment of an intense neutron flux. A 1-cm thick LuciteB disk filled with 95%-enriched 6LiF is attached to the window of the HPGe detector to stop thermal neutrons from scattering into the detector active volume. Another 3-cm layer of natural Li,CO, was placed between the liquid nitrogen dewar and the 4-cm lead cylindrical shield to stop the thermal neutrons from scattering into the 1.2-1 liquid nitrogen, thus avoiding the interference with the partial body nitrogen diagnosis. The background y-ray spectrum observed outside of the reactor tank has some features which reflect characteristic construction materials close to the reactor core and dictate the detection limit of an element of interest. A background y-ray spectrum with energy range of 0.25 to 11 MeV obtained on top of the reactor with neutron beam closed is shown in Figure 5. The most intense photopeak in the spectrum is the 2223-keV prompt y-rays from the H(n,y)D reaction. This arises because the reactor components contain about 7 x loz8 hydrogen nuclides. Above the 2223-keV region, the spectrum is dominated by prompt yrays as well as their single/double escape peaks from construction materials near the reactor core, such as carbon (400 kg above the reactor core), iron (425 kg of steel as inner reactor tank), lead (4.6 tons of lead wall as y shield), and aluminum (8 kg of aluminum as reactor fuel tank). In the low energy region, the background spectrum has four major components: (1) Compton scattering background from high energy y-rays, (2) prompt y-rays from construction materials as well as the single and double escape peaks from 2223 keV, (3) annihilation y-rays of 5 11 keV from the pair production of high energy y-rays and P+ decays, and (4) prompt y-rays from the Ge(n,y) reaction within the HPGe detector. However, fission product y-rays from the reactor core, radioactive decay y-rays from the 226Ra-Bestartup neutron source, and capture y-rays from cadmium control plates in the inner reactor tank are not observed.
-
B. PHANTOM EXPERIMENT In order to stimulate the irradiation condition for the human body, a man-llke liquid phantom for diagnostic purpose and a female-like LuciteB phantom for radiation safety investigation were made for IVPGAA studies. The man-like liquid phantom, following the specifications of MIRD,' is made up from 0.5 cm thick LuciteB; the trunk is 20 cm thick, 40 cm wide, and 70 cm high; the leg is 80 cm long, 20 cm thick at thigh, and 4 cm thick at foot, as illustrated in Figure 6A. In order to reproduce the normal content of essential elements in the human body, various chemicals of Ca(NO,),, H,PO,, KCI, Na,SO,, urea, and water were used to fill the phantom. In addition, LuciteB-made hollow kidneys and liver are fixed at the proper positions in the liquid phantom. In order to investigate the concentration of toxic elements in both the liver and kidneys in the liquid phantom, toxic solution can be used to fill the sealed 1833-cm" liver and 144-cm3kidneys for irradiation. As shown in Figure 6B the female-like LuciteB phantom, with dimensions and config-
306
Activation Analysis
I
lo"
PROMPT GAMMA 'RAY ENERGY
( k8V )
F I e J R E 5. Measured y-ray background spectrum of the THMER facility at full-power operation; photopeaks of specific elements are labeled, single escape peak (S) and double escape peak (D) for those underlined photopeaks are also shown. (Reprinted with permission from Int. J. Appl. Radiar. Zsot., Chung, C., Yuan, L. J., Chen, K. B., Weng, P. S., Chang, P. S., and Ho, Y. H., A feasibility study of the in vivo prompt gamma-ray activation analysis using a mobile reactor, Copyright 1985, Pergamon Journals Ltd.)
uration identical to the commercially available Rando phantom, was designed and fabricated for internal dose measurements for IVPGAA diagnosk6 LuciteB was chosen as the construction material because it is stable with respect to environmental factors and resistant to irradiation well over 10,000 Gy. In addition, the density and effective atomic number of Lucitem are similar to that of Reference Man.' The phantom was made within a mode to normal relationship with body contour; it was terminated horizontally at the shoulders but
Volume 11
307
FIGURE 6. (A) The man-like liquid phantom and (B) the female-like Lucitem phantom used for IVPGAA diagnosis at THMER facility.
308
Activation Analysis
+ 0
1
I
1
{/fi++-
L p- phmtmf liver
IBI'
K- kidney
.2
'a
1
DISTANCE, cm FIGURE 7. Distribution of thermal neutron flux along (A) Z-axis, (B) X-axis, and (C) Y-axis in the irradiated phantom using activation foils techniques: A, from Rh-foils and 0 , from Infoils. (Reprinted with permission from Inr. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 36, Chung, C., Yuan, L. J., Chen, K. B . , Weng, P. S . , Chang, P. S., and Ho, Y. H., A feasibility study of the in vivo prompt gamma-ray activation analysis using a mobile reactor, Copyright 1985, Pergamon Journals Ltd.)
enclosed the full scapulae. The upper third of the thighs was included, with a flat cut at that level to establish a base. Since the phantom was designed to insert dosimeters everywhere within the body, the phantom was sectioned every centimeter transversely and 0.5-cm diameter holes were drilled every 4 cm2 longitudinally. The sectionized phantom can be assembled by inserting LuciteB pins in every second hole. In Figure 7A, the thermal neutron flux in the man-like phantom along the beam direction (Z-axis), determined by activation foils and normalized to fission track data, is ill~strated.~ The supine-posterior irradiation, using the 6Li,C0, thermal neutron absorber in the beam tube, yields a small standard deviation of 2 5 % to the mean neutron flux in the irradiated
neutrons is fairly uniform throughout the body. This arrangement is very suitable for partial body IVPGAA to investigate the elemental composition of a body organ since most of the elements of interest are readily activated by thermalized neutrons.
Volume 11
309
Since the dimensions of irradiated organ vary among individuals, neutron flux distribution in a phantom has to be determined in order to establish the correction factors due to organ size, body curvature, and interorgan interference. In both the longitudinal axis (Xaxis) and transversal axis (Y-axis), as illustrated in Figure 7B and 7C, thermal neutron fluxes distribute symmetrically to the irradiated organ and have a -15- to 20-cm field width of 50% of maximum flux. These results are again different from those using isotopic neutron sources in which the thermal flux slowly drops to 50% of its maximum with 45-cm width from the 1I -cm wide beam slot.9 Compared to other facilities using fast neutrons, the neutron dose is well localized in the irradiated organ; fewer neutrons are scattered to other organs, thus reducing the interorgan interference.
C. CALIBRATION IN IVPGAA Unlike conventional neutron activation analysis, no comparator is used in IVPGAA for cabibration. Instead, the organ containing the specific amount of elements of interest is positioned directly over the collimated neutron beam and irradiated under the same conditions as the patients. The specific countrate, in terms of counts in photopeak area per unit time per unit weight of elements of interest, is used for calibration in acutal IVPGAA diagnosis. For instance, cadmium chloride and mercury chloride solutions in extrapure grade may be filled in the sealed, LuciteB liver and kidneys for the investigation of the concentration of these contaminants. As shown in Figure 8, prompt y-rays from both Cd(n,y) and Hg(n,y) reactions are clearly detected in the high-resolution MCA spectrum. The net counts in the interested photopeak area, representing the concentration of toxic elements during the preselected counting period, are deduced and labeled in the figure. Another factor that dictates the calibration is the stability of neutron beam, or the THMER thermal-power output, during the irradiations of both phantom and patient. The previous THMER operating experience indicates no more than a 5% fluctuation of reactor power from its preset level. Therefore, the uncertainty due to the fluctuation of neutron beam is at the same order of, or even less than, the statistical error of photopeak area. The use of ultrasound for organ localization prior to irradiation is recommended for in vivo measurements. In general, the depth of any irradiated organ is about 1 to 10 cm from the skin for healthy adults,'" which is located within the operating range of modem ultrasound scanner. Since the center, size, and depth of organ are to be determined beforehand, it is important to use the ultrasound scanner for in vivo measurement of elemental concentration in organs.
IV. RADIATION DOSIMETRY Unlike other nuclear medical techniques, the IVPGAA requires neutrons to pass into the human body, therefore, the radiation safety, in particular the neutron doses and associated health risk, must be documented before applying the newly developed technique clinically. In IVPGAA diagnosis, all tissues and organs in the human body receive various amounts of neutron and y-ray doses though the irradiated organ receives the highest. Since more than one organ of the body is exposed, the irradiation of one particular organ causes simultaneously exposures to neighboring organs and always has some degree of risk because of their sensitivity to neutron and y-ray radiations or the importance to health of any damage that results. For the purpose of radiation protection, the International Commission on Radiological Protection (ICRP) specifies a number of organs and tissues to which the radiation doses have to be measured because of their susceptibility to radiation damage, the seriousness of such damage, and the extent to which this could be treatable." Although the radiation doses V at skin were reported in previous IVPGAA works ranging from 500 kSv to 10,000 ~ S per scan, few of them ever reported the radiation doses of the irradiated organ as well as other radiation-sensitive t i s s ~ e s . ' ~
310
Activation Analysis
Ge- 326.0 k e V
Fr-352.3 kcV
.:<-.
Am.'
-.
1 , - - - -, J ...
800
660
...
mo
.
PROMPT GAMMkRAV ENERGY, keV FIGURE 8. Excerpt of the prompt y-ray spectrum from the diagnostic IVPGAA for the contaminated left kidney; major photopeaks in the high-resolution, multichannel spectrum are labeled. (Reprinted with permission from Znt. J . Appl. Radiat. Isot., 36, Chung, C., Yuan, L. J., Chen, K. B., Weng, P. S., Chang, P. S., and Ho, Y. H., A feasibility study of the in vivo prompt gamma-ray activation analysis using a mobile reactor, Copyright 1985, Pergamon and Int. J . Radiat. Appl. Instrum., A39, Chung, C., In vivo partial body activation analysis using filtered neutron beam, Copyright 1988, Pergamon Journals Ltd.)
In IVPGAA diagnosis, neutron beams were either aimed at the relatively radiationsenseless body mass, such as hands and legs for essential elemental determination, or trained at the radiation-sensitive organ where toxic contaminants accumulated. In the latter case, organs and tissues sensitive to radiations, such as gonads, red bone marrow, bone surface, thyroid, breast, and lung, are either the irradiated organ itself or not too far from the neutron beam direction inside the body. Both neutrons and y-rays can scatter into the sensitive organ or tissue and interact with nuclei to cause radiation damage. It is the radiation doses in sensitive organs and tissues, not at the skin, hands, or legs, that the radiation safety in IVPGAA diagnosis should address. A. NEUTRON DOSIMETRY Neutron doses at the phantom skin position were determined using thermoluminescent dosimeters (TLD) and neutron energy spectroscopy techniques. Since the irradiation field of IVPGAA experiments has a high neutron component, the TLD-600, containing 95%-
Volume 11
311
enriched 6LiF, was used to measure the absorbed dose from both thermal neutrons and yrays. Absorbed dose of y-rays, emitted from neutron capture reactions, were monitored by TLD-700. The 99.99%-enriched 'LiF in TLD-700 was chosen because of its low neutron sensitivity. Therefore, reading difference of TLD-600 to that of TLD-700 corresponds to the thermal neutron dose alone. Neutron dose, however, is a function of neutron energy, and the energy range of interest varies by nine orders of magnitude. The neutron energy spectrum is, therefore, needed to evaluate the dose equivalent. The neutron flux-energy distribution on skin surface was established by use of activation foil techniques. The thermal neutron flux was monitored using the 1 9 7 A(n,y) ~ '98Au reaction; the epithermal neutron flux was monitored using Aufoil covered by Cd to eliminate the thermal component; and the fast neutron flux was monitored by the Cd-covered 'I5In (n,,nry) '15"In reaction. The results of these measurements served as input to the SAND-I1 code in which the neutron energy spectrum was mapped.4 The result of the neutron energy spectrum at the skin for kidney irradiation is shown in Figure 3, to which the thermal neutrons are purposely filtered out. Since fast neutrons are rapidly slowed down and thermal neutrons are absorbed in the phantom, activities of some irradiated foils are below the detection limit and the foil activation method is no longer valid for neutron dose evaluation inside the phantom. Instead, the energy and spatial distribution of neutrons in organs and tissues were calculated using two-group neutron transport code by simplifying the experimental data of neutrons at skin surface as a disk neutron source.13 Accordingly, the neutron flux &(En,r,0) at a specific energy En at a distance r and an angle 0 with respect to the skin surface of the impact point, as shown in Figure 6B, can be evaluated for each organ and tissue of interest. Conversion factors of neutron flux-to-dose rate equivalent of Publication ICRP-21, which apply to a cylindrical phantom with log-log interpolation, are used to convert the +,(En,r,O) at preselected organs and tissues into dose rate equivalent.I4 The typical irradiation period of IVPGAA medical diagnosis is 1800 s using THMER facility in order to maintain a compatible detecting sensitivity of toxic contaminants in kidneys and liver, resulting in a neutron dose equivalent per scan of 2890 pSv at the skin surface at the impact point. For the neutron dose rate equivalent at organ and tissue internally, the calculated results are shown in Figure 9. With high conversion factors, intermediate energy and fast neutrons with En 2 10 keV dominate the neutron doses everywhere in the phantom. Neutrons at nonthermal energy are attenuated and slowed down rapidly inside the phantom, reducing the strength by a factor of 10 in every 10 cm of tissue-equivalent material. The only exception is the buildup of thermal and epithermal neutron fluxes owing to the slowing down of neutrons from nonthermal origins; this is expected in the THMER facility since the irradiated organ right over the neutron beam line can interact with a maximum thermal neutron flux for IVPGAA diagnosis. Another feature is the rapid drop of dose rate equivalents as the distance and angle from organ to impact point increases. This indicates the well-collimated neutron beam penetrates the phantom upwardly and scatters very little in other directions.
B. GAMMA-RAY DOSIMETRY Two kinds of TL dosimeters were used to measure the y-ray absorption doses in the phantom. The first group was a pair of commercially available TLD-700 and TLD-600 dosimeters; another TL powders were the CaS0,:Dy with the mole ratio of Dy,O, to CsSO,. 2H,O as 1:1000. The CaS0,:Dy is very sensitive to y-ray dose measurement with a detection limit lower than that of LiF by a factor of approximately 10. However, because its response to y radiation is energy dependent, only the relative readings from CaS0,:Dy were used to cross-check the LiF output. Both CaS0,:Dy and TLD-7001600 were wrapped in one package and inserted in proper
312
Activation Analysis
FIGURE 9. Measured y-ray and calculated neutron dose rate equivalent in various positions inside the liquid phantom, displaced as a function of rICos0.
positions in the female-like LuciteB phantom, as shown in Figure 6B, for a long irradiation to reduce the maximum error at 90% confidence level below 10%. The responses of these TLD were calibrated with a 3500-MBq T o source and all irradiated dosimeters including the control group were measured with a Harshaw-2000 B/C TLD reader. Dose rate equivalents of y-rays in IVPGAA diagnosis were measured and evaluated for organs and tissues of interest and their values are illustrated also in Figure 9. As shown in the figure, y-ray dose rate equivalents drop less drastically than those of neutrons; this is because the majority of y-rays outside the phantom originate from the scattering of high-energy y-rays that escape from the reactor core. Only near the neutron beam line where prompt y-ray flux is more
Volume 11
313
FIGURE 10. Induced radioactivity after the 1800-s IVPGAA diagnosis using THMER facility.
than that of the scattered high-energy y-rays from around. At a distance of more than 40 cm away from the impact point transversally, the y-ray dose rate equivalent in the phantom drops and levels off to 30 ~ S v l h . Neutrons are exclusively used in IVPGAA medical diagnosis and some nuclei interacting with neutrons in the human body eventually become radioactive. The minor amount of induced radioactivity, even below the detection limit, must be calculated in order to evaluate the internal doses in the postdiagnostic period. Using the elemental compositions in Reference Man and assuming their homogeneous distribution in the phantom,' the activity for each activated radionuclide at the end of 1800-s IVPGAA diagnosis is calculated according to the neutron flux distribution inside the phantom. In Figure 10, the induced activity is plotted as the time after IVPGAA diagnosis with major radionuclides labeled. About 62% of the initial activity is from the decays of 0.02 s 24mNa;after its rapid decay, whole body induced activity is reduced to 114 Bq. At 5000 s after the diagnosis, total radioactivity is rapidly decayed down to 10% of initial activity and further reduced to 1 Bq a day after. Integrated internal doses taken up by these internal f3'- and y-ray emitters are estimated to be 0.7 pSv, or 5.4% of the internal doses caused by the natural 40Kin the human body during the first 100 d after diagnosis; the induced radioactivity is considered insignificant compared to the internal natural radioactivity and so any associated health problem can be ignored. C. SAFETY ASSESSMENT An 1800-s IVPGAA kidney diagnosis using the THMER facility yields a modest skin dose from both neutron and gamma radiations around 3200 pSv per scan. A special feature
314
Activation Analysis
TABLE 1 Neutron and ?-Ray Dose Equivalents per Scan for Tissues at Risk in a 1800-s IVPGAA Diagnosis for Kidney Using
THMER I?a&lity Tissue at risk
Risk factor'
Weighting
DE(n)
factor'
(pSv)
DE(y) DE(all) (~SV) (~SV)
Gonads Breast Red bone marrow Lung Thyroid Bone surface Remaindersb Weighted total
"
Parameters taken from Reference 11. Remaining organs include heart, intestine, liver, stomach, and irradiated kidneys.
of the THMER facility is that the filtered neutron beam is well collimated to reduce the neutron scattering to other organs and tissues. This can be reflected from the effective doses of 14.4 pSv per scan at the most radiation-sensitive gonads, or only 0.5% of that at impact point. Comparing to the 260 pSv at gonads vs. 6660 pSv at skin per scan using 238Pu-Be neutron source with a similar detection limit for IVPGAA diagnosis,12the improvement of reducing radiation doses in organs other than the irradiated one is explicit. Internal doses for IVPGAA diagnostic purpose using neutrons are subject to a system of justification, optimization, and limitation of doses as far as the radiation exposure is concerned. The dose equivalents measured and evaluated for those sensitive organs and tissues listed in Publication ICRP-26 are tabulated in Table 1. The weighted total dose equivalents per scan per year from both neutrons and y-rays are 69 pSv; this is certainly well below the recommended annual limit of 5000 pSv and even less than most of nuclear medical diagnoses using external ionization radiations (90 to 9000 pSv per scan) or internally used radiopharmaceuticals (50 to 500000 pSv per scan). In order to estimate the risks of IVPGAA diagnosis for patients, a total of 131 factory workers from 3 chemical processing plants involving internal cadmium contamination are sampled to evaluate their risks, assuming annual IVPGAA medical diagnosis is applied to each ~ o r k e rThe . ~ risk probabilities of leukemia, malignancy, and hereditary effects for the individual are calculated and the results are listed in Table 2. The American Cancer Society has reported that about one in every four adults in the 20 to 65 age bracket will develop cancer at some time from all possible causes; or an average risk of 0.0056 per year during the entire working career. The health implication to the high-risk workers, receiving annual medical diagnostic doses listed in Table 1 continuously until retirement, could be only 0.00084% of the normal risk of dying of cancer caused by all other means including cadmium poisoning. The potential genetic effects among the exposed workers are even more insignificant compared to the genetic damage that occurs spontaneously. The probability of getting serious genetic defects among the first-generation children of exposed workers in IVPGAA diagnosis is 6 x lop8;this number can be compared to approximately one serious genetic defect in every ten live births. Thus, health problems and associated risks for irradiated workers are minor compared to other causes of fatality. In partial body IVPGAA on hands and legs for essential element determination, the effective dose equivalent is much less than those in kidney irradiation because all sensitive
315
Volume 11 TABLE 2
Risk Assessments of Radiation Doses Received by IVPGAA Diagnosis of Cadmium Contamination for High-Risk Factory Workers Using THMER Facility Factory workers age group (years)
Parameter
20 - 39
40 - 49
250
Number of workers" Expected number of childrena Weighted leukemia significant factor" Weighted malignancy significant factor" Annual hereditary effect risk probability Annual leukemia risk probability Annual malignancy risk probability Individual annual risk probability Population annual risk probability Statistical numbers taken from Reference 6. Parameters taken from Reference 15.
organs and tissues are far from the irradiated hands and legs. In accordance with the radiation protection standards, the internal doses for irradiated patients in both specified organ and handsllegs irradiations are well below the recommended dose limitation. A conclusion is drawn that the radiation safety for irradiated patients is highly acceptable.
V. DETERMINATION OF ELEMENTAL CONCENTRATION Some of the contaminants are very toxic, cumulative poisons. In the human body, pollutants are normally present only in minute amounts; the clinical symptoms of toxicity depend on the chemical form of the pollutant, and on whether the exposure is through contact, ingestion, or inhalation. In Figure 11, the distribution of major pollutants in the human body is illustrated among the uptake organs. On the other hand, observation of the change of essential elements such as C, Ca, CI, H, N, Na, 0 , and P in the human body is of considerable value for medical diagnosis of various diseases. Initial medical diagnosis demands the knowledge of the quantity of these elements through bulk analysis, while repeated follow-up diagnoses may monitor the progress of medical therapy for bone disease as well as transport, nutritional, and metabolic disturbances. For both toxic and essential elements in human beings, the IVPGAA technique may be applied to the patients and the quantity of some of the elements mentioned above can be determined with reasonable accuracy and precision.
A. IN VZVO DETERMINATION OF TOXIC ELEMENTS The health effect of occupational exposure to cadmium has been studied for many years. Cadmium is one of the toxic heavy metals which is used in various industries; it is absorbed occupationally by workers via inhalation of polluted air or ingestion of contaminated food and water. The initial cadmium uptake is transported from the lungs or gastrointestinal tract by the blood to the liver and kidneys. Mercury, the third member of the zinc and cadmium family, is another toxic poison. Metallic, inorganic, and organic mercury are used in various fields, including medicine and industry. The uptake is primarily by inhalation of dust or liquid aerosol during handling of mercury compounds. Metallic mercury and some of its compounds produce an appreciable vapor concentration at ambient temperatures resulting in an inhalation risk. The dust of inorganic compounds can also be inhaled and absorbed through intact skin.
316
Activation Analysis
Mg, Mn, Be, Zn C Si, As. Co Hg. CI. Se, Cd
Cd, Hg
AS, Be, Ni, Cr F
Cd
FIGURE 11. Sketch showing the main accumulation organs of major pollutant elements. (Reprinted with permission from Chang, P. S . , Ho, Y. H., Chung, C., Yuan, L. J . , and Weng, P. S . , Nucl. Technol., 76, 241, 1987. Copyright 1987, American Nuclear Society, La Grange Park, Illinois.)
Toxicologically, cadmium and mercury are preferentially retained in the renal cortex in both kidneys and liver.16 The current monitoring methods for these toxic elements involve the in vitro bioassays, such as blood contaminant measurement, quantitative urinalysis, and tissue assay by atomic absorption spectrophotometry. Since the normal values of both cadmium and mercury in urine and blood are very low, correlation with diseases is poor in most in vitro bioassay. Normal content of toxic cadmium and mercury in the kidneys and the liver as well as their nuclear properties are listed in Table 3. Average cadmium concentrations in the liver for "normal" men in the U.S., U.K., and Sweden were reported up to 2 kglg wet weight in liver.4 The critical concentration of cadmium in the kidney, defined as the threshold value above which overt renal damage occurs and becomes a potentially serious health problem, is reported as being between 58 mg to 78 mg in both kidneys, or -6 to 8 times higher than the normal content. In the Reference Man, however, mercury concentration in organs at risk is much less than that of cadmium. In both kidneys, normal content of mercury is 0.87 mg; a lesser or smaller amount of mercury, about 0.54 mg, is found in the liver, or 11% of the whole body mercury is distributed in critical organs.
TABLE 3 Toxic and Essential Elements in 1800-s IVPGAA Medical Diagnosis Using THMER Facility Natural abundance Element
Nuclear reaction
Capture crosssection a,. barn
RY) Prompt y ray (MeV)
photons/100 captures
Organ at risk Skeleton Kidneys Liver Whole body Kidney Liver Whole body Whole body
Note: Normal content is that in organ or whole body of Reference Man from Reference 8.
Normal content g 9.9 rng 4.0 rng 91 g 0.87 rng 0.54 rng 1800 g 784 g
IVPGAA detection limit Ifjog 2.2 rng 2.5mg 31 g 2.3 rng 4.1 mg 582 g 312 g
TOTAL SKIN DOSES ( I0 m8v
FIGURE 12. (A) Percentage uncertainty and (B) the minimum detectable amount of the composition of essential elements as a function of total neutronlgamma skin doses.
Detection limit of toxic elements is defined as two background counts of the photopeak area with 100%uncertainty. Using the y-ray detecting system in a 1800-s IVPGAA diagnosis, the detection limit of cadmium is 42 and 62% of the normal content in kidneys and liver, respectively. However, detection limit of mercury in critical organ is at least five times higher than the normal content, owing to the relatively low capture cross-section and lower energy of the photopeak for mercury. Although the IVPGAA diagnosis using THMER facility is not suitable for the investigation of organ mercury with normal quantity, the in vivo measurements are certainly applicable to those exposed individuals with high internal contaminations of cadmium and mercury. On the other hand, patients with high concentrations of toxic elements in organs at risk actually spend less irradiation time in IVPGAA diagnosis to attain the same detection sensitivity of cadmium and mercury as those having normal contents. Thus, patients with high exposure of toxic contaminants receive fewer radiation doses as the irradiation period is reduced.
B. IN VZVO DETERMINATION OF ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS Elemental determination of essential contents in human beings by means of in vivo measurement is of considerable value for medical diagnosis of various diseases. To demonstrate the capability of IVPGAA technique using THMER facility, calcium, chlorine, nitrogen, and phosphorus are determined in partial body IVPGAA using the man-like liquid phantom. The phantom with proper compositions of these elements, also listed in Table 3, was placed on top of the THMER facility with right thigh centered at the vertical neutron beam tube. Diagnostic irradiation at 0.1 W normal reactor power level varied from 500 to 20000 s. Photopeak areas of those prompt y-rays listed in the table at various irradiation periods were interpreted to estimate the percentage uncertainty of the concentration of essential elements. The results of the percentage uncertainty, primarily due to the counting statistics, is shown in Figure 12A. Background areas of prompt y-rays at various irradiation periods were summed to obtain the detection limit of such photopeak. The detection limits of these essential elements of interest are listed in Table 3 for an 1800-s partial body IVPGAA and plotted in Figure 12B as a function of skin doses at other irradiation periods. Both the detection limit and uncertainty of essential elements determined by IVPGAA using THMER facility can be improved substantially by increasing the irradiation time which in turn also increases the total skin doses equivalent. The percentage uncertainty of calcium can be lowered to 5% of its normal content with 12-mSv total skin dose. For chlorine,
Volume I1
319
nitrogen, and phosphorus, the skin doses is 38 mSv to obtain the same uncertainty. Since the neutron beam is well collimated and localized near the irradiated leg, the effective doses equivalent are even less than those estimated for kidney irradiation discussed previously. Even with the longest irradiation time of 20000 s, the total skin doses of 38 mSv are still far less than the imposed limit of 20,000 mSv recommended by ICRP. Thus, essential elements can be determined in partial body IVPGAA using the THMER facility with minimal skin doses.
VI. DISCUSSION The feasibility of IVPGAA diagnosis of elemental composition has been demonstrated by partial body irradiation of a phantom using small mobile reactor for the first time. The detection limit and sensitivity of essential elements of Ca, C1, N, and P in the whole body as well as toxic Cd and Hg in contaminated organs have been measured in various irradiation periods with minimal radiation doses. The performance of present IVPGAA system, with its unique mobility and relatively soft neutron energy spectrum, may be further improved by the following modifications. The suitability of an IVPGAA facility is indicated by the low detection limit of element of interest for a minimal dose, in addition to the requirements of portability, mobility, and a rapid diagnosis process. Although the IVPGAA system using the THMER facility has the advantage of mobility and has the capability of detecting many elemental concentrations in vivo, the system still can be improved substantially by further lowering both the detection limit of elements of interest and the effective doses equivalent received during diagnosis. Despite the fact that higher neutron flux and longer irradiation time yield better statistics or lower detection limits, they also increase the effective doses proportionally. Thus, increasing the reactor power or diagnostic period can not improve the IVPGAA performance. Explicit improvement can be made by employing a larger semiconducting detector and/or a multidetector system using a summed matching multiplexer. The experimental configuration in Figure 1 allows two to four portable HPGe detectors positioned on opposite sides of the phantom, thus increasing the efficiency substantially. The same counting statistics would be achieved with only a fraction of the irradiation time, therefore reducing the effective dose equivalent accordingly. The accuracy of IVPGAA measurement and detection limits are governed also by spectral background which can be suppressed by using an anti-Compton coincidence system. In consideration of the limited space at the detector position along the irradiation plane, a high density Bi,Ge,O,, (BGO) detector may be selected to suppress the Compton background originating from high energy y-ray scattering. The Compton suppression spectrometer applied to high-level radioenvironment can effectively suppress the spectral background," thus providing the alternative of selecting a multidetector system. Although the radiation doses to the patient in IVPGAA diagnosis are small, they are nevertheless not insignificant and every possible effort should be made to reduce the unnecessary doses and confine the irradiation to the irradiated volume only. The radiation dose can be further reduced by irradiating only a small portion of body mass; for instance, IVPGAA applied to the hand is a sensitive, precise technique for the absolute measurement of calcium composition in bone with a collimated neutron beam of much smaller neutron fluence, or shorter irradiation period. On the other hand, y-ray doses caused by high energy scattering gammas can be attenuated effectively by adding Pb cover around the patient; with a 4 cm thickness of lead, the y-ray doses may be further reduced by 70%. Currently, investigation and research using THMER facility involve clinical studies of mice and pigs. Both toxic and essential elements are determined by LVPGAA technique apd the results are compared to the data from autopsy and biopJy. Complete and thorougb
320
Activation Analysis
understanding from the clinical experiments using mice and pigs are required before applying the IVPGAA to patients. Nevertheless, from all preliminary studies and investigations, the IVPGAA diagnosis using a small mobile reactor, such as the THMER facility, is highly feasible and technically promising.
REFERENCES 1. Yuan, L. J. and Weng, P. S., Educational functions of the Mobile Educational Reactor, Atomkernergie Kerntechnik Suppl., 44, 1045, 1984. 2. Miki, R. and Itoh, T., Operation and utilization experience of UTR-KINKI, a low flux university research reactor, in Proc. 1st Asian Symp. Research Reactors, Institute for Atomic Energy, Rikkyo University, Tokyo, Japan, 1986, 44. 3. Cohn, S. H., In vivo neutron activation analysis: principles and clinical applications, in Nuclear Medicine and Biology Advance, Raynaud, C., Ed., Pergamon, New York, 1983, 1049. 4. Chung, C., Yuan, L. J., Chen, K. B., Weng, P. S., Chang, P. S., and Ho, Y. H., A feasibility study of the in vivo prompt gamma-ray activation analysis using a mobile nuclear reactor, Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 36, 357, 1985. 5. Chung, C., In vivo partial body activation analysis using filtered neutron beam, Int. J . Radiat. Appl. Instrum. A, A39, 93, 1988. 6. Chen, C. P., Radiation dose of medical in vivo prompt gamma-ray activation using mobile nuclear reactor, MSc thesis, National Tsing Hua University, Taiwan, ROC, 1987 (in Chinese). 7. Snyder, W. S., Ford, M. R., Warner, G. G., and Watson, A., Tabulation of dose equivalent per microcurie-day for source and target organs of an adult for various radionuclides, Report ORNL-5000, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN, 1974. 8. International Commission on Radiological Protection, Task Group on Reference Man, Publication ICRP23, Pergamon Press, New York, 1975. 9. Morgan, W. D. Ellis, K. J., Vartsky, D., Vasumura, S., and Cohn, S. H., Calibration of a 238Pu-Be facility for partial-body measurements of organ cadmium, Phys. Med. Biol.. 26, 577, 1981. 10. Chang, P. S., Chung, C., Yuan, L. J., and Weng, P. S., In vivo activation analysis of organ cadmium using the Tsing Hua Mobile Educational Reactor, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 92, 343, 1985. 11. International Commission on Radiological Protection, Recommendation of the ICRP, Publication ICRP-26, Pergamon Press, New York, 1977. 12. Vartsky, D., Ellis, K. J., Chen, N. S., and Cohn, S. H., A facility for in vivo measurement of kidney and liver cadmium by neutron capture prompt gamma ray analysis, Phys. Med. Biol., 22, 1085, 1977. 13. Lewis, E. E. and Miller, W. F., Computational Methods of Neutron Transport, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1984, 68. 14. International Commission on Radiological Protection, Data for Protection Against Ionizing Radiation from External Source, Publication ICRP-21, Pergamon Press, New York, 1973. 15. Weng, P. S. and Chen, T. C., Health implications of annual dose equivalents in Taiwan, R. 0.C., Nucl. Sci. J . , 22, 96, 1985. 16. Chang, P. S., Ho, Y. H., Chung, C., Yuan, L. J., and Weng, P. S., In vivo measurement of organ mercury by prompt gamma activation analysis using a mobile nuclear reactor, Nucl. Technol., 76, 241, 1987. 17. Chung, C., Yuan, L. J., and Chen, K. B., Performance of a HPGe-NaI(T1) Compton suppression spectrometer in high-level radioenvironmental studies, Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res., A243, 102, 1986.
Application of Activation Analysis
Volume 11
323
Chapter 7
ACTIVATION ANALYSIS OF BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS
.
T Sato
TABLE OF CONTENTS I.
Introduction .....................................................................324
I1.
Activation Analysis .............................................................324 A. Sampling and Sample Preparation .......................................324 1. Characteristics of Biological Sample .............................324 2. Sampling and Sample Preservation ..............................325 3. Homogenization.................................................. 326 4. Drying ...........................................................326 5. Preseparation Prior to Irradiation .................................327 B. Standards ................................................................327 C. Irradiation and Gamma-Ray Measurement ...............................328
I11.
Application .....................................................................333 A. Instrumental Neutron Activation Analysis (INAA) ......................333 1. Human Organs and Tissues ......................................333 a. Liver .....................................................333 b. Other Tissues .............................................333 c. Hair ......................................................334 2. Human Body Fluids .............................................336 a. Blood .....................................................336 b. Urine .....................................................337 c. Amniotic Fluid ...........................................337 d. Milk ......................................................337 3. Medicalscience .................................................338 4. Animal Tissues and Body Fluids .................................339 5. Botanical Materials ..............................................341 6. Short-Term Irradiation NAA .....................................341 B. Epithemal Neutron Activation Analysis (ENAA) .......................342 C. Fast Neutron Activation Analysis (FNAA) ..............................343 D. Instrumental Photon Activation Analysis (IPAA) ........................344 E. Charged Particle Activation Analysis (CPAA)...........................345 F. Radiochemical Neutron Activation Analysis (RNAA) ...................345
References.............................................................................. 349
324
Activation Analysis
I. INTRODUCTION Most of the elements are present in variable amounts in all living organisms. Of these, a large number of elements occur in living tissues in such small amounts that their precise concentrations could not be measured with the analytical methods formerly avai~abl~. They are frequently described as trace elements. No clear line of demarcation, fitting all elements in all circumstances, can be drawn between trace and major elements. Those elements that occur or function in living tissues in concentrations conveniently expressed in micrograms per gram or micrograms per milliliter are generally considered as trace elements. At present, 26 of the naturally occuring elements are known to be essential for animal life. These consist of 11 major elements and 15 elements generally accepted as trace elements, F, Si, V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, Zn, As, Se, Mo, Sn, and I. Essential elements are always present in tissues participating in the metabolic reactions of organisms. Nonessential elements present in traces can be regarded as impurities in the organisms due to exogenic factors, and they accumulate or squeeze out chemically similar essential elements. But a classification of the trace elements into essential and nonessential or toxic groups may be inaccurate and misleading. All essential elements become toxic at sufficiently high intakes, and the margin between levels that are beneficial and/or harmful may be determined by the homeostatic capacity of animal species and of living systems of those. The toxic property of those such as F and Se were well demonstrated before they were shown to be essential nutrients. It would not be surprising, therefore, even if some of the trace elements now regarded as toxic elements or contaminants, such as Ge, Br, Sr, and Cd, are added to the essential element list by the further refined and developed experimental techniques. The analysis of trace element concentration of the materials in the biosphere has been done on a large scale in many countries. A large number of techniques, each with their own modifications and improvements, has been applied. A variety of methods creates serious difficulties when attempts are made to compare the values analyzed for trace elements. It is impossible to know whether the reported differences represent the true variations in individual samples or' if they reflect differences from the methods used. At very low concentration levels, the difference due to methodological errors can lead to quite erroneous conclusions. d At present, activation analysis, especially neutron activation analysis in both its instrumental and radiochemical techniques, is an important method for the in vitro determination of trace elements and is widely applied to many kinds of materials in the biosphere. Although it is difficult to quote well-documented data on the actual numbers of determinations done, the increasing importance of activation analysis, which has many decisive advantages, has been well recognized on trace element analysis of a variety of biological materials.'-'1 The number of applications every year is enormous. We cannot search all these publications in the journals or reports for the broad biological field. Chemical Abstracts or International Nuclear Information System may help the reference citation when the publication is a less-accessible journal or report. The international conference series entitled, Modern Trends in Activation Analysis and Nuclear Activation Techniques in the Life Sciences deal with all aspects of contemporary activation analysis and are very useful to bridge the gap between life scientists and analytical chemists.
11. ACTIVATION ANALYSIS A. SAMPLING AND SAMPLE PREPARATION 1. Characteristics of Biological Sample The biological materials, typically referred to as living tissues, have specific characteristics which bring forth many problems in sampling and preparation steps for activation analysis. These are
Volume 11 1. 2.
3. 4.
5. 6.
325
Materials available for analysis are often limited with respect to their amounts, and it is almost impossible to reproduce the desired specimen ad libitum. In many cases, collection of a series of samples with definite history for a specific group is difficult from a social or ethical point of view. The biological materials except for hard tissues contain a large amount of water ranging 70 to 80%. The living tissues and organs consist of complex components, such as protein, fat, blood vessels, membrane, body fluids, etc. In the sampling of specimens, anatomical knowledge and techniques are required in addition to the analytical considerations. Collected living tissues change rapidly in various manners with the lapse of time, for example, coagulation of blood or autolysis of brain. The abundances of elements with atomic numbers lower than Ca are degrees of percent order, while the other elements are generally present in extremely low abundances, ppm levels or less.
Sampling and sample preparation are thus the most important procedures prior to activation on biological materials. Behne has shown that the analytical errors for the elements of interest following the degeneration were caused in sampling and sample preparation of tissue^.^ Iyenger and c o - w ~ r k e r srevealed ~,~ the postnatal changes, such as cell swelling, inhibition, and autolysis, on the elemental composition of rat liver as an example. It is necessary to standardize the sampling time and storage conditions for autopsy samples. In activation analysis, if the sampling and sample preparation are processed successfully, it may be said that this analysis will be almost finished. For successful work, close collaboration between the analyst and biomedical or life scientist is necessary. If no due function between the both is done, the elemental determination in arbitrarily selected materials may lead only to an accumulation of largely useless data. A standardized guideline on sampling and sample preparation should be designated. For the ultra-trace element analyses, the adequate contamination control procedures should also be previously developed. The advisory group of the IAEA examined the possible sources of errors arising in application of neutron activation analysis to biological materials and attempted to recommend the practical and effective means to avoid them.' The topics discussed here are very helpful for the practical applications. Some significant items on sampling and sample preparation, mainly for living tissues, will be stated individually.
2. Sampling and Sample Preservation Living tissues will, in general, be collected by a pathologist, who, unlike the analyst, may not be fully aware of the need for analyst and life scientist to co-operate in sampling. A guideline for sampling procedures according to the materials will help to minimize the variabilities due to this source. The problem of nonuniform distribution of elements in tissues should also be recognized and the specimens sampled should be representative of the organ or tissue. The whole organ or the maximum available fraction of it should be collected to reduce the effect of the natural variability of elements in tissues. Quartz- and plastic-made tools and implements are basically recommended. These instruments for sampling and sample preparation are acid-washed and cleaned with high-purity water. The titanium knife is also recommended by the NBS and the IAEA. Stainless-made tools can also be used only except in direct contact with subject. Versieck et al.5eported that needle biopsies are heavily contaminated by numerous trace elements, and a steel surgical blade is still not acceptable for the determination of some trace elements, especially chromium and nickel. The contaminations from the devices commonly used for blood collection were investigated.' Although the transfer of copper and zinc is negligible, the most important contaminations for a variety of elements were found in the first 20-ml samples. In the case
326
Activation Analysis
where doubts exist as to contamination of the specimens at collection, the outer surfaces of the samples should be removed and a cortical membrane of organ may be useful to prevent the contamination in sampling and following preservation. Except for such biological samples as some kinds of plant materials, living tissues are generally liable to change rapidly in quality. Care also should be taken of the change in elemental composition in autopsy tissues by elapse of time. The living tissues, the water and body fluids wiped out with filter paper, should be stocked immediately in a deep freezer ( - 20°C or below) until following sample preparation. The materials are doubly enclosed in polyethylene bags. It is necessary to pay attention to the possibility of losses of volatile compounds even during storage at low temperatures.' Tissues autopsied for a pathological study are often preserved in 10% formaldehyde solution, but the preservation in this solution elutes many elements. No chemical fixatives should be used and samples should not be rinsed with water or any other medium, nor should they be pierced with a metal instrument. Such body fluid samples as milk, blood, or urine, if obtained in large volume, should also be frozen or freeze-dried in some cases for subsequent treatment. Fluid samples in small amounts are penetrated into a filter in the form of a disk which is then dried. Materials such as beans and seeds enclosed in natural bag can avoid external contamination prior to irradiation by postirradiation removal of bag. 3. Homogenization
Homogenization is the essential procedure, especially for samples of bulk, to obtain the representative specimen because of the complex structure of sample, the distribution of different constituents, and the different size and form of the constituents in biological materials. The nature of biological materials makes homogeneity evaluation difficult, as typically suggested by the inhomogeneities of Cr and As in the NBS bovine liver. No problems arise when a little sample is directly enclosed in an irradiation material. The problem of contamination from blenders has been well known, and when the tissues with different physical properties are present in one sample as a whole fish, homogenization is also particularly difficult by conventional means such as a blender. An apparatus for homogenization and drying of biological materials at nitrogen temperature was constructed.'O The versatile procedure for various biological materials has been developed by Iyenger." This brittle fracture technique (BFT) has been successfully applied to bone" and living tissues12and has been recommended by the IAEA for the preparation of autopsied samples. For example, hair sample is placed in a TeflonB-container along with a TeflonB ball. The container is cooled in liquid nitrogen for 3 min and then vibrated at 3000 clmin for 2 min. Fine hair powder is obtained by repeating this procedure a few times. A contamination from Teflonmwas F and to a certain extent Li. When the F or Li analysis is desired, a pure quartz of Sb and Si. After the technique was modified, the BFT was used to handle kilogram-size samples.13In assessing the degree of homogeneity of bulk sample, the homogeneity test for reference materials is suggested.l4 4. Drying
Drying is also an important procedure in sample preparation of biological specimens, especially for living tissues. Autopsied materials should be immediately dried since the wet weight changes in preservation in a freezer. Some common procedures employed for this purpose include ventilation-, oven-, vacuum-, or freeze-drying, and also wet and dry ashing. All these techniques are apt to introduce error. An available procedure should be selected with great care as to contamination and loss of trace elements, and be chosen according to the various chemical properties of elements of interest, to the major elemental composition of matrix, and to the nature of sample. Ventilation-drying by filtered air is reasonable to such samples of low water content as washed hair and some kinds of plant materials. Although
Volume 11
327
a preirradiation ashing can concentrate the elements at very low content in sample, this method should be avoided as much as possible with respect to contamination or loss. Ovendrying under different temperatures does not always lead to constant drying. Constant weight cannot always be obtained on biological soft tissues since there may be a continuous slow loss of organic matter as well as water, even at temperatures near to 100°C. Heat-drying also has the disadvantage of loss of volatile elements. Iyenger et a1.I5.l6have studied drying by an oven and lyophilization. Although oven-drying at 80 to 120°C is a quick and simple procedure, the loss of Hg, I, Sb, and Se has been observed even at low temperature. Freezedrying of rat soft tissues is found to be generally safe with respect to these elements in question in biological study. The only approved drying method is lyophilization in which a frozen sample is dried for at least 24 h using a cold trap at or below - 50°C and at a pressure not greater than 30 Pa (0.2 mmHg). This procedure is applicable to all kinds of biological samples. A material in a desicator containing P,O, is dried under moderate conditions and this method is preferable to all biological material, while it is time consuming. Dried sample is preferably stored in a plastic package under the condition of darkness by refrigeration for the purpose of the protection from photochemical reaction and microorganisms. In publications, trace element concentrations are expressed in various manner of units, micrograms per milliliter for liquids and micrograms per gram based on dry and wet or even ash weight for solid materials. This leads to confusion in comparison between the individual results from different laboratories. Although a modification between the results on different weight bases is applicable for various organs and tissues by the information on Reference Man,'' the conversion ratios are not always accurate nor available for all cases. Wet weight is the weight at sampling and can be changeable according to the time of elapse from sampling or preservation conditions. In many different drying procedures for biopsy samples, lyophilization is recommended; the expression on dry weight bases by lyophilization may be advisable and the results determined are also desirable to be reported along with wet-todry weight ratio. The ratio of dry weight to wet weight is preferable, if possible with respect to quantity of sample, to be determined with the separate aliquots not actually used for analysis.
5. Preseparation Prior to Irradiation Preirradiation separations in NAA may be classified into two cases: the first aim is the removal of interfering elements to concentrate the elements of interest, and the second is to differentiate the matrix into cell constituents. The introduction of these preirradiation procedures loses one of NAAs main advantages. It is difficult to prove that no losses nor contamination have occurred at low concentration levels and, if so, to correct them. These procedures should be avoided as much as possible. But, the removal of interfering elements, for example iron in the determination of Cr and Mn in whole blood, is possible to concentrate the analytes and to improve the sensitivity, selectivity, and accuracy. An additional advantage is the case of the short-lived radionuclide determination, in which it cannot allow sufficient time for separation after irradiation. For the purpose of achieving the fractionation of cell constituents and obtaining the chemical species of interest, preirradiation separations are unavoidable. Many rigid controls of loss and contamination sources before irradiation are required. Some identified major contaminations which originated from the chemical reagents and equipments used in biochemical preparations for NAA are given by Behne et a1.18 and Pietra et a1.19
B. STANDARDS In determination of elements, the relative method, in which sample and standard are irradiated simultaneously and their activities are measured under identical conditions, has been easily applied. Comparative standards used in the relative method have been well
328
Activation Analysis
worked in the determination of only one or a few elements. However, for multielement determination, there have been many kinds of serious limitations in use, the laborious preparation, the problem of the stability during storage, and the danger of loss of the volatile elements. Some comparator methods have been approached for the determination of multielement analysis in biological r n a t e r i a l ~ . ~These ~ - ~ *methods require the detailed knowledge of the reactor constants and the accurate values of nuclear constants. These limitations are impractical in most laboratories. Use of the well-characterized standard reference materials (SRMs) overcomes these limitations being attendant on above-mentioned methods. The SRMs have been originally provided to check various analytical methods and, at present, have been useful as the common and convenient multielement comparative standards. They allow simple drying, indefinite stability during storage, and homogeneity better than ? 1%. They are readily available in sufficient large amounts for subjects of the various biological materials. The biological SRMs available are listed in Table 1 which is mainly based on the compiled data by Muramatsu and However, as can seen from Table 1, few SRMs give the certified values for many kinds of elements of interest in biological field. It is also true that the uncertainties in the certified values are too large for many trace elemenkZ4 As alternative reference materials, some of these type have been introduced, phenolformaldehyde resinzs and gelatin.z6Suzuki et al.27have developed a new synthetic multielement reference material with polyacrylate-acrylamide gel matrix, which is prepared by copolymerization reactions of homogeneous aqueous solutions of a mixture of acrylic acid and acrylamide containing known amounts of the elements of interest. The matrix is analogous to those of biological material, and their composition can simulate the biological samples to be analyzed. This powdered material has solved the problems of the homogeneity and stability of elements during long-term storage. The retention of such volatile elements as As, I, and Hg has been ascertained.
C. IRRADIATION AND GAMMA-RAY MEASUREMENT Although charged particles and photons have been applied to the irradiation of biological materials, activation on the (n,y) reaction by thermal neutron is at present predominant. Neutron irradiation is carried out generally in reactor at a thermal neutron flux of 1012 to 10'3.n-cm~2-s-'.The experimental sensitivities of short- and long-lived thermal neutron Irradiation time may be decided in activation products of 32 elements were ~ompared.~' consideration of the activities of the product nuclides of interest, and for multielement analysis two kinds of time, short and long irradiation, are, for practical reasons, selected. Irradiation, decay, and counting times for typical biological material are given in Table 2 along with the possible competing reactions on the (n,p) and (n,a) by fast neutron. The extent of interference depends on the fastlthermal neutron flux ratio in a reactor. The interference factor (IF) may be expressed as a ratio of the activities by thermal and fast neutron as expressed below,
IF
=
M,
. F,
Mi ' F o
a,. 4,
. . 4th (+ch
where, M and F denote the atomic weight and the isotopic abundances, and the subscript o and i indicate element of interest and interference element, respectively. and a,? are the average cross-section for nuclear fission neutron spectrum and the thermal capture crosssection. +J+,,is a ratio of thermal to fast neutron flux of a reactor used. The IF, calculated on the assumption that +J+,,is 116, is given on the respective reactions in parentheses in Table 2. The underlined interference reactions must be considered in analysis at ultra-trace level.
Volume 11
329
TABLE 1 List of Biological Standard Reference Materials According to Type of Materials Material 1. Body Fluids Blood Animal Human
Milk powder
Supplier
IAEA BCR BI KL
Code No.
A-13 CRM-194 OSSD Contox No. 0100
ARCICL CRM-063 BCR
Remarks
Elements"
Br Ca Cu Fe K Na Rb S Se Zn Cd Pb Cd Cr Hg Pb Pb Ca Cd Cu Fe Mg Mn Mo Se Zn Ca Cd C1 Cu Fe Hg K Mg N Na P Pb Ca C1 Co Cu Fe Hg K Mg Mn Na P Rb Se Zn Ca Cd CI Cr Cu Fe Hg I K Mg Mn Na P Pb S SeZn
Freeze-dried, normal levels CRM-195, -196, mgll OSSE(Cd Hg Pb), mgll Pb control (high, low, med) No. 0141 (As Cd Hg), mgll Non-fat CRM- 150, - 151 (spiked) Environmental levels
IAEA
A-1 1
NBS
SRM-1549
Serum Bovine
NBS
RM-8419
Human
KL
Contox No. 0146 SERONORM Ca C1 Cu Fe K Mg N Na P Zn ( 164) As Co Cr Cu F Hg Ni Pb OSSA Contox Pb No. 0110 SRM-2670 SERONORM (108)
mgll
H-5
Normal levels
IAEA
H-4
Normal levels
Bovine liver
NBS
SRM-1577a
Horse kidney
IAEA
H-8
Human hair
NIES
CRM-5
NYE Urine
B1 KL NBS NYE
2. Other animal and human tissues Animal bone Animal muscle
IAEA
Al Ca Co Cr Cu Fe K Mg Mn Mo Na Ni Se Zn Cu Fe Zn
mgll
SERONORM(IO5) (Se). mgll OSSB, OSSC, mgll Pb control (high, low, med) No. 0140 (As Cd Hg), mgll Freeze-dried, spiked mgll
ARCICL
3. Marine animals NBS Albacore tuna Dogfish muscle NRC
RM-50 DORM- I
Copedod
IAEA
MA-A- I
Fish flesh
IAEA
MA-A-2
Lobster
NRC
TORT- 1
Mussel
NIES
CRM-6
Mussel tissue
IAEA
MA-M-2
Br Ca Cd CI Cu Fe Hg K Mg Mn Mo Cd-Human levels Na P Rb Se Zn Ca Cd Cr Cu Fe Hg K Mg Mn Na Ni Sr Zn As Hg Se Zn As Cd C1 Co Cr Cu Fe Hg K Mg Mn Na Ni Pb Se Zn Ag As Cd Co Cr Cu Fe Hg Mn Ni Pb Sb Se Zn Ag As Cd Co Cr Cu Fe Hg Mn Ni Pb Sb Se Zn As Ca Cd C1 Co Cr Cu Fe Hg K Mg Mn Mo Na Ni P Pb S Se Sr V Zn Ag As Ca Cd Cr Cu Fe K Mg Mn Na Ni Pb Zn As Br Ca Cd Co Cr Cu Fe Hg Mg Mn Na Rb Se Sr Zn
Dogfish liver (DOLT-1) Environmental levels Homogenized
Homogenized
List of Biological Standard Reference Materials According to Type of Materials Material Oyster tissue
4. Aquatic plants Aquatic plant Chlorella 5. Other plants Citrus leaves
Code No.
NBS
SRM-1566
BCR NIES
CRM-060 CRM-3
NBS
SRM-1572
Elementsa
Remarks
Ag As Ca Cd Cr Cu Fe Hg K Mg Mn -ble grade lobster tomalNa Ni Pb Rb Se Sr U V Zn ley homagenate
Cotton cellulose IAEA
V-9
Hay powder
IAEA
V-10
Kale
BOWEN
Bowen's Kale
Olive leaves Pepperbush
BCR NIES
CRM-062 CRM-I
Pine needles
NBS
SRM-1575
Potato powder Rice flour
ARCEL NBS
SRM-1568
Rye flour Tomato leaves
IAEA NBS
V-8 SRM-1573
Wheat flour
ARCICL NBS
SRM-1567
Al As Ba Ca Cd Cr Cu Fe Hg I K Mg Mn Mo Na Ni P Pb Rb S Sr Zn Ba Ca C1 Cr Cu Hg Mg Mn Mo Na Environmental levels Ni Pb Sr Ba Br Ca Cd Co Cr Cu Fe Hg Mg Environmental levels Mo Ni P Pb Rb Sc Sr Zn A1 As Au B Ba Br C Ca Cd C1 Co Cr Cs Cu F Fe Ga Hg In K La Mg Mn Mo N Na Ni P Pb Rb S Sb Se Si Sr Th U V Zn Cd Cu Hg Mn Pb Zn As Ba Ca Cd Co Cu Fe K Mg Mn Na Ni Pb Rb Sr Zn AlAsCaCrCuFeHgKMnPPb RbSrThU Ca Cd Cu Fe Mg Mn Mo Ni Pb Zn As Ca Cd Co Cu Fe Hg K Mn Na Pb Se Br Ca C1 Cu Fe K Mg Mn P Rb Zn Environmental levels AsCaCrCuFeKMnPPbRbSr Th U Zn Ca Cd Cu Fe Mg Mn Mo Ni Se Zn Ca Cd Cu Fe Hg K Mn Na Se Zn
NBS BCR
SRM-1569 CRM-273
Cr CaFeKMgNP
6. Others Brewers Yeast Single cell protein "
Supplier
The certified or recommended values are available.
A polyethylene bag as an enclosing material is adequate to integrated neutron flux of -10'7-n-cm-2. Sample is heat-sealed into a polyethylene bag. Aluminum and vanadium in polyethylene are main impurities in analysis by short-term irraaiation. Iron, scandium, and zinc are observed in long-term irradiation. These impurities can be generally neglected in the determination of biological materials, but a blank test is desirable for the determination of ppm level or less. Although polyethylene is easy to use, highquality quartz ampule is used at the irradiation by higher integral neutron flux. The ampule should be previously cleaned by boiling in aqua regia and washing with distilled water. It contains impurities, K, Na, Sb, and Sc, in question for biological materials. It is recommended to previously analyze the impurities in enclosing materials used. After irradiation, quartz ampule is allowed to decay to minimize the activities induced from itself. It should be washed by HNO, if it is counted nondestructively, and if not so, it is cooled to liquid nitrogen temperature to lower the internal gas pressure due to the radiolysis of organic substances and to retain the volatile elements. Iyengar3' investigated the loss of sample weight due to the matrix decomposition of blood components and milk during long-time irradiation. A loss of sample weight up to 11% on 5 d after irradiation was observed.
Volume 11
331
TABLE 2 Nuclear Data,30Analytical Conditions, and Interfering Reactions of Biological Materials on NAA
Element Na Mg A1 Si S C1 K Ca Sc
v Cr Mn Fe Co NI
Product nuclide 24Na *'Mg =A1 31S~ "S 4ZK 49Ca 46Sc Z 'V T r 56Mn 59Fe @Co "NI TO
Cu Zn Ga Ge As
Se Br Rb Sr Mo Cd Sb
I Cs Ba Au Hg
%Cu 6'Zn 72Ga 77Ge 76As 15Se "Br "Rb n7mSr %Mo%"Tc 115~du51n IZzSb '24Sb 1281 I34Cs "'Ba 19RA~ 2"3Hg
Half-life 15.02 h 9.46 min 2.24 min 2.62 h 5.0 min 37.3 min 12.36 h 8.72 min 83.8 d 3.76 min 27.70 d 2.58 h 44.6 d 5.27 years 2.52 h 70.8 d 5.10 min 244.1 d 14.10 h 11.30 h 26.3 h 118.5 d 35.34 h 18.8 d 2.80 h 66.02 h 53.4 h 2.68 d 60.20 d 24.99 min 2.06 years 82.9 min 2.70 d 46.8 d
Analytical 'Y-ray (keV) 1369 1014 1779 I266 3103 1642 1525 3084 889 1434 320 847 1099 1173 1482 81 1 1039 1116 834 265
Interfering reaction 24Mg(n,~), 27Al(n.u) "Al(n,p) (1.4E-I) '%i(n,p) (3.9E-3), "P(n,a) (1.2E-3) 31P(n,p)(1.6EO), 34S(n,u)(4.OE-3)
559
265 776 1077 388 141 336 564 1691 443 796 166 412 279
Note: Analytical conditions are signified as follows. 1. t, = 1 to 10 min, t,,,,, = 1 to 2 min,,,,,,t = 2 to 5 min. 2 . t , = 2tolOmin,t,,, = 1 h , t, ,.,, = 10min.3.t,, = 1 0 h , t = 5 t o 8 d , t = 1 t o 2 h . 4 . = 30 d, t,,,,, = 3 to 5 h. Radiochemical separation is desirable in case of (RS) and is t,, = 10 h, t,",
,,,,
,,..,
necessary in case of RS in most of the samples.
Because the activities from biological samples are in general very weak, samples are often measured under a condition of close adhesion to a detector. At short sample-detector distances, the efficiency becomes very sensitive to the variations in the distance or in the sample dimensions. Constant counting condition among the samples is, therefore, required. When samples are irradiated in the pellet in a diameter of 10 to 12 mm, this form is effective to obtain geometrical constancy in gamma-ray measurement. Bremsstrahlung produced by high-energy P particles, for example by 32P,can be reduced considerably by surrounding the sample with absorber of low Z material such as acryl. Typical gamma-ray spectra of human liver irradiated with thermal neutrons are shown in Figure 1.
332
Activation Analysis
99 UZES
-
9111
+
--
X - O Z L
Bjgs 6601 quse LLOL
.-
=--I
3
( 3 a ) wVz
LPE P 3 5 , ~ 9EE )Iz* ELE
Wcoz
+
@ S s r 8LZ essl S 9 2
.t I
)
f
, I
(U
13,s
(U
m
OZE
7 t
(UE (U
&j
Z
E
..
m
Volume 11
333
111. APPLICATION Because of the high sensitivity and versatility in addition to its multielement capability, thermal neutron activation analysis has been successfully applied to many kinds of biological materials. It is impossible to summarize all research on biological materials ever done by INAA, since the applications of NAA in this field have been multitudinous ever since the 1970s. The publications selected in this section mainly outline the publications on INAA.
A. INSTRUMENTAL NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS (INAA) 1. Human Organs and Tissues Trace element researchers have been interested in the concentrations of trace elements in nearly every human organ or tissue and body fluids. The elemental composition of the human tissues and body fluids were compiled in the work by Iyenger et al.' The importance of essential elements has been recognized as well as the toxicity of some elements. A variety of elements are closely related to human health and disorder. A meaningful understanding of trace element requirements in human metabolism and health depends on the determination of the concentrations of trace elements in body tissues and fluids. NAA as a multielement technique has covered a substantial part of the research on the first step determining the contents of elements in normal healthy individuals and thereby on the correlation with disorder or diseases. Heydorn2 presents the recommended concentrations for a number of trace elements in a variety of human tissues and blood, and Cornelis3+eviewed the detailed recent investigation on NAA.
a. Liver Liver is physiologically a very important organ and has drawn most of the attention of trace element researchers. Many publications dealt with this organ to aim the multielement determination by NAA. Liver contains a variety of trace elements with high contents compared with the other organs or tissues. The normal concentration levels of trace elements in healthy human liver obtained by NAA are presented in Table 3, which is based mainly on the data by RNAA from Lievens et al.3' with additional data on INAA. They analyzed 25 trace elements in 8 segments of each of 5 normal human livers. The results showed a marked homogeneity for the elements Cd, C1, Cu, Fe, Mg, Mn, Rb, Se, and Zn since their CV are smaller than 10%. The highest range observed for the elements As, Br, Co, Cr, Hg, La, Mo, Na, and Sb within a liver is smaller than the range observed among the five livers. Persigehl et al.s8 pointed out that the concentrations in the normal individuals as well as in the different organs are not always fixed values and depend on age, if the subjects were in good health, and if the samples were treated with no contamination or loss. The contents of Co, Cr, Cs, Fe, Rb, Sb, Sc, Se, and Zn increased in liver with age. Trace element concentrations may be also affected by food intake and environmental factors. Tijoe et al.3' discussed the rare-earth element (REE) distribution patterns in human liver and other tissues. An interesting phenomenon, a reduced retention of the heavier REEs in the liver or an increased retention of the lighter REEs that may be related to the specific metabolic function of this organ, was reported. These findings were not observed for aorta, heart and kidney.
b. Other Tissues Attempts have been made to determine simultaneously the normal concentration of multielements in a variety of human organ and t i s s ~ e s . The ~ ~ .representative ~~ studies for the other tissues are presented in Table 4. Trace elements are not always distributed homogeneously in tissues. This heterogeneity results from the functional differences in different parts of organ or tissue. The higher content of Cd in the cortex than in the medulla of kidney is well recognized, and Damsgaard et a1.49
334
Activation Analysis
TABLE 3 Reference Values of Trace Element Concentration in Human Liver Element (unit)
n
Mean
Range
Ref.
2.3-12.3
33
As (ppm)
5
6.5
Au (ppb)
11
0.16
Br (ppm)
5 18
2.06 3.22
0.72-7.12 2.3M.54
33 34
Cd (ppm)
5 15 18
2.61 1.49 7.61
0.81-7.14 0.1145.2
33 36 34
23-39 29-61
33 34
CO (ppb)
Cr (ppb)
Cs(ppb)
5 18
34 48
5 15
5.4 40.7
Range
Ref.
20 14
3.143
33 36
171 220
148--173 137-288
33 34
1.41 1.79
1.07-2.12 0.962.93
33 34
0.37 0.71
0.16-4.72
33 36
4.86 6.8
2.9-6.3 3.9-6.3
33 34
11
2. &20
13.4
2.5-17.7
33 34
36
2.2-10.1
33 36
5 18
11.8 13.5
5.7-25.0 4.0-16.0
33 34
Cu (ppm)
5 18
7.4 9.0
4.6-8.4 3.8-30.2
33 34
Fe (ppm)
5 18
205 226
21450 32-5 12
33 34
5 18 3
77 131 56
55-108 22480 33-93
33 34 35
Hg (ppb)
Mean
0.26 0.27 0.60
0.22-0.33 0.31-0.97
33 36 34
7.0
2.5S13.4
37
59.0 56.2
52.5-46.0 30.4--108
33 34
Note: Unit is based on wet weight.
also showed that kidney tissue is very heterogeneous, as far as Se and Zn are concerned. Brain is a most complex and highly specialized organ in the body. NAA has been applied in studies on the topographical distribution of trace elements in the different regions of brain. The concentrations of Fe, Rb, and Zn were found to differ significantly between defined functional regions and to relate to metabolic functions associated with these region^.^' Distinct patterns of distribution were also shown for As, Mn, and Se.41Markesbery et aLS8revealed several different patterns in the concentrations with aging. The concentrations of Al, C1 and Na increase with increasing age, while those of K, P and Rb decline. For Ag, Co, Fe, Sb, and Sc, the increase up to the 40 to 79 age range and then the decline were observed. Bratter et a1.43showed that the trace elements are distributed in varying degrees within a bone and throughout the skeltone their variation seems to be related to the functional and structural conditions of the sampling site. c.
Hair
Hair can be readily collected from individuals and can be easily handled. Many researchers have also been interested in human hair as a biopsy material. To date, a considerable amount of data on trace elements in the hair of normal healthy populations have been reported by researchers in more than 20 countries.59In total, 40 elements were determined. RyabukhidO drew some preliminary conclusions comparing the compiled data. The trace element distribution profiles within several segments of human long hair were in~estigated.~]
Volume 11
335
TABLE 4 Applications of NAA for Various Human Organs and Tissues Organ or tissue
Brain
Bone
Dental tissue Eye Kidney
Method
Elements
RNAA ENAA INAA INAA INAA INAA ENAA INAA INAA RNAA INAA INAA
As Mn Se Ag-Zn(l8)
Ref.
41 42
Ba-Zn(25) Ag-Zn(l1) Co-Zn(8)
Topographical distributions in 24 brain areas Roles of trace elements in Alzheimer's disease and in aging Iliac crest of 69 ancient skeletons, normal levels Skeletal diseases patient and control 9 sections across the tibia
Co-Zn(5)
Ecological area, stomatological operation condition
46
Co-Zn(7) Ag-Zn( 14) Se Zn
Normal and different types of senile cataractous lenses Relative distribution of trace elements in various tissues Difference in the concentration between cortex and medulla Normal level of trace elements Elemental homogeneity in tissue, accumulation by inhaled dust Summary of literature data of 31 elements Distribution of elements for normal and disease tissues Positive correlations for each elements Trace element distribution in normal tissue, Menkes disease Normal skin, benign and malignant lesion, tissue contamination
47 48 49
Nail Pancrea Pineal body Placenta
INAA INAA RNAA INAA INAA INAA RNAA
Au-Zn(7) Co-Zn(7) Ca-Zn(8) As-Zn(5)
Skin
INAA
Cu Mn Zn
Lung
Remarks
Br-Zn( 13) Au-Zn(22)
43 44 45
50 51
52 53 54 55 56
Today, hair analysis trends toward two main circumstances. One intention is to evaluate the environmental exposure. Hair has a property to adsorb and retain trace elements from its environment on its surface. The great efforts have concentrated on using hair as an indicator to assess the degree of exposure to the environmental trace element pollution.h2h5 Another focuses on the question of whether hair is an effective index of the burden of elements within human organs or tissues and whether it gives a correlation between a certain clinical symptom and the trace element content in it. Hair is one of the metabolic final products which, owing to its growth, reflects the biomedical history of an individual. The higher Hg content in head hair of dentists and persons who consumed mercurycontaminated fish are until now well recognized. The level of Hg in hair reflects the mercury intake with foods even under normal conditions. Figure 2 presents the contents of Hg in normal human hair, liver, and kidney. It appears that hair can be regarded as a sensitive indicator of the mercury accumulation in kidney. In order to discuss the significance for the other element pollution in the body, it is necessary to know the distribution of various elements between hair and critical organs. The applications of hair analysis with diseased patients are described in the item of medical science. There is the problem of washing in hair analysis. It appears questionable whether a removal of the external contamination by the IAEA washing procedure is perfect for hair analysis in assessment of the internal body burdens. Although the IAEA procedure may be considered as adequate in monitoring the trace elements in hair from the environmental exposure, it showed the leaching of some elements from the interior of the materia1.59.65A more detailed examination of the washing procedure should be studied with respect to the degree of the removal of exogeneous elements as well as to the degree of retainment of endogeneous elements. Multielement analysis of advantage on NAA becomes a complicating factor, since it cannot be expected that a particular washing procedure will be adequate for all elements and for the various ways of contamination.
336
Activation Analysis
Hg in hair ( u g l g ) FIGURE 2. Relationships between Hg concentration in hair and liver and kidney; 0,Reference 66; a, Reference 67.
2. Human Body Fluids a. Blood Whole blood is constituted of various components, serum, red and white blood cells, platelets, etc. Since serum is the primary transport medium that canies nutrients to the metabolizing cells and removes their metabolites,the majority of the publications deal with -~' and C o r n e l i ~reviewed ~~ the trace element concentrations in serum and p l a ~ m a . ~ *Versiek the normal levels of 18 trace elements in human blood plasma or serum. The report by W~ittiez'~ deals with the studies on the role of trace elements in human health and disease
Volume I1
337
and also gives the composition of literature data for elemental contents obtained by NAA in human serum. Trace elements in erthrocytes can also similarly be determined with INAA.74 The concentrations of 14 elements in platelets have been reported by Iyengar and cow o r k e r ~ , ~who " ~ ~ investigated with great efforts the avoidance of the contamination in sampling and sample preparation of platelets for trace element analysis. Ward and Ryan77 determined the concentrations of 27 elements in whole blood, in which Al, Ba, Br, Ca, Cu, I, Mg, Mn, Mo, Rb, and V were irradiated after a removal of Na by HAP. Mosulishvili et al.7nand Lin79 instrumentally analyzed multielements in human whole blood. Mosulishvili et al. drew the conclusion that for most essential elements, the intervals of age-dependent concentration variations were rather smaller; on the other hand, for several rare-earth, e.g., La and Tb, the tendency of element accumulation with age should be noted. One of the important problems in the analysis of trace elements at very low levels in blood is the interfering reactions. In the analysis of A1 and As, the contributions from the 28A1and 76Asproduced by the ( n p ) reaction should be taken into account. It is also impossible to determine accurately the contents of Cr or Mn in whole blood without the correction due to the contribution from the 54Fe ( n p ) 5'Cr or 56Fe (n,p) 56Mnreactions. Few publications have investigated these effects on analysis of whole blood. The contributions by the respective reactions using the Fe concentration in whole blood' are calculated, in a neutron flux of loL2order, to be equivalent to 3.5 ng for Cr and 5.4 ng for Mn.
b. Urine The elemental composition of urine reflects the function of kidneys in regulating the electrolytes and water metabolism of the body. Urine excretes the bulk of As, Br, Ca, C1, Co, F, Mg, Na, P, Rb, etc. Cornelis et a1.80 determined the total amounts of 17 major and trace elements in urine in 24-h collections by INAA and RNAA. The problems in analysis of urine, collection, and sample preparation, and contamination hazards during irradiation were systematically examined in detail. An apparent transfer of Cr from the polyethylene bag was observed. c. Amniotic Fluid Amniotic fluid performs various functions including fetal protection and temperature regulation. Ward et a1.81determined the levels for 30 or more elements in amniotic fluid using RNAA. Some elements showed significant difference in the variations of the element concentrations between normals and the varying gestational periods. The values of Co, Rb, and Se in amniotic fluids with normal pregnancy and with prolonged pregnancy did not show any significant difference, while the zinc values with prolonged pregnancy were significantly lower than those with normal case.82
d. Milk In order to assess the daily intake of trace elements by infants, it is important to obtain detailed knowledge of their concentrations and variations in human milk. Milk is the only source of nutrients during the neonatal period. The levels of trace elements in milk, which are about one tenth of the levels encountered in most of the living tissues, are extremely low.' NAA has been proved to be a most important technique used in the analysis of trace elements in milk. This is well illustrated by the interlaboratory comparison of A-1 1 Milk Powder conducted by IAEA.n3 NAA could contribute to estimate the concentrations of 21 elements in 27 elements for which definite results were received, and contribute to 40% of all results and all results for 7 elements.84 Little information is available on the change in composition of many elements throughout lactation. Dang and co-workersn5radiochemically determined the concentrations of As, Cu, Mn, Mo, and Zn in human milk at different stage of lactation. Except for As, the concen-
338
Activation Analysis
trations of the other trace elements showed a declining trend with the progress of lactation. It is also observed that their levels in breast milk were influenced by food intakes by mothers. They also determined the concentrations of trace elements in breast milk obtained from mothers of two different socioeconomic Significant difference in Zn level was found in the results between two groups. Ten elements, Al, Br, Ca, C1, I, K, Mg, Mn, and Na in human milk were analyzed by INAA which is rapid, simple, and sensitive enough for the determination of these elements." The results obtained were compared with those of two other types of infant diet, infant formulas and cow's milk. The selenium contents in human colostrum and transitional and mature milk were estimated by INAA." The higher values were found in colostrum, and a significant decrease with increasing time post partum was observed. Mature milk exhibited a selenium content of 230 ppb with a range of 90 to 432 ppb dry weight (n = 45). For analysis of major and trace element in cow's milk and the IAEA A-1 1 Milk Powder, both instrumental and radiochemical NAA, for Au, Hg, and Se by the latter, were applied for the determination of 16 element^.'^ The results obtained by NAA were compared with those by AAS and PIXE, subsequently the reproducibility and, therefore, precision for most trace elements by NAA was quite satisfactory.
3. Medical Science Symptoms and progress of diseases are often marked by changes in the elemental composition of body tissues and fluids. It is not always clear whether such changes are cause or consequence of disease, but most medical researchers would agree that it is important to measure them to monitor the progress of the condition. Activation analysis has potentially made an important contribution to medical science, and the importance of it has been increasing. The present state of activation analysis technique has been described in detail in the reviewg0 and in the section of disease at the international symp~siurn.~' Heydron2 presents a detailed survey of trace element anomalies in terms of various diseases. Blood and serum have often been chosen as the objective materials, even though the concentration of an element in blood or serum may not actually reflect its concentration at its site of action. A total of 13 elements in whole blood of cancer patients (breast tumor, Hodgkin's disease, testicarcinoma, and uterine cancer) and controls determined by INAA.92 Statistical analysis showed that, with a very high probability, Co and Fe are lower, and Na, C1, La, and Ta are higher in the cancer patients. Chromium, zinc, and bromine also showed differences between the two groups. Significantly lower levels of Co, Se, and Zn were found in maternal blood serum and cord serum of women with prolonged pregnancy as compared to those in sera of mothers with normal pregnancy.'O The serum samples of the patients suffering from cancer, Down syndrome, and Banti syndrome were analyzed.69The cancer patients had below normal concentrations of Al, Co, Cu, Fe, Mn, Rb, Se, and Zn. The Down syndrome patients were found to have similar deficiencies in Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, Mn, Sb, and Zn. RNAA was used for the determination of Cu in serum and cerebrospinal fluids of schizophrenic patients against controls.93The serum molybdenum concentrations in healthy subjects and in patients with diseases of the liver and biliary system were determined by Versiek et a]." The level was found to be markedly elevated in the initial phase of acute viral hepatitis in parallel with the liver function tests. The significant correlations were found between the serum molybdenum concentration and the serum levels of GOT and GPT. Trace element correlations in hair and tissues have also been studied. The elemental concentrations of 20 elements in head hair of cancer patientsg5and impaired renal functional patients following chronic hemodialysisg6were measured. Significant differences with the cancer patients were observed for several elements, especially for Au, I, and Se. The hair of the dialysis patients contained about ten times more iodine than that of the control group. The contents of 13 elements in hair samples from the controls and diseased infants (Muco Cataneous Lymphnode Syndrome and Acute Hepatitis) were analyzed.97
Volume 11
339
Damsgaard et al.55 determined the trace element distribution in placental tissue and amniotic fluid with special emphasis on Cu in relation to trace elements. There was no significant difference between the concentrations of As, Mn, Se, and Zn in normal placental tissues and tissues from males affected with Menkes disease. The distribution profiles of Co, Cr, Se, and Zn were shown for three parts, such as head, body, and tail, of normal pancreas, and pancreatic cancer and pancreatic calculi.53 Manganese, copper, and zinc in normal skin and benign and malignant lesions were analyzed.56 The significant differences in Cu and Mn concentrations were associated with malignancy or benignity: the average values of Mn in normal skin and in benign and malignant lesions were 0.1, 1.1, and 4.7 pg/g dry, respectively, and the Cu concentrations in malignant sampl.es averaged 308 pglg compared to a value of 4.3 pg/g for normal skin. INAA was applied for the analysis of 19 minor and trace elements in cholesterol-type gallstone.9xGallstone is one of the more common and important diseases. In comparison with the concentration levels of the elements encountered in normal fluids and tissues, the contents of Al, Ca, Cu, I, Mn, P, and S showed very high values. concretion^^^ and renal stonesloo were also analyzed by INAA for 7 and for 12 elements, respectively. The concentrations of 1I elements in human dental calculus were determined.lO' The regional distribution of Cu and eight trace elements was investigated in the brain of a deceased patient with Wilson's disease and compared against a control brain. lo* The copper contents in diseased brains are higher by a factor of 1.9 to 6.2 than the value of a control of 23.2 ~ g / dry g weight on average. For the other elements, neither of these concentrations changed significantly nor decreased in the diseased brain samples. Ehmann et al.42determined the concentrations of 18 elements in human whole brain with Alzheimer's disease. These results indicate a significant increase in the mean values (age matched) for Br, Cl, Co, Hg, and Na, and a decrease for Cs and Rb in Alzheimer's disease as compared to control samples. An interesting application of INAA is the determination of trace elements in human tissues ' ~ ~ tissues of patients after a removal of the hip-joint prostheses made of C o - C r - a l l ~ y s . The with metal implants exhibited a heavy burdening by corrosion product (Co-Cr-Ni) from the prostheses.
4. Animal Tissues and Body Fluids A variety of species of animals have been commonly used as models of the human biosystems in nutritional, physiological, and biochemical studies. Rats and mice have been selected as especially convenient animals for these studies in terms of size, cost, and ease of handling. The elemental composition and variations in these animal tissues and body fluids have also been investigated. In view of the importance of the normal levels of trace elements, Kollmer et a].'" determined the concentrations of nine elements in brain, liver, spleen, uterus, ovary, and feces of rats using RNAA. Thereafter, various organs of rats were investigated by many researchers. These results are summarized in Table 5 along with those of mice. The concentrations of As, Cr, Sb, and Sc were in the magnitude of the detection limits or less in most of tissues. Sato and Katolo6 referred to the effect of the commercial diet intake with respect to trace element contents. MaziCre et a1.lo5determined the variation of the elemental composition of different organ and tissues in terms of age (20 d to 22 months). The more interesting accumulations of Fe in muscles and testis were revealed in addition to renal accumulation of Cd and Hg. In terms of age-dependence, SatoLogalso exhibited the detailed variation pattern of the contents of six elements in various organs of rats during mainly lactation period. Several variation patterns, (1) a steady state without significant variation, (2) accumulation until a steady level, (3) depletion until a steady level, (4) permanent depletion, and (5) initial drop followed gradual increase were revealed in their concentrations as a function of postnatal age. Ohmori and has hi mot^"^ showed the variations of 7 trace
340
Activation Analysis
Volume 11
341
element levels in guinea pig hair from 8 to 33 postnatal weeks. A total of 30 elements in 7 rat brain regions were determined by INAA."' Hypothalamus and hippocampus had higher elemental concentrations than other brain regions. The variations in concentrations of 12 elements in rat and mouse milk were investigated by INAA.Il2 The variation patterns on the progression of lactation day were given for each individual element, and the concentrations of Na, Mg, C1, K, Br, Rb, and I seem to be influenced by ordinary maternal dietary intakes. Both RNAA and INAA methods were applied for 18 elements in H6 solid tumors and livers from control mice and mice with tumors.lL3The concentrations of Al, C1, Cu, Mn, and Se were observed with a significant difference in the livers of the mice with tumors compared to the control group. INAA and RNAA were applied to the determination of trace elements in aquatic animals,'I4 in liver of various wild animal^,"^ mice organ of different inbred strains,Il6 and the new reference materials, shark muscle powder1l7and m u ~ s e l . "KostiC ~ and DraSkovid'19 investigated the distribution of Co, Cr, and Fe in samples starting with water system components, also species living in these systems, and biological tissues from rat and human organs. Czauderna and co-workers have applied INAA for the investigation of the variations in contents of Co, Fe, Hg, Rb, Se, and Zn in various mice organs after injections with selenodiglutathione, seleno-cystine, or NazTeO, in the presence of glutathione or cysteine,Iz0 and with seleno-methione and glutathi~ne,'~' and HgCI, and organic Se-compounds.'22
5. Botanical Materials Plant materials have been mainly analyzed in terms of the assessment of environmental contamination, the distribution of elements related to the composition in soil, and the intake of trace elements from foods. Since the elemental abundances in plant materials generally reflect the geological circumstances, the applications of INAA for these materials have been n~ultitudinousin the last few years. Especially, there are numerous publication^^^^-'^^ about the multitrace-element concentrations in cigarette tobacco from many countries in the world because of the demand for information on the inorganic elements which have been suspected of toxicity in tobacco leaves as well as in tobacco products and smoke. In a recent paper, the retention of the elements in cigarette to the cigarette ash,lZ7the inhalation of the smoke,'2a and the elemental changes in the cigarette filter before and after ~ m o k i n g "were ~ investigated. The recent applications for a variety of the botanical samples are summarized in Table 6 . 6. Short-Term Irradiation NAA As can be seen from Table 2, the radionuclides with half-lives of more than a few minutes have been routinely used in thermal NAA. The use of nuclides with half-lives in the range of a few seconds to 1 min can reduce the total experimental time. Only 10 min or less are required for one analysis including data evaluation, and a large number of samples can be analyzed routinely. This method is also advantageous for biopsy samples which are small and where repeated sampling is difficult or impossible since the samples are not destroyed during the irradiation, but can be used for further tests. Although the difficulties inherent in this method have precluded routine utilization, this method offers the possibility of the determination of many more elements and may expand the applicability of INAA. Guinn and Miller reviewed the advantages and disadvantages of short-term irradiation NAA.'47 They also investigated the applicability for 12 elements (Ba, Br, C1, F, Ge, Pb, S, Se, W, Y, Zr) and determined the contents of Br, C1, Pb, and Se in the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) orchard leaves and bovine liver. The representative application of this method is the determination of Se via 77mSe(T= 17.4 s). The NBS bovine liver and mice organs,I4' fish tissue^,'^'^'^^ and various tissues of
342
Activation Analysis
TABLE 6 Applications of NAA for Plant Materials Material Animal diet Aquatic plant
Crop Food Marine organism Medical plant
Method INAA INAA RNAA INAA RNAA INAA RNAA INAA INAA
Pine needle Seed SRM (tea leaves) Sugar cane
INAA INAA INAA INAA INAA INAA ENAA INAA
Tea leaves Herb plant Rice plant
INAA INAA INAA
Vegetable
INAA
Remarks
Ref.
Comparison with the catalogue values Possibility of accumulation of heavy metals, distribution in different parts Heavy metal pollution in aquatic ecosystem, computerderived analysis of data Tea, ginger, sesame, etc., environmental levels
130 131
Egg plant, potato, green pepper, etc., environmental levels Relation between the composition of the organisms and that of earth crust Distribution in leaves, petioles, rhizome, soil 12 species, environmental levels Roots, leaves, barks Change of the contents in progress of time, rinsing effect Relationship between cultivating conditions and varieties Correction for Na on Mg and Al, for Mg on Al
134
Characterization of pathogenic races of sugarcane smut fungus Transfer into drinkable portion Coincidence counting with Ge(Li) and NaI(T1) Withering disease of low-land rice occuring near iodine plant The control of Br content in vegetable
132 133
135 136 137 138 139
140 141
142 143 144 145 146
miniature swineI5O were analyzed. Wet tissues were lyophilized to remove water. This step greatly reduces the I9O contribution in the range of the 77mSephotopeak and significantly enhances the measurement precision. Serum samples were dialyzed against deionized water prior to lyophilization for desalting.lS0The detection limit for dialyzed-lyophilized serum of 1 ml is 5 ng. The detection limits obtained, 0.03 to 0.08 pg for 24 soft tissues, 0.15 pg for bone, and 0.3 pg for whole blood, are well below the normal Se content of the respective tissues. The results for the NBS bovine liver showed excellent accuracy and precision. Cyclic INAA via 77mSeapplied for the study on the Se contents in six biological SRMs and selenoproteins in bovine kidney.I5' Cyclic INAA through use of short and medium-lived radionuclides has been also applied to the botanical and zoological SRMs for the simultaneous determination of up to 17 elements within a few minutes of experimental time.'52 In this method, the irradiation-decay-counting of a sample is cyclically repeated. The gamma-ray spectrum of each cycle is cumulated to drastically improve counting statistics of the photopeak of interest. The radionuclide 6 6 Cwas ~ used for the determination of Cu in liver biopsies of up to about 5 mg in size.lS3The optimal conditions to minimize the main interference from the gamma rays of 24Naand 38Clwere discussed. The lithium analysis via the 'Li (n,y) 'Li (T = 0.84 s) reaction was investigated for precision, interference, and detection limit.Is4This method was applied to a few biological samples including the Bowen's Kale and the NBS orchard leaves following P-counting with a Cerencov detector beginning at 0.3 s after the end of irradiation. B. EPITHERMAL NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS (ENAA) In INAA of biological material, the interferences due to the high activities induced from Br, C1, Mn, and Na which present in much higher concentrations, are imperative. ENAA
Volume 11
343
is an alternative method to solve these problems. A number of elements which are of particular interest from biological point of view, As, Cd, I, Mo, Sn, Sr, etc. exhibit the strong resonance peaks at neutron energies in the range of 5 to 500 eV. On the other hand, as the crosssections in the region of a resonance neutron of the interfering elements are relatively lower compared with those for a thermal neutron, it is expected that the activities of the abovementioned elements would be relatively enhanced in comparison with those of the interfering elements. In ENAA by reactor neutrons, thermal neutrons are filtered out by an absorber with a high thermal neutron absorption cross-section. Until recently, most of the studies have been performed using cadmium as a thermal neutron filter. It is, however, practically disadvantageous because of the residual activity produced from cadmium which may cause a radiation safety problem in both removal of a sample from container and reuse of it for subsequent irradiations. More recently, boron and boron compounds, such as B4C and BN, have been used as a filter. These compounds have some favorable physical properties, enough thermal resistivity and strong resistance to radiation damage, and there are only weakness that the impurities in these compounds are activated. A serious weakness in use of these materials is the exothermic 'OB (n,ol) 7Li reaction, which causes the excessive heat generation within a sample container. It is striking at the irradiation by high flux reactors. This heat accelerates the thermal decomposition of organic compounds in biological samples producing high pressures in a sample container. Chisela et al.'" investigated the heat generation in boron carbide. Alfassi discussed different type of ENAA and their relative advantage^.'^^ Iodine, one of the biologically essential elements which is in very low concentrations in usual biological materials, has been determined by many researchers on various animal tissues,'58 various foodstuff^,'^^ and blood serum. 16* S R M S , 1~5 9~milks,160 ~ Phosphorus content in rat femur was determined by 31P(n,cx) 28A1reaction with a B4C filter without the interference of A1.Ib3Similarly, A1 and P in bones by measuring the 28A1 activity in bare and Cd-covered samples irradiated on reactor neutrons were simultaneously determined. 'M The application of multielement determination has also been done. Kostadinov and D j i n g ~ v adeveloped '~~ a scheme for INAA based on a combination of thermal and epithermal neutron irradiation. The concentrations of 27 elements in SRMS of the NBS and the IAEA and human serum and plasma were determined. ENAA proved to be the preferable technique for the determination of As, Ba, Cd, Cs, Eu, Rb, Sb, Sr, U, and Yb. The high advantage factors for elements As, Br, Cd, Cu, Fe, I, Mg, Mn, Mo, Sb, Se, Si, Sn, Sr, and Zn were also ~ b t a i n e d . ] ~The ~ . ]detection ~~ limits of 24 elements were studied in the NBS orchard leaves and bovine liver and the IAEA animal mussel, and Bowen's Kale.I6* The lower detection limits have been found for some elements, As, Au, Ba, Br, Cd, Mo, Ni, Sb, Se, Sm, and U, with a cadmium filter. The use of B in conjunction with Cd filter leads to the theoretically improved sensitivities for 21 elements in biological material.169 The use of ENAA via long-lived radionuclide was studied for the determination of trace elements in human erythrocytes, plasma, urine, and some biological SRMs.I7OThe concentrations of Br, Cs, Fe, Rb, Se, and Zn were determined after minimal decay time. This method provides similar accuracy and reliability, but is faster in time compared with a conventional thermal neutron activation.
C. FAST NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS (FNAA) The application of FNAA with reactor neutrons or of the use of 14-MeV neutrons generated by an accelerator is still useful as a complementary method of thermal NAA, especially for light elements. Ahafia and Jiggins"' have considered the effects of sample mass and matrix composition on the yields of the radionuclides produced by recoil protons in FNAA, especially on the
344
Activation Analysis
reaction 13C (p,n) I3N in the nitrogen determination. The crude protein content of various cornmeals and nonconventional seeds have been measured by 14-MeV FNAA via 14N(n,2n) 13N r e a ~ t i 0 n . This l ~ ~ rapid method is useful for the nondestructive determination of protein content. Instrumental FNAA combined with thermal INAA were applied for the analysis of P and Ca in Ca-hydr~xyapatite'~~ and small bone ~ a m p 1 e s .This l ~ ~ simple technique proved to give a quick and accurate analysis of these elements even in samples which are too small for chemical analysis. Woittiez and Das'75 analyzed the contents of Ca, F, and P in the IAEA Animal Bone using the reactions of (n,p) 44K, 19F(n,2n) 18Fand 31P(n,a) 28A1. The activation using 14-MeV neutrons was applied to the determinations of K, N, P, and Si in fertilizer and plant materials.176The interferences due to carbon and oxygen were considered. Good agreement was obtained between the results by FNAA and those by chemical analyses. For the investigation of the applicability of a neutron generator, the data of the specific count-rates for 66 elements were obtained. The procedure was satisfactorily applied for the analyses of Ca, C1, Fe, K, Mg, N, and Si in three biological S R M S . ' ~ ~
D. INSTRUMENTAL PHOTON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS (IPAA) INAA has been successfully applied to the determination of many elements in single sample, while the strong activities produced from abundant elements distort or mask the lower activities from the elements of interest. An alternative activation method for multielement research is photon activation by the (y,n) or by the (y,p) processes. PAA enables the determination of many of the elements, such as C, N, 0 , F, Ni, Sr, Zr, Mo, I, and Pb, that is difficult by INAA, and PAA has excellent potential for multielement determination as described in the review by Gladney on the applications of various biological S R M S . ' ~ ~ There have been few publications of PAA on biological materials in the past because irradiation facilities are very rare. Chattopadhyay and J e ~ i s developed '~~ an instrumental method for simultaneous determination of 19 elements in the NBS orchard leaves with a 45-MeV electron linear accelerator. Kato and collaborators investigated the sensitivities and precisions of 16 elements with 30-MeV bremsstrahlung and analyzed the multielement contents of the various SRMs, orchard leaves, bovine liver, Bowen's Kale, and Kentucky 1R1 Tobacco Leaves,180and tobacco leaves and commercial cigarettes. lX1Instrumental PAA has been developed for the determination of iodine in a wide range of biological materials, the NBS SRMs, diet, feces.'x2 Reproducibilities of 2 5 to 10% were achieved. IPAA has been applied for the determination of Zr in the NBS orchard leaves and bovine liver, and various rat tissues.'83 The detection limits are 0.1 kg for the orchard leaves, 0.04 kg for the bovine liver and animal tissues. The zirconium contents of animal tissues obtained in this work appear to be significantly lower than the values reported earlier. Galatanu and Engelman~~ analyzed l~~ the element contents in human hair. A careful application on the interferences makes analysis possible with the practical detection limits between 0.1 and 100 kg/g for 14 elements. Yagi and Masumoto developed some new standardization methods. One of these methods requires neither correction of the inhomogeneities of flux between the sample and comparative standard, nor that of the self-shielding effects, and it has been applied to the determination of Co, Ni, Rb, and Sr, in the NIES pepperbush.lS5The precision and accuracy of this method are proved to be valid. The stable-isotope dilution activation analysis, which is applicable only when the self-shielding effect of the sample is negligible, is effective in the case of PAA. The usefulness of this method was verified by PAA of Sr in the NBS tomato leaves and citrus leaves. lg6 The spectroscopy of the low energy photon (LEP), the characteristic X-ray, and soft yray in the energy region of less than 100 KeV, may be used as a complementary method to y-ray spectrometry of the activated sample. Sato and KatolX7investigated the self-absorption effect of LEP in biological samples and an applicability and the relative detectabilitj
Volume I1
345
to y-ray spectrometry of 32 elements for the quasi-biological matrix. They found that Ba, Br, I, Mo, Pb, Se, Zn, and some REEs were detected with high sensitivities by LEPS in comparison with y-ray spectrometry. In Table 7, the results of human liver and kidney by LEPS were shown along with the results obtained by INAA.lS8
E. CHARGED PARTICLE ACTIVATION ANALYSIS (CPAA) There was little utilization of charged particles, such as protons and alpha-particles, for biological materials in the past. CPAA has some disadvantages; a high temperature generation in irradiation, the difficulty in preparation of the target sample, and the necessity of the estimation of the yield curve on competing reactions. This technique may become, however, applied to biological samples due to the recent pervasion of cyclotrons for multipurpose, especially for medical use. CPAA can be also considered as a complementary method for the determination of light elements, which is difficult by NAA. Constantinescu et a1.Ix9 have developed a fast instrumental protein content analysis in cereals for measuring the total nitrogen content through the reaction I4N (p,n) I4O (T = 71 s). A good correlation has been obtained between the results of the nuclear determination and those of the chemical Kjeldahl method. Cantone and co-workers investigated the potentiality of (p,xn) activation analysis by a AVF cyclotron for trace elements analysis in biological materials. The concentrations of Cu, Fe, Se, Sr, and Zn in human serum have been determined by the (p,2n) reaction.lgOThey also investigated the quantitative contents of Cd and Ti in human serum by the (p,n) reaction.lgl Proton activation was investigated for the analysis of Pb in the NBS SRMs with a detection limit of 0.1 ppm, and the Pb contents in serum and red blood cells were also determined.lg2 Phosphorus is one of the light elements which are difficult to determine by INAA or IPAA. Phosphorus in five kinds of the NBS and NIES SRMs could be determined using the reaction of 31P (a,n) 34mCl(T = 32.0 min)."' Phosphorus can be determined at a detection limit of I k g free from interferences due to the matrix elements, and this method is sufficiently accurate, selective, fast, and simple. In this technique, it is very difficult to bombard both sample and comparative standard with the same flux in regard to the intensity and the energy distribution. Yagi and Masumoto have proposed a new internal standard method which is applicable to all sorts of activation analysis, and successfully applied it to determine the contents of P, C1, K, and Ca in control serum by alpha particle activation analysis,194and the contents of Ca, Ti, Fe, Zn, As, Sr, Zr, and Mo in the NBS oyster, brewers yeast, and the NIES mussel by the respective (p,n) reactions. Ig5 The stability of a sample during charged particle bombardment is of fundamental importance. Xenoulis et al.Ig6 investigated the yield alteration on freeze-dried plant and animal specimens as well as on targets prepared by air drying at several temperatures.
F. RADIOCHEMICAL NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS (RNAA) With multielemental INAA, it is often necessary to wait a long period of time (about 4 weeks) after irradiation for decay of the interfering nuclides to reach sufficiently low level, and even then, a long counting period may be required to give acceptable precision. In INAA on biological samples, the very strong activities, due to 24Na, 80Br, 36Cl, and the bremsstrahlung of 72P induced from the abundant elements in biological materials often restrict the determination of such elements of interest in biological study as As, Cd, Cu, Mo, etc. with short and medium half-lives, which cannot usually be instrumentally determined. Subsequently radiochemical procedures are required for the separation of these elements. The purpose of radiochemical separation is not the removal of matrix effects occurring in other analytical methods but the elimination of interfering radionuclides with the strong activities or overlapping y-rays, and the sensitivity of elements of weak activities consequently raises.
346
Activation Analysis
Volume 11
347
The hydrated antimony pentoxide (HAP) developed by Girrardi and S a b b i ~ n i has '~~ shown an excellent selectivity for Na with a decontamination factor exceeding 10l0. Among 60 elements tested, only tantalum was retained with sodium. This research stimulated the development of a variety of inorganic exchangers, and the group separation procedures, separating the samples into three to five groups, have developed in conjunction with distillation, ion exchanger, and solvent extraction. The automatic or semi-automatic group-separation schemes have been also developed for the elimination of the risk of systematic and random error. They are, however, scarcely used outside the laboratory where they were designed. Many volatile trace elements, e.g., Hg, I, Sb, Se, etc. are very interesting in biological works. One must be cautious of the loss and the recovery of these elements. Some recent developments in separation techniques on activation analysis are summarized by Braun et a1.19Vhispublication involves new ion exchanger or solvent and new techniques for their uses. Pietra et a1.'99 summarized the applications of 16 radiochemical separation schemes for NAA on various biological samples by themselves. These procedures are related to the separations of elements into groups that allow the determination of up to 50 elements or specific separations for single elements. The other current applications of RNAA for biological materials are summarized in Table 8 on the analyses from single to multielement. One modified approach in radiochemical separation is the concentration of elements or chemical species of interest prior to irradiation. Preconcentration is advantageous for the short-lived radionuclide determination, and also has the advantages of obtaining a large concentration factor and of eliminating the potential interference reactions, as compared with post-irradiation separation. Trace of gallium in the NBS orchard leaves was extracted with dithiocarbamate into an organic phase, followed by back-extraction of Ga with a Pb(NO,), solution.229After separation, the aqueous phase was heat-sealed in a polyethylene vial for irradiation. Vanadium in the NBS bovine liver, the Bowen's Kale,,09 and three botanical SRMsZ30was extracted with 8-hydroxyquinoline. The chemical yields on separation were determined by using carrier-free 48Vas a tracer. Uranium in two botanical NBS SRMs and the IAEA animal bone231is preconcentrated by coprecipitation with PAN in the presence of CyDTA being highly selective for U. The detection limits are about 5 nglg for 0.5 g samples. Copper and magnesium in human serum were analyzed by NAA after the removal of Na by HAP-column and of C1 by evaporation.232The radionuclide, Iz9I, released into the environment with the development of nuclear industry, was determined by the reaction of 1291(n,y)1301 on bovine thyroid gland233and seaweeds.234Ward and Ryan7' used HAP as a scavenger to the determination of 14 short-lived nuclides in the NBS bovine liver, human pooled whole blood, and serum. The results obtained for this SRM agree extremely well with both the certified and the information values. When the desired element is separated or concentrated before irradiation, a chemical yield has to be known. Tsukada et al. used an enriched isotope as an activable tracer.235The contents of Cd in four biological NIES SRMs (Cd contents, 0.070 to 6.7 ppm) were determined by an addition of an enriched stable l16Cd in preconcentration step. This method may be applied to many trace elements. The elemental distribution in subcellular fractions has been studied for 17 elements in beef heart,236for 11 elements in rat liver,Io7for 8 elements in monkey liver and kidney,237 and for 18 elements in bovine kidney.238The fractionation procedure was based on the differential centrifugation of tissue homogenate. The cytosol fraction in rat liver contained the greatest quantities of the elements observed except for Mn. The Mn content in the cytosol relative to the whole tissue is 24%, while those of the other elements are about 70 to 80%. Gel filtration were applied to the fractionation of rat liver cytosol protein,239and to the desalting and fractionation for multielement determination of human serum protein.2* The organic bound Br and C1 in human milk and serum were preseparated by using Bio-Gel
TABLE 8 Applications of RNAA for Biological Materials Remarks
Zr As Sb Au Pt Cd Hg As Cd Hg As Sb Se Cu Mn Zn Ag Cr Mn Zn As Cd Cu Mo Cu Fe Mn Zn As-Zn(5) Cd-Zn(5) Cd-Zn(8) Rare earth(8) Ag-Zn(l2) As-Zn(l2) Au-W(10) and Lanthanide As-Zn(l4) Ag-Zn(l6) Ag-Zn(25) As-Zn(25) Ag-Zn(35)
3 SRMs Fish muscle 2 Plant SRMs Foodstuffs Hair, food 10 SRMs Rice 3 SRMs Human serum Serum, urine Liver, serum Animal tissues 11 SRMs 2 SRMs, liver 3 SRMs Human tissues 9 SRMs 4 SRMs Fish solubles 6 SRMs, liver Human blood cells 3 SRMs, milk 2 SRMs, Hair Rat liver 8 SRMs, organs Animal tissues 6 SRMs 3 SRMs
HNO,/HClO,, extraction of ASH, with Ag-DDTC, 77Astracer tracer Pre-ashing, HAP column, adsorption of l""Cs on AMP, L34Cs HNOJH2S04, HAP and Ag 1 X 8 column, 67Gatracer HNOJH,SO,, Dowex 50W X 2 and 1 x 4 column in HBr medium HNOJH2S04, metal precipitation, Hg-thiocyanate H2S04/Na2S0,,cyclic extraction-stripping using CCI, NaOC1, precipitation as PdI,, ','I tracer HNOJHCIO,, Srafion NMRR ion exchange resin HN03/HCI04/H2S04,extraction with 8-hydroxyquinolinein CHCI, HN0,M2S04, extraction with TBP in toluene, 48Vtracer Pre-ashig, extraction with cuferron in CHCI,, 48Vtracer Fuming HNO,, precipitation as ZrO(H,PO,)-BaZrF6 Saturated Mg(NO,),, trap of hydride by active carbon HN03/H2S04,precipitation as Au, '98Pt(n,y)199Pt(p)-199A~ Teflone bomb digestion, extraction with Ni(DDC), and Zn(DDC), in CHCI, HNO, in autoclave, Cu grain and Zn ferrocyanide column HNOJH2S04, distillation followed by precipitation HNOJH,SO,, C,,-bonded silica gel column after selective complexation HNO,, HAP column, extraction-precipitation Teflone bomb digestion, extraction with DDTC in CHCI,, TDO column HNOJH2O,/HC1O4, extraction with DDTC and PTFE porous membrane HN03M2S04,sequential precipitation Saturated Mg(NO,),, extraction with 4-NDP and Na-DDTC HNOJH2S04, group separation with APDC extraction H2S04/H20,,polyantimonic acid column, Dowex 2 x 8 column HNOJH202, distillation, precipitation with thioacetoamide Wet destruction, volatilization, extraction Saturated Mg(NO,),, scavenging by activated carbon
8 SRMs, blood Rat liver Human Liver Diet 9 SRMs
H2S04/H202,automated, distillation, HAP-Dowex 2 x 8 column HNOJH202, extraction with mercury or zinc amalgam HNOJHCIO,, semi-automated destruction, distillation, ion exchanger HNOJH2S04,distillation, Tip-Zp-HAP column HN0,/H2S04, adsorption on active carbon by a few successive filtrations
Ref.
Volume 11
349
chromatography for the de~alting.'~'Blotcky and co-workers have developed a molecular NAA by combining NAA with such biochemical procedures as gel filtration and HPLC, and analyzed iodoamino acid and thyroid hormones,242chlorinated pesticides,243and trimethylselenium ion2"" in urine matrix. The combination of NAA with biochemical techniques like gel filtration, ion exchange chromatography, isoelectric focusing, dialysis, disk electrophoresis, and ultra-filtration provides a powerful tool for the isolation and identification of important metal-protein Even the introduction of preirradiation separation procedures loses NAA's advantage, NAA can still compete with the other analytical methods, since the advantages, such as high selectivity, sensitivity, and multielement capability of NAA are useful to very small samples produced by biochemical procedures. In order to permit the roles of trace elements in living matter to be fully understood, a knowledge of their localization and association within the cell is indispensable. The requirement of research introducing preseparation procedures on the effect of heavy metals at both cellular and molecular levels may be increased in the future.
REFERENCES 1. Iyengar, G. V., Kollmer, W. E., and Bowen, H. J. M., The Elemental Composition of Human Tissues and Body Fluids, Verlag Chemie, New York, 1978. 2. Heydorn, K., Neutron Activation Analysis for Clinical Trace Element Research. Vol. I and 11, CRC Press, Boca Raton, EX, 1984. 3 . Elemental Analysis of Biological Materials, Current Problems and Techniques with Special Reference to Trace Elements, Tech. Rep. Ser. No. 197, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1980, 105. 4. Behne, D., Sources of error in sampling and sample preparation for trace element analysis in medicine, J. Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem., 19, 115, 1981. 5. Iyengar, G. V., Post mortem changes of the elemental composition of autopsy specimens: variations of K, Na, Mg, Ca, Cl, Fe, Zn, Cu Mn and Rb in rat liver, Sci. Total Environ., 15, 217, 1980. 6. Iyengar, G. V., Kasperek, K., and Feinendegen, L. E., Postnatal changes of the elemental composition of autopsy samples: variations of caesium, cobalt and selenium in rat liver studied by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 69, 463, 1982. 7. Quality Assurance in Biomedical Neutron Activation Analysis, IAEA-TECDOC-323, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1984. 8. Versieck, J., Speecke, A., Hoste, J., and Barbier, F., Trace element contamination in biopsies of the liver, Clin. Chem., 19, 472, 1973. 9. Versieck, J., Barbier, F., Cornelis, R., and Hoste, J., Sample contamination as a source of error in trace-element analysis of biological samples, Talanta, 29, 973, 1982. 10. Donev, I. Y., Rapid homogenisation and drying of biological materials, J. Radioanal. Chem., 39, 317, 1977. 11. Iyengar, G. V., Homogenised sampling of bone and other biological materials, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 24, 35, 1976. 12. Iyengar, G. V.and Kasperek, K., Application of the brittle fracture technique (BFT) to homogenise biological samples and some observations regarding the distribution behaviour of the trace elements at different concentration levels in a biological matrix, J . Radioanal. Chem., 39, 301, 1977. 13. Nichols, J. A. and Hageman, L. R., Noncontaminating, representative sampling by shattering of cold, brittle, biological tissues, Anal. Chem., 51, 1591, 1979. 14. Kratochvil, B., John, M., Duke, M. and Ng, D., Evaluation of homogeneity of a certified reference material by instrumental neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 58, 102, 1986. 15. Iyengar, G. V., Kasperek, K., and Feinendegen, L. E., Retention of the metabolized trace elements in biological tissues following different drying procedures. I. Antimony, cobalt, iodine, mercury, selenium and zinc in rat tissues, Sci. Total Environ., 10, 1 , 1978. 16. Iyengar, G.V., Kasperek, K., and Feinendegen, L. E., Retention of metabolised trace elements in biological tissues following different drying procedures. Part 11. Caesium, cerium, manganese, scandium, silver, and tin in rat tissues, Analyst, 105, 794, 1980.
350
Activation Analysis
17. Snyder, W. S., Cook, M. J., Nasset, E. S., Karhausen, L. R., Howells, G. P., and Tipton, I. H., Report of the Task Group on Reference Man, ICRP Report No. 23, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1975. 18. Behne, D., Bratter, P., Gawlik, D., Rosick, U. and Schmelzer, W., Combination of protein separation methods and neutron activation analysis in the determination of protein-bound trace element fractions, in Nuclear Activation Techniques in the Life Sciences. IAEA-SM-227136, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1979, 117. 19. Pietra, R., Sabbioni, E., Springer, A., and Ubertalli, L., Analytical problems related to the preparation of samples used in studies on metallobiochemistry of heavy metals pollution using neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 69, 365, 1982. 20. Lievens, P., Cornelis, R., and Hoste, J., A separation scheme for the determination of trace elements in biological materials by neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chim.Acta, 80, 97, 1975. 21. Tu, S.-D. and Lieser, K. H., Multielement analysis of Chinese biological standard reference material by monostandard instrumental neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chern., Articles, 81, 345, 1984. 22. Tu, S.-D., Hanf, W., and Lieser, K. H., Monostandard instrumental neutron activation analysis of Chinese biological standard reference material using short-lived radionuclides, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 83, 283, 1984. 23. Muramatsu, Y. and Parr, R. M., Survey of currently available reference materials for use in connection with the determination of trace elements in biological and environmental materials, IAEAlRW128, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1985. 24. Byrne, A. R., Camara-Rica, C., Cornelis, R., de GNU, J. J. M., Iyengar, G. V., Kirkbright, G., Knapp, G. Parr, R. M., and Stoeppler, M., Results of a co-ordinated research programme to improve the certification of IAEA milk powder A-1 1 and animal muscle H-4 for eleven difficult trace elements,
Fresenius Z. Anal. Chern., 326, 723, 1987. 25. Mosulishvili, L. M., Kolomi'tsev, M. A., Dundua, V. Y., Shonia, N. I., and Danilova, O.A., Multielement standards for instrumental neutron activation analysis of biological materials, J . Radioanal. Chem., 26, 175, 1975. 26. Anderson, D. H., Murphy, J. J., and White, W. W., Gelatin multicomponent trace element reference material, Anal. Chem., 48, 116, 1976. 27. Suzuki, N., Iwata, Y. and Imura, H., Synthetic multi-element reference material with pseudo-biological matrix composition, Anal. Sci., 2, 335, 1986. 28. Tout, R. E. and Chatt, A., A critical evaluation of short-lived and long-lived neutron activation products for trace element determinations, Anal. Chim. Acta, 118, 341, 1980. 29. Erdtmann, G., Ed., Neutron Activation Tables, Verlag Chemie, New York, 1976. 30. Lederer, C. M. and Shirley, V. S., Eds., Table of 1~otopes,7th ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1978. 31. Iyengar, G. V., Loss of sample weight during long time reactor irradiation of biological materials, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 84, 201, 1984. 32. Cornelis, R., Trace element studies in the biosphere with neutron activation analysis, J. Trace Microprobe Technol., 2, 237, 1984-85. 33. Lievens, P., Versieck, J., Cornelis, R., and Hoste, J., The distribution of trace elements in normal human liver determined by semi-automated radiochemical neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem.. 37, 483, 1977. 34. Sato, T., Kato, Y., and Mori, K., unpublished data, 1987. 35. de Goeij, J. J. M., Volkers, K. J., and Tjioe, P. S., A search for losses of chromium and other trace elements during lyophilization of human liver tissue, Anal. Chim. Acta, 109, 139, 1979. 36. Plantin, L.-O., Trace elements in cardiovascular diseases, in Nuclear Activation Techniques in the Life Sciences, IAEA-SM-227195, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1979, 321. 37. Cornelis, R., Mess, L., Hoste, J., and Ryckebusch, J., Neutron activation analysis of vanadium in human liver and serum, in Nuclear Activation Techniques in the Life Sciences, IAEA-SM-227125, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1979, 165. 38. Persigehl, M., Schicha, H., Kasperek, K., and Feinendegen, L. E., Behaviour of trace element concentration in human organs in dependence of age and environment, J . Radioanal. Chem., 37, 61 1 , 1977. 39. Tjioe, P. S., Volkers, K. J., Kroon, J. J., and de Goeij, J. J. M., Distribution patterns of rare-earth elements in biological materials evaluated by radiochemical neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 80, 129, 1983. 40. Yukawa, M., Suzuki-Yasumoto, M., Amano, K., and Terai, M., Distribution of trace elements in the human body determined by neutron activation analysis, Arch. Environ. Health, 35, 36, 1980. 41. Larsen, N. A., Pakkenberg, H., Damsgaard, E., and Heydorn, K., Topographical distribution of arsenic, manganese and selenium in the normal human brain, J . Neurol. Sci., 42, 407, 1979. 42. Ehmann, W. D., Markesbery, W. R., Hossain, T. I. M., Alauddii, M., and Goodim, D. T., Trace elements in human brain tissue by INAA, J . Radioanal. Chem., 70, 57, 1982.
Volume 11
351
43. Bratter, P., Gawlik, D., Lausch, J., and Rosick. U., On the distribution of trace elements in human skeletons, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 393, 1977. 44. Kalashnikov, V. M. and Zaichik, V. E., Instrumental neutron activation determination of scandium, chromium, iron, cobalt, zinc, selenium, rubidium, silver, antimony, terbium, and mercury in bone tissue, Zh. Anal. Khim., 35, 530, 1980. 45. Kidd, P. M., Nicolaou, G., and Spyrou, N. M., Elemental composition and distribution of human tibia using nondestructive and destructive techniques of analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 70, 489, 1982. 46. DraSkoviC, R. J., JaCimoviC, L., StojifeviC, M., PajiC, P., and FilipoviC, V., Investigations of some elements distribution in dental tissues by INAA as a function of ecological and some other parameters, J. Radioanal. Chem., 70, 117, 1982. 47. Ordogh, M. and Rdcz, P., Investigations on inorganic elements in human lenses of normal and senile cataractous character, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 451, 1977. 48. Yamaguchi, T., Bando, M., Nakajima, A., Terai, M., and Suzuki-Yasumoto, M., An application of neutron activation analysis to biological materials. IV. Approach to simultaneous determination of trace elements in human eye tissues with non-destructive neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 57, 169, 1980. 49. Damsgaard, E., Bstergaard, K., and Heydorn, K., Concentrations of selenium and zinc in human kidneys, J . Radioanal. Chem., 70, 67, 1982. 50. De Reu, L., Cornelis, R., Hoste, J., and Ringoir, S., Instrumental neutron activation analysis of minor and trace elements in human kidneys, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 40, 51, 1979. 51. Vanoeteren, C., Cornelis, R., Versieck, J., Hoste, J., and De Roose, J., Trace element patterns in human lung tissues, J . Radioanal. Chem., 70, 219, 1982. 52. Kanabrocki, E. L., Kanabrocki, J. A., Greco, J., Kaplan, E., and Oester, Y. T., lnstmmental analysis of trace element in thumbnails of human subjects, Sci. Total Environ., 13, 131, 1979. 53. Terai, M., Matumoto, M., Suzuki, H., Tanizaki, Y., and Yukawa, M., Trace elements in human pancreas, Trace Elements Anal. Chem. Med. Biol., 3, 183, 1984. 54. Nathan, M., Hiick, A., Demmel, U., Kasperek, K., and Feinendegen, L. E., Elements in the human pineal body, J. Radioanal. Chem., 70, 209, 1982. 55. Damsgaard, E., Heydorn, K., and Horn, N., Trace elements in the placenta of normal foetuses and male foetuses with Menkes disease determined by neutron activation analysis, Trace Elements Anal. Chem. Med. Biol., 2, 499, 1983. 56. Parkinson, T. F., Millikan, L. E., and Anderson, D. F., Manganese, copper and zinc concentrations in human skin lesions, Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 30, 41 1, 1979. 57. Hikk, A., Demmel, U., Schicha, H., Kasperek, K., and Feinendegen, L. E., Trace element concentration in human brain, Brain, 98, 49, 1975. 58. Markesbery, W. R., Ehmann, W. D., Alauddin, M., and Hossain, T. I. M., Brain trace element concentrations in aging, Neurobiol. Aging, 5, 19, 1984. 59. Ryabukhin, Y. S., Ed., Activation Analysis of Hair as an Indicator of Contamination of Man by Environmental Trace Element Pollutions, IAEA/RL/SO, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1978. 60. Ryabukhin, Y. S., Nuclear-based methods for the analysis of trace element pollutions in human hair, J. Radioanal. Chem., 60, 7, 1980. 61. Yukawa, M., Suzuki-Yasumoto, M., and Tanaka, S.? The variation of trace element concentration in human hair: the trace element profile in human long hair by sectional analysis using neutron activation analysis, Sci. Total Environ., 34, 41, 1984. 62. Ohmori, S. and Hirata, M., Determination of bromine contents in blood and hair of workers exposed to methyl bromide by radioactivation analysis method, Jpn. J. Ind. Health, 24, 1 19, 1982. 63. Akashi, J., Fukushima, I., Imahori, A., Shiobara, S., Takahashi, Y., and Tomura, K., Multielement analysis of the hair of mining industry workers, J. Radioanal. Chem., 68, 59, 1982. 64. Obrusnik, I., SkiivPnek, O., UmlaufovP, M. and Hovorka, V., Neutron activation analysis of neonate and maternal hair sampled in areas with different levels of pollution, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Articles, 89, 561, 1985. 65. Katayama, Y. and Ishida, N., Determination of antimony in nail and hair by thermal neutron activation analysis, Radioisotopes, 36, 103, 1987. 66. Muramatsu, Y. and Parr, R. M., Determination of Some Trace Elements in Hair, Liver and Kidney Cortex by Neutron Activation Analysis, in the Second Research Co-ordinating Meeting, Neuherberg, September 2 to 5, 1985, 17-1. 67. Sato, T., Kato, Y., and Mori, K., unpublished data, 1987. 68. Behne, D. and Jiirgensen, H., Determination of trace elements in human blood serum and in the standard reference material Bovine Liver by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 42, 447, 1978. 69. Nakahara, H., Nagame, Y., Yoshizawa, Y., Oda, H., Gotoh, S., and Murakami, Y., Trace element analysis of human blood serum by neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 54, 183, 1979.
352
Activation Analysis
70. Kasperek, K., Kiem, J., Iyengar, G. V., and Feinendegen, L. E., Concentration differences between serum and plasma of the elements cobalt, iron, mercury, rubidium, selenium and zinc determined by neutron activation analysis, Sci. Total Environ., 17, 331, 1981. 71. Bratter, P., Negretti de Bratter, V. E., Rosick, U., and Stockhausen, H. B. V., Trace element concentration in serum of infants in relation to dietary sources, Trace Element Anal. Chem. Med. Biol., 4 , 133, 1987. 72. Versieck, J. and Cornelis, R., Normal levels of trace elements in human blood plasma or serum, Anal. Chim. Acta, 116, 217, 1980. 73. Woittiez, J. R. W., Elemental analysis of human serum and serum protein fractions by thermal neutron activation, ECN-147, Netherlands Energy Research Foundation, The Netherlands, 1984. 74. Krivan, V., Geiger, H., and Franz, H. E., Bestimmung von Fe, Co, Cu, Zn, Se, Rb and Cs in NBSOchsenlibir, Blutplasma und Erythrocyten durch INAA und AAS, Fresenius Z. Anal. Chem., 305, 399, 1981. 75. Kiem, J., Borberg, H., Iyengar, G. V., Kasperek, K., Siegers, M., Feinendegen, L. E., and Gross, R., Elemental composition of platelets. 11. Water content of normal human platelets and measurements of their concentrations of Cu, Fe, K and Zn by neutron activation analysis, Clin. Chem., 25, 205, 1979. 76. Kasperek, K., Iyengar, G. V., Kiem, J., Borberg, H., and Feinendegen, L. E., Elemental composition of platelets. Part 111. Determination of Ag, Au, Cd, Co, Cr, Cs, Mo, Rb, Sb and Se in normal human platelets by neutron activation analysis, Clin. Chem., 25, 711, 1979. 77. Ward, N. I. and Ryan, D. E., Multi-element analysis of blood for trace metals by neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chim. Acta, 105, 185, 1979. 78. Mosulishvili, L. M., Shonia, N. I., Ginturi, E. N., Efremova, E. Y., and Kharabadze, N. E., INAA results for metal traces in human whole blood, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 88, 121, 1985. 79. Lin, S.-M., Determination of trace elements in human whole blood by instrumental neutron activation analysis, Radioisotopes, 32, 155, 1983. 80. Cornelis, R., Speecke, A., and Hoste, J., Neutron activation analysis for bulk and trace elements in urine, Anal. Chim. Acta, 78, 317, 1975. 81. Ward, N., Bryce-Smith, D., Minski, M., Zaaijman, J. du T., and Pim, B., Multielement neutron activation analysis of amniotic fluid in relation to varying gestational membrane ruptures, Trace Element Anal. Chem. Med. Biol., 2, 483, 1983. 82. Antoniou, K., Vassilaki-Grimani, M., Lolis, D., and Grimanis, A. P., Concentrations of cobalt, rubidium, selenium and zinc in maternal and cord blood serum and amniotic fluid of woman with normal and prolonged pregnancies, J. Radioanal. Chem., 70, 77, 1982. 83. Dybczynski, R., Veglia, A., and Suschny, O., Report on the intercomparison run A-11 for the determination of inorganic constituents of milk powder, IAEAIRL168, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1980. 84. Suschny, O., Dybczynski, R., and Veglia, A., Comparison of neutron activation analysis with other analytical techniques for the determination of inorganic constituents of milk powder, J. Radioanal. Chem., 69, 147, 1982. 85. Dang, H. S., Jaiswal, D. D., DaCosta, H., and Somasundaram, S., Determination of trace elements in human milk and commercial milk formulae using neutron activation and radiochemical separation, J . Radioanal. Chem., 70, 163, 1982. 86. Dang, H. S., Desai, H. B., Jaiswal, D. D., Kayasth, S. R., and Somasundaram, S., A sequential multielement separation scheme for determination of As, Mn, Mo, Cu, and Zn in human milk by neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 77, 65, 1983. 87. Bergerioux, C. and Boisvert, J., Rapid neutron activation method for the determination of minerals in milk, Int. J. Nucl. Med. Biol., 6, 128, 1979. 88. Lombeck, I., Kasperek, K., Bonnermann, B., Feinendegen, L. E., and Bremer, H. J., Selenium content of human milk, cow's milk and cow's milk infant formulas, Eur. J . Pediatr., 129, 139, 1978. 89. Gharib, A., Rahimi, H., Pyrovan, H., Raofli, N. J., and Taherpoor, H., Study of trace elements in milk by nuclear analytical techniques, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 89, 31, 1985. 90. Burkinshaw, L., The contribution of nuclear activation techniques to medical science, J . Radioanal. Chem., 69, 27, 1982. 91. Proceedings of an International Symposium on Nuclear Activation Techniques in the Life Sciences, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1978, chap. 3. 92. Zdankiewicz, D. D. and Fasching, J. L., Analysis of whole blood by neutron activation: a search for a biochemical indicator of neoplasia, Clin. Chem., 22, 1361, 1976. 93. Lipcsey, A., Ordogh, M., Fekete, J., and Szab6, E., Application of neutron activation analysis and spectrophotometry for the determination of copper level in sera and cerebrospinal fluids of schizophrenic patients, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Articles, 88, 57, 1985. 94. Versieck, J., Hoste, J., Vanballenberghe, L., Barbier, F., Cornelis, R., and Waelput, I., Serum molybdenum in diseases of the liver and biliary system., J . Lab. Clin. Med.. 97, 535, 1981.
Volume I1
353
95. Moo, S. P. and Pillay, K. K. S., Trace element profiles in the hair of cancer patients, J. Radioanal. Chem., 77, 141, 1983. 96. Tomza, U. and Maenhaut, W., Trace elements in head hair of hemodialysis patients, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Lett., 86, 209, 1984. 97. Terai, M., Akabane, A., Ohno, K., Sakurai, S., Tsunoda, F., Hashimoto, K. and Nishida, G., An application of neutron activation analysis to biological materials. 11. The comparison of trace element contents in normal and diseased infant hairs, J . Radioanal. Chem., 52, 143, 1979. 98. Al-Kinani, A. T., Watt, D. E., East, B. W., and Harris, I. A., Minor and trace element analysis of gallstones, Analyst, 109, 365, 1984. 99. JaCimovii., L., DraSkoviC, R., and Ostojic, B., Determination of some trace elements in some human concretions, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 415, 1977. 100. Denov, I., Mashkarov, S., Maritchkova, L., and Gotsev, G., Quantitative investigation of some trace elements in renal stones by neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 441, 1977. 101. Molokhia, A. and Nixon, G. S., Studies of the composition of human dental calculus, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 83, 273, 1984. 102. Ordogh, M., Fazekas, S., Horvhth, E., 0v4ry, I., Pogany, L., Sziklai, I. L., and Szab6, E., The regional distribution of copper and other trace elements in the human brain with special reference to Wilson's disease, J. Radioanal. Chem., 79, 15, 1983. 103. Hofmann, J., Wiehl, N., Michel, R., Liier, F., and Zilkens, J., Neutron activation studies of the inbody corrosion of hip-joint prostheses made of Co-Cr-alloys, J . Radioanal. Chem., 70, 85, 1982. 104. Kollmer, W. E., Schramel, P., and Samsahl, K., Simultaneous determination of nine elements in some tissues of the rat using neutron activation analysis, Phys. Med. Biol., 17, 555, 1972. 105. Maziere, B., Loc'h, C., Stulzaft, O., Gaudry, A., and Comar, D., Application of neutron activation analysis to the study of the variations of the concentration of trace elements in various organs of rat as a function of age, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 617, 1977. 106. Sato, T. and Kato, T., Determination of trace elements in various organs of rats by thermal neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 53. 181, 1979. 107. Shinogi, M., Fukuda, K., Nakazawa, M., and Mori, I., The study of elements in organisms by neutron activation analysis. 111. The distribution of trace elements in various organs of normal rat and in cell fractions of rat liver, Chem. Pharm. Bull., 28, 2094, 1980. 108. Sato, T., unpublished data, 1980. 109. Sato, T., A study of the postnatal change in trace element levels in rat tissues by thermal neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem.. 76, 215, 1983. 110. Ohmori, S. and Hashimoto, K., Neutron activation analysis of trace metals in the hair and organs of small animals treated chronically with Hg and Mn, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Articles, 89, 277, 1985. 111. Chan, A. W. K., Minski, M. J., and Lai, J. C. K., An application of neutron activation analysis to small biological samples: simultaneous determination of thirty elements in rat brain regions, J. Neurosci. Med., 7, 317, 1983. 112. Sato, T., A study of the developmental changes in trace elements and minerals in rat and mouse milk by thermal neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 92, 293, 1985. 113. Chatt, A. and Tse, C.-S., Instrumental and radiochemical neutron activation analysis of neoplastic tissues, Trans. Am. Nucl. Soc., 44, 24, 1983. 114. Nagatsuka, S. and Tanizaki, Y., Determination of trace elements in Stenopsyche griseipennis by neutron activation analysis, Radioisotopes, 30, 253, 1981. 115. Turkstra, J., Harthoorn, A. M., Beukes, P. J. L., and Brits, R. J. N., The influence of seasonal changes in the concentration of trace elements in liver tissue of various wild animals determined by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 473, 1977. 116. Siegers, M. P., Kasperek, K., Heiniger, H. J., and Feinendegen, L. E., Distribution of trace elements in organs of mice different inbred streams, J . Radioanal. Chem., 37, 421, 1977. 117. Taguchi, M., Takagi, H., Iwashima, K., and Yamagata, N., Metal content of shark muscle powder biological reference material, J . Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem., 64, 260, 1981. 118. Suzuki, S. and Hirai, S., Determination of trace elements in reference material Mussel by instrumental neutron activation analysis, Bunseki Kagaku, 33, 596, 1984. 119. Kostid, K. and DraSkovid, R. J., Studies of iron, cobalt and chromium distribution in some continental aquatic ecosystems and biological materials, J . Radioanal. Chem.. 69, 417, 1982. 120. Czauderna, M. and Rochalska, M., Studies on the incorporation of Se and Te in the presence of glutathione and cysteine and the distribution of Hg, Zn, Fe, Co and Rb in mice by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 97, 51, 1986. 121. Czauderna, M. and Smogorzewska, E., Studies on the incorporation of Se in the presence of glutathione and the distribution of Zn, Co, Fe, Rb and Cs in mice by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 97, 347, 1986.
354
Activation Analysis
122. Czauderna, M. and Rochalska, M., Studies on the differences in the effects of SeO, and organic Secompounds on the distribution of Hg, Co, Fe, Zn and Rb in mice by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 99, 265, 1986. 123. Ahmad, S., Chaudhry, M. S., and Qureshi, I. H., Determination of toxic elements in tobacco products by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 54, 331, 1979. 124. Faanhof, A. and Das, H. A., Instrumental thermal neutron activation analysis of tobacco, J. Radioanal. Chem., 56, 131, 1980. 125. Giilovali, M. C. and Giindiiz, G., Trace elements in Turkish tobacco determined by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 78, 189, 1983. 126. Mishra, U. C. and Shaikh, G. N., Simultaneous muftielement determination of chewing and snuff tobacco used in India by INAA, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 98, 297, 1986. 127. Iskander, F. Y., Egyptian and foreign cigarettes. 11. Determination of trace elements in tobacco, ash and wrapping paper, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 97, 107, 1986. 128. Mishra, U. C. and Shaikh, G. N., Determination of trace elements in total particulate matter of cigarette smoke by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 89, 545, 1985. 129. Iskander, F. Y., Egyptian and foreign cigarettes. I. Determination of trace elements in cigarette filter before and after smoking, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles. 91, 191, 1985. 130. Sato, T. and Miyao, Y., Neutron activation analysis of laboratory animal diets, Radioisotopes, 35, 24, 1986. 131. Nagatsuka, S., Tanizaki, Y., and Yamazaki, M., Determination of trace elements in freshwater diatoms by neutron activation analysis, Radioisotopes, 31, 69, 1982. 132. Wells, J. R., Kaufman, P. B., Jones, J. D., Estabraok, G. F., and Ghosheh, N. S., Contents of some heavy metals in plants from Saginaw Bay (Lake Huron) and some small lakes in wilderness areas of Michigan's Upper Peninsula as analyzed by neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 71, 97, 1982. 133. Sherif, M. K., Awadallah, R. M., and Amrallah, A. H., Determination of trace elements of Egyptian crops by neutron activation analysis. 111. Trace elements in African tea, ginger, canella bark, black pepper, sesame, lady's fingers, jew's mallow, tomatoes, cucumber and marrow, J. Radioanal. Chem., 57, 53, 1980. 134. Awadallah, R. M., Sherif, M. K., Amrallah, A. H., and Grass, F., Determination of trace elements of some Egyptian crops by instrumental neutron activation analysis, inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometric and flameless atomic absorption spectrophotometric analysis, J. Radioa~lal.Nucl. Chem., Articles, 98, 235, 1986. 135. Harada, T., Oishi, K., and Koyama, M., Radioactivation analysis of calcareous algae and laminariales, and the regularity of distribution of elements in the organisms, from bacteria to mammals, Bull. Jap. Soc. Sci. Fish., 49, 1135, 1983. 136. Kanias, G. D. and Philianos, S. M., Determination of trace elements in a medical plant by neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 46, 87, 1978. 137. Asubiojo, 0 . I., Guinn, V. P., and Okunuga, A., Multielement analysis of Nigerian chewing sticks by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 74, 149, 1982. 138. Ndiokwere, C. L., Determination of constituent elements in some Nigerian medical plants by thermalneutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Letters, 85, 325, 1984. 139. Ishida, I. and Koyama, K., Concentrations of some trace elements in pine needles determined by instrumental neutron activation analysis, Bull. Kanagawa P. H . Lab., 14, 33, 1984. 140. Tano, S., Eguchi, H., Koizumi, Y., and Yamaguchi, H., Comparisons of inorganic elements in barley seeds by neutron activation analysis with respect to varieties and cultivated locations, Radioisotopes. 28, 309, 1979. 141. Suzuki, S., Matsumoto, K., Okada, Y., and Hirai, S., Determination of trace elements in environmental reference material Tea Leaves by instrumental NAA, Bunseki Kagaku, 35, 993, 1986. 142. Amire, 0 . A., Trione, E. J., and Achmitt, R. A., Characterization of pathogenic races of the sugarcane smut fungus by neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 75, 195, 1982. 143. Ahmad, S., Chaudhary, M. S., Mannan, A., and Qureshi, I. H., Determination of toxic elements in tea leaves by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 78, 375, 1983. 144. Suzuki, S., Hirai, S., and Noda, K., Determination of selenium in herb plants by neutron activation analysis using a coincidence counting method, Bunseki Kagaku, 31, 67, 1982. 145. Fukuzaki, N. and Moriyama, N., Non-destructive neutron activation analysis studies on a withering disease of lowland rice occurring near an iodine plant, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 90, 197, 1985. 146. Suess, A. and Staerk, H., The application of activation analysis for the control of bromide accumulation in vegetable, J. Radioanal. Chem.. 37, 905, 1977. 147. Guinn, V. P. and Miller, D. A., Recent instrumental neutron activation analysis studies utilizing very short-lived activities, J . Radioanal. Chem., 37, 3 13, 1977. 148. Hirai, S., Suzuki, S., and Okamoto, M., Determination of selenium in biological materials by neutron activation analysis using 77mSe,Bunseki Kagaku, 27, 435, 1978.
Volume 11
355
149. Naumov, A. P., Abugassa, I. O., and Turhin, V. V., Rapid neutron activation analysis of Se in fish, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Letters, 105, 141, 1986. 150. McKown, D. M. and Morris, J. S., Rapid measurement of selenium in biological samples using instrumental neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 43, 41 1 , 1978. 151. Chatt, A. and Jayawickreme, C. K., Studies on selenoproteins in bovine kidney by gel chromatography and neutron activation, Trans. Am. Nucl. Soc., 53, 186, 1986. 152. DeSilva, K. N. and Chatt, A., A method to improve precision and detection limits for measuring trace elements through short-lived nuclides, J. Trace Microprobe Technol., 1, 307, 1982-83. 153. Behne, D.. Bratter, P., Gatschke, W., Gawlik, D., and Rosick, U., Non-destructive neutron activation analysis of copper in liver samples and other biological materials, J. Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem., 15, 615, 1977. 154. Heydorn, K., Skanborg, P. Z., Gwozdz, R., Schmidt, J. O., and Wacks, M. E., Determination of lithium by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem.. 37, 155, 1977. 155. Chisela, F., Gawlik, D., and Bratter, P., Some problems associated with the use of boron carbide neutron filters for reactor epithermal neutron activation analysis (ENAA), J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 98, 133, 1986. 156. Alfassi, Z. B., Epithermal neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 90, 151, 1985. 157. Rook, H. L., The determination of iodine in biological and environmental standard reference materials, J . Radioanal. Chem., 39, 351, 1977. 158. Sato, T. and Kato, T., Estimation of iodine in biological materials by epithermal neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 68, 175, 1982. 159. Fardy, J. J. and McOrist, G. D., Determination o f iodine in milk products and biological standard reference materials by epithermal neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Letters, 87, 239, 1984. 160. Alfassi, Z. B. and Lavi, N., Rapid determination of halogens in milk by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 90, 395. 1985. 161. Al-Shahristani, H. and Ahbass, K., Resonance activation analysis of iodine, J . Radioanal. Chem., 27, 105, 1975. 162. Lavi, N. and Alfassi, Z. B., Rapid determination of halogens in blood serum by instrumental neutronactivation analysis, Analyst, 109, 361, 1984. 163. Cesana, A. and Terrani, M., Determination of P in bones and of Al and Si in pottery by activation with reactor neutrons, Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 35, 405, 1984. 164. Gatschke, W. and Gawlik, D., Simultaneous determination of aluminium and phosphorus by neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 56, 203, 1980. 165. Kostadinov, K. and Djingova, R., Trace element analysis of biological materials by thermal and epithermal neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 63, 5, 1981. 166. Hanna, A. G. and Al-Shahristani, H., Resonance activation analysis of biological materials, J . Radioanal. Chem.. 37, 581, 1977. 167. Brune, D. and Bivered, B., Epithermal neutron activation analysis of elements present in trace quantities in biological materials, Anal. Chim. Acta, 85, 41 1, 1976. 168, Kutera, J., Epithermal neutron activation analysis of trace elements in biological materials, Radiochem. Radioanal. Letters, 38, 229, 1979. 169. Parry, S. J., Evaluation of boron for the epithermal neutron activation analysis of short-lived radionuclides in geological and biological matrices, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 81, 143, 1984. 170. Chisela, F. and Bratter, P., Determination of trace elements in biological materials by instrumental epithermal neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chim. Acta, 188, 85, 1986. 17 1. Ahafia, A. K. and Jiggins, A. H., The recoil proton effect: the effect of sample mass and matrix composition on the yield of radionuclides produced by recoil protons, Znt. J. Appl. Radiat. Isotopes, 36, 203, 1985. 172. Abdel Samei, M. B., Elshafie, M. A., Hanna, M., Csikai, J. and Juhasz, M., Determination of protein content in some foodstuffs using 14 MeV NAA, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Letters. 103, 81, 1986. 173. Mizumoto, Y. and Iwata, S., Determination of CaIP atomic ratio in calcium-hydroxyapatite by neutron activation analysis, Radioisotopes, 32, 22, 1983. 174. Chaudhri, M. A., Determination of calcium and phosphorus in small bone biopsies by activation with cyclotron produced neutrons, Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 30, 179, 1980. 175. Woittiez, J. R. W. and Das, H. A., Determination of calcium, phosphorus and fluorine in bone by instrumental fast neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 59, 213, 1980. 176. Kafara, S. I., Anisimov, B. V. and Tolkachev, I. V., Automatic activation analysis of fertilizers and plant samples by fast neutrons, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 97, 341, 1986. 177. Faanhof, A., Das, H. A., and Zonderhuis, J., Possibilities of the elemental analysis of dry biological material by fast neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 56, 173, 1980. 178. Gladney, E. S., Elemental concentrations in NBS biological and environmental standard reference materials, Anal. Chim. Acta, 118, 385, 1980.
356
Activation Analysis
179. Chattopadhyay, A. and Jervis, R. E., Multielement determination in market-garden soils by instrumental photon activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 46, 1630, 1974. 180. Kato, T., Sato, N., and Suzuki, N., Multielement photon activation analysis of biological materials, Anal. Chim. Acta, 81,337, 1976. 181, Sato, N., Kato, T., and Suzuki, N., Multielement determination in tobacco leaves by photon activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 36, 221, 1977. 182. Williams, D. R. and Hislop, J. S., The nondestructive determination of iodine in soils and biological materials by high energy gamma-photon activation, J. Radioanal. Chem., 39, 359, 1977. 183. Sato, T., The determination of zirconium in biological materials by photon activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Letters, 86, 141, 1984. 184. Galatanu, V. and Engelmann, C., Analyse multielementaire des cheveux par photoactivation nucleaire, J . Radioanal. Chem., 74, 161, 1982. 185. Yagi, M. and Masumoto, K., New internal standard method for activation analysis and its application. Determination of Co, Ni, Rb, Sr in pepperbush by means of photon activation, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 83, 319, 1984. 186. Yagi, M. and Masumoto, K., Stable-isotope dilution activation analysis for special samples in which the self-shielding effect is negligible. Determination of strontium in biological materials by means of photon activation, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 90, 91, 1985. 187. Sato, T. and Kato, T., A study of trace analysis by photon-activation-LEPS, Res. Rep. Lab. Nucl. Sci. Tohoku Univ., 18, 98, 1985. 188. Mori, K., Sato, T., and Kato, T., The determination of Trace Elements in Biological Materials by LEPS with Photon Activation, presented at The 24th Annual Meeting on Radioisotopes in the Physical Sciences and Industries, Tokyo, June 29 to July 1, 1987, 97. 189. Constantinescu, B., Ivanov, E., Plostinaru, D., Popa-Nemoiu, A., and Pascovici, G., Analysis of protein content in cereals by total nitrogen proton activation, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 91, 389, 1985. 190. Cantone, M. C., Molho, N., and Pirola, L., Trace elements analysis in biological samples by proton nuclear activation, Clin. Phys. Physiol. Meas., 3, 67, 1982. 191. Cantone, M. C., Molho, N., and Pirola, L., Cadmium and titanium in human serum determined by proton nuclear activation, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 91, 197, 1985. 192. Bonardi, M., Birattari, C., Gilardi, M. C., Pietra, R., and Sabbioni, E., Development of proton activation analysis for the determination of heavy metals in biological matrices: excitation functions, irradiation system and selective radiochemical separations, J. Radioanal. Chem., 70, 337, 1982. 193. Masumoto, K. and Yagi, M., Charged particle activation analysis of phosphorus in biological materials, J . Radioanal. Chem., 78, 233, 1983. 194. Masumoto, K. and Yagi, M., Simultaneous determination of P, C1, K and Ca in several control serums by alpha-particle activation analysis applying the internal standard method, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 109, 591, 1987. 195. Yagi, M. and Masumoto, K., Instrumental charged-particle activation analysis of several selected elements in biological materials using the internal standard method, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.. Articles, 111, 359, 1987. 196. Xenoulis, A. C., Aravantinos, A. E., and Douka, C. E., The stability of biological specimens during charged particle bombardment, J. Radioanal. Chem., 77, 207, 1983. 197. Girardi, F. and Sabbioni, E., Selective removal of radio-sodium from neutron-activated materials by retention on hydrated antimony pentoxide, J. Radioanal. Chem.. 1, 169, 1968. 198. Braun, T., Bull, P., Fardy, J., Haiduc, I., Macasek, F., McDowell, W. J., Misak, Z., Navratil, J. D., and Sato, T., Some development for radioanalytical separations, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 84, 461, 1984. 199. Pietra, R., Sabbioni, E., Gallorini, M., and Orvini, E., Environmental, toxicological and biomedical research on trace elements: radiochemical separations for neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 102, 69, 1986. 200. Schelhorn, H. and Geisler, M., Zum Einsatz von Radiotracern zur Ausbeutebestimmung in der Neutronenaktivierungsananalyse, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 83, 5, 1984. 201. Izak-Biran, T. and Guinn, V. P., Determination of cesium and potassium in marine species by neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 55, 61, 1980. 202. Stulzaft, O., Maziere, B., and Ly, S., Gallium determination in biological samples, J. Radioanal. Chem., 55, 291, 1980. 203. Foldzifiska, A. and Dybczyiski, R., Neutron activation analysis of biological materials for sub ppm amounts of mercury without determining the chemical yield, J. Radioanal. Chem., 31, 89, 1976. mercury in biological materials, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 58, 175, 1983.
Volume 11
357
205. Gvardjancic, I., Kosta, L., and Dermelj, M.. Determination of iodine in reference materials by activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 58, 359, 1980. 206. Takagi, H., Kimura, T., Iwashima, K., and Yamagata, N., A simple and rapid method for the determination of iodine in rice samples by radiochemical neutron activation analysis, Bunseki Kagaku, 32, 512, 1983. 207. Nadkarni, R. A. and Morrison, G. H., Determination of molybdenum by neutron activation and Srafion NMRR ion exchange resin separation, Anal. Chem., 50, 294, 1978. 208. Versieck, J., Hoste, J., Barbier, F., Vanballenberghe, L., de Rudder, J., and Cornelis, R., Determination of molybdenum in human serum by neutron activation analysis, Clin. Chim. Acta, 87, 135, 1978. 209. Allen, R. 0. and Steinnes, E., Determination of vanadium in biological materials by radiochemical neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 50, 1553, 1978. 210. Osborn, T. W., Broering, W. B., and Davis, T. L., The determination of zirconium in animal tissues by neutron activation and y-spectrometry, Anal. Chim. Acta, 128, 213, 1981. 21 1. Hoede, D. and van der Sloot, H. A., Apphcation of hydride generation for the determination of antimony and arsenic in biological materials by neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chim. Acta, 11 I, 321, 1979. 212. Zeisler, R. and Greenberg, R. R., Ultratrace determination of platinum in biological materials via neutron activation and radiochemical separation, J . Radioanal. Chem., 75, 27, 1982. 213. Greenberg, R. R., Simultaneous determination of mercury and cadmium in biological materials by radiochemical neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 52, 676, 1980. 214. Brandone, A., Borroni, P. A., and Genova, N., Determination of arsenic, cadmium and mercury in biological samples by neutron activation analysis, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett., 57, 83, 1983. 215. Rosenberg, R. J., Radiochemical activation analysis of arsenic, selenium and antimony in biolog~cal samples, J . Radioanal. Chem., 50, 109, 1979. 216. Fardy, J. J., McOrist, G. D., and Florence, T. M., Rapid radiochemical separation in neutron activation analysis. Part I. The use of C,,-bonded silica gel and selective complexation for determination of manganese, copper and zinc in biological materials, Anal. Chim. Acta, 159, 199, 1984. 217. Turel, Z. R. and Haldar, B. C., Radiochemical thermal neutron activation analysis of fish solubles, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 84, 109, 1984. 218. Tian, W.-Z. and Ehmann, W. D., Radiochemical neutron activation analysis for arsenic, cadmium, copper, and molybdenum in biological matrices, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 89, 109, 1985. 219. Miyata, S., Okuno, T., Nakamura, S., Nagata, H., Takada, J., Matsushita, R., and Koyama, M., Simultaneous determination of manganese, copper, zinc and iron in human blood cells by neutron activation analysis with special reference to the extraction using polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) porous membrane, Igaku No Ayumi, 129, 187, 1984. 220. Dermelj, M., Byrne, A. R., Franko, M., SmodiS, B., and Stegnar, P., The use of 4-nitro-o-phenylene diamine (4-NDP) and sodium diethyldithiocarbamate (Na-DDTC) in the radiochemical separation of Cd, Co, Cu, Se and Zn from different biological samples, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Letters, 106, 91, 1986. 221. Shinogi, M., Fukuda, K., Nakazawa, M., and Mori, I., Neutron activation analysis of normal and cadmium injected rat liver using ammonium pyrrolidinedithiocarbamate extraction, Radioisotopes, 29, 368, 1980. 222. Czauderna, M., Simultaneous determination of some trace elements in biological materials by neutron activation analysis, Int. J. Appl. Radial. Isot.. 35, 681, 1984. 223. Byrne, A. R., Dermelj, M., Kosta, L., and ~ u k k - ~ n i d a r iM., t , Radiochemical activation analysis in standardization of trace elements in biological reference materials at the nanogram level, Mikrochim. Acta, 1, 119, 1984. 224. Siripone, C.-I., Wals, G. D., and Das, H. A., Neutron activation analysis of dry biological materials using mineralization with a saturated Mg(NO,),-solution and scavenging by activated carbon, J . Radioanal. Chem., 79, 35, 1983. 225. Tjioe, P. S., de Goeij, J. J. M., and Houtman, J. P. W., Extended automated separation techniques in destructive neutron activation analysis; Application to various biological materials, including human tissues and blood, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 51 1, 1977. 226. Czauderna, M., Multielement neutron activation analysis of biological materials using chemical group separation and Ge(Li) gamma spectrometry, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 89. 13, 1985. 227. Schelenz, R., Dietary intake of 25 elements by man estimated by neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanul. Chem., 37, 539, 1977. 228. van der Sloot, H. A., Wals, G. D., Weers, C. A., and Das, H. A., Simultaneous elrmination of sodium24, potassium-42, bromine-82, and phosphorus-32 in the determination of trace elements in biological materials by neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 52, 112, 1980. 229. Yu, J. C. and Wai, C. M., Dithiocarbamate extraction of gallium from natural waters and from biological samples for neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 56, 1689, 1984. 230. Heydorn, K. and Damsgaard, E., Evaluation of botanical reference materials for the determination of vanadium in biological samples, J. Radioanal. Chem., 69, 131, 1982.
358
Activation Analysis
231. Bem, H. and Ryan, D. E., Determination of uranium in sea water and biological materials by neutron activation after selective preconcentration with I-(2-pyridy1azo)-2-naphthol, Anal. Chim. Acta, 158, 119, 1984. 232. Woittiez, J. R. W. and Das, H. A., On the possibilities of elemental analysis of human serum by neutron activation analysis to short-lived radionuclides with previous removal of sodium and chlorine, J. Radioanal. Chem., 68, 67, 1982. 233. Handl, J. and Kiihn, W., Activation analytical determination of 1291in bovine thyroid glands, J. Radioanal. Chem., 56, 213, 1980. 234. Yamato, A. and Katagiri, H., Determination of 1291 in seaweeds by neutron activation analysis, Radioisotopes, 30, 159, 1981. 235. Tsukada, M., Yamamoto, D., Yoshikawa, H., Endo, K. and Nakahara, H., Preconcentration of trace elements for neutron activation analysis using activable tracers, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 84, 223, 1984. 236. Wester, P. O., Concentration of 17 elements in subcellular fractions of beef heart tissue determined by neutron activation analysis, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 109, 268, 1965. 237. Sato, T. and Kato, T., Determination of trace elements in subcellular fractions of liver and kidney from monkey by thermal neutron activation analysis, Radiochem. Radioanal. Lerters. 42, 227, 1980. 238. Chatt, A. and Jayawickreme, C. K., Characterizationof metalloproteins in bovine kidneys by instrumental neutron activation analysis, Trans. Am. Nucl. Soc., 49, 162, 1985. 239. Shinogi, M., Nakazawa, M., Fukuda, K., and Mori, I., The study of trace elements in organisms by neutron activation analysis. IV. The binding metal elements in cytosol proteins of normal and Cd injected rat liver, Yakugaku Zasshi, 101, 515, 1981. 240. Woittiez, J. R. W., van Kamp, G. J., and Das, H. A., Neutron activation analysis of human serum proteins, J. Radioanal. Chem., 70, 239, 1982. 241. McKinney, J. D., Abusamra, A., and Reed, J. H., Determination of organic-bound chlorine and bromine in human body fluids by neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 55, 91, 1983. 242. Firouzbakht, M. L., Garmestani, S. K., Rack, E. P., and Blotcky, A. J., Determination of iodoamino acids and thyroid hormones in a urine matrix by neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 53, 1746, 1981. 243. Opelanio, L. R., Rack, E. P., Blotcky, A. J., and Crow, F. W., Determination of chlorinated pesticides in urine by molecular neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 55, 677, 1983. 244. Blotcky, A. J., Hansen, G. T., Opelanio-Buencamino, L.R., and Rack, E. P., Determination of trimethylselenoniumion in urine by ion-exchange chromatographyand molecular neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem.. 57, 1937, 1985. 245. Sabbioni, E., Pietra, R., and Marafante, E., Metal metabolism in laboratory animals and human tissues as investigated by neutron activation analysis: current status and perspectives, J . Radioanal. Chem., 69, 381, 1982.
Volume 11
359
Chapter 8
ACTIVATION ANALYSIS OF COAL AND COAL EFFLUENTS
.
William D James
TABLE OF CONTENTS I.
Introduction ..................................................................... 360
I1 .
Comparison with Other Techniques ............................................. 360 A. Fast Neutron Activation Analysis ........................................360 B. Trace Element Analysis .................................................362 C. In-Situ Analysis ......................................................... 362 D. On-Line Analysis ........................................................362
I11.
Standardization ................................................................. 363
IV .
MajorIMinor Element Analysis .................................................363 A. Exploration .............................................................. 363 B. Utilization ............................................................... 365 C. Conversion .............................................................. 366
V.
Trace A. B. C. D.
VI .
Summary ....................................................................... 374
Element Analysis ......................................................... 369 Exploration ..............................................................369 Occurrence .............................................................. 371 Utilization ............................................................... 371 Environmental ........................................................... 371 1. Particulate Emissions ............................................371 2. Waste Disposal .................................................. 372 3. Toxicology ....................................................... 374
References .............................................................................. 375
360
Activation Analysis
I. INTRODUCTION Activation analysis techniques have been applied to numerous and varied fields of scientific endeavor. It can be argued that none are more naturally suited to application of the method than the study of the fossil fuels, particularly coal. Coal is considered "dirty" in that it is extremely inhomogeneous and defies our most persistent efforts to characterize it. In addition, many related substances which are produced during mining, combustion, or disposal of coal wastes are of physical forms which resist classical analytical handling and sample preparation. Analytical techniques which require foreknowledge of chemical form or structure, or sometimes even dissolution of the coal material to be studied are often found to be sadly inadequate. The nuclear techniques inherently bypass many pitfalls and have been heavily relied upon over the last few decades for coal and coal-effluent characterization. A survey of existing literature regarding application of activation analysis to fossil fuels reveal interesting but perhaps not surprising trends. Interest in utilization of coal is obviously tied very intimately with economic parameters having to do with cost of producing energy. The need for analytical support for coal utilization and the pressure for coal-related research on technique development and application is also dependent on these same parameters. One possible indicator of the impact variations in these parameters have had on activation analysis applications is through a comparison of coal-related papers presented at international activation conferences to those on other subjects. Figure 1 presents graphically this fraction of papers presented at the major series of activation analysis conferences held over the past 20 years. Primarily shown are data from the Modem Trends in Activation Analysis series of conferences and the Nuclear Methods in Environmental and Energy Research conferences, the latter perhaps better known by activation analysis practitioners as the "Missouri" conferences. In addition, topical nuclear technique meetings which were not focused on any particular application are included. One can quite easily note the large peak representing extensive research interest in fossil fuel analytical methodology during the 1970s which has now greatly subsided. The Missouri conferences, international in scope, but dominated by U.S. researchers, show a considerably greater peak. This information is likely explained by the accompanying plot in Figure 2 of refinery acquisition costs of crude oil over the same time period.' The phenomenon is especially evident in U.S. oriented work due to the reevaluation of energy utilization policies that occurred because of the oil embargo of the early 1970s. In any case, the quantity of reported research on coal and other fossil fuels has reduced in recent times. That is not to say, however, that fewer analyses are being carried out using neutron activation analysis. On the contrary, the spurt of development which occurred in the 1970s has resulted in nuclear techniques which can be used satisfactorily on a routine basis for exploration of coal, assaying its quality, estimation of waste disposal requirements, and evaluation of the impact of its combustion on the environment. The technique has matured into a tool which far surpasses its value as only a basic research method. Activation analysis and related techniques are now providing means for more streamlined, efficient use of coal and thereby adding to the long-term value of this precious natural resource.
11. COMPARISON WITH OTHER TECHNIQUES A. FAST NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS Routine proximate coal analysis includes determination of oxygen and nitrogen by nonnuclear techniques. Oxygen content is important to coal-conversion technologies in that catalytic activation of some organic oxygen atoms are thought to be responsible for influencing conversion reactions. Even though significant importance has been placed on knowledge of oxygen concentrations of coal materials, it routinely continues to be determined by
Volume 11
361
1970
Y ERR FIGURE I . Percentage of papers presented at activation analysis conferences which are concerned with fossil fuels. Data from Modem Trends in Activation Analysis series of conferences (MT), the Nuclear Methods in Environmental and Energy Research (Missouri-MO), and topical meetings held in Halifax, Nova Scotia (H), and Kona, Hawaii (K).
1975 YEAR FIGURE 2.
Acquisition cost at U.S. refineries of composite (U.S. plus foreign) crude oil.
362
Activation Analysis
the conventional method of differen~e.~ That is, all other major elements are determined and their sum subtracted from 100%. Nitrogen levels in coal are of importance primarily due to concern for the possible release of nitrogen-containing compounds during conversion. The classical Kjeldahl method for nitrogen is commonly used for quantitation. This technique is highly dependent on the chemical environment of the nitrogen atom. Application to an inhomogeneous matrix, such as coal, is likely to result in underestimating nitrogen content. Activation analysis using fast neutrons is uniquely suited for the accurate and sensitive determination of these two elements in coals and their p r o d ~ c t s .The ~ - ~procedures for both elements are rapid, reliable, and inexpensive. Tedious, time-consuming procedures are avoided and resulting precisions are far better than conventional techniques. Little attention has been paid to these techniques, other than for research purposes, even though the methodologies have been available for many years.
B. TRACE ELEMENT ANALYSIS The inherent advantages of activation analysis have made it the method of choice in coal research and development efforts concerning trace constituents. Its multielement nature, the lack of a requirement for extensive sample preparation and handling, and excellent sensitivity are features which have not been equaled by any other technique. Review of reference material certification programs by the International Atomic Energy Agency, the United States National Institute of Standards and Technology, etc., clearly indicates neutron activation analysis to be a technique which can be and often is used to standardize or evaluate other methods.9-" Most recently, however, significant progress has been made in the field of inductively coupled argon plasma emission spectrometry (ICPES). This powerful technique has the capability to compete with neutron activation analysis in many applications. ICPES requires knowledgeable practitioners to account for numerous possible interferences and can certainly produce erroneous results if care is not taken. However, the lack of requirement for a high intensity nuclear source, such as a nuclear reactor, has prompted many coal researchers to base their work on this emerging methodology. While techniques such as atomic absorption are capable of determining many trace level contaminants in coal and are in fact routinely used for that purpose, breadth of applicability is lacking because of their single elemental nature. They provide useful tools for specific elements for which they are best suited, but are not considered to be most efficient for trace analysis when many elements are of interest. C. IN-SITU ANALYSIS One area in which few techniques can compete with nuclear methodology is in-situ analysis. The development of exploration techniques which occurred during the oil lean years of the 1970s (the oil boom) resulted in the rapid advancement of borehole logging procedures. Of course, nuclear assaying of mining boreholes is not limited to coal production, but is tied very closely to energy production. While methods vary, essentially all depend on assaying of radio-emissions either of natural isotopes present in the formation or of isotopes induced by some nuclear bombarding particle. Information comparable to that obtained through borehole logging can be obtained by other techniques only through the collection and extrusion of drill cores and their subsequent chemical analysis.12 This, of course, defeats the primary advantages of in-situ analysis because it requires much more expensive drilling techniques and consumes much more time.
D. ON-LINE ANALYSIS Perhaps one of the most successfully applied nuclear techniques is that of the on-line analyzers available for installation in coal-fired power combustion facilities. These provide a continuous stream of data to facility operators concerning coal quality and physical pa-
Volume 11
363
rameters which affect the operating efficiency of the plant. Alternatively, nonnuclear methods have not been successfully developed nor fielded.
111. STANDARDIZATION The wide disparity of analytical results which is often found for the characterization of like material using various techniques and performed by different laboratories has been generally recognized for many years. The case for preparation of standard reference materials to provide continuity of quality control has been made.14 Because coal characterization is routinely performed by personnel from widely varying backgrounds and levels of training, one might expect appropriate reference materials to be especially important. In fact, several coal-related standard reference materials have been prepared and are generally available. Perhaps the most heavily utilized and often quoted reference materials are the United States National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) series. The first of this series to be produced were single element standard reference materials (SRMs) 1630 and 1631, Trace Mercury in Coal and Sulfur in Coal, respectively, produced about 1971 to 1973. The original trace element standard coal material, SRM 1632, was a blend of commercially available coals obtained from five power plants, carefully blended and bottled. Some 500 bottles were prepared (total of about 40 kg). The companion material, SRM 1633, trace elements in coal fly ash, was collected and prepared in a similar fashion. These materials were made available in 1974. Their popularity with the analytical community resulted in rapid depletion of the NIST inventory and their replacement became necessary. SRMs 1632a, 1633a, and 1635 became available about 1979 to 1983. SRM 1632a is a trace element reference material containing bituminous coal while SRM 1635 is a subbituminous coal material. These standard materials are in general use and available at the present time. The stated purpose for production of these standard reference materials is for the provision of quality control samples, that is samples to be analyzed along with other unknown samples; the results of which to be used in evaluating accuracy of the procedures. Users of routine comparator standard neutron activation analysis, which compares specific activities of unknown samples to known standard materials for elemental concentration evaluation, have, however, often incorporated standard reference materials into their procedures in lieu of primary standards.15.16While this is done much to the objection of many "purist" practitioners of the technique, others claim this use to be a legitimate use of these materials. In any case, use of standard reference materials in coal-related neutron activation for comparator standards, as well as for quality assurance is widespread.
IV. MAJORIMINOR ELEMENT ANALYSIS A large number of variations of neutron activation analysis have become well-established methods for characterization of major components of coal. The technique is beneficial in most all aspects of the coal-utilization cycle, from the earliest exploration stages, through evaluation of the combustion process, to determination of environmental consequences.It is, perhaps, the very applied areas relating to the economic feasibility of utilization that have adopted routine activation techniques to the greatest extent. The largest applications then may be the routine, some would perhaps even say the mundane, processes rather than the somewhat more exciting research and development.
A. EXPLORATION WylieI2 has recently reviewed methodology of nuclear assaying of boreholes and its application to coal logging. These techniques have considerable potential, but are, as yet, far from fully developed. Activation techniques in general use include both neutron activation
364
Activation Analysis
FIGURE 3. Log of captive gamma-ray count rate ratio R. (From Wylie, A. W., Nuclear Assaying of Mining Boreholes, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1984, 297. With permission.)
followed by decay of radioactive species formed as well as neutron capture (prompt gamma activation analysis) gamma ray logging. The choice of a neutron source for mine borehole studies is strictly limited by the physical constraints of the borehole environment. Spontaneously fissioning 252Cf,beryllium-converted alpha emitters, such as AmBe or AcBe, and pulsed D, T neutron-generator devices have all been satisfactorily used, depending on the neutron energy required to produce the desired information. Perhaps the simplest activation borehole logging technique involves 252Cfexcitation of prompt gamma rays. Most elements potentially present in coal produce prompt gammas when interacting with thermal or near-thermal neutrons. This includes elements, such as carbon and hydrogen which may be of particular interest due to their relationship with the matrix, a major advantage over conventional neutron activation analysis. Much of the potential power of the method, however, has not been realized because of the insufficient resolution of standard gamma-detection devices, primarily scintillator detectors. Incorporation of high-resolution solid-state detectors into these systems promises substantial increase in usefulness, although surprisingly little progress has been made to date. Alternate techniques involving determinations of spectral coefficients or spectral window ratios, however, have been applied more successfully to date. In particular, determination of logs of the ratio "R", where,
R =
I(n,y)(2.9 - 9.6 MeV) I(n,y)(2.1 - 2.4 MeV)
compares signal from energy windows associated with elements found in ash or soils with that associated with hydrogen. Figure 3 demonstrates a typical ratio log for an Australian coal seam at a depth of 125 to 225 ft. Ash content of coal is often estimated from aluminum concentration. The neutron-capture procedure is not directly applicable to this measurement due to spectral interferences from other matrix elements. Aluminum may, however, be estimated by detecting gamma radiation
Volume 11
365
Depth ( f t ) FIGURE 4. Neutron activation log, readout for "A1 at 1.78 MeV. Compare to Figure 3 for the same coal seam. (From Wylie, A. W., Nuclear Assaying of Mining Boreholes, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1984, 288. With permission.)
from the (n,y) reaction product, "A1, during its subsequent decay. In order to avoid background from prompt gamma rays, the source to detector must be maintained at a minimum distance of about 1.5 m, which limits the flexibility with which the logging tools may be designed. The neutron activation log presented in Figure 4 is seen to provide information comparable to the neutron capture ratio log for exploration of the same coal seam. Fission spectrum neutron energies are generally insufficient to induce particle-emission reactions. Another logging technique of considerable potential is the excitation of coal elements using fast neutrons produced from a particle-accelerator device. The neutron sources can either be used in a steady state or pulsed mode to induce either prompt gammas or gammas from radioactive decay of reaction products for stratigraphic logging of coal seams. Using these techniques, carbon can be determined directly from the delayed spectrum. Instrumentation requirements are generally more extensive, with a multichannel pulse height analyzer being necessary for data acquisition and computer facilities for spectrum stripping and data reduction.
B. UTILIZATION With the increased emphasis which we have experienced during the 1970s on the use of coal as a source of electric power generation, heightened realization of the need for maximum efficiency of coal utilization has taken place. At the same time, stricter enforcement of environmental standards for combustion has contributed to rising costs of power production and as a result made it economically necessary that every use factor affecting efficiency be closely monitored. Traditional means of documenting coal composition, including ash content, rank, and heat value, are not capable of providing pertinent information on a time scale that is of any real value for operational control of the combustion process. As a result, a new family of bulk coal nuclear analyzers has been born. Coal quality analyzers, which more or less monitor coal streams in plants and mines on a continuous real-time basis, have been similarly called Coalscan, Nucoalyzer (Nuclear Coal Analyzer), Sulfurmeter, and CONAC (Continuous On-line Nuclear Analyzer of Coal). Science Application, Inc. has been responsible for much of the developmental work on these devices, with primary support from the Electric Power Research Institute. They are based on prompt neutron activation analysis using a 252Cfsource of excitation, with a continuously moving stream of coal between the source and the gamma ray detection system. Latest
366
Activation Analysis
FIGURE 5. Schematic view of the Nucoalyzer. (From Brown, D. R., et a]., Atomic and Nuclear Methods in Fossil Energy Research, Filby, R. H . , Ed., Plenum Press, New York, 1982, 155. With permission.)
versions have incorporated germanium solid state detectors for high resolution evaluation of the complex spectra produced. Figure 5 depicts a schematic view of the Nucoalyzer." The device addresses the special problems of on-line evaluations of large mass quantities of bulk material, namely the requirement for a high-intensity source to minimize sample throughput while effective measurements can be made and the resulting need for high count rate spectroscopy to allow process control while maintaining satisfactory data statistics.
C. CONVERSION Oxygen is an element of importance to many phases of coal science. Particularly, however, in the area of conversion of coal to liquid or gaseous fuels does it play a significant role. The sites within the coal "molecule" which contain organically bound oxygen atoms are thought to be active sites for conversion catalysis. In addition, the presence of nitrogen in conversion intermediates is thought to affect catalytic processes as we11.18 Conventional analytical methods for these elements' determinations in coal include Kjeldahl procedures for nitrogen and perhaps pyrolytic measurements for oxygen. However, in most cases, oxygen has been determined routinely by difference, as described earlier. For proximate analysis, the resulting level of analytical uncertainties has been considered acceptable, but conversion research demands more precise and specific measurements. The laborious and time-consuming wet chemical methods mentioned before are not considered to be methods of choice for routine analysis of large sample loads. Fast neutron activation analysis of coals and related materials can be performed through excitation, utilizing high energy neutrons produced through the well known D,T fusion reaction of hydrogen. This reaction, which results from the bombardment of tritium targets with energetic deuterons, liberates over 17 MeV of energy, about 14 MeV in the form of
Volume 11
0
60
120
180
240
300
367
360
CHRNNFL NO.
FIGURE 6. Typical multichannel scaling spectrum for oxygen determination showing beam monitor and I6N decay counts. (From James, W. D. and Akanni, M. S., IEEE Trans. Nucl. Sci., Vol. NS-30(2), 1612, 1983. 0 1983 IEEE. With permission.)
kinetic energy of the neutron produced. Neutrons of other energies can be produced by similar reactions, but are generally much less useful. The abundant oxygen isotope, 1 6 0 (99.8%), interacts with energetic neutrons via the (n,p) reaction to form I6N, a 7.1-s beta emitter. Beta decay is accompanied by the characteristic emission of two very high energy gamma rays at 6.1 and 7.1 MeV (69% and 5% relative gamma intensities, respectively), which are commonly used for quantitation.19 These energies are, of course, much higher than essentially all other gammas associated with competing radioactivities produced, permitting the instrumental discrimination of unwanted activities on that basis. Routinely gammas of energy below -4.5 MeV are rejected. Experimentally very few interfering gamma energies fall above that limit. Possible interferences include fluorine, which upon fast neutron irradiation produces 16N from the (n,ct) reaction on 19F, and boron, which produces "Be, another high energy gamma emitter (6.8 MeV), by the (n,p) reaction on "B. Oxygen activity is then recorded using timerlscaler arrangement or a multichannel scaling pulse height a n a l y ~ e rThe . ~ multichannel scaling (MCS) procedure provides the added advantage of integral beam monitoring over short time periods which allows for continuous beam normalization. A typical resulting MCS spectrum is shown in Figure 6. A high degree of automation has been achieved for routine sample analysis.20
368
Activation Analysis
Time. min
FIGURE 7. Typical multichannel scaling spectrum for nitrogen determination showing beam monitor and I3N decay counts. (From James, W. D., et al., J. Radioanal Chem., 32, 198, 1976. With permission.)
Comparison of oxygen results obtained from analysis of bulk coal by fast neutron activation must be accomplished with care. A primary reason the technique has not been universally adopted for routine use concerns the inability to directly compare these results to oxygen determined by difference. Volborth et a1.6and other^'^.^' have adequately pointed out the need for reconsidering the standardized methods of reporting and calculating coal analysis. In any case, few coal-science workers fail to recognize the advantages of the direct oxygen measurement by FNAA. accomplished by employing the transformation, 14N (n,2n) 13N.The product of this reaction, 10-min "N, decays by positron emission, therefore resulting in annihilation radiation. The 0.51 1-MeV gammas are detected by two scintillator detectors, opposed about the sample, with counts registered if both gammas are detected coincidentally. This procedure has also proven successful in a MCS mode in which beam monitor counts are acquired during irradiation followed by the decay of annihilation gammas.20Decay-curve resolution may be required depending on the complexity of the activity observed. In the case of coal analysis, the only spectral interference observed is from decay of 2.5-min 30P,as can be noted on Figure 7 which shows a typical MCS nitrogen activation and decay spectrum. Routine measurements often adopt a 10- to 15-min delay period after end of irradiation to reduce phosphorus activities likely to be present in coal analysis to negligible levels. Other possible interferences are detailed in Table 1.4 Only those due to neutron activation of potassium and the carbon "knock-on" reactions are significant in coal samples. While the extent of these interferences are dependent on sample matrix, as well as composition of its irradiation
Volume 11
369
TABLE 1 Nuclear Data for Pertinent Reactions in Nitrogen Analysis
Element N Potential interferences: P K C Mo F C1 Na
Approximate concentration in bituminous coal 1.5%
50 PPm 0.16% 45% 9 PPm
167 ppm 0.36% 0.07%
Reaction I4N (n,2n) "N
Half-life 10 min
'IP (n,2n) "'P "K (n,2n) "K "c (p,y) "N I'C (p,n) I3N "Mo (n,2n) "Mo IyF (n,2n) IRF ' T I (n,2n) ' T I '3Na (n,2n) "Na
2.5 min 7.7 min
"'i")
lo min 10 15.5 min l I0 min 32 min 2.6 years
Cross-section 14 MeV 19 mb Error possible
I 1 mb 27 mb
0.3% 1.1%"
119 mb 51 mb 3.5 mb 13.8 mb
1.5%"
V e t e r m i n e d experimentally. From James, W . D., et al., J. Radioanal. Chem.. 32, 198, 1976. With permission
container, experimental measurements have determined them to be of the order of a few percent relative for coal samples irradiated and counted in polyethylene vials. While this effect is significant, it can be corrected for. Results for nitrogen measurements in coal by fast neutron activation analysis are consistently biased positive as compared to the ASTM Kjeldahl m e t h ~ dThe . ~ latter is known to be subject to loss of nitrogen, especially when it is present in the matrix in certain forms, including nitro, azo, and azoxy groups. It is likely that the discrepancy is due to these inadequacies of the Kjeldahl method.
V. TRACE ELEMENT ANALYSIS The strength of neutron activation analysis as a characterization tool in coal science is perhaps most closely tied to trace element analysis. The inherent sensitivity of the technique for many elements in a multielement analysis mode allows its use in the evaluation of traces of contaminants which are found in coal, coal-conversion products, and coal-combustion effluents. Table 2 presents consensus values for elemental concentrations in the original NIST standard reference coal and fly ash materials, SRM 1632 and SRM 1633.2' The importance of understanding the occurrence and distribution of these contaminants, as well as their behavior during coal utilization, is derived primarily from the possible harm their presence can cause to man and his environment. Trace elements, in themselves, are curious in that while several are known to have definite detrimental effects on the environment, those same elements and others have been shown to be necessary for optimum growth and development of biological organisms, including man. For that reason, care should, and usually is, exercised by analysts to not vilify these trace components with such sensitive techniques as neutron activation, but to use the techniques to help define their impact on the environment and our ecology.
A. EXPLORATION Neutron activation analysis has proven useful in coal exploration because of its multielement measurement characteristic. Knowledge of concentration levels of several components (or perhaps many) of a given material, gives rise to the possibility of "fingerprinting" the material for comparison with other materials of possible common origin. This "multi-
370
Activation Analysis
TABLE 2
Elemental Concentrations in NIST SRMs 1632 and 1633 (&g unless % indicated) Element
Na Mg (%) A](%)
SRM 1632 Coal
SRM 1633 Fly Ash
414 t 20 0.20 2 0.05 1.85 t 0.13
Si (%) C1
K (%I Ca (%) Sc Ti
v Cr Mn Fe (%) Co
890 0.28 0.43 3.7 1100 36 19.7 43 0.84 5.7
Ni
18
Zn As Se Br Rb Sr
30 6.5 3.4 19.3 21 161
125 0.03 0.05 0.3 100 3 & 0.9 t4 + 0.04 2 0.4 2 4 2 10 & 1.4 2 0.2 t 1.9 t 2 t 16 &
t t t t t
Y Zr Ag In Sb I Cs Ba La
Ce Sm
Eu Tb
Yb Lu Hf Ta
W
Pb Th U
0.06 t 0.03 0.20 -c 0.12 3.9 t 1.3 1.4 352 10.7 19.5 1.7 0.33 0.23 0.7 0.14 0.96 0.24 0.75
2 0.1
+
30
t 1.2 t 1.0 2 0.2
+ 0.04 t 0.05 t 0.1 2 0.01 t 0.05 t 0.04 -c 0.17
3.2 + 0.2 1.41 ? 0.07
variate" or "pattern recognition" analysis has been used heavily in environmental sourcing and archeometry applications. Attempts have been made to use trace element pattern recognition for mapping coal seams. Unfortunately the premise that the trace element pattern should be somewhat constant throughout the seam, has not been borne out. Chyi and coworkersz2have, however, determined that coal seams which have evolved adjacent to certain types of geologic formations might be identified by trace element pattern recognition analysis of the rock layers. Limestone formations, both above and below coal seams have been studied and shown to be sufficiently homogeneous but different from other formations to warrant multivariant analysis of seam overburden to provide mapping information prior to expensive mining operations.
Volume 11
371
B. OCCURRENCE The occurrence of trace elements has been studied in a great multitude of coals and coal ashes. Neutron activation analysis has proven to be a primary technique for many of these studies. While the distribution of the elements is of great concern, the modes of their occurrence within the coal matrix is perhaps more critical for the estimation of the impact of the use of the fuel.23Neutron activation analysis is considered a bulk elemental technique and must be coupled to other chemical or physical separation methods to provide information concerning speciation. Palmer and FilbyZ4recently presented one such compound procedure which is capable of determining trace element association with major, minor, and trace mineral components of the coal. This procedure includes standard techniques which may have been modified for direct interfacing with neutron activation. One such technique is size separation by dispersion of low temperature ash into water. Lithium carbonate was added to ensure complete dispersion of clays rather than the sodium salt which would normally be used to avoid high matrix activity associated with sodium during activation analysis. C. UTILIZATION The fate of trace elements from coal fuels during combustion25and conversion proces~es'~ has been extensively studied. When such a study is to be undertaken, researchers are faced with the task of choosing the analytical techniques to be employed. Because of the large number of elements that are commonly of interest, a variety of methods are normally used. In some cases, difficulty of measurement requires that some particular element be analyzed by a certain technique, very specific to that element. However, the bulk of the data must almost always be generated with a multielement method which economizes time and effort. Neutron activation has, therefore, been heavily used for this purpose. Material balance determinations are often used as checks to verify that elemental input into the combustion process has been adequately tracked into the various effluents of the process. One has only to observe the physical form of effluents to gain an appreciation of the difficulty of sampling of stream material in a quantitative manner. These effluents exist in the form of boiler slags and clinkers, ash or ash slurries as well as fine particulate-bearing exhaust gases. It is advantageous to utilize analytical methods which avoid the difficulties of sample handling, especially variable handling techniques made necessary by the differing effluent matrices involved. Possibility of elemental loss always exists if sample materials are to be dissolved for wet chemical analytical methods. Neutron activation analysis' capability of direct analysis of most sample types with very little preparation is of obvious value. Variations of these tracking studies have been employed to monitor effluents, determine the efficiencies of emission control devices, and to estimate the impact of alternative combustion techniques. D. ENVIRONMENTAL 1. Particulate Emissions
Perhaps the most serious and certainly the most visible source of contamination to the environment from coal combustion is through exhaust stack emissions. Sophisticated scrubbing devices have been designed which are capable of eliminating the direct release of most of the ash which would otherwise make up the bulk of the particulates of the stack gases. However, by their very nature, it is the smallest of the ash particulates which are most likely to avoid collection by these devices. Several investigators have noted a phenomenon in which trace element contents of certain trace elements are concentrated, sometimes greatly, in these smallest fly ash particle^.^'-^^ This trace element depletionkoncentration phenomenon, otherwise described as trace element partitioning, has now been extensively studied
372
Activation Analysis
using activation analysis techniques. The likely explanation for the phenomenon is a volatilization/recondensationmechani~rn.~' The extent of partitioning and, therefore, the hazard associated with fly ash emissions is closely associated with the combustion process itself (temperature, etc.) and the volatility of the elements (in the chemical form in which they exist within the coal matrix). Trace element partitioning has now been studied for many different coal materials and for alternative coal combustion techniques. One such alternative process which has received significant attention over the last ten years or so is magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) combustion of coal. This process enhances electric power production from conventional techniques (steam turbine) with that induced by the movement of ionized gases through high magnetic fields. The temperature at which the process proceeds is significantly higher than that of conventional combustion, resulting in the volatilization of greater numbers of species. Studies employing neutron activation analysis have shown significant alterations of trace element partitioning profiles, with increased concentrating ~ . ~ ' 8 represents evidence effects seen for some elements usually considered r e f r a ~ t o r y . ~Figure of increased element partitioning in MHD combustion. The ordinate axis is the log of the fractionation ratio, which is defined as:
where X, and X,,,, are concentrations of the element of interest in the particular sample and the input coal, respectively; and Ali and Al,,, are concentrations of the matrix element, aluminum, in the same materials. The abscissa axis represents location of sampling of analyzed materials, but can be thought of as decreasing in temperature of deposition. In the MHD process, the slag separates from combustion gases at about 4000°F. One will note that R, ratios for slag from the MHD study are invariably lower than that for the conventional plant25represented by the dotted line in the figure. As we move to downstream sampling locations where effluents were deposited at lower temperatures, elements which had been depleted in high temperature depositions are found to be concentrated. More volatile elements, such as As, Se, and Zn, known to fractionate in conventional combustion of coal, demonstrate increased partitioning. More significantly, partitioning of elements which do not partition in conventional coal burning has been demonstrated. Na, Cs, Rb, Ti, and V, as well as the seed element K, are depleted in the slag but greatly concentrated in the prequench ash and the stack ash.31 Another application for which neutron activation analysis is ideally suited is for the analysis of aerosols. The fine ash particles which are emitted from coal-combustion facilities are of such low mass and wide dispersion, that collection attempts usually result in rather small quantities of sample material. The inherent high sensitivity and freedom from requirement to dilute the sample through dissolution which the method enjoys, has resulted in its extensive use in air quality studies. In addition, multielement capabilities have contributed to researchers' ability to "source", or determine the complex multiple origins of, aerosols, including heavily contaminated urban air. Contributions of trace elements to urban aerosols from coal mining and combustion processes have been evaluated using this technique.32 2. Waste Disposal A consideration of far-reaching environmental consequence is the disposal of wastes generated during coal operations, primarily combustion. Tens of millions of tons of coal ash are generated annually in the U.S. alone. Attempts have been made to develop outlets for coal ash utilization. Roadbed preparation with ash materials and inclusion of ash into concrete as filler material are examples of this approach. However, only a small fraction of the huge tonnages produced are further utilized to date, with significant improvement unlikely
Volume I1
.*
-1.25
-1
0
.so coal
FIGURE 8.
Slag
ash
Stack
Log fractionation ratio vs. sampling location (decreasing deposition temperature)
in the near future. Most ash produced is removed from the combustion site, perhaps after first being ponded for temporary storage, with final disposal through landfill or mine refill. Possibility of leaching of harmful toxic trace elements from disposed coal ash and other effluents by rainwater and natural ground waters, with the result of contamination of this natural resource is a major concern. Activation analysis methods to evaluate the extent of elemental leaching from fly ash have been proposed.33Leaching behavior of various elements, related to the degree of solubility of the compounds in which these elements are bound in fly ash, have been studied using different leaching media, to include acid mine drainage water, mineral acids, and chelating solutions. The technique of laboratory leaching of previously neutron irradiated coal ash, followed by gamma-ray spectrometry of collected leachate fractions has been used.33Possibility of alteration of leaching behavior caused by the irradiation itself was evaluated and found not to be significant for coal ash. It is thought
374
Activation Analysis
that increased likelihood of reaction nuclides being ejected from organic molecular sites during irradiation may result in failure of this technique for evaluating leachability of coals or perhaps less completely combusted effluents.
3. Toxicology The presence of certain of the trace elements at elevated levels is known to contribute to a wide range of toxicological injuries to man and our ecological system. Trace element fallout from coal-combustion stack emissions becomes mixed with soils and can be assimilated in plants. There the elements may be freely exchanged as in the case of selenium, while others may be concentrated in certain plants or plant parts, as is cadmium.34However, documented cases of trace element toxicity in plants associated with coal combustion indicates its occurrence to be infrequent. More frequently noted are symptoms of toxicity in grazing animals after ingestion of contaminated vegetation. Because man regularly consumes a diet made up from some variety of food sources, his susceptibility to toxicological injury from eating plants is considered much less than animals, albeit possibly significant in certain highexposure situations. Perhaps, the most likely route of trace element exposure to man from coal-combustion effluents is via the atmosphere. The elements which are concentrated in the smallest size fractions of the fly ash which escapes collection devices, as well as the elements which remain volatilized until release has occurred, are added to the atmosphere and made available to man's respiratory system. Again, the chemical form in which the contamination occurs is of great importance to the likelihood of occurrence of harmful effects. The effects of respiration of certain elements, particularly those thought to be most harmful and likely to be released in significant quantities have been ~ t u d i e d . Unfortunately, ~~.~~ these studies generally require the researcher to expose the animals to contaminated materials via aerosols containing the element of interest in some chemical form; the form being, perhaps, one thought to be of likely occurrence in the effluent. The complexity of occurrence of most of the trace elements in effluents such as coal ash make this approach somewhat simplistic at best. Recently Ogugbuaja and co-workers3' applied neutron activation analysis techniques to the study of the uptake of trace elements directly from coal fly ash by the injection of the ash material into the lungs or stomachs of laboratory rats. Animals were then sacrificed after varying time periods, major organs were sampled and analyzed, and elemental balances were calculated. It was proposed that this direct exposure constitutes a more valid measurement of elemental uptake because the chemical speciation was not assumed. Results of this study indicated potential uptake by the rat system of As, Fe, Co, Se, Cr, and Zn from both intratracheal and intragastric administration of the ash. Most elements were seen to be primarily reemitted through fecal elimination,with significant retention in the spleen and liver. Arsenic was seen to become elevated in the blood system and reemitted, primarily, by the urinary system, especially for those rats exposed by instillation in the lungs.
VI. SUMMARY Nuclear activation analysis methodology has played an important role in all aspects of the characterization effort in coal science for the last few decades. Analytical technology developed to date has been most successfully employed in the routine procedures of exploration and utilization of coal. Borehole logging and coal quality monitoring by nuclear techniques are now well ingrained in "everyday" operations. Because of their special characteristics previously discussed, few alternative choices of techniques can be found for those in-situ and on-line applications. Instrumental neutron activation analysis has been and continues to be the dominant method for multielement trace characterization of coals and related products. Recent de-
Volume I1
375
velopment of ICPES has resulted in a technique which rivals NAA for sensitivity and multielemental capability, but of course, still requires additional sample handling and dissolution. The more important environmental questions we yet face concerning coal utilization will require methods which provide information concerning elemental speciation as well as bulk content. The prominence of coal-related research utilizing activation techniques in the future likely will depend on practitioners' ability and willingness to integrate activation methodology with other physical, chemical, and even biological techniques into meaningful research programs.
1. Basic Petroleum Data Handbook, Vol. VI, No. 3, American Petroleum Institute, Washington, D.C., 1986. 2. Ehmann, W. D., Koppenaal, D. W., Hamrin, C. E., Jr., Jones, W. C., Prasas, M. N., and Tian, W.-Z., Fuel, 65, 1563, 1986. 3. Hamrin, C. E., Jr., Maa, P. S., Chyi, L. L., and Ehmann, W. D., Fuel, 54, 70, 1974. 4. James, W. D., Ehmann, W. D., Hamrin, C. E., Jr., and Chyi, L. L., J. Radioanal. Chem., 32, 195, 1976. 5. Chyi, L. L., James, W. D., Ehmann, W. D., Sun, C . H., and Hamrin, C. E., Jr., 14 MeV neutron activation analysis of oxygen and nitrogen in coal, in Proc. Con$ Scientzfic and Industrial Applications of Small Accelerators, lnstitute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc., New York, 1976, 281. 6. Volborth, A., Miller, G. E., Garner, C. K., and Jerabek, P. A., Fuel, 56, 204, 1977. 7. Volborth, A., Miller, G. E., Garner, C. K., and Jerabek, P. A., Fuel, 57, 49, 1978. 8. Khalil, S. R., Koppenaal, D. W., and Ehmann, W. D., J. Radioanal. Chem., 57, 195, 1980. 9. Dybczynski, R., J . Radioanal. Chem., 60, 45, 1980. 10. Gills, T. E., Nuclear methods - an integral part of the NBS certification program, in Proc. Conf. Nucl. Methods Environ. Energy Research, Vogt, J . R . , Ed., Mayaguez, Puerto Rico, 1984, 634. , 1 1 . Parr, R. M., On the role of neutron activation analysis in the certification of a new reference material for trace element studies, mixed human diet, H-9, J. Radioanal, Nucl. Chem., 123, 259, 1988. 12. Wylie, A, W., Nuclear Assaying of Mining Boreholes, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1984. 13. Lagarias, J. and Siogren, R., Eds., Conf. Proc. Principals and Applications of Continuous Coal Analysis. EPRI Conference Report EPRI-C5-989, Vol. 13, Nashville, TN, 1983. 14. Becker, D. A,, Primary standards in activation analysis, in Proc. Conf. on Modern Trends in Activation Analysis, Copenhagen, Denmark, J . Radioanal, Nucl. Chem., 113, 5, 1987. 15. Nadkarni, R. A. and Morrison, G. H., J . Radioanal. Chem., 43, 347, 1978. 16. Korotev, R. L., J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., 110, 159, 1987. 17. Brown, D. R., Bozorgmanesh, H., Gozani, T., and McQuaid, J., On-line nuclear analysis of coal and its uses, in Atomic and Nuclear Methods in Fossil Energy Research, Filby, R. H . , Ed.. Plenum Press, New York, 1982, 155. 18. Ehmann, W. D., Koppenaal, D. W., and Khalil, S. R., Fast neutron activation analysis of fossil fuels and liquification products, in Atomic and Nuclear Methods in Fossil Energy Research, Filby, R. H . , Ed., Plenum Press, New York, 1982, 69. 19. Nargowalla, S. S. and Przybylowicz, E. P., Activation Analysis With Neutron Generators, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1973, 471. 20. James, W. D. and Akanni, M. S., Application of on-line laboratory computer analysis to fast neutron activation oxygen determinations, in Proc. C'onf. Application of Accelerators in Research and Industry, Duggan, J . R . and Morgan, I. I.., Eds., IEEE Trans. NS, NS-30, 1983, 1610. 21. Ondov, J. M., Zoller, W. H., Olmez, I., Aras, N. K., Gordon, G . E., Rancitelli, L. A., Abel, K. H., Filby, R. H., Shah, K R., and Ragaini, R. C., Anal. Chem., 47, 1102, 1975. 22. Chyi, L. L., Elizalde, L., Smith, G. E., and Ehmann, W. D., Multivariate analysis in characterization of limestone units based on minor- and trace-element contents, in Recent Advances in Geomathematics, An International Symposium, Meman, D. F., Ed., Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1978, 35. 23. Finkelman, R. B., Modes of occurrence of trace elements and minerals in coal, in Atomic and Nuclear Methods in Fossil Energy Research, Filby, R. H . , Ed.. Plenum Press, New York, 1982, 141. 24. Palmer, C. A. and Filby, R. H., Fuel, 63, 318, 1984.
376
Activation Analysis
25. Lyon, W. S., Trace Element Measurements at the Coal-jired Steam Plant, CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1977. 26. Roseberry, L. M. and Dyer, F. F., Instrumental neutron activation analysis in the measurement of trace element distribution at two coal conversion plants, in Proc. Int. Conf. Nucl. Methods Environ. Energy Research, Vogt, J . R., Ed., U.S. Department of Energy, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico, 1984, 481. 27. Natusch, D. F. S., Wallace, J. R., and Evans, C. A., Science, 183, 202, 1974. 28. Davison, R. L., Natusch, D. F. S., Wallace, J. R., and Evans, C. A., Environ. Sci. Technol., 8, 1107, 1974. 29. Block, C. and Dams, R., Environ. Sci. Technol., 10, 1011, 1976. 30. Akanni, M. S., Ogugbuaja, O., and James, W. D., J. Radioanal. Chem., 79, 197, 1983. 31. James, W. D., Ogugbuaja, V. O., Glascock, M. D., and Attig, R. C., Partitioning of trace elements in MHD coal combustion effluents, in Proc. Int. Conf. on Nucl. Methods in Environ. and Energy Research, Vogt, J . R., Ed., U.S. Department of Energy, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico, 1984, 490. 32. Alpert, D. J. and Hopke, R. K., Resolving the sources of airborne particles for the regional air pollution study, in Proc. Int. Conf. on Nucl. Methods in Environ. and Energy Research. Vogt, J . R . , Ed., U.S. Department of Energy, Columbia, MO, 1980, 61. 33. James, W. D., Janghorbani, M., and Baxter, T., Anal. Chem., 49, 1994, 1977. 34. Piperno, E., Trace element emissions: aspects of environmental toxicology, in Trace Elements in Fuel, Babu, S. P., Ed., American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C., 1975, 192. 35. Kollmer, W. E. and Berg, D., J. Radioanal. Chem., 52, 189, 1979. 36. Kollmer, W. E., J. Radioanal. Chem., 57, 535, 1980. 37. Ogugbuaja, V. O., Element Bioaccumulation from Coal Fly Ash, Ph.D. Dissertation, Texas A & M
University, College Station, TX, 1984.
Volume 11
377
Chapter 9
NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS OF WATER SAMPLES Yoshiyuki Tanizaki
TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction .....................................................................
378
Pretreatment of Water Samples ................................................. 378 A. Sample Collection ....................................................... 378 B. Filtration ................................................................ 382 Instrumental Neutron Activation Analysis ....................................... 383 Preconcentration of Trace Elements by Evaporation ............................ 384 Preconcentration of Trace Elements by Chemical Separation ...................386 A. Adsorption .............................................................. 388 B. Coprecipitation .......................................................... 391 C. Ion Exchange ............................................................393 1. Anionic Exchanger ............................................... 394 2. Inorganic Ion Exchanger ......................................... 394 3. Chelating Resin ..................................................394 4. Chemically Modified Exchanger ................................. 395 D. Solvent Extraction ....................................................... 395 1. Extraction with APDC or Na-DDC .............................. 396 2. Extraction with Metal-DDC ......................................398 3. Extraction with Cation Exchanger ............................... 399 Radiochemical Separation ....................................................... 399 References .............................................................................. 400
378
Activation Analysis
I. INTRODUCTION The analysis of trace element concentrations in natural waters is of great importance not only to investigate the geochemical migration of the chemical species on the earth' surface, but to substantiate the environmental pollution in aquatic systems by human activities. The instrumental analytical methods, such as atomic absorption spectrometry, inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectroscopy, X-ray fluorescence spectrometry, anodic stripping voltammetry, and neutron activation analysis (NAA), are universally utilized for the determination of trace element concentrations in natural water samples. Among them, NAA is one of the most preferred methods for this purpose, because it makes possible the simultaneous determination of a great number of trace elements with high sensitivity and accuracy. Even by NAA with its high analytical sensitivity, however, its direct application to water samples is not always effective because of the following reasons. First, some trace elements may be present at very low concentrations in naturally occurring levels. It is difficult to determine these elements directly, because the irradiation of a large volume of water sample is limited in most reactor facilities. Secondly, the high concentrations of Na, C1, and Br, which occur abundantly in natural waters, produce an extremely high background level of radiation after neutron irradiation that totally masks the signals of most other elements. This becomes serious interference in the determination of many trace elements, in particular the elements producing short-lived and medium-lived radioactive nuclides. To solve these problems, the enrichment of trace elements of interest and the removal of major interfering elements are generally employed prior to neutron irradiation. The preconcentration methods, such as evaporation, adsorption, coprecipitation, ion exchange, and solvent extraction, are of particular interest for this purpose. On the other hand, radiochemical separations applied to water samples after neutron irradiation have some faults which are mentioned in a later section. Thus, it can be said that an inherent problem associated with NAA of water samples is finding the most suitable preconcentration method for the determination of trace elements in question, by which the irradiation and gamma-ray measurement become feasible. A great number of studies have been reported on NAA of natural water samples which include river water, lake water, ground water, rainwater, and seawater. Table 1 summarizes the nuclear properties of isotopes utilized for NAA and the elemental concentrations in natural waters reported in the articles.
11. PRETREATMENT OF WATER SAMPLES A. SAMPLE COLLECTION Natural water samples are collected using various kinds of sampling bottles which are made of polyethylene, polypropylene, polythene (high-density polyethylene), PyrexB-glass, or TeflonB. Among them, polythene, Teflon,@ and Pyrex@-glass(preferably siliconized) bottles are usually recommended, because their materials have relatively low concentrations of trace metal contaminants, and adsorption of trace metals on the walls of the bottles may be virtually disregarded within a few days of sample storage periods. To minimize contamination, the bottles used for sampling must be precleaned by soaking in a dilute analytical grade nitric acid (15) for a few days followed by repeated rinsing with bidistilled water, and in the field, with the water to be analyzed. The collection of river water sample is usually carried out in the middle of a river by immersing the bottle by hand to well below the surface. For a definite depth sampling of sea or lake water, a variety of types of water samplers are used. The commercially available water samplers used for trace element analysis were summarized by Batley and Gardner.' Rainwater samples are usually collected through a polyethylene funnel with about I-m diameter which is placed about 1 to 1.5 m above the ground.
TABLE 1 Nuclear Properties of Isotopes Utilized for NAA and Element Concentrations in Natural Waters Measured by NAA Analvtical value ( u d l ) Element
Nuclide
Half-life
tiamma-ray energy (keV)
Sensitivity' (I&
Short-life method Mg A1 C1 Ca Ti
v Mn Cu Br In Sn Te I DY Th
u
Mg-27 A1-28 C1-38 Ca-49 Ti-5 1 V-52 Mn-56 CU-66 Br-80 In- 1 16m Sn-125m Te-131 I- 128 Dy-165 Th-233 U-239
9.46 rnin 2.24 rnin 37.3 min 8.72 min 5.76 rnin 3.75 min 2.58 h 5.10 min 17.4 min 54.1 rnin 9.52 min 25.0 rnin 25.0 min 2.33 h 22.3 rnin 23.5 min
Medium-life method Na K Cu Zn Ga As Br Pd
Na-24 K-42 Cu-64 Zn-69m Ga-72 AS-76 Br-82 Pd- 109
15.0 h 12.4 h 12.7 h 14.0 h 14.1 h 26.3 h 35.3 h 13.5 h
Fresh water range (Average)
Seawater range (Average)
TABLE 1 (Continued) Nuclear Properties of Isotopes Utilized for NAA and Element Concentrations in Natural Waters Measured by NAA Analytical value (pgll) Element La Pr Sm Eu Ho Er W Hg
Nuclide La- 140 Pr-142 Sm-153 Eu- 152m Ho- 166 Er-171 W-187 Hg-197111
Half-life
Gamma-ray energy (keV)
Sensitivity' (I%)
40.3 h 19.1 h 46.7 h 9.3 h 26.8 h 7.5 h 23.9 h 23.8 h
Long-life method Ca Sc Cr Fe Co Ni Zn Se Rb Sr Zr Mo Ag Cd Sb Sb Cs
Ca-47 SC-46 Cr-5 1 Fe-59 Co-60 CO-58 Zn-65 Se-75 Rb-86 Sr-85 Zr-95 Tc-99m Ag- 11Om In-1 15m Sb-122 Sb-124 CS-134
4.54 d 83.8 d 27.7 d 44.6 d 5.27 years 70.8 d 244 d 118 d 18.8 d 64.8 d 64.0 d 2.75 d 252 d 2.23 d 2.68 d 60.2 d 2.06 years
Fresh water range (Average)
Seawater range (Average)
Ba-131 Ce-141 Nd-147 Eu-152 Gd-153 Tb-160 Tm-170 Yb-169 Yb-175 Lu- 177 Hf-181 Ta- 182 Ir- 192 Au-198 Hg-197 Hg-203 Pa-233 Np-329 a
12.0 d 32.5 d 12.0 d 13.0 years 242 d 72.1 d 129 d 30.0 d 4.19 d 6.71 d 42.4 d 115 d 74.2 d 2.70 d 2.67 d 46.8 d 27.0 d 2.35 d
Sensitivity is given in microgram amounts of each element resulting 1000 counts of gamma-peak area under the following conditions. Detector: Ge(HP) semi-conductive detector (ORTEC Model GMX15200) having absolute peak-counting efficiency shown in Figure 2; thermal neutron flux: 1 X 10'' n cm-2. s-I; short-life method: irradiation-time(T,) = 10 min, cooling-time(T,) = 3 min, measuring-time(T,) = 100 s; medium-life method: T, = 1 h, T, = 1 d, T, = 1000 s; longlife method: T, = 1 d, T, = 7 d, T, = 1OOOO s.
.
382
Activation Analysis
-
.e filter 142mm
FIGURE 1 . Vacuum-filtration apparatus made of Pyrexm-glass used for trace element analysis.
It is preferable to freeze the water samples immediately after collection and to keep then in a frozen state until required, in order to prevent any losses and contaminations of trace elements of interest. B. FILTRATION In order to separate the suspended materials from the dissolved species, as a general rule, the water sample is filtered immediately or at least within a day after the collection, through a membrane filter with 0.45 Fm pore size. If the filtration procedure is omitted, the distribution of chemical forms of trace elements tends to change by the contact of the dissolved species with suspended materials for extended periods of time. Furthermore, high bacterial concentrations associated with suspended materials will also lead to depletion of soluble metal species. For trace element analysis of water samples, a polycarbonate membrane with the brand name of NucleoporeB and a cellulose ester membrane with the brand name of SartoriusB or Millipore@are commonly used. In general, the cellulose ester membranes are more efficient to remove suspended materials than the polycarbonate one which tends to clog-up very quickly. While the pore-size discrimination of polycarbonate membrane is more accurate than that of the cellulose ester membranes,* one should choose the membranes according to the types of water samples to be analyzed and to the purpose of one's study. The membrane filter is previously washed by immersing in a dilute analytical-grade nitric acid for a few days followed by passing sufficient volumes of bidistilled water and of water samples to be analyzed through the filter. To avoid the contamination during the filtration, it is advisable that this procedure is carried out under dust-free conditions. Consideration should also be given to the materials of a filtration apparatus. In our laboratory, the vacuum-filtration system made of PyrexB-glass is routinely used (Figure I). The filtrate must be acidified immediately to a pH value of about 1 with spec-pure nitric acid. This acidification step is necessary to inhibit bacterial growth, to avoid the adsorption of trace elements on the wall of the bottle, and to strip any trace elements bonded to colloidal particles. The acidified filtrate is transferred into a precleaned Polythene or polyethylene container and then stored in a refrigerator until the time of analysis.
Volume 11
383
E n e r g y of gamma-ray ( MeV FIGURE 2. Absolute peak-counting efficiency of different volumes of water samples by Ge(HP) detector (Ortec Model GMX-15200 with 15% relative efficiency and 2.0-keV resolution of the 1332-keV %Co line). (From Muto, T., personal communication, 1987. With permission.)
111. INSTRUMENTAL NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS One noteworthy advantage of NAA is that no preliminary treatment of samples is required. Instrumental neutron activation analysis (INAA) is simple, rapid, and free from unexpected errors based on contamination and loss. Therefore, INAA, when applied to water samples, seems to be suitable for routine analysis of trace elements in naturally occurring levels or pollution levels. Less attention, however, has been paid to the simultaneous determination of multitrace elements in natural waters by the INAA. Though NAA is well known for its high sensitivity, the concentrations of certain trace elements in natural waters are too low to determine directly. In order to determine these trace elements, a large volume of water sample is compulsory. But, it is discouraged by the increased pressure in an irradiation container, which results from the gas evolution through radiolysis of water during neutron irradiation. It was reported by Kim et al."hat the rate of gas production at a thermal neutron flux of 1013 n cm-' s c ' was observed to be 270 ml h ' per liter distilled water. The rate may increase with salt concentrations in water. The other limitations concerning the use of a large volume of water sample are as follows. 1. There may be substantial variations of neutron flux over large samples during the irradiation. The handling and containment of large samples may cause blank problems. 2. The gamma-ray counting of large samples will necessarily involve an unusual geo3. metrical configuration for which accurate calibration may be difficult. The peak-counting efficiency with Ge(Li) or Ge(HP) semiconductive detector drops 4. with increasing sample volume as illustrated in Figure 2. The irradiation of large samples is limited in most reactor facilities. 5.
-
-
Moreover, INAA of natural water samples is always subject to the interferences mainly caused by high 24Na(half-life = 15 h), 38Cl(half-life = 37 min), and 82Br(half-life = 35 h) activities produced from 23Na, 37C1, and 81Br, respectively. This is why it makes it impossible to determine most other elements whose neutron activation products have either comparable or shorter half-lives. Thus, the elements which can be determined by INAA at
384
Activation Analysis
naturally occurring levels in freshwater may be limited to Na, Al, C1, Ca, Sc, Cr Fe, Co, Zn, Rb, Br, and Cs. For seawater and other high-salinity natural water samples, only Na and C1 can be accurately determined without any preconcentration steps. Regardless of the above limitations, INAA technique has been employed to some types of freshwaters because of its ~implicity.~-'~ The author shows one typical procedure.
Example of Analytical Procedure About 10 ml of water sample is transferred into a clean ampoule (polyethylene for short-, quartz for long-irradiation) and then heat-sealed for neutron irradiations. Following a definite time of irradiation and suitable cooling period, the ampoule is cooled in ice water (for polyethylene ampoule) or liquid nitrogen (for quartz ampoule) and then the tip of the ampoule is cut off. The sample is transferred into a new vial designed for gamma-ray counting. This sample transfer step is necessary to avoid the interferences of 24Naand other radioactivities produced in the irradiated ampoule. In a long-time irradiation of a large volume (>100 ml) of water sample, it is necessary to take into account the liberation of gasses produced through radiolysis of water and the corrections for neutron-flux gradient during the irradiati~n.~.~
IV. PRECONCENTRATION OF TRACE ELEMENTS BY
EVAPORATION Since trace element concentrations in natural waters are usually very low and a longtime irradiation of a large volume of water sample is discouraged in most reactor facilities, preconcentration techniques are needed in order to obtain high sensitivity and precision of the analysis. The simplest way for the preconcentration of trace elements is by evaporation. The advantages of the evaporation method, compared with other preconcentration techniques, are as follows. 1.
2. 3.
Since the method requires no chemical separation techniques, it is free from the inherent errors associated with chemical determination. Therefore, the method is very reproducible for most elements. The method is able to treat a large volume of water sample, accordingly, the high concentration factors of trace elements can be obtained. The method changes 1 1 of fresh water sample to a powder sample of about 10 to 500 mg that can be irradiated in a small container.
In addition, the modem development of a measuring technique for gamma radiation using a Ge(Li) or Ge(HP) semiconductive detector connected to multichannel pulse height analyzer, together with computing technique, makes possible the simultaneous measurement of the activities of a great many gamma emitters. Thus, it can be said that evaporation is one of the most attractive preconcentration methods for simultaneous determination of multitrace elements. Two techniques, heat-evaporation and freeze-drying, are commonly used for this purpose. In general, the heat-evaporation technique is subject to some difficulties, because the technique is carried out at a high temperature in open system. These difficulties include the contamination by fallout particles from laboratory atmosphere, the dissolution of ions from container surface, and the losses of some trace elements by volatilization. These difficulties are largely improved by using the freeze-drying technique. Since the freeze-drying technique is performed at a low temperature and low pressure in an air-tight system, the contaminations of sample and the losses of volatile elements are avoided. The freeze-drying technique, although potentially the most accurate, has several drawbacks.
Volume 11
385
First, since the technique concentrates all components including major cations and anions dissolved in water samples, the problems of matrix interfering of 24Na,' T l , and "Br are still not solved. Therefore, the application of this technique to seawater samples is largely limited. Secondly, a question may be raised regarding ability to transfer dry residue quantitatively from a freeze-drying container to an irradiation container. In addition, the drying procedure is time consuming so that it cannot be carried out in the sampling site. The second question, concerning sample transfer, may be eliminated by designing a freeze-drying container which also will serve as an irradiation container.'",20 Another approach for the quantitative transfer of the samples is the utilization of high-purity materials, such as spec-pure sodium carbonate2' or ultra carboqZ2as "carrier", which are added to water samples before the freeze-drying step. These attempts are effectively utilized to such water samples that the final residues after freeze-drying may be only a few milligrams. Many studies on the multielement determinations in natural water samples have been performed using h e a t - e v a p o r a t i ~ nor ~ ~f-r~e~e ~ e - d r y i n g " ~ ' ~techniques ~ ~ ~ - ~ ~ , prior ~ ~ - ~to~ neutron irradiation. The typical procedures of the evaporation method will be described below.
Example of Analytical Procedure I (Heat Evaporation) A 2-1 water sample is previously concentrated to about 50 ml using a rotary evaporator. The concentrate is dried on a PyrexB-glass dish under infrared lamps until a constant weight is reached. This procedure should be performed in a laminar-flow clean hood to avoid possible contamination by the fallout particles. The evaporated residue on the dish is exactly weighed, and the amount equivalent to about 1 1 of the original water sample is exactly transferred into a bag made of polyethylene with 0.03 mm thickness which is previously acid-washed. This bag is heat-sealed. The bag containing the sample is enclosed within a second bag made of polyethylene with 0.07 mm thickness, then heat-sealed. The second bag is necessary to prevent contamination during the handling and irradiation. The evaporated residue sample is first irradiated for 1 min at a thermal neutron flux of 1.5 x 1012n ~ m - s-I. ~ . The second polyethylene bag is removed 1 min after the irradiation, and the irradiated sample is repacked into a new polyethylene bag for the gamma-ray counting. Immediately, the sample is counted for 100 s on a coaxial Ge(HP) detector connected to a 4k-channel pulse-height analyzer to determine Mg (27Mg),A1 (2RA1),Ca (49Ca),and V (52V).The typical gamma-ray spectrum from the preconcentrated river water observed with the Ge(HP) detector is shown in Figure 3. The determination of Na (24Na), K (42K),and Mn (56Mn)are camed out by recounting for 200 s, 2 h after the irradiation in order to raise the sensitivity. The same sample is irradiated once more at the same neutron flux for 5 h. After cooling for 2 weeks, the sample is counted for 30000 s in order to determine Rb (8hRb),Ba (l3IBa), Sb (Iz2Sb),Yb (L75Yb),LU ( 1 7 7 L ~and ) , AU('"~AU). After the subsequent cooling for 50 d, the sample is recounted for 50000 s in order to determine Cr ("Cr), Fe (59Fe), Co (60Co), Ni ( T o ) , Zn (65Zn),Se (75Se),Sr (85Sr),Ag (IlomAg),Sb (lZ4Sb),CS (134C~), Ce (I4'Ce), Eu (Is2Eu), Tb (I60Tlb),Tm (17Tm), Yb (169Yb),Hf (I8'Hf), Ta (lX2Ta),Ir (I9'Ir), and Th (233Pa). The typical gamma-ray spectra from the preconcentrated river water are shown in Figure 4 a to c, which are observed with the Ge(HP) detector after cooling periods of 7, 14, and 50 d, respectively. The intense photopeaks and Compton backgrounds due to 24Naand "Br are found in Figure 4a, so the photopeaks of most other nuclides cannot be detected, except for very weak photopeaks of 47Ca-47Scand Iz2Sb. Figure 4b clearly shows different photopeaks of a great number of nuclides, although the interferences of 82Brand 47Ca-47Scare still observed. It is obvious from Figure 4c that after a cooling period of 50 d, there are no interferences from the 82Brand 47Ca-47S~ nuclides.
-
Activation Analysis
-
1 0
I
I
500 1 0 3
I
15CO
Gamma- Ray
, I 2033 2503 3C03 I
I
I
3503 40:
Energy ( keV )
FIGURE 3. Gamma-ray spectrum of the preconcentrated river water sample (heat-evaporation) observed with Ge(HP) detector after short-irradiation.Original water sample = about 1 1, thermal neutron flux = 1.5 X 10" n . ~ m . s-', - ~ irradiation time = 1 min, cooling time = 2 min, counting time = 100 s, distance from the top of the detector = 2 cm.
Special care should be paid to the determination of the following nuclides. For 65Zn determination, the 1115-keV gamma peak is used after subtracting the contribution of the 1121-keV gamma peak from '%c by referring to the 889-keV gamma peak. In a similar manner, 'Sr is determined using the 5 14-keV gamma peak after subtracting the contribution of the 5 11-keV annihilation peak from 65Znby referring to the 1115-keV gamma-peak.
Example of Analytical Procedure I1 (Freeze-Drying)" A 300-1111 aliquot of sample water is transferred to a 500-1111polyethylene bottle and then frozen at -70°C. The frozen sample is placed in the freeze-drying chamber (LABCONCO, Model FD-12) which is then evacuated; 2 or 3 d under a vacuum of mmHg are needed to dry 300 g of ice to a residue which remains on the bottom of the bottle. The residue is transferred quantitatively to a clean 100 ml-Teflon@beaker with the aid of small amounts of a mixture of ethanol and water (1:2), then dried overnight in an air bath of 120°C under clean conditions. The resulting residue is then transferred to two clean polyethylene irradiation bags, one of which is used for the short irradiation and the other for the long irradiation. The elemental concentrations in the sample are determined in the same way as described above.
V. PRECONCENTRATION OF TRACE ELEMENTS BY CHEMICAL SEPARATION Nonchemical preconcentration techniques like freeze-drying still suffer serious disadvantages as mentioned above, which make it impossible to determine many important trace elements (e.g., Cu, As, Mo, Cd, La, Sm, W, Hg, U, etc.). These disadvantages can be largely overcome by using some simple chemical preconcentration steps. The preconcentrations must be made to remove the interfering elements effectively while still keeping the high recovery of trace elements of interest. It is desirable that the preconcentration of a great number of trace elements is made at the same time by a one-step procedure. However, the procedures for selective concentration of a particular element are often required to make possible the determination of ultra-trace elements without interferences from other trace elements.
Volume I1
Gamma-Ray
6
Energy
( keV )
I
0
I
I
I
250
503
750
Gamma-Ray
I
0
250
I
500
I
Energy ( k e V )
I
750
Gamma -Ray
L
4
1003 1250 1500 1750 20:
I
loo0 1250
L
1500 1750 20
Energy ( keV )
FIGURE 4. Gamma-ray spectra of the preconcentrated river water (heat evaporation) observed with Ge(HP) detector after 5-h irradiation at a thermal neutron ~ . Original water sample = about 1 1: (a) cooling flux of 1.5 x 1012n ~ m - s-I. period = 7 d, counting time = 1000 s, distance from the top of the detector = 2 cm; (b) cooling period = 14 d, counting time = 30000 s; (c) cooling period = 50 d, counting time = 50000 s.
387
388
Activation Analysis
The following methods are usually employed for the enrichment of trace elements of interest and for the removal of interfering major elements from natural water samples. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Adsorption of metal chelates onto activated carbon and other solid phases. Coprecipitation or cocrystallization of trace elements with inorganic or organic collector agents. Separation of trace elements using ion exchangers or chelating resins. Solvent extraction of trace elements with complexing agents.
The combined use of the above four types of preconcentration methods and NAA must serve both to lower the determination limits of trace elements in water samples and to improve the accuracy of the determination. Since each of the above methods has its own advantages or disadvantages, the most suitable methods and optimum working conditions must be chosen for the determination of trace elements in question. Much attention should also be paid to the following viewpoints in order to obtain the satisfactory analytical results. First, great care is necessary to avoid any contamination and loss of determinants at all stages of the preconcentration procedures. It is required that the collector agents or the chemicals used during the procedures are of the highest purity available. The purity of these materials will become a limiting factor for the trace element determination. In general, the purification of the materials is not recommended, because it tends to cause unexpected contaminations. Second, it is indispensable to determine the blank-values of the elements of interest, which can be evaluated by running the whole preconcentration procedures with bidistilled water in the place of water samples to be analyzed. These blank-values must be subtracted from all measured values of the water samples. In the same manner, the recovery of trace elements of interest should be previously checked by tracer experiments and all measured values of the samples must be corrected afterwards. Third, special care must be paid to the problem ensuring complete collection of the trace elements. Since natural waters are complex systems, the trace elements may exist in many forms, e.g., simple ions, ion pairs, organic or inorganic complexes, and undissociated compounds. Adjustment of the condition of sample water by some methods, such as acidification, may be necessary to obtain the reliable analytical results. The author mentions each chemical-preconcentration methods.
A. ADSORPTION Adsorption of trace elements on activated carbon which does not induce radioactive nuclides by thermal neutron, is most frequently employed for the preconcentration of trace elements in natural water sample^.^."^-^^ The principal advantages of this method are the simplicity and rapidity, which allow the preconcentration to be performed at the sampling site. Other advantages of the method can be summarized as follows. 1.
2. 3.
The sample becomes more compact, which is of interest for the quantitative transfer of sample into an irradiation container and for the simultaneous irradiation of many samples. The adsorption leads to a good decontamination of Na, C1, and Br. Naturally occumng organic metal complexes can be adsorbed on activated carbon.
The only disadvantage is the problem of the blank-values of activated carbon, which govern the lower limits of determination. Much attention should be paid to keeping the blank-values low by a proper choice and pretreatment of activated carbon. The blank-values of some activated carbon reported by Nagatsuka et a1.53and Lieser et a1.40are given in Table
Volume I1
389
TABLE 2 Concentrations of Trace Elements in Activated Carbon Measured by INAA @gig) A" Ag A1 As Au Br
Ca Cd
Ce C1 Co Cr Cu Dy Eu Fe Hg In Ir K La Mg Mn Mo Na Ni Sb Sc Se Sm U
v
Zn Note
-
120-3100 0.94-7.6 0.0024-0.0079 0.55-2.3 1000-2200 ND
-
120-500 0.71-3.8 4.9-20 30- 130 ND-0.24 ND-0.089 78-6700 1.2-2.1 0.03-0.20 ND-0.013 59-2800 ND- I .0 590- 1400 0.52-99
39-1 100 ND-2900 0.06-1.00 0.02-1.12 -
0.01-0.25 -
12-15 ND- 190 A , Commercially available activated carbon (three brands); B, emission spectroscopic carbon powder; C, Merck-2186; D, Carbopuron-4n (Degussa).
2. The table shows that activated carbon named "emission spectroscopic carbon powder" and "Carbopuron-4n (Degussa)" have higher purity compared with other commercially available activated carbon. Prior to the adsorption step, the metal ions in natural water samples are converted to the organic structures using complexing agents, because in general, organic compounds are more effectively adsorbed on activated carbon than inorganic species. The following complexing agents are commonly utilized for this purpose: 8-hydroxyquinoline (oxine), diphenylthiocarbazone (dithizone), sodium diethyldithiocarbamate (Na-DDC), ammonium pyrrolidinedithiocarbamate (APDC), and L-ascorbicacid. The typical procedures will appear later. The recovery of trace elements by the adsorption on activated carbon are summarized in Table 3. Instead of activated carbon, hydrous iron (111) oxide can be used for the quantitative collections of trace elements, such as As, Cd, Co, Cu, Hg, Mo, Sb, Sn, Te, Ti, U, V, and This method, adsorption colloid flotation, is c&d out in the presence of iron(II1) and APDC at pH 5.8 using surface-active agents, such as sodium dodesylsulfate and sodium W.59960
390
Activation Analysis
TABLE 3
Percent Recovery of Trace Elements by Adsorption on Activated Carbon from Water Samples Chelatine agents
Trace element
Activated carbon only40
Dithizone"
Oxines2
Ag Au Cd Ce Co Cr Cu
85 100 49 87 40 91
85 100 95 82 81 96
DY
100 74 97 8453 100 50 95 77 100 96
30 95 90-100 90-100 80-90 99
Eu Fe Hf Hg In La Lu Mo Mn Ni Re Sc Se Sm Tb
u v W Yb Zn
1w3 95 77 9655 100 100 21 -
100
0-20
-
100 61 100 -
66 18
67 40
Ba Br Ca
-
10-3 2 -
1 -
lo-> -
-
90-100 90-100 >99 56 0 91 89 87" 88 90-100
As Sb
Cs K Li Mg Na
86
90-100 90-100 1OO5' 88
10-4
I 5' -0 <10 -0 -0 -0 variable -0
oleate. Polyurethane foam-loaded complexing agents, such as 1-(2-pyridylazo-2-naphthol) (PAN), diethylammonium diethyldithiocarbamate (DDC) are also employed as preconcentrating matrices for the elements of Au, Hg, In, and Sb.61
Example of Analytical Procedure IS3 A water sample (11) which has been stored at pH 1 after filtration, is transferred to a 2-1 beaker and the pH is adjusted to 6 with ammonia water. An amount of 20 mg APDC and 200 mg activated carbon (emission spectroscopic carbon powder) are added. After 30 min of stimng at 50°C in a water-bath, the carbon is separated by filtration through a prewashed filter paper and then the carbon on the filter paper is washed with bidistilled
391
Volume 11
TABLE 4 Coprecipitants Utilized for Collections of Trace Elements from Natural Water Samples Coprecipitants
WOW, AI(OH), PbS BiS Se PbAPOA Pb-APDC Oxine Oxine-OPPb a-Benzoin oxime P-Naphthoin oxime PANc Thionalide
"
Ref.
Elements of interest
Al, As, Sn, V , W, REEsa Ag, As, Co, Cr, Cu, Sb, Se. Sn, Zn Ag, As, Au, Cd, Cu, Hg, Sb, Sn Pd As, Au, Sb Ag, Cd, Cr, Cu, Mn, Th, U, Zr Co, Cu, Hg Cd Ag, Al, Co, Cu, Mn, Mo, U, V, Zn, Zr Mo, W Mo Ag, Cd, Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, Hf, Hg, In, Mn, Sc, Sn, Th, U, Zn, Zr As, Cu, Sb
La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb, and Lu 0-Phenylphenol. I-(2-Pyridylazo-2-naphthol).
27, 30, 62-64 27, 30 27, 30 65 66
67 68 69 70 71 72 73-75 76
b
water. For the determination of mercury, the carbon is air-dried and then transferred into a precleaned quartz tube for 12-h irradiation. For the determination of copper, on the other hand, the carbon is dried under infrared lamps and then transferred into a polyethylene bag for a 5-min irradiation. Then the samples are irradiated and the mercury and copper contents are determined. The mercury content of "spectroscopic carbon powder" is 47 nglg as shown in Table 2. This content is considerably lower than that listed by heating the carbon powder in a quartz-tube at 950 to l W C under a stream of nitrogen. Example of Analytical Procedure 114' A 1-1 natural water sample is first shaken at pH 5.5 with the suspension of 30 mg activated carbon (Carbopuron4n) and 1 ml of an acetone solution containing 1 mg NaDDC. Then the activated carbon is separated by filtration. The filtrate is re-adjusted to pH 8.5 with ammonia water, and shaken again with the suspension of 30 mg activated carbon and 1 ml of an acetone solution containing 1 mg dithizone. After filtration, both fractions of the activated carbon are combined, dried, and transferred into a quartz ampoule for the irradiation. By this procedure, the following elements are collected with the recovery of 80 to 100%: Ag, Au, Cd, Ce, Co, Cr, Cu, Eu, Fe, Hf, Hg, In, La, Mo, Sc, U, and Zn.
B. COPRECIPITATION Coprecipitation is one of the most convenient preconcentration methods as well as the adsorption on activated carbon, by which it would be expected to facilitate the determination of many trace elements in natural water samples. A wide variety of coprecipitants have been used in conjunction with NAA as listed in Table 4. The colloidal inorganic coprecipitants such as iron(II1) hydroxide and aluminum are commonly utilized as effective collectors for many trace elements. Another method is the coprecipitation of trace elements as the sulfides with suitable carriers, such as lead27.30or This method is effective for the collections of the elements Ag, As, Au, Cd, Cu, Hg, Sb, Sn, and Pd. The organic coprecipitants such as 8-hydroxyquinoline ( o ~ i n e )0-phenylphenol ,~~ (OPP),"' 1-(2-pyridylazo-2-naphthol)(PAN),73-75 etc., are also very often applied for the collection of trace elements. The author shows the typical procedures using Fe(OH), and PAN as the coprecipitants.
392
Activation Analysis
I 0
I
250
I
500
I
750
1030
Gamma - Ray Energy
1250 1500 ( keV )
1
1
1750 2030
FIGURE 5. Gamma-ray spectrum of the preconcentrated river water (coprecipitation with iron [111] hydroxide) observed with Ge(HP) detector. Original water samples = about 1 I, thermal neutron flux = 1.5 X 1012n ~ r n - s-I, ~ . irradiation time = 5 h , cooling time = 1 d, counting time = 1000 s.
.
* Example of Analytical Procedure I: Fe(OH), A 1-1water sample, which has been stored in a polyethylene bottle at pH 1 after filtration, is previously concentrated to about 100 rnl using a rotary evaporator. The concentrate is transferred into a precleaned 200-ml beaker, and 0.5 ml of 1% Fe3' solution is added. The Fe3 solution utilized in this step is prepared by dissolving pure iron-rod of 99.999% (JonsonMatthey) with spec-pure nitric acid and hydrochloric acid. The pH is adjusted to 6 with ammonia water while being stirred. The sample solution is gently heated to boil on a hotplate for 30 min to digest the precipitate of Fe(OH),. The precipitate is then collected by filtration through a prewashed filter paper. The precipitate on the filter paper is repeatedly washed with a sufficient volume of hot-bidistilled water containing a trace amount of ammonia, and dried under infrared lamps. The filter paper containing the precipitate is folded and doubly enclosed into the polyethylene bags for the irradiation as mentioned above. Standards containing known amounts of each element and blank are also prepared in the same way as the water sample. The sample is irradiated along with the standard and blank for 5 h in a TRIGA-I1 reactor with a thermal neutron flux of 1.5 x 1012 n cm-2 s-I. After cooling for 1 d, the outer polyethylene bag is removed and the irradiated sample is repacked into a new polyethylene bag and then counted for 1000 s with a Ge(HP) detector connected to a multichannel pulse-height analyzer. An example of gamma-ray spectrum of the preconcentrated river water sample is shown in Figure 5. The figure shows prominent photopeaks from the nuclides of interest 76As, 1 8 7 w, 239Np,140La, Is3Sm, 152mEu, and '66Ho, although the intense gamma rays from the interfering nuclides, such as 24Na, 82Br, and 59Fe, are still observed. In the analysis of seawater or other high-salinity water samples, it may be required that the coprecipitation procedure is repeated several times to remove the interfering elements satisfactorily. The nuclides, such as 99Mo-99mT~, 140Ba-'40La,are also produced from the fission of 23sU.For seawater samples with high-uranium concentration, therefore, it is necessary either to have previously removed the uranium through an anion exchange step or to correct the contribution of those nuclides from the fission products. +
.
Example of Analytical Procedure 11: PAN75 To 800 ml of seawater sample, 200 mg of hydroxyl ammonium chloride is added and
Volume I1
393
TABLE 5 Various Types of Ion Exchangers Utilized for Preconcentration of Trace Elements from Natural Water Samples Ion Exchanger Anionic exchanger AG-1x8 Rexyn-201 Zeokarb-226 IRA-400 LA- I Reeve Angel SB-2 Inorganic ion exchanger HAP" Chelating resin Chelex- 100 Dowex A-1 Chemically modified exchanger Zincon Diaion S#100 Oxine sulfonic acid Diaion S#100 Bathocuproine + Dowex- 1X4 Trien + DTC-celluloseh ASH' t A1203 PIDd Tosyl-cellulose
+
+
CS, a
+
SB-2
+
Elements of interest
Ref.
Th, U As, Cd, Zn
Cu Ag, Au, Cd, Co, Cu, Hg, Mn, U, Zn
u Hg, U, Zn Ag, Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, La, Lu, Mn, Mo, Sc, Sm, Ti, V, Zn Al, Ba, Ca, Cd, Ce, Co, Cr, Eu, Fe, La, Mg, Mn, Mo, Ni, Sc, Sn, Th, Ti, U, V, Zn Au, Ca, Cd, Co, Cu, Hg, Mn, Zn Cu, Hg, Zn As, Co, Cu, Hg, Mn, Zn Hg Cd, Cu, Hg Hg Al, Ag, Au, Co, Cr, Cu, Eu, Fe, La, Mn, Mo, Sb, Sc, Sm, U, V, W , Zn Cd, Co, Hg
Hydrated antimony pentoxide. Triethylenetetramine + dithiocarbamate cellulose Aniline sulfur resin. Piperazinedithiocahxylate.
the pH is adjusted to 4.0 with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The solution is stirred for 1 h, and after the pH is re-adjusted to 9.0, 3 ml of 1% PAN acetone solution is added slowly. The suspension is heated at 80°C for 1 h, cooled to room temperature, and filtered under suction through a Metricel@filter (pore size 0.45 pm). The wet precipitate is transferred to a small (215 dram) polyethylene irradiation vial and then dried in an oven at 60°C. The sample is irradiated for 10 min in order to determine Cd ("'"Cd), CO (60"C~),CU ( T u ) , Mn (56Mn),and U (23yU),and for 16 h in order to determine Cd ('I5Cd), Cr (Wr), U (23yNp), and Zn (6ymZn).
C. ION EXCHANGE The preconcentration method using ion exchange resins is also frequently employed to remove major elements and the majority of the interfering minor elements from natural water samples. The method, when used in column, is very suitable for the treatment of a large volume of water sample. By this method, the determination limits of trace elements of interest can be substantially lowered. Since the method has high decontamination factors for the major interfering elements, such as Na, C1, and Br, it would be expected to facilitate the analysis of seawater sample which is the most difficult material to determine trace elements. Four types of ion exchange resins, anionic exchanger, inorganic exchanger, chelating resin, and chemically modified exchanger, combined with NAA, are generally used for the determination of trace elements in natural water samples. These exchange resins are summarized in Table 5.
394
Activation Analysis
1. Anionic Exchanger
Anionic exchangers, a wide variety of which are on the market today, are most commonly utilized for the above purpose. For example, uranium can be readily trapped from natural waters as uranyl thiocyanide complex on Dowex AG-1X8.77Thorium, on the contrary, forms no anionic complex in hydrochloric acid media, so that the thorium can be separated not only from major elements but from the majority of interfering minor elements which form anions, by passing through the AG-1x8 column.78Rexyn-201 resin is used for the collections of As, Cd, and Zn, which is accomplished by passing 1 1 of sample solution through the In a similar manner, Zeokarbpolyethylene capsule containing 1 ml of the resin at pH 226,80and Amberlite IRA-4W8' resins are employed for the collections of Cu and of Ag, Au, Co, Cu, Hg , Mn, U, and Zn, respectively. Amberlite LA- 1 (liquid anionic exchange resin)" and Reeve Angel SB-2 (resin-loaded filter paper)83are also utilized to collect some trace elements from natural water samples.
Example of Analytical Procedure: LA-lS2 LA-1 resin (10 ml) (0.05 M kerosene solution) is added to 1 1 of filtered water sample with pH s 2 , and the mixture is shaken vigorously for 2 min, then allowed to stand for about 20 min until the aqueous and organic phases separate each other; 5 ml of the recovered organic phase is transferred into a 2-dram polyethylene vial for the irradiation. The amount of uranium in the organic phase is measured using a delayed-neutron counting facility. 2. Inorganic Ion Exchanger Although hydrated antimony pentoxide (HAP) is an excellent remover of 24Na,97it is not effective to utilize the HAP for the preirradiation removal of sodium, because some antimony is leached from the HAP column during the sodium removal process. The interferences of the gamma rays emitted from the nuclides '22mSb,122Sb,and lZ4Sbwhich are induced from the leached antimony, are so severe that no trace elements may be reliably determined. Nyarku and Chatt solved this problem by utilization of two other inorganic exchangers, acid aluminum oxide (AAO) and tin dioxide (TDO).84Antimony leached from the HAP column is perfectly removed by subsequently passing the sample solution through both exchanger columns.
3. Chelating Resin A chelating resin such as C h e l e ~ - 1 0 0 ~ ~Dowex - ~ ~ 0 r A-1'' is also often used for the preconcentration of trace elements of interest. Chelex-100 which is a strong complexing agent, quantitatively collects a great number of trace elements from natural water samples as listed in Table 6. Example of Analytical Procedure: Chelex-10088 A slurry of 3.3 ml of hydrated Chelex-100 resin (approximately 400 mg dry-weight) in the sodium form is packed into a polypropylene chromatographic column. The resin is washed with 5-ml volumes of 2.5 M nitric acid three times, followed by 5-ml volumes of bidistilled water twice. The seawater sample (100 ml or 200 ml) which has been filtered and preserved with nitric acid, is adjusted to a pH-range of 5.2 to 5.7 with ammonia water, then a few drops of 8 M ammonium acetate are added. The sample solution is passed through the resin, keeping the flow-rate below 0.8 mllmin. After passing the water sample through the resin, the resin is washed with two column volumes of bidistilled water followed by 10ml volumes of 1.0 M ammonium acetate four times to remove the alkali, alkaline-earth, and halogen elements. The resin is then washed with two bed volumes of bidistilled water and allowed to dry in the column under a clean air facility. The air-dried sample is transferred to a polyethylene bag for neutron irradiation. The irradiation is performed at a thermal
Volume 11
395
TABLE 6 Percent Recovery of Trace Elements by Chelex-100 Resin from Seawater
Trace element
Ba Cd Ce
Co Cr Cu Fe
La Mn Mo Ni Sc Sn Th
u v
Zn Note: Values given in pH 8 column are from Reference 85. Values given in the last column are from References 86 and 88.
.
.
neutron flux of 5 x 1013 n cm-2 s- ' for 2 min to determine Al, Ti, V, and Mn. The same sample is reirradiated along with standard and blank at the same flux for 2 h to determine Cd, Co, Cr, Cu, Eu, Fe, Mo, Ni, Sc, Sn, Th, U, and Zn.
4. Chemically Modified Exchanger For selective preconcentration of trace elements in natural water samples, chemically modified exchangers have been developed by several workers. For example, Akaiwa et al.8y-y3presented three kinds of chelating agent-loaded resins (CALRs). The CALRs are prepared by the adsorption of chelating agents on anion exchanger resins. Anion exchanger resins, such as Diaion SA#100 and Dowex-1x4 are converted to OH-type with ammonia water, and added to an aqueous solution of excess amounts of chelating agents having a strongly dissociative group (e.g., - SO,H), then stirred for 2 to 3 h. The mixture is then filtered, and washed with bidistilled water. For the preparations of CALRs, the following chelating agents are utilized: O-{2-[a-(2-hydroxy-5-sulfophenylazo)-benzylidene]-hydrazino} benzoic acid (zincon), oxine sulfonic acid (HOx), and 4,7-diphenyl-2,9-dimethyl-l , lOphenanthroline disulfonic acid (bathocuproine). The HOx-resin is suitable for simultaneous group concentration of chalcophile elements (e.g., As, Co, Cu, Hg, Mn, Zn).90-92On the other hand, z i n c ~ n -and ~ ~b. a~t h~ o c u p r ~ i n e -resins ~ , ~ ~ are effectively applied to the selective concentration of copper and mercury.
D. SOLVENT EXTRACTION The solvent extraction using chelating agents is preferred as the method to preconcentrate several ultra-trace elements because of its high selectivity and rapidity. The derivatives of dithiocarbamic acid, ammonium pyrrolidinedithiocarbarnate (APDC) and sodium diethyldithiocarbamate (Na-DDC), are commonly utilized as the chelating agents. It is well known that the metals, such as Ag, As, Au, Cu, Hg, Sb, etc., which form insoluble sulfides, can
396
Activation Analysis
react with the dithiocarbamates to give chelates. The resulting chelates are extractable by a variety of organic solvents. Since the extraction of metals with the dithiocarbamatesdepends on pH during the preconcentration procedure, it is possible to extract selectively a particular element by controlling the pH. Table 7 shows the applications of this method to the preconcentration of several trace elements.
1. Extraction with APDC or Na-DDC The extraction with APDC can be applied to the analysis of valence states of antimony and arsenic in natural waters.99The trivalent species, Sb(II1) and As(III), can be quantitatively extracted with APDC into chloroform over a wide-range of pH 0.6 to about 6. The pentavalent species, Sb(V) and As(V), on the other hand, are quantitatively extracted at pH <1, but not extractable at pH >3.0. Thus, the trivalent species can be separated from the pentavalent species by controlling.the pH of sample solution to a value between 3.5 and 5.5. The typical procedure will be presented later. In order to extract As@) alone from water sample, the pH-value of 1.5 is chosen, because the extraction efficiencies for Fe, Mn, and Zn are very low at pH <2, so that the radioactivities induced from these elements can be inhibited.98The trivalent antimony and arsenic can also be separated from their pentavalent species by extraction into chloroform as the DDC-chelates at pH 2.5 to 4.0."' The use of the mixture of APDC and Na-DDC may provide a better working pH range. For example, gallium is quantitatively extracted in a narrow pH range around 4 to 5 with Na-DDC and around 5 to 6 with APDC. When the mixture of APDC and Na-DDC is used, on the other hand, gallium is quantitativelyextracted from water samples at pH-range between 4 and 6.'02 Although Na-DDC is unstable in strong acid solution, the mixture of APDC and Na-DDC appear to form stable metal complexes. For example, molybdenum is quantitatively extracted into chloroform with the mixture at a wide pH range 0.7 to 4.0.'03 In the extraction of molybdenum from seawater sample, however, the pH-range of 1.3 to 1.5 should be chosen, because uranium can also be extracted at pH >2, which interferes with the determination of molybdenum by the 235U(n,f) 9 9 Mreaction. ~
Example of Analytical Procedure (APDC)99 Ten milliliters of 20% ammonium citrate buffer is added to a 100 ml aliquot of water sample, and the pH of the sample solution is adjusted to a value between 3.5 and 5.5. Four milliliters of 12.5% ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), 10 ml of chloroform, and 2 ml of 5% APDC aqueous solution are successively added to the sample solution, then the mixture is shaken vigorously for 10 min. The EDTA solution is utilized as a masking agent, because the degree of extraction of Sb(II1) and As(II1) with APDC may be significantly reduced due to the competition caused by other metals presented in natural water systems. The organic bond Sb(lI1) and As(II1) in chloroform are then back-extracted into 1.5 ml of 50% nitric acid solution by a shaking for 10 min. Incomplete extraction of As(II1) may result if the acid concentration is less than 30%, although Sb(II1) can be completely extracted into 20% nitric acid solution. After phase separation, 1 ml of the aqueous phase is transferred into a 215 dram polyethylene vial and heat-sealed for neutron irradiation. To determine total antimony and arsenic, 1 ml of 25% sodium thiosulfate solution and 1 ml of 20% potassium iodide solution are added to the second aliquot of the water sample, by which reductions of Sb(V) to Sb(II1) and of As(V) to As(II1) are accomplished. The mixture is extracted with APDC by the same procedures as described above. After 2 to 3 h irradiation and 24-h cooling period, antimony and arsenic are determined as the nuclides lZ2Sb(564 keV) and 76 AS (559 keV). The differences in antimony and arsenic concentrations between the two aliquots represent the amounts of Sb(V) and As(V) in the water sample.
TABLE 7 Preconcentration of Trace Elements by Solvent Extraction from Natural Water Samples Complexing agent APDC APDC Na-DDC APDC + Na-DDC APDC + Na-DDC Pb(DDC), Pb(DDC), Bi(DDC), Bi(DDC), HD (Liquid cation exchanger)
Organic solvent CHCI, CHCI, CHC1, CHCI, CHCI, CC1, CHCI, CHCI, CHCI, n-hexane
pH Condition 3-6 5.5 2.5-4.0 4-5 1.4
2-3
Back extraction 50% HNO,
dilute HNO, Pb(NO,), s o h
-
-
<1
-
3.5 0.018 M HC10,
5 N HNO,
Elements of interest
Ref.
As(III), Sb(II1) Ag, Au, Co, Cu, Fe, Ni, Sb, U, V , Zn As(III), Sb(II1) Ga Mo Hg Au, Cu, Hg Au, Hg Pd Al, Ca, Co, Cr, Cu, Eu, Fe, La, Mg, Mn, Sc, Sm, Zn
98, 99 42, 100 10 1 102 103 104 105, 106 107 108 109
398
Activation Analysis
2. Extraction with Metal-DDC Complexes Selective extraction of some heavy metals into chloroform from natural water samples can be effectively achieved by the use of metal dithiocarbamate complexes. The solvent extraction of metals (Mn+)with diethyldithiocarbamic acid (H-DDC) into organic solvent can be expressed by the following equation:
with the equilibrium constant K (extraction constant)
The extraction constants of metal-DDC complexes have been determined by several worke r ~ , " ~ -and " ~ it is known to decrease in the order Au3+,Pd2+, Hg2+, Ag+, Bi3+, Cu2+, Ni2+, Pb2+, In3+, Sb3+,Cd2+,As3+, Zn2+, Co2+,Fez+, and TI . Either Bi(DDC), or Pb(DDC), complex are generally used to extract several trace metals from water samples prior to neutron irradiation, because both bismuth and lead do not produce radioactive nuclides that would cause interferences in the gamma spectrometry. Metals, such as Au, Pd, Hg, and Ag, whose extraction constants are greater than that of Bi(II1) or Pb(II), can be extracted into chloroform with Bi(DDC), or Pb(DDC), complex. On the other hand, most of the heavy metals that exist in the environment (e.g., Mo, Se, In, Sb, Cd, As, Zn, Co, Fe, Mn, etc.) cannot be extracted with Bi(DDC), or Pb(DDC), complex, because the extraction constants of these metals are much lower than that of Bi(II1) or Pb(I1). In addition, the alkali, alkaline-earth, and halogen elements, which do not form complexes with DDC, are also eliminated. As a result, it becomes possible to preconcentrate selectively the trace metals of Au, Pd, Hg, and Ag from natural water samples. The solvent extraction method by Pb(DDC), is effectively applied to concentrate not only Au, Pd, Hg, and Ag, but Cu, because the extraction constant of Cu(I1) is greater than that of Pb(II).'05 The typical procedure will be described later. Gold and mercury in natural water samples can be selectively extracted by Bi(DDC), at pH range 0.3 to 1.0.'07 Extraction at pH <0.3 is not practical, because the decomposition of metal-DDC complexes is accelerated in such acid solution. At pH >1, on the other hand, the extraction efficiency decreases: at pH 2, only about 50% of the Au and Hg are recovered. Copper can also be partially extracted by Bi(DDC),, because the extraction constant of copper is close to that of bismuth. The presence of the intense 51 1-keV annihilation peak may interfere indirectly with the measurement of I9'Hg (77.6 keV) by producing from TU a high background radiation. To suppress the extraction of copper, the water samples are spiked with bismuth(II1): the extraction of copper can be suppressed to about 7% by adding 100 kg/ml Bi3 to 15 ml water sample. The extraction of palladium by Bi(DDC), depends on the type of acid.lo8The extraction in nitric acid medium is not suitable, probably because of the oxidation of Pd(I1) to Pd(1V) which is not extractable by DDC. Quantitative extraction of palladium is found in hydrochloric acid solution. Although palladium is quantitatively extracted at a wide range of pH, 0.5 to 7, the extraction of gold and mercury depends strongly on pH as mentioned above. The extraction efficiencies for Au and Hg decrease in pH > 1, reach a minimum around pH 3 to 4 (20 to 30%), and then increase again above pH 4.'08 As a consequence, it is obvious that to collect palladium selectively, the extraction should be carried out at pH between 3 and 4. +
+
Example of Analytical Procedure: Pb(DDC),Io5 A 50-ml filtered seawater sample is digested in a Sjostrand-type wet-oxidation reflux apparatus by adding the mixture of concentrated nitric acid and concentrated sulfuric acid.
Volume 11
399
This digestion step is needed in order to avoid colloidal formation of metals and to convert organometallic forms to inorganic ionic forms in the sample solution. After cooling, the solution is shaken with chloroform to remove bromine. The pH value of the aqueous solution is adjusted to 2 to 3 with 6 N sodium hydroxide solution. Hg, Au, and Cu are then extracted into chloroform solution of Pb(DDC),. The organic phase is washed with bidistilled water several times to remove sodium, then transferred into a quartz ampoule. Chloroform in the ampoule is evaporated completely at room temperature before being sealed for neutron irradiation. Hg , Au, and Cu are determined as the nuclides I9'Hg (77.6 keV), Iy8Au (412 keV), and TU (51 1 keV), respectively, following 6-h irradiation at a thermal neutron flux of 2 x 1012 n cm-' S K I and a 10-h cooling period.
-
-
3. Extraction with Cation Exchanger Another approach to the concentration of trace elements and to the removal of major interfering elements is the use of liquid cation exchanger such as dinonylnaphthalene (abbreviated as HD). The preconcentration is achieved by extracting metal ions with HD in nhexane from natural water samples followed by back-extracting into a minimal volume of acid s o l u t i ~ n .This ' ~ method, however, is somewhat troublesome to use. Since a few percent of sodium are found in the resulting organic phase, it will be necessary to remove the 24Na after the irradiation using hydrated antimony pentoxide (HAP) column. In addition, because of its poor selectivity, practically all of the alkaline-earth elements like Ca and Mg can also be extracted. As a result, the gamma-ray measurement of ultra-trace metals of interest is subject to the interferences by relatively high level activities induced from these elements.
VI. RADIOCHEMICAL SEPARATION One of the major advantages associated with NAA lies in the ability of radiochemical separation after neutron irradiation, by which both the separation of nuclides in question and the removal of interfering nuclides can be achieved without the analytical errors based on reagent blanks and other types of contaminations. Its application to natural water samples, however, has several drawbacks. First, a large concentration factor cannot be obtained, because the volume of sample allowed in each irradiation is limited. Therefore, the combined use of preconcentration techniques (e.g., heat-evaporation, freeze-drying) and radiochemical separation is often required to make possible the determination of many trace elements. Second, to minimize the radiation dose to the analyst, the highly radioactive sample is usually left to decay for several days. As a result, only nuclides with the half-lives considerably longer than that of 24Na(half-life = 15 h) can be utilized for elemental determination. The short-lived nuclides must have decayed before they can be measured. To determine the nuclides with the half-lives comparable to that of 24Naor with the shorter half-lives, the use of a hot-cell is required, by which handling of the sample immediately after the end of irradiation becomes possible. Third, it is necessary to take into account the potential interfering reactions (e.g., 99Mo, I4OLa from 2"U (n,f) y 9 M ~'40Ba-'40La), , which may lead to serious analytical errors. Thus, the application of radiochemical separation to water samples is not so attractive as the application to biological samples or other solid samples. The articles relating to radiochemical separation, which has been applied to irradiated water samples to collect radionuclides of interest and to remove 24Na and other interfering nuclides are summarized in Table 8.
400
Activation Analysis
TABLE 8 Radiochemical Separations Applied to Irradiated Water Samples Method
Nuclides of interest
Ion exchange HAP (Hydrated antimony pentoxide) HMD (Hydrated manganese dioxide) AAO (Acid aluminum oxide) AAO + HAP
113 22 114 115
Reeve Angel SB-2 Dowex-1x8 Bio-Rad AG- 1 x 2 Dowex-2x8 Isotope exchange 12/CCI, Br, Solvent extraction APDCIMIBK" 2-HMBTb/CHC13 Lubricating base oilc Distillation Coprecipitation a-Benzoin oxime Electrolysis Mercury cathode
116 117 118 119
+
" "
Ref.
120 10 121 122 123, 124 71 125
Methylisobuthylketone. 2-Mercaptobenzothiazole. Byproduct of petroleum.
REFERENCES 1. Batley, G. E. and Gardner, D., Sampling and storage of natural waters for trace metal analysis, Water Res., 11, 745, 1977. 2. Laxen, D. P. H. and Chandler, I. M., Comparison of filtration techniques for size distribution in freshwaters, Anal. Chem., 54, 1350, 1982. 3. Kim, J. I., Stark, H., and Fiedler, I., A method of long-time-irradiation of a voluminous liquid sample in a reactor neutron flux for activation analysis of water, Nucl. Instrum. Methods, 177, 557, 1980. 4. Clemente, G. F. and Mastinu, G. G., Instrumental method for the determination of trace elements in water samples by neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 20, 707, 1974. 5. Benes, P. and Steinnes, E., In situ dialysis for the determination of the state of trace elements in natural waters, Water Res., 8, 947, 1974. 6. Benes, P. and Steinnes, E., Migration forms of trace elements in natural fresh waters and the effect of the water storage, Water Res., 9, 741, 1975. 7. Salhu, B., Steinnes, E., and Pappas, A. C., Multielement neutron activation analysis of fresh water using Ge(Li) gamma spectrometry, Anal. Chem., 47, 1011, 1975. 8. Benes, P., Gjessing, E. T., and Steinnes E., Interactions between humus and trace elements in fresh water, Water Res., 10, 711, 1976. 9. Uken, E. A., Hahn-Weinheimer, P. and Stark, H., Distribution of selected trace elements in samples of sediment, suspension and water taken along the Ism river, Bavaria, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37,741, 1977. 10. Luten, J.B., The determination of some trace elements in rainwater by neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 897, 1977. I I. Kusaka, Y., Tsuji, H., Fujimoto, Y., Ishida, K., Fukui, Y., Mamuro, T., Matsunami, T., Miohata, A., and Hirai, S., Multielement analysis of groundwater samples by neutron activation with comparison between direct and evaporation methods, J. Radioanal. Chem., 71, 7, 1982.
Volume 11
401
12. Kim, J. I., Lux, D., and Fiedler, I., Multielement trace analysis for inorganic species in large volume water samples by mono-standard neutron-activation analysis. Mikrochim. Acta, 1, 137, 1982. 13. Salbu, B., Bjornstad, H. E., Lindstrom, N. S., Brevik, E. M., Rambaek, J. P., Englund, J. O., Meyer, K. F., Hovind, H., Paus, P. E., Enger, B., and Bjerkelund, E., Particle discrimination effects in the determination of trace metals in natural fresh waters, Anal. Chim. Acta, 167, 161, 1985. 14. Naeem, A., Multielemental determination in water by neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 100, 269, 1986. 15. Michaelis, W., Multielement analysis of environmental samples by total-reflection X-ray fluorescence spectrometry, neutron activation analysis, and inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectroscopy, Z. Anal. Chem., 324, 662, 1986. 16. Suzuki, S. and Hirai, S., Behavior of trace elements in the Tama river, Nippon Kagaku Kaishi, 1987, 1678. 17. Landsberger, S., Vermette, S. J., and Drake, J, J., Sulfur, halogens, and heavy metals in urban summer rainfall, in ACS Symposium Series No. 349, The Chemistry ofAcid Rain: Sources and Atmospheric Processes, Johnson, R. W. and Gordon, G. E., Eds., American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C., 1987, 213. 18. Naeem, A., Multielement determination in water by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Lett., 118, 79, 1987. 19. Harrison, S. H., LaFleur, P.D., and Zoller, W. H., Evaluation of lyophilization for the preconcentration of natural water samples prior to neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 47, 1685, 1975. 20. Hamilton, E. P. and Chatt, A., Determination of trace elements in atmospheric wet precipitation by instrumental neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 71, 29, 1982. 21. Kharkar, D. P., Turekian, K. K., and Bertine, K. K., Stream supply of dissolved Ag, Mo, Sb, Se, Cr, Co, Rb, and Cs to the oceans, Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta, 32, 285, 1968. 22. Habib, S. and Minski, M. J., Neutron activation techniques for the analysis of the soluble and particulate fractions of river water, J . Radioanal. Chem., 63, 379, 1981. 23. Mamuro, T., Matsuda, Y., Mizohata, A., Takeuchi, T., and Fujita, A., Activation analysis of polluted river water, Radioisotopes, 20, 111, 1971. 24. Draskovic, R., Radosavljevic, R., Tasovac, T. and Zaric, M., Neutron activation analysis of the aquatic environment in the Sava river, in Neutron Activation Techniques in the Life Sciences, IAEA-SM-157156, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, 1972, 287. 25. Bogen, J., Trace elements in precipitation and cloud water in the area of Heidelberg measured by instrumental neutron activation analysis, Atmos. Environ., 8, 835, 1974. 26. Tanizaki, Y. and Nagatsuka, S., The distribution of several trace elements and their chemical behavior in the head-water area of the Tama river, Nippon Kagaku Kaishi, 1974, 2094. 27. Nagatsuka, S., Tanizaki, Y., and Okano, Y., Neutron activation analysis of trace elements in water sample, Radioisotopes. 23, 693, 1974. 28. Merritt, W. F., Variation in trace element concentrations along the length of Ottawa river, Can. J. Earth Sci., 12, 850, 1975. 29. Bunus, F., Dumitrescu, P., and Bulaceanu, R., Analytical determination of microelements in well waters, J . Radioanal. Chem., 27, 77, 1975. 30. Nagatsuka, S. and Tanizaki, Y., Determination of trace elements in Tonegawa river water by neutron activation analysis, Radioisotopes, 25, 375, 1976. 31. Tanizaki, Y. and Nagatsuka, S., The distribution of trace elements in the Ogasawara Islands, Nippon Kagaku Kaishi, 1977, 667. 32. Sherief, M. K., Awadallah, R. M., and Grass, F., Trace elements in water samples from lake Nasserlake Nubia, J. Radioanal. Chem., 60, 267, 1980. 33. Tanizaki, Y. and Nagatsuka, S., The distribution and the origin of trace elements in fresh waters in the Mikurajima Island, Radioisotopes, 30, 486, 1981. 34. Tanizaki, Y., Yamazaki, M., and Nagatsuka, S., The distribution of trace elements in the ground water in the Musashino area, Nippon Kagaku Kaishi, 1982, 768, 35. Tanizaki, Y. and Nagatsuka, S., Distribution and chemical behavior of 21 elements in river water in the Yakushima Island, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 56, 619, 1983. 36. Tanizaki, Y., Yamazaki, M., and Nagatsuka, S., Physicochemical speciation of trace elements in river water by size fractionation, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 57, 1545, 1984. 37. Tanizaki, Y., Yamazaki, M., and Nagatsuka, S., Physicochemical speciation of trace elements in river water by means of ultrafiltration, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 58, 2995, 1985. 38. Piper, D. Z. and Goles, G. G., Determination of trace elements in seawater by neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chim. Acta, 47, 560, 1969. 39. Lieser, K. H. and Neitzert, V., The determination of trace elements in water by non-destructive neutron activation, J. Radioanal. Chem., 31, 397, 1976. 40. Lieser, K. H., Calmano, W., Hews, E., and Neitzert, V..; Neutron activation as a routine method for the determination of trace elements in water, J . Radioanal. Chem., 37, 717, 1977.
402
,
Activation Analysis
41. Schutyser, P., Maenhaut, W., and Dams, R., Instrumental neutron activation analysis of dry atmospheric fall-out and rain water, Anal. Chim. Acta, 100, 75, 1978. 42. Kusaka, Y., Tsuji, H., Imai, S., and Omori, S., Neutron activation analysis of trace elements in seawater, Radioisotopes. 28, 139, 1979. 43. Kusaka, Y., Tsuji, H., Fujimoto, Y., Ishida, K., Mamuro, T., Matsunami, T., Miohata, A., and Hirai, S., Multielement neutron activation analysis of underground water samples, Bull. Inst. Chem. Res., Kyoto Univ., 58, 171, 1980. 44. Ndiokwere, C. L., Determination of trace elements in rain water by neutron activation analysis, Radioisotopes, 31, 583, 1982. 45. Jubeli, Y. M. and Parry, S. J., A new application of neutron activation analysis with "9U to determine uranium in groundwaters, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 102, 337, 1986. 46. Van Der Sloot, H. A. and Das, H. A., The determination of mercury in water samples from the environment by neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chim. Acta, 73, 235, 1974. 47. Van Der Sloot, H. A., Massee, R., and Das, H. A., Determination of uranium in sea and surface waters by neutron activation analysis after adsorption on charcoal, J. Radioanal. Chem., 25, 99, 1975. 48. Van Der Sloot, H. A. and Das, H. A., The determination of vanadium in sea and surface waters, J. Radioanal. Chem., 35, 139, 1977. 49. Massee, R., Van Der Sloot, H. A., and Das, H. A., The determination of selenium in water samples from the environment, J. Radioanal. Chem., 35, 157, 1977. 50. Van Der Sloot, H. A., The determination of chromium in water samples by neutron activation analysis after preconcentration on activated carbon, J . Radioanal. Chem., 37, 727, 1977. 51. Van Der Sloot, H. A., Wals, G. D., and Das, H. A., The determination of molybdenum and tungsten in sea and surface water, Anal. Chim. Acta, 90, 193, 1977. 52. Vanderborght, B. M. and Van Grieken, R. E., Enrichment of trace metals in water by adsorption on activated carbon, Anal. Chem., 49, 31 1, 1977. 53. Nagatsuka, S. and Tanizaki, Y., Determination of mercury and copper in water samples by activation analysis using preconcentration on emission spectroscopic carbon powder, Radioisotopes, 27, 379, 1978. 54. Holzbecher, J. and Ryan, D. E., Determination of uranium by thermal and epithermal neutron activation in natural waters and in human urine, Anal. Chim. Acta, 119, 405, 1980. 55. Akaiwa, H., Kawamoto, H., and Ogura, K., Preconcentration of copper (11) and mercury (11) using dithizone and carbon powder followed by neutron activation analysis, Radioisotopes, 30, 535, 1981. 56. Orvini, E. and Gallorini, M., Speciation problems solved with NAA: some actual cases for Hg, V , Cr, As, and Se, J. Radioanal. Chem., 71, 75, 1982. 57. Orvini, E., Gallorini, M., and Speziali, M., Neutron activation analysis applied to speciate trace elements in freshwater, in Trace Element Speciation in Surface Waters and Its Ecological Implications, Leppard, G . G . , Eds., Plenum Press, New York, 1983, 231. 58. Hamilton, T. W., Ellis, J., and Florence, T. M., Determination of gold in natural waters by neutron activation gamma-spectrometry after preconcentration on activated charcoal, Anal. Chim. Acta, 148, 225, 1983. 59. Murthy, R. S. S. and Ryan, D. E., Determination of arsenic, molybdenum, uranium, and vanadium in seawater by neutron activation analysis after preconcentration by colloid flotation, Anal. Chem., 55, 682, 1983. 60. Feng, XI and Ryan, D. E., Ccmbination collectors in adsorption colloid flotation for multielement determination in waters by neutron activation, Anal. Chim. Acta, 162, 47, 1984. 61. Braun, T., Abbas, M. N., Flek, A., and Bakos, L., Reagent-loaded and unloaded polyurethane foam as preconcentration matrix in neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 67, 359, 1981. 62. Goldberg, E. D., Koide, M., Schmitt, R. A., and Smith, R. H., Rareearth distributions in the marine environment, J. Geophys. Res.. 68, 4209, 1963. 63. Nagatsuka, S., Suzuki, H., and Nakajima, K., Activation analysis of lanthanide elements in natural water, Radioisotopes, 20, 305, 1971. 64. Wals, G. D., Das, H. A., and Van Der Sloot, H. A., The determination of inorganic arsenic in water by thermal neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 57, 215, 1980. 65. Weiss, H. V. and Fresco, J., Platinum group elements in seawater. I. Palladium, Can. J . Chem., 61, 734, 1983. 66. Elson, C. M., Milley, J., and Chatt, A., Determination of arsenic and antimony in geological materials and natural waters by coprecipitation with selenium and neutron activation-gamma-spectrometry, Anal. Chim. Acta, 142, 269, 1982. 67. Holzbecher, J. and Ryan, D. E., Determination of trace metals by neutron activation after coprecipitation with lead phosphate, J . Radioanal. Chem., 74, 25, 1982. 68. Stiller, M., Mantel, M., and Rapaport, M. S., The determination of trace elements (Co, Cu, and Hg) in the Dead-Sea by neutron activation followed by X-ray spectrometry and magnetic deflection of beta-ray interference, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 83, 345, 1984.
Volume 11
403
69. Weiss, H. V., Chew, K., Guttman, M., and Host, A., The determination of cadmium in sea-water by radioactivation, Anal. Chim. Acm, 73, 173, 1974. 70. Fujinaga, T., Kusaka, Y., Koyama, M., Tsuji, H., Mitsuji, T., Imai, S., Okuda, J., Takamatsu, T., and Ozaki, T., Radioactivation analysis of aluminum, vanadium, copper, molybdenum, zinc, and uranium in natural water samples using organic coprecipitants, J. Radioanal. Chem., 13, 301, 1973. 71. Korob, R. O., Cohen, I. M., and Agatiello, 0. E., Tungsten and molybdenum co-precipitation by abenzoinoxime for activation analysis of tungsten. Use of molybdenum as tracer, J. Radioanal. Chem., 34, 329, 1976. 72. Kulathilake, A. I. and Chatt, A., Determination of molybdenum in sea and estuarine water with Pnaphthoin oxime and neutron activation, Anal. Chem., 52, 828, 1980. 73. Blommaert, W., Vandelannoote, R., Van't Dack, L., Gijbels, R., and Van Grieken, R., Relative evaluation of neutron activation, X-ray fluorescence and spark source mass spectrometry for multielement analysis of geothermal waters, J. Radioanal. Chem., 57, 383, 1980. 74. Bern, H. and Ryan, D. E., Determination of uranium in sea water and biological materials by neutron activation after selective preconcentration with 1-(2-pyridy1azo)-2-naphthol, Anal. Chim. Acra, 158, 119, 1984. analysis after preconcentration with 1-(2-pyridy1azo)-2-naphthol,Anal. Chim. Acta, 166, 189, 1984. 76. Gohda, S., Activation analysis of arsenic, copper, and antimony in sea water, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 45, 1704, 1972. 77. Brits, R. J. N. and Smit, M. C. B., Determination of uranium in natural water by preconcentration on anion-exchange resin and delayed-neutron counting, Anal. Chem.. 49, 67, 1977. 78. Huh, C. A. and Bacon, M. P., Determination of thorium concentration in seawater by neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 57, 2138, 1985. 79. Sava, S., Zikovsky, L., and Boisvert, J., Determination of arsenic, cadmium, and zinc in river water by neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 57, 23, 1980. 80. Desai, H. H., Padmanabhan, P. K.. and Venkateswarlu, Ch., Use of a carboxylate exchanger in the determination of copper in distilled water by neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanul. Chem.. 31, 525, 1976. 81. Bergerioux, C., Blanc, J. P., and Haerdi, W., Preconcentration of environmental trace elements on organic support for neutron activation and high resolution photon spectrometry, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 823, 1977. 82. Zieliski, R. A. and McKown, D. M., Determination of uranium concentration in water by liquid anion exchange-delayed neutron analysis, J . Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 84, 207, 1984. 83. Becknell, D. E., Marsh, R. H., and Allie, W., Jr., Use of anion exchange resin-loaded paper in the determination of trace mercury in water by neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 43, 1230, 1971. 84. Nyarku, S. K. and Chatt, A., Removal of sodium and chlorine from seawater prior to neutron activation analysis for trace elements, J. Radioanal. Chem., 71, 129, 1982. 85. Lee, C., Kim, N. B., Lee,I. C., and Cbung, K. S., The use of achelating resin column forpreconcentration of trace elements from sea-water in their determination by neutron-activation analysis, Talanta, 24, 241, 1977. 86. Greenberg, R. R. and Kingston, H. M., Simultaneous determination of twelve trace elements in estuarine and sea water using pre-irradiation chromatography, J . Radioanal. Chem., 71, 147, 1982. 87. Gladney, E. S., Peters, R. J., and Perrin, D. R., Determination of uranium-235luranium-238 ratio in natural waters by chelex-100 ion exchange and neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 55, 976, 1983. 88. Greenberg, R. R. and Kingston, H. M., Trace element analysis of natural water samples by neutron activation analysis with chelating resin, Anal. Chem., 55, 1160, 1983. 89. Akaiwa, H., Kawamoto, H., Ogura, K., and Tanaka, K., Preconcentration of trace chalcophile elements by a zincon-loaded resin and its application to neutron activation analysis, Radioisotopes, 28, 291, 1979. 90. Akaiwa, H., Ion exchange based on complexation using a chelating agent-loaded resin and its application to preconcentration and radioactivation analysis of trace chalcophile elements, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem., Articles, 84, 165, 1984. 91. Akaiwa, H., Kawamoto, H., and Nakata, N., Neutron activation analysis of chalcophile elements using a chelating-agent loaded resin as a group separator, J. Radioanal. Chem., 36, 59, 1977. 92. Akaiwa, H., Kawamoto, H., Ogura, K., and Kogure, S., 8-Quinolinol-5-sulfonic acid-loaded resin as a preconcentrating agent in the neutron activation analysis of the chalcophile elements, Radioisotopes, 28, 681, 1979. 93. Akaiwa, H., Kawamoto, H., and Ogura, K., Bathocuproine disulfonic acid-loaded resin as a preconcentrating agent of trace mercury, Radioisotopes. 29, 521, 1980. 94. Murthy, R. S. S. and Ryan, D. E., Preconcentration of copper, cadmium, mercury, and lead from sea and tap water samples on a dithiocarbamatecellulose derivative, Anal. Chim. Acta, 140, 163, 1982.
404
Activation Analysis
95. Kramer, H. J. and Neidhart, B., Determination of trace amounts of dissolved mercury compounds by instrumental neutron activation analysis following a selective preconcentration, J. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 835, 1977. 96. Imai, S., Muroi, M., Hamaguchi, H., and Koyama, M., Preconcentration of trace elements in natural water with cellulose piperazinedithiocarboxylate and determination by neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 55, 1215, 1983. 97. Girardi, F. and Sabbioni, E., Selective removal of radio-sodium from neutron-activated materials by retention on hydrated antimony pentoxide, 3. Radioanal. Chem., 1, 169, 1968. 98. Mok,W. M., Shah, N. K., and Wai, C. M., Extraction of arsenic (111) and arsenic (V) from natural waters for neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 58, 110, 1986. 99. Mok, W. M. and Wai, C. M., Simultaneous extraction of trivalent and pentavalent antimony and arsenic species in natural waters for neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 59, 233, 1987. 100. Kusaka, Y., Tsuji, H., Tamari, Y., Sagawa, T., Ohmori, S., Imai, S., Ozaki, T., Neutron activation analysis of biologically essential trace elements in environmental specimens using pyrrolidinedithiocarbamate extraction, 3. Radioanal. Chem., 37, 917, 1977. 101. Gohda, S., Valence states of arsenic and antimony in sea water, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 48, 1213, 1975. 102. Yu, J. C. and Wai, C. M., Dithiocarbamate extraction of gallium from natural waters and from biological samples for neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 56, 1689, 1984. 103. Mok, W. M. and Wai, C. M., Preconcentration with dithiocarbamate extraction for determination of molybdenum in seawater by neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem.. 56, 27, 1984. 104. Lo, J. G. and Yang, J. Y., Preconcentration of inorganic mercury and organic mercury with solvent extraction for neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Lett., 94, 311, 1985. 105. Lo, J. M., Wei, J. C., and Yeh, S. J., Preconcentration of mercury, gold, and copper in seawater with lead diethyldithiocarbamate for neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 49, 1146, 1977. 106. Lo, J. M., Wei, J. C., Yang, M. H., and Yeh, S. J., Preconcentration of mercury with lead diethyldithiocarbamate for neutron activation analysis of biological and environmental samples, 3. Radioanal. Chem., 72, 571, 1982. 107. Yu, J. C., Lo, J. M., and Wai, C. M., Extraction of gold and mercury from sea water with bismuth diethyldithiocarbamate prior to neutron activation-gamma-spectrometry, Anal. Chim. Acta, 154, 307, 1983. 108. Shah, N. K. and Wai, C. M., Extraction of palladium from natural samples with bismuth diethyldithiocarbamate for neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem. Lett., 94, 129, 1985. 109. Yang, M. H., Chen, P. Y., Tseng, C. L., Yeh, S. J., and Weng, P. S., Determination of trace elements by neutron activation analysis using dinonylnaphthalene sulfonic acid as a preconcentrating agent, 3 . Radioanal. Chem., 37, 801, 1977. 110. Stary, J. and Kratzer, K., Determination of extraction constants of metal diethyldithiocarbamates, Anal. Chim. Acta. 40, 93, 1968. 111. Wytlenhach, A. and Bajo, S., Extractions with metal-dithiocarbamates as reagents, Anal. Chem., 47, 1813, 1975. 112. Shen, L. H., Yeh, S. J., and Lo, J. M., Determination of extraction constants for lead (11). Zinc (11), Thallium (I), and manganese (11) dithiocarbamates by a two-step extraction method, Anal. Chem., 52, 1882, 1980. 113. Ndiokwere, C. L. and Guinn, V. P., Determination of some toxic trace metals in Nigerian river and harbor water samples by neutron activation analysis, J. Radioanal. Chem., 79, 147, 1983. 114. Gladney, E. S. and Owens, J. W., Determination of arsenic, tungsten, and antimony in natural waters by neutron activation and inorganic ion exchange, Anal. Chem., 48, 2220, 1976. 115. Grancini, G., Stievano, M. B., Girardi, F., Guzzi, G., and Pietra, R., The capability of neutron activation for trace element analysis in sea water and sediment samples of the Northern Adriatic Sea, J. Radioanal. Chem., 34, 65, 1976. 116. Kolaczkowski, A. and Jester, W. A., Activation analysis of heavy metals in surface waters using ion exchange filter papers and cyanide complexing, 3 . Radioanal. Chem., 16, 21, 1973. 117. Lenvik, K., Steinnes, E., and Pappas, A. C., The simultaneous determination of As, Cd, Co, Hg, Mo, and Zn in fresh water by neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chim. Acta, 97, 295, 1978. 118. Gladney, E. S., Owens, J. W., and Starrier, J. W., Determination of uranium in natural waters by neutron activation analysis, Anal. Chem., 48, 973, 1976. 119. Luten, J. B., Woittiez, J. R. W., Das, H. A., and De Ligny, C. L., Determination of iodate in rainwater, J. Radioanal. Chem., 43, 175, 1978. 120. Luten, J. B., Das, H. A., and De Ligny, C. L., The determination of bromine and iodine in environmental water samples by thermal neutron activation and isotope exchange, J. Rudimnal. Chem., 35, 147, 1977. 121. Subramanian, S. and Turel, 2. R., Substoichiometric determination of Hg by radiochemical neutron activation analysis, J. Radiounal. Nucl. Chem. Lett., 105, 3 17, 1986. 122. Tseng, C. L., Determination of trace amounts of mercury in water by neutron activation analysis with lubricating base oil as extractant, Radioisotopes, 25, 523, 1976.
Volume 11
405
123. Kosta, L., Ravnik, V., Byrne, A. R., Stirn, J., Dermelj, M., and Stegnar, P., Some trace elements in the waters, marine organisms, and sediments of the Adriatic by neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chrm., 44, 317, 1978. 124. Jensen, K. 0. and Carlsen, V.. Low level mercury analysis by neutron activation analysis, J . Radioanal. Chem., 47, 121, 1978. 125. Jorstad, K, and Salbu, B., Determination of trace elements in seawater by neutron activation analysis and electrochemical separation, Anal. Chem., 52, 672, 1980
Volume 11
407
Chapter 10
IN VZVO NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS
.
Kenneth J Ellis
TABLE OF CONTENTS I.
Introduction ..................................................................... 408
I1.
408 In Vivo Neutron Activation Analysis ............................................ A. Basic Principle ..........................................................408
B.
C.
Neutron Sources ......................................................... 410 Uniformity of Thermal Neutron Flux ............................410 1. 2. Exposure Geometry ..............................................412 3. Radiation Dose .................................................. 412 Detector Systems ........................................................412 Whole-Body Counters ........................................... 412 1. Partial-Body Counters ............................................ 413 2.
111.
Prompt-Gamma Neutron Activation Analysis ................................... 415 A. Basic Equation ..........................................................415 B. Total-Body Nitrogen .................................................... 415 C. Cadmium in Kidney and Liver ..........................................416
IV .
Inelastic Neutron Activation Technique ......................................... 417
v.
Other In Vivo Neutron Activation Techniques ..................................419
VI .
Body Composition Studies and Clinical Applications ...........................419 A. Calcium ................................................................. 419 B. Nitrogen ................................................................. 421 C. Sodium and Chlorine .................................................... 421 D. Carbon .................................................................. 422 E. Cadmium ................................................................ 422 F. Other Elements .......................................................... 422
VII .
Conclusions and Summary ...................................................... 423
Acknowledgments ......................................................................423 References .............................................................................. 424
408
Activation Analysis
I. INTRODUCTION The biological and clinical research applications of neutron activation analysis have generated a renewed interest in the study of the elemental composition of tissue. In particular, the recent development of in vivo neutron activation techniques has resulted in a new era of research investigations focused on the basic clinical uses of these methods. The first controlled experiments in which neutron activation was used for the study of body composition in humans were reported in the mid-1960s by medical physicists.' The apparatus consisted of a whole-body counter which measured the gamma rays emitted from the body after irradiation using a cyclotron-produced neutron beam. These scientists demonstrated that the measurement of the delayed gamma spectra after neutron activation analysis (IVNAA) could be used to determine in vivo the major body elements. The radiation exposures required for the initial IVNAA procedures were already comparable with those associated with many routine diagnostic radiographic techniques. During the next two decades, various centers designed and built IVNAA facilities specifically for use in biomedical and clinical research. Each of these basic designs was usually focused on the measurement of body calcium, an element that enables a direct measure of bone mass because 99% of body calcium normally is located in the skeleton. Scientific workshops specific to the technical aspects of in vivo neutron activation analysis were sponsored in 1972 and 1981 by the International Atomic Energy A g e n ~ y .More ~ . ~ recently an international conference was convened at Brookhaven National Laboratory (U.S.A.) to present "state-of-the-art" neutron activation systems, their clinical applications, and techniques still in the development phase.4 The IVNAA technique provides the investigator with the only direct in vivo method for the multielemental analysis of the living human body. Various other radiation-based techniques (radiography, isotopic imaging, absorptiometry, radiotracer dilution) have been devised for body composition studies, but at best reflect relative changes in tissue density or volume. Isotope dilution techniques have been especially important, but provide information only for the exchangeable fluid compartments of the body. Only IVNAA can provide data on the total body content of the following elements: calcium, sodium, chlorine, phosphorus, nitrogen, hydrogen, and carbon. In addition, partial-body in vivo activation techniques have been developed for specific elements and organs, i.e., the measurement of cadmium in the kidney and liver, mercury in the brain, iron in the liver, iodine in the thyroid, and aluminum in bone. The body elements measured in humans by IVNAA at Brookhaven National Laboratory, as given in Table 1 , are typical of measurements made at most research centers. Although other reactions also can occur in the living body after neutron exposure, the accuracy of such measurements restricts any useful biological or clinical applications at the present time. The IVNAA technique provides an elemental profile of body composition that is independent of the molecular or chemical structure of the tissue. The remaining sections of this chapter provide the basic concepts of in vivo neutron activation and identify the various areas of clinical or biomedical application.
11. IN VZVO NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS (IVNAA) A. BASIC PRINCIPLE The following equation relates the delayed component of the induced activity in the body to the physical and experimental parameters that describe the neutron activation procedure: Counts
=
constant x M x e l x e2 x flux
X
exp
X
delay x counting
(1)
Volume 11
409
TABLE 1 Typical Body Elements Measured by In Vivo Nuclear Techniques
Body element
Standard (g)'
Man
(%Ib
Total body Oxygen Hydrogen Nitrogen . Calcium Phosphorus Potassium Sodium Chlorine Partial body Cadmiumc.' Mercury' Silicong Leadh Lithiumf Aluminumh
"
Measurement technique used at Brookhaven
HTO Dilution (p counting) Prompt y (2.2 MeV) Prompt y (10.8 MeV) Delayed y (3.10 MeV) Delayed y (1.78 MeV) Natural (I .46 MeV) Delayed y (2.75 MeV) Delayed y (2.2 MeV) 4.2 Trace Trace Trace Trace Trace Trace
0.006 Trace Trace Trace Trace Trace Trace
NRS n,y ",y n,nfy XRF
Prompt y (0.846 MeV) Prompt y (0.559 MeV) Prompt y (0.368 MeV) Prompt y (1.78 MeV) Prompt X-rays Delayed (T counting) Delayed y (1.78 MeV)
Amounts used for ICRP 23 p ~ b l i c a t i o n . ~ ~ Proportion of total weight for 70-kg man. Liver. Heart. Kidney. Brain. Lung. Bone.
The constant term is defined as Contant
=
[S x N x f l x f2]/(A x k l )
where the following physical parameters are used: S = reaction cross-section, N = Avogadro's number, A = atomic number, f l = isotopic abundance, f2 = gamma decay ratio, k l = ln(2)/t,,,, t,,, = half-life. Two of the experimental parameters that are determined by the design of the counting and activation facilities are e l = energy efficiency (detector volume), e2 = geometry efficiency (number of detectors), flux = neutron flux intensity (n/cm2-s). The total time of activation (Ta), delay time between the end of activation and the start of counting (Td), and the total counting time (Tc) are contained in the remaining terms of Equation I: exp = (1 - exp{kl x Td}); delay = (l/(exp{kl x Td}); counting = (1 exp{ - k l x Tc}) . The values for the cross-section, atomic number, half-life, isotopic abundance, gamma decay ratio, and Avogadro's number are inherent constants of nature. The mass of the target element is denoted by M in Equation 1. For each facility, the sensitivity and accuracy of the IVNAA procedure is strongly influenced by the exposure time which is governed by dose and the counting time. The major contributing factors to each of the parameters is the detection efficiency of the counter system and the source of neutrons. The geometry of the counter (number and position of the detectors) determines the absolute counting efficiency. The most sensitive whole body
410
Activation Analysis
counter has an absolute efficiency of 1 to 2%. The intensity and uniformity of the neutron flux is highly dependent on the method of production and contributes to the reproducibility of the measurement and defines the optimum activation times to be used. The design of IVNAA systems is usually influenced by the available source of neutrons and the gamma counting system. Thus, it has been necessary for each laboratory to establish independent calibration factors (CF). Separate calibrations usually are obtained experimentally for each element by performing the IVNAA procedure first using human-shaped phantoms with known amounts of the various elements in the phantom. These calibration factors are obtained from the basic activation equation given in Equation 1 in which the mass (M), the exposure time (Ta), delay time (Td), and the counting time (Tc) are fixed values. If the net counts in the photopeak generated by these conditions is C, then Equation 1 can be rewritten to give a calibration factor for each element:
where each of the terms in Equation 1 that contains the physical constants, the values for the counter geometry and efficiency, and the exposure, delay, and counting terms are combined in Equation 2 in the value of K. If the phantom used for calibration is an appropriate model of the subjects to be measured, one can obtain an accurate or "absolute" calibration. Once the calibration factors have been established for each element, the counts in the subject can be compared with the data for the phantom and the mass of the element in the subject obtained as follows:
Although this calibration procedure is common for IVNAA, each laboratory must obtain its own set of calibration factors, because they are a direct result of the design of the activation and counting systems. Whenever possible, a direct cross-calibration between the phantom and human cadaver measurements is re~ommended.~
B. NEUTRON SOURCES The selection of a neutron source for use in IVNAA is based, in part, on the elements to be measured, the required degree of uniformity of activation, the acceptable level of accuracy, and the allowable radiation dose. The types of neutron sources used for IVNAA have included accelerators, reactors, spontaneous fission sources, and radioactive sources. The basic characteristics of these sources are given in Table 2. Although the use of the (n,y) thermal neutron reaction has been predominant in IVNAA, higher energy neutrons are needed to penetrate to the deeper tissues in the body. The (n,2n) and ( n , ~ fast ) neutron reactions also have been used, but to a lesser extent, because the "portable" radioactive and fission sources do not have a sufficient intensity above 6 MeV. For the measurement of most elements, therefore, the investigator must weigh the advantages of a higher thermal flux density per unit dose, obtained with the radioactive sources, against their decreased thermal flux uniformity in the body and the loss of the fast neutron reactions.
1. Uniformity of Thermal Neutron Flux When the body is irradiated from one direction, the neutron flux density is not uniform with depth. The lack of uniformity is a major concern for activation procedures in which an "absolute" calibration is needed. The early investigations of Smith and Boot6 showed that a single exposure from one side of the body, independent of the neutron energy, could not produce a uniform thermal neutron flux throughout the body. Improved uniformity, however, was achieved by using a bilateral irradiation of the body combined with surrounding
TABLE 2 Characteristics of Five Types of Neutron Sources Used for In Vivo Neutron Activation Analysis of Man ='Cf
Characteristics Energy (MeV) Activity (Bq) Neutron output (ns-I) Source to skin distance (cm) Incident neutron flux density in body (neutrons/crn2 s) Irradiation time (min) Applications
Advantages
Disadvantges
Up to 10 Mean 3.9-4.6 3.7 X 10"-2.6 2.0 x lo7-1.1 2-50
X 10" x 109
2-30 Hand, torso, whole body Ca, Na, CI, P(D) Liver, kidney Cd(P) Total, partial body N(P) Reliable, constant output, long half-life, portable Continuously active, regulatory difficulties in transport may be encountered
Neutron generator
Up to 6 Mean 2.1 2.5-14 1.9 x 10l2-7.4 x 10l2 2.2 x loY-1.8 x 10" Up to 3 X 10" 6-60
10-30 Hand, forearm, spine Ca(D) Liver, kidney Cd(P) Total and partial N, Ca(p) Reliable, constant output, portable, very small source 2.6-years half-life continuously active
Cyclotron Up to 8-12 Mean 2.5-7.6 X
1010-1012
0.33-3 Total and partial body Ca, Na, CI, P(D) Some partial body (P)
Beam on only when required; good energy for thick sections More maintenance required than for radionuclide sources Cost of replacement tubes adds to expense
High output, may provide variable energy
From Cohn, S. H. and Parr, R. M., Eds., Clin. Phys. Physiol. Meas., 6, 1985, 275. With permission.
Thermal to 15 Mean 1.7
1.4
0.17-5 Mostly total body N, Ca, Na, C1, P(D)
Note: (D), delayed gamma reactions; (P), prompt gamma reactions.
Reactor
High cost, not justified for IVNAA alone Less reliable than radionuclide sources Need to monitor fluence rate
Partial body Ca, I (D)
May have high y-ray background. Energy may be too low for whole body IVNAA; major installation costs not justified for IVNAA alone
412
Activation Analysis
the subject with a few cm of polyethylene to serve as a partial moderator of the neutrons. Cohn et al.' reported their theoretical considerations in the selection of neutron sources for total body neutron activation analysis; their findings favored Pu,Be sources as the best choice. More recently, Morgan et a1.8 re-evaluated different neutron sources on the basis of sensitivity per unit dose and concluded that 252Cfprovided an advantage for IVNAA in normal-sized subjects.
2. Exposure Geometry The initial facilities developed for IVNAA were located in laboratories involved primarily in basic physics research.' The first neutron beams were cyclotron-produced with outputs Other laboratories of approximately loL2n/s and peak neutron energies of 3.5 and 8 soon developed IVNAA systems that used 14-MeV neutrons from D,T neutron generators.'' The first IVNAA facility designed exclusively for human clinical applications was built at Brookhaven National Laboratory in the early 1970s and uses 700 curies of activity consisting of 14 238Pu,Beneutron ~ o u r c e s . ' ~In . ' ~each of these facilities, the subject is exposed initially to a fast neutron beam with source-to-skin distances (SSD) that range from 0.7 to 3.7 m. The incident neutron flux density at the surface of the body varied from 1 x lo3 to 5 x lo5 n/cm2-s. The premoderator thickness varied from 0 to 4 cm. A bilateral irradiation was used to improve the thermal flux density in the body. When possible, the exposure procedure uses a simultaneous bilateral irradiation of the subject resting in a supine position. The exposure geometry used at Brookhaven for total body neutron activation is shown in Figure 1. The subject is placed within a polyethylene premoderator while two arrays of seven sources each are mechanically positioned above and below the subject's midline for a 5min exposure. l3.I4
3. Radiation Dose The absorbed dose to the subject usually has been measured using tissue-equivalent ionization chambers. The dose is often less than, or comparable to, many routine diagnostic radiographic procedures. The range of exposures for existing facilities depend, in part, on the elements being analyzed, the precision required, and the detection sensitivity of the counting system. The absorbed dose is dominated by the neutron exposure, but also includes a small gamma contribution (
Volume 11
413
FIGURE 1. A schematic of the Brookhaven neutron irradiator designed exclusively for IVNAA. Fourteen 50-Ci 23Tu,Be sources are mechanically positioned above and below the subject who is surrounded with a 2-cm polyethylene premoderator. ''
If the counting system is designed to scan the body, the speed of the scan must be variable and synchronized to the half-life of the element being measured. Therefore, the speed must be reduced during the scan to correct for the decay of the signal and achieve a uniform sampling of each portion of the body. For the short-lived elements, such as calcium and phosphorus, the body scan must be adjusted at an exponential rate to compensate for the reduced signal late in the scan.I5 It is important to note that the scanning speed used for calcium would be different from that used for phosphorus. Thus, the system may not be optimized for all elements. A comparison of the induced IVNAA gamma spectra for the Brookhaven whole-body counter after activation using the D,T neutron generator and the 700-Ci PuBe activation facilities is shown in Figure 3. The "nitrogen" and "phosphorus" peaks are reduced significantly for the lower energy source. A fourfold improvement in the spectra data was achieved for the same dose when the newer whole-body counter (thirty two 10 cm X 10 cm x 46 cm NaI(T1) detectors) was placed in operation in 1987.16
2. Partial-Body Counters IVNAA techniques based on partial-body measurements usually have focused on specific anatomical regions of the body. The in vivo measurement of iodine in the thyroid, for example, was one of the first applications of partial-body IVNAA.17 Such measurements also have been applied to calcium, phosphorus, and sodium in specific regions (hand, spine) of the body. '8.'9.20 Ellis and Kelleher combined partial-body and total-body IVNAA tech-
414
Activation Analysis
1 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 ROWS OF DETECTORS
FIGURE 2. A schematic showing the design of the Brookhaven adult wholebody counter (upper figure) and a top view showing how the thirty-two 10 cm x 10 cm x 46 cm NaI(T1) detectors cover the area of the body.16
niques to measure skeletal al~rninum.~' To date, McNeill and c o - ~ o r k e r have s ~ ~ developed the most advanced partial-body activation facility for the specific measurement of truncal or torso calcium. Their approach represents a unique compromise between the activation of the total skeleton and the partial-body measurements of the appendicular skeleton. Although a number of partial-body activation facilities have been established, the achievement of an acceptable absolute calibration, which is independent of the subject's size, is a formidable task. Comparison of the results obtained by partial-body activation between individuals of different sizes can lead to misinterpretation of the findings if size variations are not considered. The partial-body techniques may be best suited for longitudinal studies in the same individuals where marked differences in body shape would be less likely to occur.
Volume I1
.51 MeV) 3 8 I~ (1.64 M ~ V )
k
-
(2.16 MeV)
A
415
14 MeV NEUTRONS Pu, Be NEUTRONS ( - 5
24~a (2.76 MeV) 49c,
2 1 1 ' 1 1 2' lb~ ; " d d l l d " Q d " ' i ~ " ' d d l l d d l ' ~ ~ ~ " l l ~ ~ ' l ~ ~ o CHANNELS ( 3 3 keV/CHANNEL)
FIGURE 3 . Comparison of two IVNAA whole body counter spectra following neutron activation using a 2'HpU,Besource (5 MeV) and a D,T generator (14 MeV).14
111. PROMPT-GAMMA NEUTRON ACTIVATION ANALYSIS A. BASIC EQUATION When a nucleus captures a neutron, it is transformed into an excited state. This nucleus promptly returns to its lowest nuclear state either by the emission of nucleons or gamma rays. Although radiative capture can occur at all neutron energies, the probability increases at lower energies. The major difference between the IVNAA techniques described above (based on the delayed component of the induced activity) and those of prompt-gamma neutron activation analysis (PGNAA) is that the induced gamma signal in the latter procedure must be measured simultaneously with the neutron exposure. The equation that describes the PGNAA technique is less complex than that required for the delayed gamma spectra. The time-dependent terms in Equation 1 are eliminated and the total counts are directly proportional to the activation time (Ta) and flux. The basic equation that describes the PGNAA technique is as follows: Counts
=
{[S x N x f l x f2 x e l x e2]/A} x M x flux x Ta
(4)
where the physical constants are the same as those defined in Equation 1. For a given mass (M), the induced gamma signal is directly proportional to the intensity of the neutron flux and the total exposure time. The first demonstration of the PGNAA technique for in vivo application was in the mid1960s by Rundo and Bunce who reported on the measurement of body hydrogen.23 The medical physics group at the University of Birmingham extended this work and reported the feasibility of using a pulsed cyclotron beam for the in vivo measurement of nitrogen.24 Other centers soon followed, reporting on the use of radioactive sources for these measurements. 25-28
B. TOTAL-BODY NITROGEN The feasibility of measuring total-body nitrogen was first demonstrated using the cyclotron-produced fast-neutron reaction, 14N(n,2n) 3N.The general usefulness of this approach
416
Activation Analysis
for the measurement of body nitrogen was limited, however, by two significant factors. First, the nitrogen cross-section for the (n,2n) reaction has a high energy threshold, thus a neutron generator or particle beam accelerator is needed. Second, the induced product, I3N, is a positron emitter which gives only the characteristic 51 1-keV annihilation photons, not a unique signal for nitrogen. In addition, a fast-neutron reaction on body oxygen also produces 13N.This interference is highly variable and its contribution to the nitrogen peak may be as high as 17%. Even when these difficulties are considered, there remains the nonuniformity of the fast neutron fluence in the body. Each of these restrictions has been investigated extensively by the group at the University of Leeds in their continued efforts to use the (n,2n) reaction for measurements of body nitrogen.29 The PGNAA technique, however, offers an immediate solution to several of the difficulties associated with the (n,2n) reaction. The requirement of a high energy neutron source is surmounted and at the same time a gamma-ray signal is produced that is uniquely identified with nitrogen. Although the thermal neutron cross-section for radiative capture on nitrogen is small (80 mb), it is countered by the large mass of nitrogen in the body (approximately ) approximately 15% of the I5N de2.5% of body weight). In the reaction I4N ( n , ~ 15N, excitations occur through a direct transition from the highest excited level of 15N to its ground state. This process produces the immediate emission of a 10.83-MeV gamma ray. Gamma-ray energies above 4 MeV are not present routinely in the background and no other element normally in the body produces a gamma above 9 MeV. Thus, the prompt gamma spectra above 9 MeV can be identified uniquely with body nitrogen. One major difficulty with the PGNAA technique, however, is the "pileup" or interference signal generated in the detectors when multiple pulses arrive within the time resolution of the electronics. The major cause of the pileup events is the interaction of neutrons within the large volume of the NaI crystals and to the high intensity of the external gamma signal generated in the shielding materials. Vartsky originally attempted to overcome these problems by proposing a "fractional charge collection" configuration for the electronic^.^^ This approach has now been abandoned and replaced with standard electronic components designed for high count rates. Vartsky's investigations resulted in a more important improvement in the technique. They provided a solution to the more difficult problem of nonuniformity of the thermal neutron flux in the body. He proposed that the hydrogen signal at 2.2 MeV in the prompt spectra be used as an "internal normali~ation".~~ This approach is based on the assumption that hydrogen distribution per unit volume in the body is uniform and, thus, the prompt gamma signal can provide a measure of the thermal flux distribution in the body. The determination of body nitrogen then is based on the ratio of the nitrogen to hydrogen counts observed in the subject as compared with counts from a phantom with known amounts of nitrogen and hydrogen. The basic technique is illustrated in Figure 4. A collimated beam of fast neutrons penetrates the body and produces thermal neutrons that interact with the nitrogen and hydrogen. Two NaI detectors are positioned either at the side of the body (90" geometry) or above the body on the side opposite the neutron source (180" geometry). The PGNAA technique has gained wide acceptance for the measurement of body nitrogen and clinical facilities have been developed in a number of medical center^.^^-^^ The accuracy and precision for the measurement of body nitrogen have ranged from 3 to 6% using scanning times of 15 to 30 min at total body doses below 0.5 mSv (50 mrem). C. CADMIUM IN KIDNEY AND LIVER The measurement of cadmium represents the first in vivo application of neutron activation analysis to the study of a toxic metal. Although only trace amounts of cadmium are normally present in the body, its in vivo detection is due, in part, to the large radiative neutron-capture
Volume 11
417
Na I ( T I ) DETECTORS
FIGURE 4. A schematic of the Brookhaven prompt-gamma activation facility designed for in vivo nitrogen measurements. The lower figure shows the relative position of the two NaI(T1) detectors above the scanning bed and just out of the collimated neutron beam.25
cross-section of '13Cd, one of the stable isotopes of cadmium. Although a cascade of gamma rays are emitted by cadmium after neutron capture, the 559-keV gamma is best suited for this application. High resolution Ge detectors are needed to isolate this gamma ray energy from other peaks in the same region. A cross-sectional view of a typical in vivo measurement facility using two Ge detectors and a collimated 252Cfsource is shown in Figure 5. This system was developed at Brookhaven specifically for the measurement of cadmium in the left kidney and liver.31The detection system consisted of two 24% efficient Ge(Li) detectors (2.2-keV energy resolution), and a 100-kg 252Cfsource housed in a polyethylene shield. The source is approximately 50 cm below the subject; an iron collimator in the shield provides a circular beam area of 700 cmZ at the level of the bed. The cadmium detection limits (2 SD of the background) are 2.2 mg for the kidney and 1.5 ppm for the liver for a skin dose of 150 mrem (1.5 mSv) delivered in 1500 s. Similar systems have been developed in Wales, the U.K., and A ~ s t r a l i a . ~ ' - ~ ~
IV. INELASTIC NEUTRON ACTIVATION TECHNIQUE Several centers have investigated inelastic neutron interactions that occur when the body is irradiated with fast neutron^.^^.^^ The major interaction of interest for in vivo applications has been that from body carbon. The reaction 14C (n,nly) 14C produces a prompt 4.4-MeV gamma signal that can be detected external to the body. Because this reaction has a neutron energy threshold near 4.8 MeV, it cannot be initiated readily using isotopic neutron sources.
418
Activation Analysis
-
lOcm
POLYETHYLENE (Pb,B Doped)
Ge( Li
DETECTORS
252cf SOURCE
FIGURE 5 . Partial body prompt-gamma facility designed for the in vivo measurement of cadmium in the liver and kidney. A 100-kg * T f source is housed inside the biological shield (certified shipping container) and two HpGe detectors are located at 90" to the beam. An iron insert above the source provides collimation at the level of the bed. Additional polyethylene, lead, and lithium shielding reduces the background count rate in the detectors."
These facilities, therefore, have used 14-MeV neutrons produced by D,T neutron generators operating in a pulsed mode. The geometry of activation and detection is similar to that used for the prompt-gamma neutron activation measurements of body nitrogen as described in Section 111. In the basic design of the facility used at Brookhaven, the shielded neutron generator is positioned approximately 50 cm beneath the bed, which is scanned across the collimated opening. The shielding and collimator materials for the D,T generator must be constructed of low-carbon iron to minimize the background signal from carbon that would be detected if normal neutron shielding materials, such as polyethylene, were used. The bed is scanned at the same speed as that used for the PGNAA measurement of body nitrogen. For this application, the NaI(T1) detectors are positioned at the side of the bed at 90" to the neutron beam. The neutron generator operates in a pulsed mode at 10 kHz with a fixed 15-ps pulse width. The generator is operated at a flux intensity of approximately lo3 neutrons per pulse. The pulsing circuit of the neutron generator also provides an external trigger pulse used to gate the detectors which are on only during the neutron burst. This 15-ps time period is used for the measurement of body carbon. A second gate is delayed until 30 to 50 ps after the neutron pulse
Volume 11
419
to detect prompt-gamma events that occur during thermalization of the fast neutron beam in the body. The neutron dose for the measurement of carbon has been estimated at less than 0.16 mSv (16 ~nrem).~'
V. OTHER IN VZVO NEUTRON ACTIVATION TECHNIQUES The activation techniques described in the previous sections have been developed for use in clinical research studies and for the investigation of basic human physiology. Each of these systems has been used to detect the gamma signals emitted external to the body. Alternate techniques have been investigated, however, that exploit other induced activity which results from the activation procedure. Two of these techniques are based on the detection of radioactive gases in the breath of the irradiated subject. The first, the reaction 40Ca(n,a) "Ar has been investigated for the measurement of total body calcium in ~ i v o . ~ ' In this procedure, the exhaled breath of a subject must be collected for several hours after exposure and then processed to isolate the argon gas. The small amount of gas is counted for several days using small volume, low-background proportional detectors. The physics of the technique are well understood and offer the advantage of a much smaller neutron dose than that of other techniques used to measure calcium. However, there remain unresolved difficulties related to the kinetics of the induced 37Ar,a noble gas, that need further investigation before this technique can be considered for clinical a p p l i ~ a t i o n . ~ ~ The second application based on the collection of exhaled breath after neutron imadiation has focused on the in vivo measurement of brain lithium (Li).3" This technique evolved because of clinical interest and need to monitor patients placed on Li therapy. The various components of the gas collection and separation technique are illustrated in Figure 6. Tritium (T) is produced when neutrons are captured by 6Li nuclei present in the tissues being irradiated. A small fraction (10%) of the induced T combines with hydrogen to form HT gas which is present in the subject's exhaled breath. The breath must be collected, the HT fraction separated, and the T counted using low-background proportional counters. The accuracy of this technique for the in vivo measurement of brain Li levels has been demonstrated in different animal models.40No studies in humans, however, have been performed.
VI. BODY COMPOSITION STUDIES AND CLINICAL
APPLICATIONS The clinical usefulness of the in vivo neutron activation techniques are best demonstrated by the studies that involve the measurements of body calcium, nitrogen, and cadmium. The calcium data have proven valuable in the study of various metabolic disorders, in the diagnosis of the patient's condition, in monitoring changes that may occur during treatment, and in the identification of individuals at increased risk of bone fractures. Quantification of the metabolic changes in body protein (nitrogen) that occur in the treatment of obesity, anorexia, cancer, and renal failure has been clearly demonstrated. The in vivo monitoring of cadmium in industrial workers has helped establish acceptable inhalation exposure standards.
A. CALCIUM The initial application that has most influenced the development of IVNAA is the measurement of body calcium in patients with various metabolic diseases. Because the calcium in the body normally is located in the skeleton (99% of total body calcium) a measure of this element clearly would provide a direct examination of the total skeletal mass. Baseline data on calcium for normal subjects without disease also would be reauired to o h t a & , a j ~ , meaningful interpretation of the changes observed in the patients ad'% have an interindi"3 vidual comparison of different sizes and ages.41It was possible to *sin baseline data for
.
TO Hg DlFF
PUMF
DRY ICE-ALCOHOL DRYER
Mg(C104); DRYER
I SODA LIME
&FROM
AIR TANK
FIGURE 6. A schematic of the gas collection and separation system used for breath hydrogen analysis. The exhaled air is collected during neutron irradiation and for up to 20 min after exposure. The air is first dried, then hydrogen gas is converted to water on the Pd sponge, and stored at the dry ice/alcohol trap. After gas collection is complete, this trap is warmed to release the tritiated water which is converted back to gas by the V heater. Only hydrogen gas passes the Pd thimble where it is compressed using the toepler pump and transferred to the proportional counter for counting of tritium.40
Volume 11
421
the general population because of the sensitivity of the in vivo measurement technique (error < -t 1 to 2%) and low radiation dose required for TBNAA. These data were examined relative to the parameters of body size, age, sex, and race to establish "normal" values. The data obtained by TBNAA are now recognized as the "gold standard" for the measurement of total skeletal mass.42 Clinical research studies have investigated a number of metabolic disorders in which there is a primary or secondary alteration of mineral metabolism: osteoporosis (postmenopausal, osteogenesis imperfects, drug-induced, aging), osteomalacia (vitamin D deficiency, anticonvulsant drugs, rickets), renal osteodystrophy, Paget disease, Cushing syndrome, acromegaly, thyroid and parathyroid disorders, myotonic dystrophy, thalassemia, and alcoholic cirrhosis. The more recent applications have been discussed by Cohn, and by Chettle and Fremlin .43+'
B. NITROGEN The in vivo measurement of body nitrogen provides a direct determination of body protein which is the essential component of the body's lean tissue mass. As was the case for the calcium measurements, a baseline reference value for the expected size of this component is essential for any useful clinical investigations. When the measured value is compared with the expected or predicted "normal" value, it is then possible to establish the degree of wasting in the individual patient.45 The relationship of body nitrogen to various indirect estimates of the lean body mass is now being investigated. There have been acceptable correlations for the normal population, although the standard errors of the prediction equations have been too large for the indirect techniques to be used as accurate indices of the lean tissue mass for the individual. The standard error of the estimate becomes even larger when data for patient populations are examined, which suggests that the indirect measurement techniques are influenced by more than changes in the mass of the lean tissues. Further investigation is needed to interpret more fully the data obtained by the indirect methods. Because changes in protein mass can reflect changes in nutritional status, it is not surprising that most of the clinical studies involving nitrogen measurements have involved patients with progressive diseases that may alter the lean tissue mass. Clinical studies that have included the body nitrogen measurement as part of the research protocol have involved the following types of patients: postoperative surgery, protein malnutrition, cancer, renal failure, cardiovascular disease, total parenteral nutrition, and obesity. The dose associated with the nitrogen measurement is sufficiently low (less than many diagnostic radiographic procedures) that it has been used in clinical studies involving children.46
C. SODIUM AND CHLORINE To date, the in vivo measurements of sodium and chlorine have not been applied to the same extent as those of body nitrogen and calcium. The sodium and chlorine values are obtained routinely as part of the analysis of the gamma spectra for the measurement of body calcium. These data are usually of only secondary interest in the clinical protocol where the major focus is on calcium. The direct in vivo measurements of body sodium and chlorine, however, can be used to obtain accurate estimates of the intra- and extracellular compartments of body water.47 These data provide an electrolyte profile of the fluid compartments of the body when combined with the measurement of 40K obtained by whole body counting. The total-body neutron activation technique (TBNAA) can replace the more traditional radiotracer dilution techniques for the measurement of body water distribution^.^^ Future applications of TBNAA are expected to include studies that will exploit the available sodium and chlorine data.
422
Activation Analysis
D. CARBON The inelastic neutron scattering technique for the measurement of body carbon has been developed only recently and further investigations are needed to evaluate its full potential for use in body composition studies. Prospectively, however, the technique is attractive. When body carbon measurements are combined with those of body nitrogen, the result should be an accurate index of the fat and lean tissue compartments of the body.36 Body oxygen also generates a gamma ray that can be detected external to the body at the same time the carbon measurement is performed. This information may prove useful for monitoring total body water. Thus in a single measurement, it may be possible to determine body levels of oxygen (water), hydrogen (water, fat), nitrogen (protein), and carbon (fat). Studies currently in progress will examine the relationship between changes in total body carbon and energy expenditure. Longitudinal measurements of body carbon may provide a direct technique for monitoring total energy expenditure in the i n d i ~ i d u a l . ~ ~
E. CADMIUM The major application of the in vivo measurement of cadmium in humans has been to establish dose response relationships in industrial worker~.~O.~l The kidney is known to concentrate cadmium and has been identified as the initial 'target' organ for toxicologic studies. If the renal cortex concentration of cadmium exceeds a 'critical' limit, the kidney is assumed to be permanently damaged. The in vivo measurement of kidney cadmium in humans, therefore, offers the only direct method (except for hdney biopsy) to monitor exposed individuals before the critical limit is reached. Estimates of the critical concentration of cadmium in the kidney, the biological halflife of cadmium in the kidney and in the liver, rates of transfer between the liver and the kidney, inhalation exposure estimates, and relationships to other indirect biological monitoring methods (blood, urine, and hair) have been examined.52The in vivo technique also has been used to examine the kidney burden in smokers and nonsmokers in the general p ~ p u l a t i o n The . ~ ~ sensitive in vivo systems offer the opportunity to screen subjects in the general population whose environmental exposures may be suspected excessive, i.e., those who live near a former chemical waste dump site, artists who use metal-based pigments, or those who accidentally inhale and ingest toxic substances. The association between kidney cadmium burdens and various diseases related to kidney function also have been investigated. Several studies of hypertensive patients have shown kidney cadmium levels which are not elevated significantly above those observed for the general population. In another study involving nondialysed patients in renal failure, cadmium was examined as a co-factor in the cause of the renal disease. Although the patients had elevated liver cadmium values when compared with a control group, there was no correlation with the stage or onset of the disease. F. OTHER ELEMENTS Several other elements have been measured in vivo, but immediate applications have not been found as seen for the above elements. For example, copper and iron have been measured in vivo using neutron activation techniques, but only in patients with excessive overloads of these elements. These techniques are unlikely to be used for the examination of other types of patients because of the poor sensitivity for these metals and the much higher doses required (usually above 10 mSv). Alternate nuclear-based techniques appear more applicable for these elemenk3 One exception, however, is the measurement of body aluminum levels, as has been reported in patients with renal f a i l ~ r e . ~ In' the most recent study, a group of asymptomatic patients was examined by IVNAA to obtain an estimate of their bone aluminum burden. Each patient was classified solely on the basis of the aluminum/calciumratio value obtained
Volume 11
423
by the IVNAA technique. All the patients were classified correctly (diagnosis of aluminuminduced bone disease) by the IVNAA method when compared with the currently accepted clinical method (examination of blood aluminum at 24 h after i.v. administration of desfemoxamine). In addition, a good correlation was obtained between the in vivo aluminum/calcium ratio value obtained for the patients and the results of bone biopsies. This study indicates that during the course of their clinical management, renal patients can be evaluated routinely for their bone aluminum status. In addition, if aggressive chelation therapy is indicated for some patients to reduce the body burden of aluminum, the effectiveness of this treatment can be monitored on an individual basis using the in vivo measurement technique.
VII. CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY A variety of nuclear-based techniques make possible the study of human body composition in vivo. The use of IVNAA, however, provides added information about the chemical composition of the tissues. The IVNAA techniques have been used in both clinical research studies and in diagnostic applications. The measurements of total skeletal mass (calcium), body protein (nitrogen), and organ burden of cadmium are used most widely at present. Although initially developed at nuclear research laboratories, primarily as analytical tools, the methodologies have been advanced to a stage where facilities have been designed and built exclusively for clinical application. The measurement of body nitrogen by the prompt-gamma neutron activation technique is the only direct method by which to determine body protein mass. The radiation dose delivered to the subject is low compared with many common radiologic examinations and diagnostic tests. The radiation risks associated with this procedure have been judged to be sufficiently low to allow application in clinical studies of children. When the facilities for body carbon measurements are developed further, a single measurement is anticipated to determine directly the fat, water, and protein compartments of the body. Such measurements should find increasing applications in both the evaluation of nutritional status of the individual, and in the monitoring of patients receiving modified dietary intake. The use of transportable facilities to examine the liver and kidney cadmium burden in industrial workers has provided unique information on the body's response to this toxic metal. Routine monitoring of these populations at a 3- to 5-year interval has been proposed as a method to identify workers before the critical kidney burden level is exceeded. In England, for example, a national program has been organized to monitor workers in industries that use cadmium. This program now includes the in vivo measurement of all workers in the country. This chapter has presented a description of the various facilities developed specifically for IVNAA and reference to their clinical and toxicological applications. IVNAA will continue to provide unique data for use in clinical diagnosis, for the study of normal physiologic aging processes, and for the evaluation of the efficacy of therapeutic regimens. Monitoring of the patient's progress in the hospital or on an out-patient basis can be performed routinely with minimum discomfort and risk for the patient. Continued expansion of these techniques appears likely and routine use in specific settings is anticipated. In particular, large medical centers are expected to establish facilities that will serve as regional resources.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS This work is a publication of the USDAIARS Children's Nutrition Research Center, Department of Pediatrics, Baylor College of Medicine and Texas Children's Hospital, Houston, TX. This project has been funded in part with federal funds from the U.S. Department
424
Activation Analysis
of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service under Cooperative Agreement number 587MNI-6-100. The contents of this publication do not necessarily reflect the views or policies of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, nor does mention of trade names, commercial products, or organizations imply endorsement by the U.S . Government. The author thanks E. R. Klein and the editorial staff.
REFERENCES 1. Anderson, J., Osborn, S. B., Newton, D., Rundo, J., Salmon, L., and Smith, J. W., Neutron activation analysis in man in vivo. A new technique in medical investigation, Lancet, ii, 1202, 1964. 2. Parr, R. M., Ed., In vivo neutron activation analysis Proc. Panel 1972, Vienna, 1973. 3. Cohn, S. H. and Parr, R. M., Eds., Nuclear-based techniques for the in vivo study of human body composition, Clin. Phys. Physiol. Meas.. 6, 275, 1985. 4. Ellis, K. J., Yasumura, S., and Morgan, W. D., Eds., In Vivo Body Composition Studies, Institute of Physical Sciences in Medicine, London, 1987. 5. Knight, G. S., Beddoe, A. H., Streat, S. J., and Hill, G . L., Body composition of two human cadavers by neutron activation analysis and chemical analysis, Am J . Physiol., 250, E179, 1986. 6. Smith, J. W. and Boot, S. J., The variation of neutron dose with depth in a tissue-equivalent phantom, Phys. Med. Biol., 7 , 45, 1962. 7. Cohn, S. H., Fairchild, R. G., and Shukla, K. K., Theoretical consideration in the selection of neutron sources for total body neutron activation analysis, Phys. Med. Biol., 18, 648, 1973. 8. Morgan, W. D., Vartsky, D., EUi, K. J., and Cohn, S. H., A comparison of 252-Cf and 238-Pu,Be neutron sources for partial body in vivo activation analysis, Phys. Med. Biol., 26, 413, 1981. 9. Chamberlain, M. J., F r e d i , J. H., Holloway, I., and Peters, D. K., Use of cyclotron for whole body neutron activation analysis: theoretical and practical considerations, Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 21, 725, 1970. 10. Nelp, W. B., Palmer, H. E., Murano, R., Pailthorp, K., Gemas, M. H., Rich, C., Williams, J., Rudd, T. G., and Denny, J. D., Measurements of total body calcium (bone mass) in vivo with the use of total body neutron activation analysis. J . Lab. Clin. Med., 76, 151, 1970. 11. Spinks, T. J., Bewley, D. K., Ranicar, A. S. D., and Joplin, G. F., Measurement of total body calcium in bone disease. J . Radioanal. Chem., 37, 345, 1977. 12. Boddy, K., Holloway, I., and Elliott, A., A simple facility for total body in vivo activation analysis, Int. J. Radiat. Isot., 24, 428, 1973. 13. Cohn, S. H., Shukla, K. K., Dombrowski, C. S., and Fairchild, R. G., Design and calibration of a "broad-beam" 238-Pu,Be neutron source for total-body neutron activation analysis, J. Nucl. Med., 13, 487, 1972. 14. Cohn, S. H. and Dombrowski, C. S., Measurement of total-body calcium, sodium, chlorine, nitrogen and phosphorus in man by in vivo neutron activation analysis, I . Nucl. Med., 12, 499, 1971. 15. Palmer, H. E., Nelp, W. B., Murano, R., and Rich, C., The feasibility of in vivo neutron activation analysis of total body calcium and other elements of body composition, Phys. Med. Biol.. 13, 269, 1968. 16. Ellis, K. J., unpublished data, 1987. 17. Boddy, K., Harden, R. M. G., and Alexander, W. D., In vivo measurement of intrathyroidal iodine concentration in man by activation analysis, J . Clin. Endocrinol. Metab., 28, 294, 1968. 18. Catto, G. R. D., McIntosh, J. A. R., and MacLeod, M., Partial body neutron activation analysis in vivo. Phys. Med. Biol., 18, 508, 1973. 19. Spinks, T. J., Bewley, D. K., Jopli, G. F., and Raincar, A. S. O., Neutron activation of metabolic activity of sodium in the human hand, J . Nucl. Med., 17, 724, 1976. 20. Boddy, K. and Glaros, D., The measurement of phosphorus in human bone using radioactive sources a technique for partiat body in vivo activation analysis, Int. J . Appl. Rad. Isot., 24, 179, 1973. 21. Ellis, K. J. and Kelleher, S. P., In vivo bone aluminium measurements in patients with renal disease, in In Vivo Body Composition Studies, Ellis, K . J., Yasumura, S., and Morgan, W. D., Eds., The Institute of Physical Sciences in Medicine, London, 1987, 464. 22. McNeill, K. G., Thomas, B. J., Sturtridge, W. C., and Harrison, J. E., In vivo neutron activation analysis for calcium in man, J . Nucl. Med., 14, 502, 1973. 23. Rundo, J. and Bunce, L. J., Estimation of total hydrogen content of the human body, Nature, 210, 1023, 1065.
Volume 11
425
24. Biggin, H. C., Chen, C. S., Ettinger, K. V., Fremlin, J. H., Morgan, W. D., Nowotny, R., and Chamberlain, M. J., Determination of nitrogen in living patients, Nature, 236, 187, 1972. 25. Vartsky, D., Ellis, K. J., and Cohn, S. H., In vivo measurement of body nitrogen by analysis of prompt gamma from neutron capture, J. Nucl. Med., 20, 1158, 1979. 26. Mernagh, J. R., Harrison, J. E., and McNeill, K. G., In vivo determination of nitrogen using Pu-Be sources, Phys. Med. Biol., 5, 831, 1977. 27. Ryde, S. J. S., Morgan, W. D., Evans, C. J., Dutton, J., Sivyer, A., McNeil, E., and Sandhu, S., A new multi-element analysis system using Cf-252: calibration and performance, in In Vivo Body Composition Studies, Ellis, K . J . , Yasumura, S . , and Morgan, W. D., Eds., The Institute of Physical Sciences in Medicine, London, 1987, 287. 28. Beddoe, A. H., Streat, S. J., and Hill, G. L., Evaluation of an in vivo prompt gamma neutron activation facility for body composition studies in critically ill intensive care patients: results on 41 normals, Metabolism, 33, 270, 1984. 29. Oxby, C. B., Appleby, D. B., Brooks, K., Burkinshaw, L., Krupowicz, D. W., McCarthy, I. D., Oldroyd, B., Ellis, R. E., Collins, J. B., and Hill, G. L., A technique for measuring total body nitrogen in clinical investigations using the 14-N(n,2n)13-N reaction, Int. J. Appl. Radiat. Isot., 29, 205, 1978. 30. Vartsky, D., Absolute Measurement of Whole Body Nitrogen by In Vivo Neutron Activation Analysis, Ph. D. thesis, University of Birmingham, England, 1976. 31. Ellis, K. J., Vartsky, D., and Cohn, S. H., A mobile prompt gamma neutron activation facility, in Nuclear Activation Techniques in the Life Sciences, International Atomic Energy Agency Press, Vienna, 1978, 733. 32. Cummins, P. E., Dutton, J., Evans, C. J., Morgan, W. D., and Sivyer, A., A sensitive 252-Cf neutron activation analysis instrument for in vivo measurement of organ cadmium, J. Radioanal. Chem., 71, 561, 1981. 33. McLellan, J. S., Thomas, B. J., Fremlin, J. H., and Harvey, T. C., Cadmium - its in vivo detection in man, Phys. Med. Biol., 20, 88, 1975. 34. Krauel, J. B., Speed, M. A., Thomas, B. W., Baddeley, H., and Thomas, B. J., The in vivo measurement of organ tissue levels of cadmium, Int. J . Appl. Radiat. Isot., 31, 101, 1980. 35. Kyere, K., Oldroyd, B., Oxby, C. B., Burkinshaw, L., Ellis, R. E., and Hill, G. L., The feasibility of measuring total body carbon by counting neutron inelastic scatter gamma rays, Phys. Med. Biol., 27, 805, 1982. 36. Kehayias, J. J., Ellis, K. J., Cohn, S. H., Yasumura, S., and Weinlein, J. H., Use of a pulsed neutron generator for in vivo measurement of body carbon, in In Vivo Body Composition Studies, Ellis, K . J . , Yasumura, S., Morgan, W. D., Eds., The Institute of Physical Sciences, London, 1987, 427. 37. Leach, M. O., BeM, C. M. J., Thomas, B. J., Debek, J. T., James, H. M., Chettle, D. R., and Fremlin, J. H., In vivo measurement of calcium by the 37-Ar method: a study of the effect of recirculating breath collection systems on the exhalation rate, Phys. Med. Biol., 23, 282, 1978. 38. Bigler, R. E., Total body calcium by the 37-Ar method: current feasibility status, Appl. Radiol., 7, 149, 1978. 39. Vartsky, D., LoMoRte, A., ENS, K. J., Yastunura, S., and Cohn, S. H., A proposed method for in vivo determination of lithium in human brain, Phys. Med. Biol., 11, 1225, 1985. 40. Glaros, D., LoMonte, A., E l i , K. J., Yasumura, S., Stoenner, R. W., and C o b , S. H., In vivo determination of lithium in the body: a neutron activation analysis technique, Med. Phys., 13, 45, 1986. 41. Cohn, S. H., Shukla, K. K., and Ellis, K. J., A multivariate predictor of total body calcium, Inr. J. Nucl. Med. Biol., 1, 131, 1974. 42. Kimmel, P. L., Radiologic methods to evaluate bone mineral content [Position paper by American College of Physicians], Ann. Intern Med., 100, 908, 1984. 43. Cohn, S. H., In vivo neutron activation analysis: state of the art and future prospects, Med. Phys., 8, 145, 1981. 44. Chettle, D. R. and Fremlin, J. H., Techniques for in vivo neutron activation analysis, Phys. Med. Biol., 29, 1011, 1984. 45. Ellis, K. J., Y a s u a m , S., Vartsky, D., Vaswani, A. N., and Cehe, S. H., Total body nitrogen in health and disease: effect of age, weight, height, and sex, J. Lab. Clin. Med., 99, 9 17, 1982. 46. Archibald, E. H., Pencharz, P. B., Bell, L. E., Stpllmgs, V. A., and H a d s e n , J. E., Long-term body composition changes with the protein sparing modified fast, in In Vivo Body Composition Studies, Ellis, K . I., Yasumura, A., and Morgan, W. D., Eds., The Institute of Physical Sciences in Medicine, London, 1987, 39. 47. Yasumura, S., Brennan, B. L., Letteri, J. M., Zanzi, I., Ellis, K. J., Roginsky, M. S., and Cohn, S. H., Body electrolyte composition in normal subjects and hypertensive patients on therapy, Miner. Electrol. Metab.. 2 , 94, 1979. 48. Yasumura, S., C o b , S. H., and Ellis, K. J., Measurement of extracellular space by total body neutron activation, Am J. Physiol., 244, R36, 1983.
426
Activation Analysis
49. Burkinshaw, L., Models of the distribution of protein in the human body, in In Vivo Body Composition Studies, Ellis, K . J . , Yasumura, S., and Morgan, W. D., Eds., the Institute of Physical Sciences in Medicine, London, 1987, 15. 50. Ellis, K. J., Yuen, K., Yasumura, S., and Cohn, S. H., Dose-response analysis of cadmium in man: body burden vs kidney dysfunction, Environ. Res., 33, 216, 1984. 51. Ellis, K. J., Estimates of increased risk of cadmium-induced renal dysfunction, in Proc. Int. Conf. Heavy Metals in the Environment, Lekkas, T . D., Ed., CEP Consultants, Edinburgh, 1985, 558. 52. Scott, M. C. and Chettle, D. R., In vivo elemental analysis in occupational medicine, Scand. J. Work Environ. Health, 12, 81, 1986. 53. Ellis, K. J., Vartsky, D., Zanzi, I., Cohn, S. H., and Yasumura, S., Cadmium: in vivo measurement in smokers and nonsmokers, Science, 205, 323, 1979. 54. Snyder, W. S., Ed., Report of the task group on reference man (ICRP Report 23). Pergamon Press, New York, 1984, 327.
Volume I1
427
Chapter 11
ACTIVATION ANALYSIS IN ARCHAEOLOGY
.
.
I Kuleff and R Djingova
TABLE OF CONTENTS I.
Introduction ..................................................................... 428
I1 .
Activation Analysis of Clay and Pottery ........................................429 A. Analysis ................................................................. 430 B. Standards ................................................................ 439 C. Application .............................................................. 441
I11.
Activation Analysis of Glass ....................................................445 A. Analysis ................................................................. 445 B. Application .............................................................. 449
IV .
Activation Analysis of Natural Glass ...........................................452 A. Analysis ................................................................. 453 B. Application .............................................................. 457
v.
Activation Analysis of Rocks ................................................... 458 A. Marble. Limestone ...................................................... 458 B. Steatite .................................................................. 461 C. Flint ..................................................................... 462 D. Other Materials .......................................................... 463 Activation Analysis of Bones ................................................... 463
VI . VII .
467 Activation Analysis of Ancient Metals .......................................... A. Copper and Copper Alloys ..............................................472 B. Silver and Lead .........................................................473 C. Gold ..................................................................... 476 D. Iron ...................................................................... 476
VIII
Conclusion ...................................................................... 477
References ..............................................................................477
428
Activation Analysis
I. INTRODUCTION In the last 25 years, a new scientific field with the precise name archaeometry appeared on the border between history and archaeology and physics, chemistry, and mathematics. Archaeometry actually covers the application of modem physical, ~hemical'.~ and mathemati~al~.~ methods in the investigation of archaeological materials with the aim to solve historical and archaeological problems. The scientists working in this field "try" to define objective criteria which combined with the "stylistic sense" of the experts to help in the study of archaeological findings and objects of art. The scheme in Figure 1 is an attempt to represent the variety of archaeometric investigations, and to give an idea about most of the methods used in an archaeometric study. Obviously the place of activation analysis is among the methods giving information first of all about the chemical composition of the findings but it may be used for age determination too (K-Ar method, e.g., Reference 5; chemical dating of bone, e.g., References 1 and 2). The chemical composition of an archaeological finding (pottery, glass, metal, etc.) usually reflects the geochemical features of the raw materials it was made of (clay, sand, plant ash, or natural soda, ores, etc.). Thus it is possible to detect the source of raw materials or to find relationship between investigated samples leading in most cases to revealing the origin of the finding. There are several more reasons why chemical analysis of archaeological materials is undertaken. One of the most important is that chemical composition helps the understanding of ancient technology. Another motive is that chemical analysis gives valuable information needed for conservation and restoration of the finding. These are actually the main reasons that make chemical composition one of the objective criteria widely used in archaeometry nowadays. Practically all analytical techniques are used for analysis of archaeological materials. The applicability of an analytical method in archaeometry however is determined by several criteria: 1.
2.
3.
4.
The method should ensure the reliable determination of 10 to 20, even 30 elements and thus multielement methods are preferable. The method should possess high sensitivity, since most of the interesting elements are present at micro- and trace levels and the quantity of the sample is limited. In most cases, information for macroelements is desirable, so a definitive advantage of the method will be if it allows the simultaneous determination of macro- and trace elements. The method should guarantee high precision and accuracy. In an archaeometric study, necessity for comparison of analytical data obtained by different persons (in different time, using different methods) may arise. It will be successful only in cases of highly accurate work. In the case of provenance, study to reveal differences in the chemical composition of samples made in near-by producing centers will be possible only if the method possesses high precision. The method should not be labor-consuming, since the solution of an archaeological problem usually demands analysis of a large number of samples. An advantage will be the possibility for automation of the analysis.
In view of the above requirements, it is not at all amazing why the nuclear methods for analysis and mainly instrumental neutron activation analysis (INAA) are among the most widely used methods in archaeometric studies. The aim of the present chapter is to make a critical review of different activation methods - neutron activation analysis (NAA), photoactivation analysis (GAA), activation analysis with charged particles, described in the literature, and used in archaeometric investigations of pottery, glass, metals, and alloys, natural materials (obsidian, marble, flint, etc.). Thus
Volume 11
429
FIGURE 1. Archaeometry - classification and relations between separate scientific fields.
the present status of activation analysis methodology will be outlined and we hope that in this way further research in this field will be stimulated and scientists who have not yet used their knowledge and ability in archaeometry will be encouraged to look for new analytical solutions of archaeological problems.
11. ACTIVATION ANALYSIS OF CLAY AND POTTERY The weathering of magmatic and methamorphic rocks leads to the formation of clay which is raw material for the production of pottery. Clays consist of highly dispersive alumosilicates usually with indefinite composition. Besides macrocomponents - A1,0,, H,O, and SiO, - a lot of impurities like Ca, Fe, K, Na, Mg, and Ti oxides are present in clays as well as many organic substances their quantity varying within large intervals. The same is valid for the numerous minerals building clays. In spite of this variety it is possible on the basis of chemical and mineralogical studies to differenciate reliably clays from different beds (see e.g., References 4, 6, 7). Usually to produce pottery, only water is added to clay and after molding several drying procedures are applied. At temperatures between 370 to 470 K the hygroscopically bound water and at 570 to 670 K the chemically bound water is removed and the clay minerals disintegrate. At temperatures above 970 K, the clay components fuse and the ceramic material is ready. Sometimes addition of temper is practiced. This easy technology is used since ancient times and permits the production of materials (pottery, porcelain) very resistant to environmental factors. This quite easily explains the fact that pottery is among the most common archaeological findings. Its investigation reveals the artistic flair and the way of life of the population. It leads to conclusion about trade connections between different cultures and people. Bearing in mind that clay sources usually have been in close proximity to the place of production, it is quite clear that the comparison of the chemical composition of ceramic findings will most probably permit discovery of the clay bed used as raw material source. Of course in many cases it is not necessary to detect the clay source, but it is enough to give a probability for grouping of the samples on the basis of their chemical composition.
430
Activation Analysis
It seems that the above considerations explain well why provenance study of pottery is one of the most popular archaeometric investigations. A. ANALYSIS First emission spectroscopy has been the method used in provenance studies, but today the most popular methods in this research are NAA and X-ray fluorescence (XRF). Atomic absorption analysis (AAS) finds certain application as ~ e l l . ~ - It ' Omay be expected that soon the number of papers, using inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy (ICPAES) in provenance study will grow. The necessity to dissolve the samples, however, is one of the main reasons which make at present ICP-AES and AAS noncompetitive with NAA in the localization of pottery. A summary of the papers on activation analysis of pottery, published in the last 10 years is presented in Table 1. The basic nuclear method used by scientists in this field is NAA, which easily can be explained with the fact that it permits the determination of up to 35 elements in the ceramic sample. To the authors' knowledge there is only one e x ~ e p t i o n , ~ ~ utilization of GAA in provenance study of pottery. An advantage of GAA is that it permits the determination of such elements as C, N, 0 , F, Mg, Nb, Pb, etc. which either cannot be determined by INAA or their determination is not very sensitive. A serious handicap, however, for the use of GAA is its considerably lower sensitivity. Due to the low intensity of the bremsstrahlung, the radioactivity induced in the sample is rather low and demands long measuring times. This affects the productivity of the analysis. These and some other reasons make GAA noncompetitive with INAA in provenance study of pottery. With the exception of several methodological papers24.30.33.35 which study the possibilities for the determination of 1 to 3 elements, the schemes proposed for INAA of pottery permit the determination of 7 to 35 elements in 1 sample. In the NAA schemes presented in Table 1, the samples are usually irradiated OnCe,13,16,18,21,22,24-28,30-35,37-40.42-45,47 tW011,12,15.17.23,29,41,48 or three times14.19.36.46 in nuclear
reactor followed by 1 to 6 gamma measurements. Mostly the irradiation is performed with pile neutrons. Only in rare cases4' and for the determination of Al, Mg, and Si, activation ~ . ~ ~ 3 ~ ~ with epithermal neutron^^^.^^.^^ or with well-thermalized neutron f l ~ ~is ~performed. The use of epithermal neutrons permits also the reliable determination of U as ~ e 1 1 . ~ ~ , ~ ~ , ~ ~ Independently of the analytical approach in about 60% of the papers in Table 1, the content of Ba, Ce, Cr, Cs, Eu, Fe, Hf, La, Na, Rb, Ta, Th, and Yb is determined. These are elements for the determination of which INAA does not meet serious problems. Attention should be paid only to the determination of Ce because the only gamma line (145.5 keV) of 141Ce is interfered by 142.5-keV gamma line of 59 Fe. So correction for the influence should be introduced. The possible interference of 147Nd(319.4 keV), Ig2Ta(321.2 keV - pile-up of 100.1 keV plus 221.1 keV), and of iron (54Fe/n,a P C r ) on the determination of 51Cr(320.1 keV) may be neglected in the case of pottery. (Perlman6' estimates this influence to be 0.9, 0.6, and 0.2%, respectively). There is not a definite agreement between scientists on which gamma line of lg2Tashould be used in the analysis of pottery. This may be either the 1221.3-keV or 67.1-keV gamma lines. The low energetic line ensures 2 to 3 times higher sensitivity, but it implies working in the low energetic region (strong influence of high energetic gamma rays!). On the basis of our experience, we recommend the use of 67.1-keV gamma line. Among the most determined elements (Table 1) are K, Lu, Mn, Sc, Sm, As, Ca, Sb, and U as well. The instrumental neutron activation determination of some of these elements, however, has problems which we will discuss here. The severest problem arises when the determination of Ca is done by 47Caor 4 7 S ~ , generated by the reaction
TABLE 1 Activation Analysis of Pottery No.
Author(s)
1. Perlman & Asaro (1969)" INAA (27) sample (100 mg)
Irradiation
t,
N, (1.7 x 10'') 6 min
N, (2
X
10")
8h
2. Sayre et al. (1971)12 INAA (9) sample (20-40 mg)
N, (4.4 x loL2)10 s N, (1 X 10") 24 h
3. Delcroix & Philippot (1973)13 INAA (30) sample (? mg)
N, (1 x 1012) 33 min
Bauterla et al. (1973)14 N, (4 x lo9) INAA (22) N, (1 X lo1') sample (50-300 mg) N, (5 x 10")
3 min 6 min 10 h
5. Abascal et a1 (1974)15 N, (1 x 1014) INAA (17) N, (5 x loi4) sample (40 mg)
3 rnin
4.
6. Abascal et al. (1976)16 N, (4 INAA (18) sample (50- 100 mg) 7. Bieber et a1.(1976)I7 INAA (17) sample (40 mg)
X
10")
k
t~
Determined elements
2 min
900 s
Ba,Eu,Mn,Na.Sr
8d
3000 s
As,Br,Ca,La,Lu,Sb,Sm,Ti,U,Yb
Standard Perlman & Asaro special prepared standard pottery
10800 s Ba,Ce,Co,Cr,Cs,Eu,Fe,Hf,Ni,Rb,Sb, Sc,Ta,Th,Yb,Zn ? Mn USGS-AGV? La,Sc I ,BCR-1,G? Ce,Cr,Eu,Th 2,GSP-1,DTC? Co ,Fe I ,PCC-1 ? As, Au,Ba,Br,Ca,Ce,Co,Cr,Cs,Cu,Eu,Fe, Monostandard ? Gd,Hf,lr,K,La,Lu,Na,Nd,Rb,Sb,Ta,Tb, method ? Th,U,W,Yb,Zr ? ? ? ? ?
3.5 h
200 s 4000 s 4000s
16 h
?
3 min
?
N, (5 x loL4) 3.5 h
4000 s
N, (1 x 10'~) 30 s
200 s
Al,Mn,Na,V Ca,Eu,K,Mn,Na,Sm
Object Pottery from Peru and Upper Egypt
Mayan fine orange pot'ery Standard reference medieval potteryCRAM France
Samian ware ?
Ba,Ce,Co,Cr,Cs,Fe,La,Lu,Rb,Sc, Sm,Ta,Th,U Mn K,La,Na
USGS:AGV1,BCR-1,DTSBa,Ce,Co,Cr,Cs,Eu,Fe,Hf,Lu,Rb,Sc, 1,GSP-1,GTa,Th 1,FCC-1 Ba,Ce,Co,Cr,Cs,Eu,Fe,Hf,Rb,Sb,Sc,Ta, USGS:AGVTb,Th 1,BCR-1,DTSK,La,Mn,Na 1 ,GSP-l,G1,PcC-1 Ba,Ce,Co,Cr,Cs,Eu,Fe,Hf,Lu,Rb,Sc,USGS:AGV-I Ta,Th BCR-1,DTSMn 1,GSP-1,G1, K C - 1
Ceramic from Teotihuacan (Mexico)
Ceramic figurines from Tlatilco (Mexico) Pottery from eastem Mediterranean
TABLE 1 (Continued) Activation Analysis of Pottery No.
Author@)
Irradiation
t,
Determined elements
tc
8. Birgul et a1 (1976)18 INAA (14) sample (100 mg)
N, (?)
24 h
7d 21 d
9. Hancock (l976)I9 IN